Mat Lib

DIANA
Finite Element Analysis
Users Manual
Material Library
Release 9.3
TNO DIANA
BV
April 25, 2008
ii
DIANA Finite Element Analysis
Users Manual release 9.3
Material Library
Edited by: Jonna Manie and Wijtze Pieter Kikstra
Published by:
TNO DIANA bv
Schoemakerstraat 97, 2628 VK Delft, The Netherlands.
Phone: +31 15 27 63 250
Fax: +31 15 27 63 019
E-mail: info@tnodiana.com
Web page: www.tnodiana.com
Trademarks.
Diana is a registered trademark of TNO DIANA bv. FemGV, FemGen and FemView
are trademarks of Femsys Ltd. CADfix is a registered trademark of TranscenData Europe Limited. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
PostScript, Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc. AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk Inc. DXF is a trademark
of Autodesk Inc. ACIS is a registered trademark of Spatial Technology Inc. CADDS
and Pro/ENGINEER are registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation. CATIA is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes S.A. IGES is a trademark
of IGES Data Analysis, Inc. Parasolid is a registerd trademark of UGS Corporation.
PATRAN is a registered trademark of MSC Software Corporation. The X Window
System is a trademark of M.I.T. unix is a registered trademark of UNIX Systems Laboratories, Inc. Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. SUN and Solaris
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. HP is a registered
trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. All other brand names, product names or
trademarks belong to their respective holders.
First edition, April 25, 2008.

Copyright 2008 by TNO DIANA bv, all rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced in any form by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
The information in this document is subjected to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by TNO DIANA bv. TNO DIANA bv assumes
no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
The Diana system is the sole property of TNO DIANA bv. Software materials made
available are solely for use at a single site; they are not to be distributed to others
without prior written permission of TNO DIANA bv.
This document was prepared with the LATEX Document Preparation System.
April 25, 2008 First ed.
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library
Contents at a Glance
Preface
Glossary of Symbols
1 Introduction
Structural Analysis
vii
ix
1
15
2 Overview of Material Models for Structural Analysis
19
3 Mass and Damping
27
4 Elasticity
33
5 Plasticity
49
6 Cracking
87
7 Viscoelasticity
121
8 Creep and Shrinkage
143
9 Special Models
149
10 Model Code Libraries
207
11 User-supplied Models
217
II
Flow Analysis
251
12 Potential Flow
255
13 Groundwater Flow
281
iv
14 Reynolds Flow Lubrication
III
291
Coupled FlowStress Analysis
293
15 SoilPore Fluid Properties
IV
295
Background Theory
303
16 Elasticity
305
17 Plasticity
315
18 Cracking
371
19 Viscoelasticity
399
20 Time Effects on Concrete Properties using Model Codes
407
21 Interface Nonlinearities
419
22 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model
441
23 Simple Soil Models
449
24 Liquefaction
451
Appendix
463
A Available Element Types
465
B Material Properties Forms
471
Contents
Preface
xv
Glossary of Symbols
xvii
1 Introduction
1.1 Material Properties Input . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Ambient Time Dependency . . . . . . . .
1.2.1
Temperature in Time . . . . . .
1.2.2
Concentration in Time . . . . .
1.2.3
Maturity in Time . . . . . . . .
1.2.4
Pressure in Time . . . . . . . . .
1.2.5
Time Dependency for Elements
1.2.6
Time Dependency for Nodes . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Structural Analysis
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
15
2 Overview of Material Models for Structural Analysis

2.1 Structural Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1
Concrete and Brittle Materials . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2
Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.3
Soil and Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.4
Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.5
Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.6
Composites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.7
Rubbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.8
Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Availability for Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
23
24
3 Mass and Damping

3.1 Mass . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1
Mass Density
3.1.2
Concentrated
3.2 Damping . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
27
27
27
28
29
. . . .
. . . .
Mass
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
vi
CONTENTS
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
Viscous Damping . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural Damping . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuous Damping . . . . . . . . . .
Strain Energy Based Element Damping
4 Elasticity
4.1 Linear Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1
Isotropic Elasticity . . . . .
4.1.2
Orthotropic Elasticity . . .
4.1.3
Ambient Influence . . . . .
4.2 Nonlinear Elasticity . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1
Granular Materials . . . .
4.2.2
Uniaxial . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3
User-supplied . . . . . . . .
4.3 Modified Elasticity . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Hyperelasticity . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1
Deviatoric Strain Energy .
4.4.2
Hydrostatic Strain Energy
4.4.3
User-supplied . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
30
30
31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
33
33
33
35
38
41
41
43
44
44
45
45
46
47
5 Plasticity
5.1 Isotropic Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1
Tresca or Von Mises . . . . . . . .
5.1.2
MohrCoulomb or DruckerPrager
5.1.3
Rankine Principal Stress . . . . .
5.1.4
Egg Cam-clay . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.5
Modified MohrCoulomb . . . . .
5.1.6
HoekBrown Rock Plasticity . . .
5.1.7
Fraction Model . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Orthotropic Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1
Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2
Hoffmann . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.3
RankineHill Anisotropic . . . .
5.3 Viscoplasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.1
DuvautLions . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.2
Perzyna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
49
50
50
53
57
63
68
78
79
80
80
81
82
84
84
84
6 Cracking
6.1 Smeared Cracking . . . . . . . . .
6.1.1
Tension Cut-off . . . . .
6.1.2
Tension Softening . . . .
6.1.3
Shear Retention . . . . .
6.1.4
Rate-dependent Cracking
6.2 Total Strain Crack Models . . . .
6.2.1
Basic Properties . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
87
87
88
90
96
96
97
99
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
6.3
6.4
vii
6.2.2
Tensile Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.3
Shear Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4
Compressive Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.5
Lateral Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crack Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crack Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.1
Discrete Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.2
Concrete Model Specifications for Tensile Strength
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
101
107
109
115
116
116
116
117
7 Viscoelasticity
7.1 Power Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.1
Ambient Influence . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.2
Young Hardening Concrete Models .
7.2 Maxwell Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Kelvin Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 Determination of Chain Parameters . . . . .
7.4.1
Discrete Function . . . . . . . . . .
7.4.2
Concrete Creep Models . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
121
121
122
123
126
130
134
136
137
8 Creep and Shrinkage

8.1 Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1
Discrete Function . . . . .
8.2.2
Concrete Shrinkage Models
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
143
143
144
144
145
9 Special Models
9.1 Spring/Dashpot Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.1
Initial Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.2
Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.3
Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.4
Continuous Damping . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.5
Base Spring Characteristics . . . . . . .
9.2 Generalized StressStrain Diagrams . . . . . . .
9.2.1
Flat Shell Elements . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 Interface Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.1
Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.2
Cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.3
Bond-slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.4
Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.5
Combined Cracking-Shearing-Crushing
9.3.6
User-supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model . . . . . . .
9.4.1
Direct Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4.2
User-supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5 Reinforcement Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
149
149
149
150
153
153
155
159
159
160
161
163
169
172
175
176
177
177
183
184
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
viii
CONTENTS
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
Models
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
184
186
188
188
189
191
191
193
194
195
197
198
200
202
203
204
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
207
207
207
209
211
211
213
213
11 User-supplied Models
11.1 Elasticity and Viscoelasticity . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.1 Youngs Modulus USRYOU . . . . . . . .
11.1.2 Poissons Ratio USRPOI . . . . . . . . .
11.1.3 Hyperelasticity USRRUB . . . . . . . . .
11.1.4 Concrete Creep USRCRP . . . . . . . . .
11.2 Nonlinear Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.1 Tangential Stiffness ELSEUS . . . . . . .
11.2.2 Total Stress ELSGUS . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 Plasticity and Cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.1 General Curve USRCRV . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.2 Tension Cut-off USRCRK . . . . . . . . .
11.3.3 Tension Softening USRTEN . . . . . . . .
11.3.4 Shear Retention USRSHR . . . . . . . . .
11.3.5 Tensile Strength USRTST . . . . . . . . .
11.3.6 Mode-I Ultimate Tensile Strain USREPU
11.3.7 Mode-I Tensile Fracture Energy USRGF1
11.3.8 Shear Retention Factor USRBET . . . . .
11.3.9 Compressive Strength USRCST . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
217
217
219
219
220
225
226
226
227
228
228
232
232
233
234
234
235
235
236
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.5.1
Linear Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.2
Von Mises Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.3
MontiNuti Plasticity . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.4
Reinforcement Specials . . . . . . . . .
9.5.5
User-supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soil Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.1
HardinDrnevich and RambergOsgood
9.6.2
Initial Stress Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.3
Undrained Behavior . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquefaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7.1
Towhata-Iai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7.2
Nishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7.3
Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7.4
Added Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wohler Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FluidStructure Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 Model Code Libraries

10.1 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.1 Dutch Code NEN 6720 . . . . .
10.1.2 European CEB-FIP Model Code
10.2 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.1 Dutch Code NEN 6770 . . . . .
10.3 Reinforcement Steel . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3.1 Dutch Code NEN 6720 . . . . .
. . .
. . .
1990
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
CONTENTS
ix
11.3.10 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model USRMNL

11.4 General User-supplied Material Model . . . . . . . .
11.4.1 Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.2 Subroutine USRMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4.3 Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 Interface USRIFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 Liquefaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6.1 Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6.2 User-defined Liquefaction USRLIQ . . . . .
11.6.3 Customized Towhata-Iai TOWLIQ . . . . . .
11.6.4 Customized Nishi NISLIQ . . . . . . . . . .
11.6.5 Customized Bowl BOWLIQ . . . . . . . . . .
II
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Flow Analysis
12 Potential Flow
12.1 Conductivity and Capacitance . . . . . . . . .
12.1.1 Constant Properties . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.2 Variable Properties . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.3 Time Dependent Diffusion Coefficient
12.2 Boundary Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2.1 Convection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2.2 Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2.3 Discharge Type . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 Interface Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4 Cooling Pipe Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4.1 Conduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4.2 Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4.3 Cooling Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5 Hydration Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5.1 Heat Production . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5.2 Conductivity and Capacitance . . . .
12.5.3 Equivalent Age . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5.4 Arrhenius Constant . . . . . . . . . .
12.6 Solidification or Evaporation . . . . . . . . . .
12.7 Convective Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
236
238
238
239
240
243
245
245
245
247
248
249
251
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
255
255
256
257
261
262
262
264
265
266
268
268
269
270
270
270
274
276
278
279
280
13 Groundwater Flow
13.1 Regional Groundwater Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.1 Aquifers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.2 Resistance Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2 Detailed Groundwater Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.1 Saturated Conductivity and Elastic Storativity
13.2.2 Relative Conductivity and Phreatic Storativity
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
281
281
281
282
283
284
285
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
Turbulence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Seepage Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Resistance Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
14 Reynolds Flow Lubrication
III
15 SoilPore Fluid Properties

15.1 Structural Elements . . . . . .
15.2 Staggered Analysis . . . . . . .
15.3 Mixture Analysis . . . . . . . .
15.3.1 Continuum Elements
15.3.2 Interface Elements . .
IV
291
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
293
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Background Theory
16 Elasticity
16.1 Orthotropic Elasticity . . . . . . . . .
16.2 Nonlinear Elasticity . . . . . . . . . .
16.2.1 Grains Model . . . . . . . . .
16.2.2 Boyce Model . . . . . . . . .
16.2.3 Jardine Model . . . . . . . .
16.3 Hyperelasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.3.1 Deviatoric Energy Function .
16.3.2 Hydrostatic Energy Function
295
295
296
297
297
300
303
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
305
305
305
306
307
307
310
312
313
17 Plasticity
17.1 Isotropic Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.1 Tresca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.2 Von Mises . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.3 MohrCoulomb . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.4 DruckerPrager . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.5 Rankine Principal Stress Model . .
17.1.6 Egg Cam-clay . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.7 Modified MohrCoulomb . . . . . .
17.1.8 HoekBrown Rock Plasticity Model
17.1.9 Fraction Model . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1.10 MontiNuti Plasticity . . . . . . . .
17.2 Orthotropic Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.1 Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.2 Hoffmann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.3 RankineHill Anisotropic . . . . .
17.3 Viscoplasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
315
319
319
321
324
326
330
334
340
347
349
354
356
356
360
362
366
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
xi
17.3.1 Perzyna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

17.3.2 Duvaut and Lions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
17.4 Volumetric Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
18 Cracking
371
18.1 Smeared Cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
18.1.1 Tension Softening Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
18.1.2 Shear Retention Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
18.2 Total Strain Crack Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
18.2.1 Coaxial and Fixed StressStrain Concept . . . . . . . . 383
18.2.2 Loading and Unloading Determination . . . . . . . . . 384
18.2.3 Stiffness Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
18.2.4 Lateral Expansion Effects due to Poissons Ratio . . . . 390
18.2.5 Tensile Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
18.2.6 Shear Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
18.2.7 Compressive Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
18.2.8 Combination with Thermal or Concentration Expansion 397
18.2.9 Basic Material Parameters via Code Regulations . . . . 397
19 Viscoelasticity
19.1 Relaxation Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.2 Creep Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.2.1 Kelvin Chain Model . . . . . . . . . . .
19.2.2 Double Power Law . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3 Determination from Creep or Relaxation Curves
19.3.1 Curve Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3.2 From Creep to Relaxation . . . . . . .
19.3.3 Concrete Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
399
399
401
402
403
404
404
405
406
20 Time Effects on Concrete Properties using Model Codes

20.1 CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1.1 Development of Strength with Time . . . . . . . .
20.1.2 Development of Modulus of Elasticity with Time .
20.1.3 Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1.4 Shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2 ACI 209 Model Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.1 Development of Strength with Time . . . . . . . .
20.2.2 Development of Modulus of Elasticity with Time .
20.2.3 Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.4 Shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.5 Correction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.3 NEN 6720 Model Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.3.1 Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.3.2 Shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.4 JSCE Model Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
407
407
408
408
409
410
411
411
411
412
412
413
414
414
415
416
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
xii
CONTENTS
20.4.1 Development of Strength with Time . . . . . . .
20.4.2 Development of Modulus of Elasticity with Time
20.5 JCI Model Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.5.1 Development of Strength with Time . . . . . . .
20.5.2 Development of Modulus of Elasticity with Time
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
417
417
418
418
418
21 Interface Nonlinearities
21.1 Discrete Cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.1.1 Brittle Cracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.1.2 Linear Tension Softening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.1.3 Nonlinear Tension Softening (Hordijk et al.) . . . . .
21.1.4 Shear Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.2 Crack Dilatancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.2.1 Rough Crack Model (Bazant & Gambarova) . . . . .
21.2.2 Rough Crack Model (Gambarova & Karakoc) . . . . .
21.2.3 Aggregate Interlock Relation (Walraven & Reinhardt)
21.2.4 Two-phase Model (Walraven) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.2.5 Contact Density Model (Li et al.) . . . . . . . . . . .
21.3 Bond-slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.3.1 Cubic Function (Dorr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.3.2 Power Law (Noakowski) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.4 Coulomb Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.5 Combined CrackingShearingCrushing . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.5.1 Two-dimensional Interface Model . . . . . . . . . . .
21.5.2 Three-dimensional Interface Behavior . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
419
420
421
421
422
423
423
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
431
432
433
434
439
22 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model

22.1 Elasto-Plastic Damage Model . . . .
22.2 Cracked Concrete Model . . . . . .
22.3 Crack-reclosing Option . . . . . . .
22.4 Non-orthogonal Crack Model . . . .
22.5 Shear Transfer Models . . . . . . . .
22.5.1 Contact Density Model . .
22.5.2 Decay of Shear Transfer . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
441
441
443
444
445
446
446
448
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
23 Simple Soil Models

449
23.1 HardinDrnevich Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
23.2 RambergOsgood Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
24 Liquefaction
24.1 Towhata-Iai Model . . . . . .
24.1.1 Isotropic Model . .
24.1.2 Deviatoric Model .
24.1.3 Initial Stress State .
24.2 Nishi Model . . . . . . . . .
24.2.1 Elastic Component
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
451
451
451
453
455
455
456
CONTENTS
24.2.2 Plastic Components
24.3 Bowl Model . . . . . . . . .
24.3.1 Deviatoric Behavior
24.3.2 Volumetric Behavior
24.4 Added Viscosity . . . . . . .
xiii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Appendix
463
A Available Element Types

B Material Properties Forms
B.1 Model Code Libraries . . . . . . . . . .
B.1.1
Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.1.2
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.1.3
Reinforcement Steel . . . . . .
B.2 Linear Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.1
Isotropic . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.2
Orthotropic . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.3
Reinforcement . . . . . . . . .
B.2.4
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.5
Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.3 Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.3.1
Mass Density . . . . . . . . . .
B.3.2
Point Mass . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4 Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4.1
Viscous . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4.2
Structural . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4.3
Isotropic . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4.4
Orthotropic . . . . . . . . . . .
B.4.5
Strain Energy Based . . . . . .
B.5 Static Nonlinearity . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.1
Concrete and Brittle Materials
B.5.2
Soil and Rock . . . . . . . . .
B.5.3
Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.4
Composites . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.5
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.6
Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.7
Rubbers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.8
Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.9
Reinforcement . . . . . . . . .
B.5.10 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.6 Transient Nonlinearity . . . . . . . . . .
B.6.1
Power Law Viscoelasticity . . .
B.6.2
ACI 209 Model Code Creep . .
456
458
459
460
461
465
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
471
472
472
474
475
476
476
476
476
477
477
477
477
477
478
478
478
478
478
479
479
479
489
497
499
500
504
505
506
506
507
508
508
508
xiv
CONTENTS
B.7
B.8
B.9
B.10
B.11
B.12
B.13
B.14
B.15
B.6.3
Transient Creep . .
B.6.4
Spring/Dashpot . .
Expansion . . . . . . . . . .
Woehler . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.9.1
Isotropic . . . . . .
B.9.2
Orthotropic . . . . .
B.9.3
Anisotropic . . . . .
B.9.4
Boundary . . . . . .
B.9.5
Interface . . . . . .
B.9.6
Cooling Pipe . . . .
B.9.7
Convective Field . .
Detailed Groundwater Flow .
B.10.1 Isotropic . . . . . .
B.10.2 Orthotropic . . . . .
B.10.3 Anisotropic . . . . .
B.10.4 Boundary . . . . . .
B.10.5 Interface . . . . . .
B.10.6 Convective Field . .
Aquifers . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.11.1 Isotropic . . . . . .
B.11.2 Orthotropic . . . . .
B.11.3 Anisotropic . . . . .
B.11.4 Interface . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . .
Cross-section . . . . . . . . .
Pore Fluid . . . . . . . . . .
External . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
509
509
510
510
510
510
511
511
511
512
512
512
513
513
513
513
514
514
514
515
515
515
515
515
516
516
516
517
Bibliography
519
Index
529
Preface
This Volume of the Diana Users Manual describes the available material models. It comprises the following major parts:
I Structural Analysis. Formal description of input data in Diana batch format,
for the various material models for structural analysis.
II Flow Analysis. Formal description of input data in Diana batch format, for
the various material models for potential flow analysis.
III Coupled FlowStress Analysis. Formal description of input data in Diana
batch format, for the various material models for flowstress analysis.
IV Background Theory. A description of the theory on which the available material models in Diana are based. This part also includes a comprehensive
bibliography for further reading.
V Appendix. A short overview of all available elements is given in Appendix
A. Appendix B describes the interactive input of material properties via
iDiana forms.
Related volumes. This volume should be used in combination with Volume
Element Library and Volume Analysis Procedures. Novice users should first
read Volume Getting Started.
Cautionary note
Throughout this manual, it will be assumed that the reader has a basic
understanding of computational mechanics and the Finite Element
Method. 1
1 Very
informative introductions are the Guidelines to Finite Element Practice [74] and
the book A Finite Element Primer [75], both published by NAFEMS.
xvi
Preface
Glossary of Symbols
Scalars
H Hardening parameter.
A Area, cross-section [m2 ].
I Moment of inertia [m4 ].
B Bandwidth of matrix [].
J Creep function [m2 /N].
B Boundary [m2 ].
K Bulk or compression modulus

[N/m2 ].
C Concentration.
C Damping coefficient.
C Hardening constant.
Cc Compression index.
D Interface stiffness modulus
[N/m3 ].
D Linear stiffness modulus [N/m2 ].
DII Crack shear stiffness [N/m2 ].
E Youngs modulus [N/m2 ].
Ehar Hardening modulus [N/m2 ].
Ep Hardening modulus [N/m2 ].
F Concentrated force [N].
F R.m.s. wavefront of matrix [].
F R Reaction force [N].
F
Residual force [N].
K Conduction coefficient
[W/(m2 K)].
K Spring stiffness [N/m].
K Stress intensity factor (LEFM)
[].
K0 Lateral pressure ratio [].
KD Drained compression modulus
[N/m2 ].
Kf Fluid compression modulus
[N/m2 ].
Ks Solid compression modulus
[N/m2 ].
L Area coordinates.
M Bending moment (Bernoulli)
[N m].
G Shear modulus [N/m2 ].
M Concentrated mass [kg].
G Energy release rate (LEFM).
M Concentrated moment [N m].

M Maturity.
Gc Compressive fracture energy

[N/m].
M R Reaction moment [N m].
Gf Fracture energy [N/m2 ].
M r Residual moment [N m].
H Enthalpy [J/m3 ].
2 SI-units
N Interpolation polynomial [].
in brackets.
xviii
Glossary of Symbols
N Normal force (Bernoulli) [N].
N Number of nodes [].
N Order of matrix [].
OCR
Overconsolidation ratio [].
P Perimeter [m].
P Potential.
P Profile of matrix.
Pex External potential (LEFM).
Q Discharge [m3 /s].
Q Produced heat [J/m3 ].
Q Second Biot material parameter
[N/m2 ].
Q Shear force (Bernoulli) [N].
RH Relative humidity [].
Re Reynolds number [].
S Boundary [].
S Degree of saturation [].
S Second PiolaKirchhoff stress
[N/m2 ].
S Shear stress correction factor [].
S Surface area [m2 ].
SA Spectral acceleration [m/s2 ].
SD Spectral displacement [m].
T Period of time [s].
T Temperature [K].
Z Third global Cartesian coordinate [m], or axis.

a
a
a
b
b
c
c
c
c
cA
ce
cp
co
d
e
e
e
e
f
f
f
fc
fcc
T Transmissivity.
V Volume [m3 ].
W Maximum wavefront of matrix
[].
W Moment of rigidity [m3 ].
W Section modulus.
W Strain energy function [J].
Win Elastic energy (LEFM) [J].
X First global Cartesian coordinate
[m], or axis.
Y Second global Cartesian coordinate [m], or axis.
fck
fcm
fk
ft
g
h
h
hcr
i
j
Damping parameter.
Mode amplitude.
Crack length (LEFM) [m].
Damping parameter.
Width [m].
Capacitance [J/(m3 K)].
Cohesion [N/m2 ].
Incompressibility penalty factor.
Wave speed [m/s].
Arrhenius constant [K].
Elastic storativity.
Phreatic storativity [].
Reinforcement coverage [m].
Diameter [m].
Deviatoric strain [].
Element number [].
Emissivity [].
Void ratio [].
Distributed force [N/m, N/m2 ].
Natural frequency [1/s].
Volume source.
Compressive strength [N/m2 ].
Cube compressive strength
[N/m2 ].
Characteristic strength [N/m2 ].
Mean compressive strength
[N/m2 ].
Characteristic strength [N/m2 ].
Tensile strength [N/m2 ].
Acceleration of gravity [m/s2 ].
Height [m].
Phreatic level [m].
Crack bandwidth [m].
Counter [].
Counter [].
xix
k Conductivity [W/(m K)].
k Creep factor [].
k Interface stiffness modulus
[N/m3 ].
k Permeability [m2 ].
k 0 Modified permeability
[m4 /(N s)].
l Length [m].
m Distributed moment [N m/m].
m0 Reinforcement moment.
n Degree of nonlinear elasticity [].
n Distributed in-plane force [N/m].
n Node number [].
n Order of system matrix [].
n Porosity [].
n Traction axis, normal.
p Isotropic strain invariant [].
p Polynomial.
p Pore pressure [N/m2 ].
p Pressure [N/m2 ].
p0 Effective pressure [N/m2 ].
p0c Preconsolidation stress [N/m2 ].
pe Excess pore pressure [N/m2 ].
phead Pressure head [m].
q Deviatoric strain invariant [].
q Deviatoric stress [N/m2 ].
q Distributed shear force [N/m].
q Flux.
q Specific discharge, distributed
source.
r Degree of reaction [].
r Distance from crack tip (LEFM)
[m].
r Maturity variable [].
r Radius [m].
s Deviatoric stress [N/m2 ].
s Length along crack front

(LEFM) [m].
s Traction axis.
t Thickness [m].
t Time [s].
t Traction axis.
t Traction [N/m2 ].
teq Equivalent age of concrete [s].
u Translational displacement [m].
u Velocity [m/s].
u
Acceleration [m/s2 ].
v Speed (wind, water) [m/s].
v0 Specific volume [].
vc Convection velocity [m/s2 ].
x First local Cartesian coordinate
[m], or axis.
y Second local Cartesian coordinate [m], or axis.
z Third local Cartesian coordinate
[m], or axis.
t
Increment of t [s].
Boundary (surface).
Euler gamma function.
Domain.
Excitation frequency [Hz].
Rotation speed [rad/s].
Energy potential [J].
Generalized strain.
First Biot material parameter

[].
General diffusivity.
Generalized modal displacement.
Preconditioning parameter.
Shape factor.
Thermal expansion coefficient
[1/K].
Time integration parameter.
Shear retention factor [].
xx
Glossary of Symbols
Compressibility parameter.
Hardening parameter.
Concentration expansion coefficient.
Swelling index.
Buckling value.
Decaying factor.
Compression index.
Deviator strain [].
Eigenvalue.
GreenLagrange strain [].
Loading parameter.
Iteration parameter.
Plastic multiplier [].
Shape factor.
Relaxation time [s].
Shear deformation [].
Dynamic viscosity [N s/m2 ].
Structural damping factor.
Friction coefficient (Coulomb).
Modal participation factor.
Shifting factor [].
Volumetric weight
Spring stiffness [N/m].
[N/m3 ]
f Volumetric fluid weight
[N/m3 ]
p Deviatoric plastic strain.
Poissons ratio [].
Extension, elongation [m].
Damping ratio [].
Time integration parameter.
First parametric coordinate [].
ij Kronecker delta [].

t Change in t [s].
Convergence criterion [].
Logarithmic strain [].
Tolerance.
Engineering strain [].
C Concentration strain [].
T Thermal strain [].
cr Crack strain [].
c Creep strain [].
e Elastic strain [].
p Plastic strain [].
sh Shrinkage strain [].
Emission coefficient [].
Mass density [kg/m3 ].

f Fluid density [kg/m3 ].
StefanBoltzmann constant
[J/(m2 s K4 )].
Stress (Cauchy) [N/m2 ].
0 Effective stress [N/m2 ].
0 In-situ stress [N/m2 ].
cr Crack stress [N/m2 ].
eq Equivalent stress (Von Mises)
[N/m2 ].
y Yield stress [N/m2 ].
Dimensionless time [].
Curvature (Bernoulli).
Friction angle.
Pore pressure potential [N/m2 ].
Third parametric coordinate.
Potential.
Second parametric coordinate.
Rotational displacement.
Viscosity.
Compression modulus.
Curvature (Bernoulli) [1/m].
Equivalent plastic strain [].
Kinematic viscosity [m2 /s].
head Hydraulic head [m].

p Pressure component of hydraulic
head.
Phase angle.
xxi
Dilatancy angle.
Natural angular frequency.
Reinforcement percentage.
Rotational velocity (spin).
Vectors, Tensors
a Pseudo-acceleration vector
[m/s2 ].
f Distributed forces.
f Equivalent element forces.
f Load vector.
fw Dead weight load.
f Discharge vector [m3 /s].
fu Force vector [N].
g Body forces per unit volume.
g Gravity acceleration vector
[m/s2 ].
Strain vector.
Stress vector [N/m2 ].
2nd PiolaKirchhoff stresses.
Buckling modes.
Eigenvector.
Pressure potentials vector
[N/m2 ].
Phase angles.
Matrices
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
g Out-of-balance forces.
i Unity vector.
k Conductivity tensor.
m Distributed moments.
n Normal vector.
n Generalized element forces.
p Pressure vector.
q Flux vector [m/s].
r Internal forces, reactions.
r Residual vector.
t Traction [N/m2 ].
u Displacement vector [m].
u Velocity vector [m/s].
Acceleration vector [m/s2 ].
u
x Position vector [m].
y Result of forward substitution.
E Strain tensor.
Convective velocity field.
GreenLagrange strains.
D
D
D
D
E
F
H
I
J
K
K
K
L
L
M
N
P
Q
R
Interpolation matrix.
Straindisplacement relation.
Capacity matrix.
Compliance matrix.
Coupling matrix.
Damping matrix.
Right CauchyGreen stretch
tensor.
Diagonal matrix.
Elasticity matrix.
Material stiffness matrix.
Rigidity matrix.
GreenLagrange strain tensor.
Deformation gradient.
Modified elastic stiffness matrix.
Identity (unity) matrix.
Jacobian matrix.
Conductivity matrix.
Permeability matrix.
Stiffness matrix.
Differential operator.
Lower triangular matrix.
Mass matrix.
Interpolation matrix.
Preconditioning matrix.
Preconditioning matrix.
Rotation matrix.
xxii
Glossary of Symbols
S Second PiolaKirchhoff stress
tensor.
S Stress matrix.
S System directions.
T Element directions.
T Transformation matrix.
U Upper triangular matrix.
Eigenvalue diagonal matrix.
Accents, sub- and superscripts
u
u
u
Average of . . .
Second time derivative of . . .
First time derivative of . . .
Amplitude of . . .
Added . . .
KB . . . for the boundary.
KF . . . for the fluid domain.
KI . . . for the interface.
KS . . . for the structural domain.
123 Principal . . .
uXY Z . . . in global orientation.
uxyz . . . in local orientation.
u(e) . . . in element orientation.
u(s) . . . in system orientation.
n Normal . . .
t Tangential . . .
Ke . . . for an element.
Sn . . . for a node.
fdy Dynamic . . .
fext External . . .
fint Internal . . .
fst Static . . .
K Effective . . .
0 Initial . . . .
=u
Imaginary part of . . .
<u
Real part of . . .
Phase angle of . . .
Chapter 1
Introduction
Diana offers a large number of material models for structural and flow analysis.
The first two parts of this Volume Material Library tell you how to specify the
input data for these models.1 The last part gives the background theory of
the various models. The next section of this chapter presents the general input
syntax for material properties [ 1.1]. The last section presents the input syntax
for time dependency of temperature, concentration and maturity [ 1.2]. This
input is only appropriate for ambient influence on the material properties, i.e.,
if the actual properties depend on temperature, concentration or maturity.
1.1
Material Properties Input
Material properties are input via table MATERI. Typical examples of data in
this table are (for structural analysis): Youngs modulus E, Poissons ratio ,
mass density , and thermal expansion coefficient . Actual input of material
properties depends on the type of analysis and on the element type.
syntax
MATERI
1
matnr n
5 6
matnam w
[ NAME
12 13
80
matdat ?
name s ]
matnr is the material number. This number is used for reference from subtable
MATERI of table ELEMEN.
matnam is a keyword indicating the material property name.
1 See also Volume Analysis Procedures for general description of syntax conventions for
Diana input data.
Introduction
NAME is an optional property for all materials. The string name is an identification name for material matnr . Diana does not use this name
internally, its main application is in communication with external
pre- and postprocessors.
matdat are one or more material property values.
file .dat
MATERI
1 NAME
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
THERMX
2 NAME
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
THERMX
1.2
"Isotropic elastic material"

1.2E6
0.3
12.35
.12
"Two-dimensional orthotropic elastic material"
1.2E6 1.0E6
0.3 0.25
24.6
.17
Ambient Time Dependency
If the actual properties of a material are influenced by the temperature, the

concentration, the maturity, or the pressure then you must specify the time
dependency of these ambient phenomena in table TEMPER [ 1.2.1], CONCEN
[ 1.2.2], MATURI [ 1.2.3], or PRESSU [ 1.2.4] respectively. These tables list
the temperature T , concentration C, maturity M , or pressure P as a function
of time for each node of the specified elements or for each specified node.
When executing time steps, Diana interpolates the T -, C-, M -, or P -field
for the step time. The temperatures and/or concentrations in combination with
expansion coefficients and/or are used to determine expansion strains. The
pressure differences during the time step give an element load. All ambient phenomena are taken into account for the ambient dependent material properties,
if any.
Element types. Ambient time dependency can be specified for three categories of elements [ 1.2.5], or for nodes attached to one of these categories
[ 1.2.6]:
Continuum elements: numerically integrated isoparametric elements for
trusses, plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetry and solids. These elements
require one single value per node.
1.2 Ambient Time Dependency
Shell elements: all curved, infinite and axisymmetric shell elements. These
elements require two values per node: a mean value and a gradient ()
over the thickness.
Beam elements: all two-dimensional and three-dimensional beam elements. Two-dimensional beam elements require two values per node: a
mean value and a gradient (y ) over the thickness. Three-dimensional
beam elements require an additional gradient (z ).
The meaning of the gradients depends on the input of the beam crosssection in table GEOMET [Vol. Element Library]. If the cross-section is
specified with a predefined shape or with a profile, then the gradient is
the difference between the value in the positive and the negative fiber.
If the cross-section of a class-I beam element is specified with an arbitrary shape, then Diana does not know the distance between the extreme
fibers. Therefore, you must specify the gradients per unit length, e.g. for
temperature dT /y and dT /z.
1.2.1
Temperature in Time
You may specify time dependent temperature either in elements or in nodes,

not in both at the same time.
Element temperature in time
syntax
TEMPER
[ ELEMEN ]
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
elm n
/ elms ng... /
temperature
Nodal temperature in time
syntax
TEMPER
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node n
/ nodes ng... /
temperature
ELEMEN is an optional subtable name for element temperatures.
Introduction
NODES is the subtable name for nodal temperatures.
If you dont specify a subtable, Diana assumes element temperatures.
[ELEMEN]
t1 . . . tn are the times t at which the temperature is specified.

elm is a single element number or elms is a series of elements specified with
numbers or groups or both.
node is a single node number or nodes is a series of nodes specified with numbers or groups or both.
temperature are the values of the temperatures T (and T ) at times t.
1.2.2
Concentration in Time
You may specify time dependent concentration in elements or in nodes.

Element concentration in time
syntax
CONCEN
[ ELEMEN ]
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
elm n
/ elms ng... /
concentration
Nodal concentration in time
syntax
CONCEN
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node n
/ nodes ng... /
concentration
ELEMEN is an optional subtable name for element concentrations.
NODES is the subtable name for nodal concentrations.
If you dont specify a subtable, Diana assumes element concentrations.
[ELEMEN]
t1 . . . tn are the times t at which the concentrations are specified.

concentration are the values of the concentrations C (and C) at times t.
1.2.3
Maturity in Time
You may specify time dependent maturity in elements or in nodes.

Element maturity in time
syntax
MATURI
[ matvar w ]
DGRREA
EQUAGE
[ ELEMEN ]
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
elm n
/ elms ng... /
maturity
Nodal maturity in time
syntax
MATURI
[ matvar w ]
DGRREA
EQUAGE
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node n
/ nodes ng... /
maturity
matvar is a subtable name which specifies the type of the maturity variable M :
DGRREA for degrees of reaction, EQUAGE for equivalent age.
ELEMEN is an optional subtable name for element maturity.
Introduction
NODES is the subtable name for nodal maturity.
If you dont specify a subtable, Diana assumes element maturity.
[ELEMEN]
If you dont specify the type of the maturity variable then Diana assumes
specification of the maturity via degrees of reaction.
[DGRREA]

maturity are the values of the maturity variable M (and M ) at times t. Depending on the subtable heading these maturity values are either the degrees of reaction r or the equivalent ages teq . For more details on the
definitions of the maturity variable see also the section on hydration heat
in potential flow analysis [ 12.5 p. 270].
1.2.4
Pressure in Time
You may specify time dependent pressure in elements or in nodes.

Element pressure in time
syntax
PRESSU
[ ELEMEN ]
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
elm n
/ elms ng... /
pressure
Nodal pressure in time
syntax
PRESSU
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node n
/ nodes ng... /
pressure
ELEMEN is an optional subtable name for element pressures.
NODES is the subtable name for nodal pressures.

If you dont specify a subtable, Diana assumes element pressure.
[ELEMEN]
t1 . . . tn are the times t at which the pressures are specified.

pressure are the values of the pressure P (and P ) at times t.
1.2.5
Time Dependency for Elements
1.2.5.1
Continuum Elements
For continuum elements the ambient variable (T , C, M , P ) must be specified

at the element nodes.
syntax
tabnam w
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
element(s)
a1t1 r [a1t2 r . . . a1tn r ]
[ a2t1 r [a2t2 r . . . a2tn r ] . . .
aet1 r [aet2 r . . . aetn r ] ]
a1t1 . . . a1tn are the values of the ambient variables (T , C, M , P ) at times
t1 to tn respectively. If only this set of values is specified, then the
distribution is uniform: all nodes of the element(s) get the same value.
Else, these values are for the first node only, a2t1 to a2tn for the second
node until aet1 to aetn for the last node.
file .dat
TEMPER
0. 10. 30.
1
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
/ 2-8 /
0. +100. +400.
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
Introduction
This example specifies temperatures at times t1 = 0, t2 = 10 and t3 = 30.

Element 1 has six nodes. The temperatures for the first three nodes are T1 = 0,
T2 = 200 and T3 = 300 and for the last three nodes T1 = 0, T2 = 300 and
T3 = 500 (note that it is not necessary to specify the temperatures for each
node on a separate line). The temperatures for all nodes of elements 2 to 8 are
T1 = 0, T2 = 100 and T3 = 400.
1.2.5.2
Shell Elements
M
, P ) and
For shell elements, the average value of the ambient variable (T, C,
its gradient through the thickness (T , C, M , P ) must be specified for
the element nodes.
syntax
tabnam w
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
element(s)
a1t1 r [a1t2 r . . . a1tn r ]
[ a2t1 r [a2t2 r . . . a2tn r ]
aet1 r [aet2 r . . . aetn r ]
d1t1 r [d1t2 r . . . d1tn r ]
[ d2t1 r [d2t2 r . . . d2tn r ]
det1 r [det2 r . . . detn r ]
...
]
...
]
M
, P ) at times t1 to tn rea1t1 . . . a1tn are the average values (T, C,
spectively. If only this set of values is specified, then the distribution is
uniform: all nodes of the element(s) get the same value. Else, these values
are for the first node only, a2t1 to a2tn for the second node until aet1
to aetn for the last node.
d1t1 . . . d1tn are the gradients (T , C, M , P ) at times t1 to tn respectively. For uniform distribution only this set is necessary. Nonuniform
distribution requires d2t1 to a2tn for the second node until det1 to detn
for the last node.
file .dat
TEMPER
0. 10. 30.
1
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
0.
+5.
+2.
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
0.
+5.
+2.
0. +200. +300.
0. +300. +500.
0.
+5.
+2.

0.
+7.
+2.
/ 2-8 /
0. +100. +400.
0.
+7.
+2.
0.
+5.
+2.
0.
+7.
+2.

Element 1 has six nodes. The temperatures for the first three nodes are T1 = 0,
T3 = 500. The temperature gradients for the first three nodes are T1 = 0,
T3 = 2. Note that it is not necessary to specify the temperatures for each
node on a separate line. The temperatures for all nodes of elements 2 to 8 are
T1 = 0, T2 = 100 and T3 = 400. The temperature gradients for all nodes are
T1 = 0, T2 = 5 and T3 = 2. Note that it is not necessary to specify the
temperature gradients on a separate line.
1.2.5.3
Beam Elements
For beam elements, the value of the ambient variable (T , C, M , P ) at the

position of element nodes and its gradient (T , C, M , P [ 1.2 p. 3])
must be specified. For three-dimensional beam elements two gradients must be
specified: in element y and z direction respectively.
Two-dimensional
syntax
tabnam w
1
5 6
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
element(s)
a1t1 r [a1t2 r . . . a1tn r ]
[ a2t1 r [a2t2 r . . . a2tn r ]
aet1 r [aet2 r . . . aetn r ]
y1t1 r [y1t2 r . . . y1tn r ]
[ y2t1 r [y2t2 r . . . y2tn r ]
yet1 r [yet2 r . . . yetn r ]
80
...
]
...
]
M
, P ) at times t1 to tn rea1t1 . . . a1tn are the average values (T, C,
spectively. If only this set of values is specified, then the temperature is
uniform: all nodes of the element(s) get the same value. Else, these values
are for the first node only, a2t1 to a2tn for the second node until aet1
to aetn for the last node.
y1t1 . . . y1tn are the gradients (T , C, M , P ) in the element y direction
at times t1 to tn respectively. For uniform distribution only this set is
necessary. Nonuniform distribution requires y2t1 to a2tn for the second
node until yet1 to yetn for the last node.
10
Introduction
Additional for three-dimensional
1
syntax
5 6
80
z1t1 r [z1t2 r . . . z1tn r ]

[ z2t1 r [z2t2 r . . . z2tn r ] . . .
zet1 r [zet2 r . . . zetn r ] ]
z1t1 . . . z1tn are the values of the gradients (T , C, M , P ) in the
element z direction. Further description and conditions analogous to the
y gradients.
Uniform, two-dimensional
TEMPER
0. 10. 30.
1
0. +200.
0.
-10.
file .dat
+300.
+15.
This example specifies a uniform temperature distribution for a two-dimensional

beam element at times t1 = 0, t2 = 10 and t3 = 30. The average temperatures
are T1 = 0, T2 = 200 and T3 = 300 for all nodes. The temperature gradients in
element y direction at the same times are T1 = 0, T2 = 10 and T3 = 15
for all nodes. This means that at t1 the upper and lower fiber in y direction
have the same temperature, at t2 the upper fiber in y direction is 10 colder
than the lower fiber and at t3 the upper fiber in y direction is 15 warmer than
the lower fiber.
Nonuniform, three-dimensional
TEMPER
0. 10. 30. 50.
1
0. +200. +300. +428.
0. -10. +15. +34.
0. -13. +24. +62.
file .dat
0. +237. +348. +565.

0. -12. +22. +29.
0. -15. +28. +45.
0. +150. +258. +483.

0.
-8. +17. +26.
0.
-4. +36. +61.
This example specifies a nonuniform temperature distribution for a three-dimensional beam element with three nodes at times t1 = 0, t2 = 10, t3 = 30 and
t4 = 50.
1.2.6
Time Dependency for Nodes
1.2.6.1
Nodes Attached to Continuum Elements
For nodes attached to continuum elements the ambient variable (T , C, M , P )

must be specified.
11
syntax
tabnam w
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node(s)
at1 r [at2 r . . . atn r ]
at1 . . . atn are the values of the ambient variables (T , C, M , P ) at times t1
to tn respectively.
file .dat
TEMPER
NODES
0. 10. 30.
1
0. +200. +300.
/ 2-8 /
0. +100. +400.

The temperatures for node 1 are T1 = 0, T2 = 200 and T3 = 300. The
temperatures for nodes 2 to 8 are T1 = 0, T2 = 100 and T3 = 400.
1.2.6.2
Nodes Attached to Shell Elements
For nodes attached to shell elements, the average value of the ambient variable
r) and its gradient through the thickness (T , C, M , P ) must be
(T, C,
specified.
syntax
tabnam w
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node(s)
at1 r [at2 r . . . atn r ]
dt1 r [dt2 r . . . dtn r ]
M
, P ) at times t1 to tn respectively.
at1 . . . atn are the average values (T, C,
dt1 . . . dtn are the gradients (T , C, M , P )) at times t1 to tn respectively.
12
Introduction
file .dat
TEMPER
NODES
0. 10. 30.
1
0. +200. +300.
0. +5. +2.
/ 2-8 /
0. +100. +400.
0. +7. +2.
This example specifies temperatures at times t1 = 0, t2 = 10 and t3 = 30. The

temperatures for node 1 are T1 = 0, T2 = 200 and T3 = 300. The temperature
gradients for node 1 are T1 = 0, T2 = 5 and T3 = 2. The temperatures
for nodes 2 to 8 are T1 = 0, T2 = 100 and T3 = 400. The temperature
gradients for nodes 2 to 8 are T1 = 0, T2 = 7 and T3 = 2.
1.2.6.3
Nodes Attached to Beam Elements
For nodes attached to beam elements, the value of the ambient variable (T ,
C, M , P ) and its gradient (T , C, M , P [ 1.2 p. 3]) must be specified.
For nodes attached to three-dimensional beam elements two gradients must be
specified: in element y and z direction respectively.
Two-dimensional
syntax
tabnam w
NODES
1
5 6
80
t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
node(s)
at1 r [at2 r . . . atn r ]
yt1 r [yt2 r . . . ytn r ]
M
, P ) at times t1 to tn respectively.
at1 . . . atn are the average values (T, C,
yt1 . . . ytn are the gradients (T , C, M , P ) in the element y direction
at times t1 to tn respectively.
Additional for three-dimensional
1
5 6
syntax
80
zt1 r [zt2 r . . . ztn r ]

zt1 . . . ztn are the values of the gradients (T , C, M , P ) in the element z direction. Further description and conditions analogous to the y
gradients.

Two-dimensional
TEMPER
NODES
0. 10. 30.
/ 1-8 /
0. +200.
0.
-10.
13
file .dat
+300.
+15.
This example specifies a uniform temperature distribution for nodes which are
attached to two-dimensional beam elements. The temperatures are given for
times t1 = 0, t2 = 10 and t3 = 30. For nodes 1 to 8 the average temperatures
are T1 = 0, T2 = 200 and T3 = 300. The temperature gradients in element y
direction at the same times and for the same nodes are T1 = 0, T2 = 10
and T3 = 15. This means that at t1 the upper and lower fiber in y direction
have the same temperature, at t2 the upper fiber in y direction is 10 colder
than the lower fiber and at t3 the upper fiber in y direction is 15 warmer than
the lower fiber.
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library ()
14
Introduction
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library ()
Part I
Structural Analysis
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (I)
17
This part describes the input for material models in structural analysis. Chapters 3 to 8 deal with models for continuum elements. Chapter 9 describes input
for special elements like springs, interfaces and embedded reinforcements. The
next Chapter 2 gives an overview of the material models for structural analysis.
18
Chapter 2
Overview of Material
Models for Structural
Analysis
Modeling. The modeling of a structure which has to be analyzed can be
divided into three major parts: (1) the discretization of the geometry: the
Finite Element mesh, (2) the modeling of the physical behavior of the materials
which are applied in the structure, for instance concrete and reinforcing steel
and (3) the modeling of the structural effects which influence the behavior of
the structure, for instance large displacements or time-dependent behavior.
Structural behavior. To make the discretization, the user needs knowledge
of applied mechanics and Finite Elements in particular, but it is assumed for this
part that the geometry of the structure has been discretized in a proper fashion. For the modeling of the physical behavior of the material, the user needs
knowledge about the failure mechanisms which can occur in the structure. For
instance, in concrete structures the behavior is mainly influenced by cracking
and crushing of the concrete and yielding of the reinforcement. Structural effects are those phenomena which can influence the behavior of the structure but
this depends for a large extend on the history of the structure.
In this chapter, firstly the modeling of various types of structures is discussed
briefly to guide the user through this manual [ 2.1]. The overview is not intended to be complete and the user is encouraged to use engineering judgment
for the application of the available models in a field different from the ones
discussed here. Secondly, an overview is given of the available options for each
element family and for the embedded reinforcements [ 2.2].
20
Overview of Material Models for Structural Analysis
2.1
Structural Modeling
We will now outline the aspects of structural modeling for various materials.
2.1.1
To model concrete structures, or in general structures made of brittle and quasibrittle materials, Diana offers a broad range of element types [Vol. Element
Library]. The constitutive behavior of quasi-brittle material is characterized by
tensile cracking and compressive crushing, and by long-term effects like shrinkage and creep.
Cracking. The cracking can be modeled with a multi-directional fixed crack
model with tension softening and shear retention. Brittle cracking, linear tension
softening, multi-linear softening, and nonlinear softening according to Moelands
et al. and Hordijk et al. is available [Ch. 6]. Also a plasticity-based formulation
for cracking is available: the principal stress criterion of Rankine which shows
much resemblance with the rotating crack model [ 5.1.3 p. 57]. However, this
model is only applicable for plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric elements.
In multi-axial stress states the compressive stress can exceed the compressive
strength of the material. In this case the crack model can be combined with
a plasticity model which describes the crushing of the material. Especially
the MohrCoulomb and DruckerPrager model are applicable for quasi-brittle
structures [ 5.1.2 p. 53].
The combination of tensile and compressive stresses can also be modeled with
a multi-surface plasticity model, available for biaxial stress states. However,
this model too is only applicable for plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric
elements [ 5.1.3 p. 57].
The Maekawa concrete model, modified for Diana [ 9.4 p. 177], combines
a multi-axial damage plasticity model for the compressive regime with a crack
model based on total strain for the tensile regime. This model also describes
hysteresis effects.
Shrinkage and creep. The influence of the temperature, concentration and
maturity can be modeled for the elasticity-based crack model and the Mohr
Coulomb and DruckerPrager models. Long term effects like creep can be modeled with a viscoelasticity model where three models are available: a Power Law,
a Maxwell Chain and a Kelvin Chain [Ch. 7].
Diana can also generate the parameters of the Maxwell and Kelvin Chain
for concrete where the input can be a discrete creep or relaxation function, or a
code model. Currently the models according to the European CEB-FIP Model
Code 1990, the American Concrete Institute code 209, and the Dutch NEN 6720
code are available for automatic preprocessing [ 7.4.2 p. 137].
2.1 Structural Modeling
21
Shrinkage of concrete can also be modeled according to these three code regulations, but also according to a discrete shrinkage function. For the modeling
of young hardening concrete, i.e., aging, the parameters of the creep models
can be made a function of ambient influences, like temperature, maturity and
concentration.
2.1.2
Reinforcement
The reinforcement in a concrete structure can be modeled with the embedded

reinforcement types which are available in Diana [Vol. Element Library]. The
constitutive behavior of the reinforcement can be modeled by an elastoplastic
material model with hardening. Furthermore, temperature influence on the
Youngs modulus and thermal expansion coefficient can be taken into account.
See 9.5 on page 184 for the material data input syntax. The structural effect
of large displacements can be modeled by the GEOMET analysis command option
[Vol. Analysis Procedures].
2.1.3
Soil and Rock
Soil and rock structures show much resemblance with the behavior of concrete
and other quasi-brittle materials. Unlike the concrete models, the elements
applied in soil and rock analyses are mainly the plane strain, axisymmetric and
solid elements. The material models which can be applied for the analysis are
the plasticity models, like MohrCoulomb and DruckerPrager, and the multidirectional fixed crack model to describe the tensile behavior. In plane strain
and axisymmetric situations, the multi-surface plasticity models can also be
applied [ 5.1.3 p. 57].
Ambient influence, for instance from chemical concentration, can be modeled in combination with the plasticity and multi-directional fixed crack models.
Faults in rock could be modeled with interface elements where a Coulomb friction model can be used to describe the relation between the traction and the
relative displacement [ 9.3 p. 160].
Rock plasticity. Diana offers a special model for rock plasticity: the Hoek
Brown model [ 5.1.6 p. 78].
Clay. For the analysis of clay and clay-like materials, Diana offers the Camclay model [ 5.1.4 p. 63]. This model combines a nonlinear elasticity model
with a plasticity model. Furthermore, two special features are available for soil
mechanics: the initial stress ratio can be defined [ 9.6.2 p. 193] and short-time
loading on saturated soil can be described with the undrained option [ 9.6.3
p. 194].
Sand. For the analysis of porous media like sand, Diana offers the Modified
MohrCoulomb model [ 5.1.5 p. 68]. A major extension compared to the regular
22

MohrCoulomb model is an elliptically shaped compression yield surface (cap)
with optional hardening.
Simple Soil Models. Two simple soil models are available: the HardinDrnevich model and the Ramberg-Osgood model [ 9.6.1 p. 191].
Liquefaction. Special models are available to analyze the liquefaction of soil
due to earthquakes [ 9.7 p. 195].
2.1.4
Masonry
Masonry structures are analyzed on two different levels: the macro level where
the global behavior is simulated, and the meso level where the behavior is analyzed in more detail. For the first case, Diana offers the multi-directional fixed
crack model and the plasticity models to simulate cracking and crushing respectively. However, the orthotropic nature of masonry cannot be modeled with
the fixed crack and standard plasticity models, because these models involve
isotropic elasticity and do not allow combination with orthotropic elasticity.
The anisotropic RankineHill plasticity model is appropriate for modeling masonry, because it allows orthotropic elasticity to be employed and incorporates
different strength and degradation parameters to simulate the different behavior
parallel and perpendicular to bed joints in masonry [ 5.2.3 p. 82].
The orthotropy of masonry can be modeled via the meso level approach,
where the bricks are modeled by continuum elements and the joints by interface elements. For this type of modeling various models to describe the interface behavior are available: a discrete crack model [ 9.3.2 p. 163], a Coulomb
friction model [ 9.3.4 p. 172], and a combined Coulomb friction/tension cutoff/compression cap model [ 9.3.5 p. 175].
The models described above are not the only models that can be applied
to masonry. In some cases, inclusion of the elastic orthotropy of the masonry
may not be essential and a standard Smeared or Total Strain crack model with
isotropic elasticity may be applied as well. This, for instance, is the case when
the orthotropy factor is low or when cracks are expected to occur predominantly
in only one direction. Also the combined friction/tension/compression interface
model is not always required, and you may choose to use a standard discrete
crack or Coulomb friction model. It should be realized that the RankineHill
continuum model and the composite interface model are plasticity based, which
means that unloading takes place elastically. To model secant unloading and
crack closure/reopening specifically, you might choose for other constitutive
models.
2.1.5
Metals
Metal structures can be modeled with a broad range of element types which are
available in Diana [Vol. Element Library]. Generally speaking, the constitutive
2.1 Structural Modeling
23
behavior of metals is governed by yielding and subsequent isotropic hardening.

Kinematic hardening can be modeled with the fraction model [ 5.1.7 p. 79].
Especially the plasticity models of Tresca and Von Mises are applicable for
metals.
For thin metal sheets, the orthotropic plasticity model of Hill is available.
However, this plasticity model is only implemented for ideal plastic behavior.
The ambient influence, for instance from temperature, can be taken into account
for metals. The long-term behavior of metals can be described with a creep
model. The structural effect of large displacements can be modeled by the
GEOMET analysis command option [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
2.1.6
Composites
Composite structures, like graphiteepoxy laminates, are in general characterized by a sequence of layers with different material properties. In Diana the
family of layered shell elements [Vol. Element Library], are particularly suited
for the global analysis of composite structures. The orthotropic material can
be modeled with orthotropic elasticity and an orthotropic plasticity model; currently Diana offers the Hill model and the Hoffmann model. These plasticity
models only support ideal plastic behavior, hardening could be described with
the fraction model [ 5.1.7 p. 79].
Delamination. The delamination of composite materials can be modeled accurately via a strategy in which the layers have an orthotropic linear elastic
material behavior and the interface between the layers and connected by interface elements with nonlinear behavior.
2.1.7
Rubbers
For the modeling of rubber structures, Diana offers special elements with additional pressure degrees of freedom to avoid spurious kinematic modes [Vol. Element Library]. The constitutive behavior for these special elements is restricted
to hyperelastic material behavior [ 4.4 p. 45]. Geometric nonlinear effects due
to large displacements have to be taken into account by the GEOMET analysis
command option [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
2.1.8
Fabrics
The modeling of very thin structures and fabrics is characterized by the fact
that tension can be transferred but compression cannot be transferred because
the structure immediately starts to wrinkle. This behavior can be modeled with
a special wrinkling element [Vol. Element Library]. These elements can only
be used with linear elastic material properties. Geometric nonlinear effects due
to large displacements have to be taken into account by the GEOMET analysis
command option [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
24
2.2
Availability for Elements
This section outlines the availability of material models for the various element
families for structural analysis. See Volume Element Library for description of
basic variables and input of these elements. Table 2.1 presents an overview.
The details are outlined in the following.
pl
.
s
pl tre
at ss
e
pl b
e
.
st nd
ax ra .
is in
y
fl. m
m
sh .
cu el
. l
s
so he
lid ll
re
in
fo
.
Linear elasticity
Nonlinear elasticity
Modified elasticity
Plasticity
Orthotropic plasticity
Viscoplasticity
Cracking
Viscoelasticity
Creep
Shrinkage
Soil specials
Crack, total strain
Hyperelasticity
User-supplied subr.
tr
u
ss
ea
m
Table 2.1: Material models for structural analysis
a
a
a
e
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
b
b
bf
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
a
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
a
a
c
a
-
a
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
a
e
d
c
a
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
a
e
d
e
a
g
-
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
d
c
a
a
a
-
(a) All elements. (b) Not for class-I. (c) For regular elements only. (d) For
rubber elements only. (e) Not for rubber elements. (f) Only Tresca, Von Mises,
MohrCoulomb, and DruckerPrager. (g) Only for spline elements. (-) Not
applicable.
Combination of material models. Generally speaking, Diana can handle

physically realistic combinations of the various material models. However, there
are a few exceptions to this general rule.
The following combinations of material models result in erroneous,
or preliminary terminated, nonlinear analysis.
Nonlinear elasticity and plasticity.
Nonlinear elasticity and cracking. In particular the material models for
soil, such as Cam-clay [ 5.1.4 p. 63] and Modified MohrCoulomb [ 5.1.5
p. 68], cannot be combined with cracking because these plasticity models
also include nonlinear elasticity.
Nonlinear elasticity and viscoelasticity.
Viscoelasticity and plasticity.
2.2 Availability for Elements
25
Furthermore, combination of different models for the same phenomenon in

one element may lead to erroneous results or preliminary terminated analysis. For instance Rankine type plasticity [ 5.1.3 p. 57] may not be combined
with Smeared cracking [ 6.1 p. 87] because either one models the cracking in
the tensile regime.
Ambient influence. Temperature, concentration and maturity may have influence on the various material models. Table 2.2 shows for the various element
families which of the tree phenomena may influence the material properties.
pl
ea
us
tr
Temperature
Concentration
Maturity
s
pl tre
at ss
pl e b
.
e
s n
ax tra d.
is in
y
fl. m
sh m.
cu el
. l
s
so he
lid ll
re
in
fo
.
Table 2.2: Ambient influence on material models
a
a
a
a
a
b
c
c
c
c
c
c
e
e
e
a
a
a
c
c
c
a
-
(a) All elements. (b) Not for class-I. (c) For regular elements only. (e) Not for
rubber elements. (-) Not applicable.
Truss elements. The concrete [ 5.1.3 p. 57], Egg Cam-clay [ 5.1.4 p. 63],
and Modified MohrCoulomb [ 5.1.5 p. 68] plasticity models cannot be used for
truss elements.
Beam elements. Nonlinear material models cannot be used for the class-I
beam elements. Therefore these elements are not suited for physical nonlinear
analysis. The concrete [ 5.1.3 p. 57], Egg Cam-clay [ 5.1.4 p. 63], and Modified MohrCoulomb [ 5.1.5 p. 68] plasticity models cannot be used for beam
elements.
Plane stress elements. The elements with drilling rotation can only be applied with linear elastic material properties. The elements with orthotropic
thickness cannot be used in nonlinear analysis. The wrinkling element T9WME
can only be applied with linear elastic material properties.
Plane strain elements. For the rubber elements, the only material model
available is hyperelasticity.
Axisymmetric elements.
available is hyperelasticity.
For the rubber elements, the only material model
26

Plate bending elements. The plate bending elements do not support any
of the nonlinear material models. In nonlinear analysis these elements can only
have linear elastic material.
Flat shell elements. Neither the regular flat shell elements nor the flat shell
elements with drilling rotation do support any of the nonlinear material models.
In nonlinear analysis these elements can only have linear elastic material. Spline
elements allow a plasticity model in nonlinear analysis.
Curved shell elements. The concrete [ 5.1.3 p. 57], Egg Cam-clay [ 5.1.4
p. 63], and Modified MohrCoulomb [ 5.1.5 p. 68] plasticity models cannot be
used for curved shell elements.
Solid elements. The regular solid elements support all nonlinear analysis
options. For the rubber elements, the only material model available is hyperelasticity. The concrete plasticity models [ 5.1.3 p. 57] cannot be used for solid
elements.
Structural interface elements. The structural interface elements do not
support ambient influence on material properties. Crack dilatancy is only supported for the two-dimensional interface elements. See 9.3 on page 160 for
description of input syntax.
Spring elements. The translation and torsion spring elements support an
linear and nonlinear elastic model and a plasticity model [ 9.1 p. 149].
Reinforcement options. The embedded BAR and GRID reinforcements support linear elasticity, plasticity and temperature influence. See 9.5 on page 184
for description of input syntax.
Chapter 3
Mass and Damping

The input of mass and damping parameters is particularly appropriate in dynamic and transient analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For static analysis, the
input of mass parameters is only required in case of dead weight load.
3.1
Mass
The input of mass parameters depends on the type of elements. For structural
elements you may specify the mass density [ 3.1.1]. Spring elements and embedded reinforcements have no mass, they dont require a mass density. Point
elements require input of the total concentrated mass [ 3.1.2].
3.1.1
Mass Density
To determine weight load and to setup mass matrices in dynamic and transient
analysis, Diana needs the mass density .
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DENSIT
12 13
80
rho r
DENSIT rho is the mass density . For all regular structural elements is the
mass density per unit volume. For regular structural interface elements
is the mass density per unit area. For fluidstructure interface elements
is the density of the fluid f .
( 0)
Correction for dead weight. For plane strain, axisymmetric and solid elements Diana accepts a so-called reduced mass density red according to the
syntax below.
28
Mass and Damping

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
}
DENSIT
DENSRE
rho r
rhored r
[red = ]
DENSIT rho is the full mass density applied for the element mass matrices.
If you only specify the full density then Diana will apply this for the dead
weight as well.
[ = red ]
DENSRE rhored is the reduced mass density red applied for the dead weight. If
you only specify the reduced density, then Diana will apply this for the
mass matrices as well.
( 0)
Diana will use red instead of the full , to calculate the dead weight of the
model. However, the full will still be used to set up the element mass matrices,
i.e., the reduced mass density does not affect the dynamic behavior of the model.
A typical application of the reduced mass density is the correction for buoyancy
of the weight of a submerged porous medium like soil.
3.1.2
Concentrated Mass
Concentrated mass can be modeled with point mass/damping elements [Vol.

Element Library]. Generally speaking, these elements dont influence the static
behavior of the model, i.e., they dont have stiffness, strain or stress. In static
analysis, the concentrated mass acts as concentrated loading for dead weight.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MASS
(M 0)
80
mx r [my r mz r ]
MASS specifies the masses acting along the global XY Z axes respectively (orthotropic): MX = mx , MY = my , MZ = mz . If you only specify mx ,
then the mass acts equally along all three axes (isotropic): MX = MY =
MZ = mx .
file .dat
ELEMEN
CONNEC
48 PT3T
112
3.2 Damping
29
49 PT3RO 132
MATERI
/ 48 / 1
/ 49 / 2
MATERI
1 MASS
3.5
2 MASS
5.5 3.6 7.8
This example adds two concentrated masses to the model. Element 48 of type
PT3T simulates a translational inertia with a mass of 3.5 acting in the three
global directions. Element 49 of type PT3RO specifies three different mass moments of rotational inertia, respectively acting around the X, Y and Z axis.
3.2
Damping
The input of damping is only appropriate for dynamic and transient analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. There are various forms of damping input:
viscous damping for all structural elements and the point mass/damping elements [ 3.2.1], structural damping for all structural elements [ 3.2.2], continuous damping via dashpots or point elements [ 3.2.3], and strain energy based
element damping for all structural elements [ 3.2.4 p. 31].
For layered shell elements and beam elements with zones, Diana
requires that the damping is the same for all layers or zones within
a particular element, i.e., either viscous or structural damping for
the entire element and with the same damping parameters for each
layer or zone.
See the chapter on Structural Dynamics in Volume Analysis Procedures for
background theory on damping.
3.2.1
Viscous Damping
Viscous damping is a form of damping which is proportional to the velocity.

For all structural elements you may specify Rayleigh damping coefficients to
simulate viscous damping.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
RAYLEI
12 13
80
ar br
RAYLEI specifies Rayleigh damping: a and b are the coefficients a and b to set
up the damping matrices C according to
C = aM + bK
(3.1)
30
Mass and Damping

For Rayleigh damping with lumped matrices, the second coefficient b
must be equal to zero.
3.2.2
Structural Damping
Structural damping, also called hysteretic damping, is a form of damping which

is independent of the frequency and proportional to the displacement. It may
be specified for structural elements in the model and is only valid in a frequency
response analysis.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
HYSTER
12 13
80
gamma r
HYSTER specifies structural damping (hysteresis): gamma is the structural damping factor .
3.2.3
Continuous Damping
Continuous damping in an arbitrary direction may be specified via discrete

spring/dashpot elements. For continuous damping in the global XY Z directions
you may apply one-node point mass/damping elements.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DAMP
(C 0)
[C = 0]
12 13
80
cx r [cy r cz r ]
DAMP specifies the damping coefficients C. By default, i.e., if you dont specify
damping coefficients, Diana assumes no damping. Interpretation of the
input values depends on the type of the elements.
For discrete spring/dashpot elements cx is the damping coefficient Cx in
the element x axis direction [Fig. 9.3 p. 153]. The values cy and cz must
not be specified.
For point mass/damping elements, the values cx , cy , and cz respectively
are the damping coefficients CX , CY and CZ acting along the global XY Z
axes (orthotropic). If you only specify cx , then the damping acts equally
along all three axes (isotropic): CX = CY = CZ .
3.2 Damping
3.2.4
31
Strain Energy Based Element Damping
For structural elements you may specify an element damping factor he , based
on strain energy. If you do so then Diana can calculate and output the modal
damping factors hi in a free vibration eigenvalue analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DAMPSE
12 13
80
he r
DAMPSE specifies the strain energy based proportional damping coefficient he .
(he 0)
32
Mass and Damping
Chapter 4
Elasticity
Elastic material is mainly used in linear elastic structural analysis. However,
there are three applications of elasticity in nonlinear structural analysis: ambient
influence (temperature, concentration, maturity, time), nonlinear elasticity to
set a unique nonlinear relation between stress and strain, and modified elasticity
to modify the elasticity parameters during the analysis. This chapter describes
the input for these types of elasticity.
4.1
Linear Elasticity
The material properties to be input for linear elasticity are:

Youngs modulus E, always necessary.
Poissons ratio , necessary for two- and three-dimensional elements.
Shear modulus G, necessary for orthotropic elasticity and optional for crosssection elements.
Thermal expansion coefficient , necessary to determine temperature load.
Concentration expansion coefficient , necessary to determine concentration load.
The next two sections outline the input syntax for isotropic and orthotropic
material respectively. Spring and interface elements require special input of
linear elasticity, see 9.1 on page 149 and 9.3 on page 160 respectively.
4.1.1
Isotropic Elasticity
Table 4.1 on the next page summarizes the input data for linear isotropic elasticity for the various structural element families. Note that specification of is
not necessary for truss elements. The syntax for the Diana input data file is as
follows.
34
Elasticity
be
am
pl
.
st
pl res
at s
e
pl be
.
st nd
ax rai .
is n
y
fl. mm
sh .
cu ell
.
s
so hel
lid l
tr
u
ss
Table 4.1: Linear isotropic elasticity
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Thermal exp.
Concentr. exp.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
THERMX
CONCEX
(E > 0)
(0 < 0.5)
12 13
80
er
nu r
alpha r
gamma r
YOUNG e is Youngs modulus E.

POISON nu is Poissons ratio .
THERMX alpha is the thermal expansion coefficient .
CONCEX gamma is the concentration expansion coefficient .
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG 1.2E6
POISON 0.3
In this example, material 1 may be used for all types of structural elements,
provided that the model is not subjected to weight load, temperature load or
concentration load.
Position dependency. For some materials the Youngs modulus E may depend on the position of the material in space. A typical example is soil where
E may vary with the depth in the soil layer. To model such a dependency, Diana can apply position dependent characteristics on isotropic elasticity without
temperature influence.
Diana can only handle position dependency for numerically integrated plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric and solid elements.
4.1 Linear Elasticity
35
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
REFPOS
YNGGRD
80
eref r
xref r yref r zref r
grx r gry r grz r
YOUNG eref is the reference Youngs modulus Eref .

REFPOS specifies the reference position where xref , yref , and zref respectively are the coordinates (Xref , Yref , Zref ) of the the reference point R for
which ER = Eref .
YNGGRD specifies the gradient of the Youngs modulus in the global XY Z directions: E/X = grx , E/Y = gry , E/Z = grz .
Diana will calculate the Youngs modulus for each element integration point
via linear interpolation:
E(X, Y, Z) = Eref + (X Xref )
4.1.1.1
E
E
E
+ (Y Yref )
+ (Z Zref )
X
Y
Z
(4.1)
Cross-section Analysis
For cross-section elements, used for cross-section analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures], you must at least specify Youngs modulus. Specification of Poissons
ratio or the shear modulus is optional.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
[
80
er
]
SHRMOD
POISON
gxy r
nu r
(E > 0)
SHRMOD gxy is the shear modulus Gxy .
(Gxy > 0)
(0 < 0.5)
4.1.2
Orthotropic Elasticity
The required input for orthotropic elasticity depends on the dimensionality of

the element. Table 4.2 on the following page shows this for the various element
families. Note that orthotropic material models cannot be applied in a single
dimension, i.e., not for truss and beam elements and not for reinforcement.
36
Elasticity
Concentr. exp.
x
y
x
y
.
m
n
ai
x
y
z
x
y
z
x
y
z
x
y
z
Plane stress and plate bending
x
y
so
lid
x
y
sh
el
l
x
y
Thermal exp.
Shear modulus
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
xz
Gxy
Gyz
Gxz
x
y
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
xz
Gxy
Gyz
Gxz
x
y
z
x
y
z
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
xz
Gxy
Gyz
Gxz
x
y
z
x
y
z
cu
Gxy
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
xz
Gxy
sh
el
l
Gxy
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
xz
Gxy
fl.
xy
is
ym
xy
Poissons ratio
ax
Ex
Ey
st
r
be
nd
pl
at
e
Ex
Ey
Youngs modulus
pl
.
pl
.
st
re
ss
Table 4.2: Linear orthotropic elasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
SHRMOD
THERMX
CONCEX
12 13
80
ex r ey r
nuxy r
gxy r
alphax r alphay r
gammax r gammay r
Plane strain and axisymmetry
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
SHRMOD
THERMX
CONCEX
Flat shell
12 13
80
ex r ey r ez r
nuxy r nuyz r nuxz r
gxy r
alphax r alphay r alphaz r
gammax r gammay r gammaz r
syntax
MATERI
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
SHRMOD
THERMX
CONCEX
37
12 13
80
ex r ey r ez r
gxy r gyz r gzx r
alphax r alphay r
gammax r gammay r
Curved shell and solid
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
SHRMOD
THERMX
CONCEX
12 13
80
ex r ey r ez r
gxy r gyz r gzx r
alphax r alphay r alphaz r
gammax r gammay r gammaz r
YOUNG ex , ey and ez are the Youngs moduli Ex , Ey , and Ez respectively

[Eq. (16.1) p. 305].
(E > 0)
POISON nuxy , nuyz and nuxz are the Poissons ratios xy , yz , and xz respectively. Conditions are:
2
xy
<
Ex
Ey
2xy yz xz
2
yz
<
Ey
Ez
2
xz
<
Ex
Ez
Ez
2 Ey
2 Ez
2 Ez
< 1 xy
yz
xz
1
Ex
Ex
Ey
Ex
SHRMOD gxy , gyz and gzx are the shear moduli Gxy , Gyz and Gzx , respectively.
(G > 0)
THERMX alphax , alphay and alphaz are the thermal expansion coefficients x ,
y and z respectively.
CONCEX gammax , gammay and gammaz are the concentration expansion coefficients x , y and z respectively.
Orthotropic material properties per layer. The default xyz directions
for orthotropic properties are the same as for the element (you may overrule
the default directions by specifying an x
axis in table GEOMET [Vol. Element
Library]). However, if the material xyz directions for a layer in a layered shell
element do not coincide with the element axes, then you may specify these
directions explicitly in addition to the orthotropic material properties according
to the following syntax.
38
Elasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
orthotropic properties
[ XAXIS
xr yr zr ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x
axis where x , y and z are vector components in the
model XY Z coordinate system. The specified direction of the x
axis may
not coincide with any of the local z axes (perpendicular to the plane of
the layer). Diana uses the x
axis to setup local x
yz axes in the same way
as for the element axes [Vol. Element Library].
For layered orthotropic material, the primary strains and stresses
are oriented in the local x
yz of each layer.
file .dat
ELEMEN
CONNEC
67
CQ40L 228 456 327 112 536 89 116 92
MATERI
67
LAYERS 5 8 4
MATERI
4 YOUNG 10000.0 100.0
1.0
POISON
0.10
0.25
0.0
SHRMOD
100.0 100.0 100.0
XAXIS 2. 1. 0.
5 YOUNG 10000.0 100.0
1.0
POISON
0.10
0.25
0.0
SHRMOD
100.0 100.0 100.0
XAXIS 1. 1. 0.
8 YOUNG 10000.0 100.0
1.0
POISON
0.10
0.25
0.0
SHRMOD
100.0 100.0 100.0
XAXIS 1. 2. 0.
In this example, element 67 comprises three layers with orthotropic Youngs

modulus. The first layer (nr. 5) has Ex = 104 , Ey = 100 and Ez = 1 and also
three different s and shear moduli, where the x axis makes an angle of 45
with the global XY axes. The second and the third layer each have the same
stiffness properties as layer 5, yet with a different orientation.
4.1.3
Ambient Influence
Diana can apply standard ambient influence on isotropic elasticity. General

influence on Youngs modulus can be specified via a user-supplied subroutine.

4.1.3.1
39
Isotropic Elasticity
When evaluating ambient influence on isotropic elasticity properties, Diana will

consider the incremental relationship
d = D d + dD
(4.2)
where D is the elastic stress matrix of the material. This relationship must
not be used in case of solidifying materials (e.g. hardening material) as it is
thermodynamically incorrect. Bazant [4] suggested in that case to use
d = D d
(4.3)
In order to consider the incremental relationship (4.3) you must apply a viscoelastic model using the Power Law creep function [ 7.1 p. 121]. Using such a
viscoelastic model, creep deformation can easily be set to zero by defining = 0
in the POWER input data item.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMYOU
TEMPOI
TEMALP
CONYOU
CONPOI
CONGAM
MATYOU
MATPOI
12 13
te1 r
te1 r
te1 r
co1 r
co1 r
co1 r
mv1 r
mv1 r
80
e1 r [te2 r e2 r . . . ] ten r en r
nu1 r [te2 r nu2 r . . . ] ten r nun r
al1 r [te2 r al2 r . . . ] ten r aln r
e1 r [co2 r e2 r . . . ] con r en r
nu1 r [co2 r nu2 r . . . ] con r nun r
ga1 r [co2 r ga2 r . . . ] con r gan r
e1 r [mv2 r e2 r . . . ] mvn r en r
nu1 r [mv2 r nu2 r . . . ] mvn r nun r
TEM
for temperature influence: te1 to ten

are temperatures T . The
temperaturetime dependency must be specified via input table TEMPER
[ 1.2.1 p. 3].
CON
for concentration influence: co1 to con are concentrations C. The

concentrationtime dependency must be specified via input table CONCEN
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
MAT
for maturity influence: mv1 to mvn are maturity variables M . The

maturitytime dependency must be specified via input table MATURI
[ 1.2.3 p. 5].
(n 30)
YOU influence on Youngs modulus E, values e1 to en are the Es for the

corresponding ambient values respectively.
POI influence on Poissons ratio , values nu1 to nun are the s for the
corresponding ambient values respectively.
40
Elasticity
ALP influence on thermal expansion coefficient , values al1 to aln are the
s for the corresponding ambient values respectively.
GAM influence on concentration expansion coefficient , values ga1 to gan are
the s for the corresponding ambient values respectively.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
TEMYOU
TEMALP
210000.
0.3
0.0 210000.
200.0 210000.
500.0 150000.
0.0 1.2E-6
600.0 1.0E-6
In this example the constant values for Youngs modulus YOUNG and Poissons
ratio POISON are input for the preliminary linear analysis.
4.1.3.2
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for general specification of

the ambient influence on the Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio, for instance
with a mathematical function. The ambient influence can be any function of
temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRYOU
USRPOI
12 13
80
usrkey w
usrkey w
USRYOU specifies that the ambient influence on Youngs modulus is determined

via a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.1.1 p. 219].
USRPOI specifies that the ambient influence on Poissons ratio is determined via
a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.1.2 p. 219].
Diana passes the keyword usrkey to the first argument of the appropriate
subroutine.
4.2 Nonlinear Elasticity
4.2
41
Nonlinear Elasticity
Nonlinear elasticity sets a unique nonlinear relation between stress and strain.
The behavior for loading and unloading is the same. A uniaxial nonlinear stress
strain diagram may be input for beam and truss elements. Application of nonlinear elasticity in combination with other material models is restricted by the
following.
Nonlinear elasticity cannot be applied in combination with cracking or
temperature influence.
Except for the Boyce and the Jardine model, the nonlinear elasticity models described in this section cannot be applied in combination with plasticity.
Special nonlinear elasticity models are available that could be combined
with the Egg Cam-clay [ 5.1.4 p. 63] and the Modified MohrCoulomb
[ 5.1.5 p. 68] plasticity models.
4.2.1
Granular Materials
There are three nonlinear elastic models for granular materials, a standard
Grains model, a model according to Boyce, and a model according to Jardine.
See 16.2 on page 305 for background theory. In addition to these models,
porosity may be specified, but in practice this is only useful for clay models
[ 5.1.4 p. 63]. It is not advisable to use porosity stand-alone.
4.2.1.1
Grains
This is the standard model for granular materials. See 16.2.1 on page 306 for
background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
ELAST
ELAVAL
12 13
80
GRAINS
g1 r k1 r n r emtens r nutens r
ELAST GRAINS specifies the standard Grains model for granular materials.
ELAVAL are the values to specify the nonlinear elasticity. Value g1 is the reference shear modulus G1 and k1 is the reference compression modulus K1 .
Value n is the constant n of the degree of nonlinear elasticity. The value
of n 1 is the exponent in the Power Law which describes the dependence
of the shear and compression moduli on stresses [Eq. (16.11) p. 307].
Value emtens is the linear Youngs modulus Et and nutens is the linear
Poissons ratio t . Both values are for the tensile regime and used if the
42
Elasticity
grain stress becomes tensile. If a < 0 is calculated from the reference
shear and compression moduli then Diana sets = 0.
4.2.1.2
Boyce
The Boyce model, for granular materials under repeated loading, is based on
the following relation between linear and nonlinear stiffness:
E = 2 (1 + ) G1
3K1 2G1
6K1 + 2G1
(4.4)
The implementation of the Boyce model uses a reference pressure p0 which by

default is 1.0, but which is automatically set to 1.0 kPa if you specify table
UNITS with alternative units for mass, length and time. For a linear elastic
analysis, you must also specify E and . The Boyce model can be applied
in combination with Tresca, Von Mises, MohrCoulomb, and DruckerPrager
plasticity. See 16.2.2 on page 307 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
ELAST
ELAVAL
80
BOYCE
g1 r k1 r n r
ELAST BOYCE specifies the Boyce model for granular materials.

ELAVAL are the values to specify the nonlinear elasticity. Value g1 is the reference shear modulus G1 and k1 is the reference compression modulus K1 .
Value n is the constant n of the degree of nonlinear elasticity. The value
of n 1 is the exponent in the Power Law which describes the dependence
of the shear and compression moduli on stresses.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
ELAST
ELAVAL
4.2.1.3
638.10314
0.282207
BOYCE
248.83 488.31 0.56
Jardine
The Jardine model is an elastoplastic model. It combines nonlinear elastic

behavior with ideal Tresca plasticity (no hardening). The application of this
43
model is restricted to plane strain, axisymmetric and solid elements. The Jardine model is characterized by initially stiff behavior and the stiffness decreases
with increasing strain. Laboratory studies by Jardine et al. [51] have shown that
even at very small strains, many soils exhibit nonlinear stressstrain behavior.
For many geotechnical problems, very small strains occur in a large part of the
model. See 16.2.3 on page 307 for background theory. The Jardine model is
defined by the following parameters.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
[ POISON
ELAST
ELAVAL
er
nu r ]
JARDIN
c r d r e r f r g r emin r emax r
80
Tresca plasticity
YOUNG e is the Youngs modulus E.
(E > 0)
(0 < 0.5)
For reasons of consistency it is recommended to define Poissons ratio

= 0.49 and Youngs modulus E = f1 (eq;min ) [Eq. (16.21) p. 309].
[ = 0.49]
ELAST JARDIN specifies the Jardine model for granular materials.

ELAVAL are the values to specify the nonlinear elasticity [Fig. 16.2 p. 308].
Values c , d and e are the strains C, D and E, at maximum, medium
and minimum stiffness respectively. Value f is the maximum stiffness F .
Value g is the medium stiffness G. Values emin and emax are the strain
bounds min and max of the fitting range.
Tresca plasticity parameters must be specified without hardening [ 5.1.1 p. 50].
(0 < C < D <

E)
(F > 0)
(G < F )
(C min <
max )
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
ELAST
ELAVAL
YIELD
YLDVAL
4.2.2
380000.
JARDIN
0.0001 0.004 0.008 400000. 80000. 0.0001 0.004
TRESCA
680.0
Uniaxial
The uniaxial nonlinear elasticity model is only for use with beam and truss
elements.
44
Elasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
ELAST
SIGEPS
80
UNIAXI
sig0 r eps0 r [sig1 r eps1 r . . . ] sign r epsn r
ELAST UNIAXI specifies a uniaxial stressstrain model.

(n 25)
SIGEPS specifies the diagram with sig0 to sign the stresses 0 to n , eps0
to epsn are the corresponding strains 0 to n . The diagram must start
in compression (negative) and end in tension (positive).
file .dat
1
4.2.3
YOUNG 3000.
ELAST UNIAXI
SIGEPS -150. -0.1
0. 0.
300. 0.1
User-supplied
5000. 1.0
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
ELAST
80
USER
ELAST USER indicates that the nonlinear elasticity is defined via user-supplied
Fortran subroutines [ 11.2 p. 226].
4.3
Modified Elasticity
Modified elasticity is used to modify the elasticity parameters during the analysis. The model is particularly relevant for soil mechanics, e.g. to modify Poissons
ratio and Youngs modulus after having set the long term (drained) initial soil
stresses.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
POISON
{
80
mode r
modnu r
repeat existing nonlinear items, if any
4.4 Hyperelasticity
45
YOUNG mode is the modified value of Youngs modulus E.

POISON modnu is the modified value of Poissons ratio .
The following command sequence modifies the elastic properties, using the specified new values in table MATERI.
file .dcf
*INPUT
READ APPEND FILE="newmat" TABLE MATERI
*NONLIN
BEGIN MODEL
EVALUA
ASSEMB OFF
MATRIX
LOADS OFF
END MODEL
...
4.4
Hyperelasticity
This section details the syntax of hyperelastic material data input for rubber
elements [Vol. Element Library]. An isotropic nonlinear elastic model, accounting for large strains and large displacements, is available. See 16.3 on page 310
for background theory.
The material data to be specified define a strain-energy function W , strictly
separated in a deviatoric part Wd [ 4.4.1] and a hydrostatic part Wh [ 4.4.2].
Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio are not necessary for rubber elements.
Alternatively to the regular models for deviatoric and hydrostatic strain energy
you can define the complete hyperelasticity model via a user-supplied subroutine
[ 4.4.3].
4.4.1
Deviatoric Strain Energy
There are two models available to describe the deviatoric strain energy function:
MooneyRivlin and Besseling [ 16.3.1 p. 312].
MooneyRivlin
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
RUBBER
RUBVAL
12 13
80
MOONEY
k1 r k2 r
RUBBER MOONEY specifies the MooneyRivlin model [ 16.3.1.1 p. 312].

RUBVAL k1 and k2 are the material constants K1 and K2 [Eq. (16.38) p. 312].
46
Elasticity
Besseling
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
RUBBER
RUBVAL
12 13
80
BESSEL
k1 r k2 r alpha r
RUBBER BESSEL specifies the Besseling model [ 16.3.1.2 p. 312].

RUBVAL k1 and k2 are the material constants K1 and K2 [Eq. (16.39) p. 312],
alpha is the exponent .
4.4.2
Hydrostatic Strain Energy
Incompressibility, linear and nonlinear compressibility models are available to

describe the hydrostatic part of the strain energy function [ 16.3.2 p. 313]. Diana chooses the model for incompressibility unless otherwise specified.
Incompressibility (default)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMPRE
[ BULK
12 13
80
INCOMP
kr ]
COMPRE INCOMP specifies the incompressibility model.

( 0)
BULK k is the penalty constant .
[ = 106 ]
Linear compressibility
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMPRE
[ BULK
12 13
80
LINEAR
kr ]
COMPRE LINEAR specifies a linear compressibility relation [ 16.3.2.1 p. 313].

( 0)
BULK k is the compression modulus (or bulk modulus) [Eq. (16.40) p. 313].
[ = 106 ]
4.4 Hyperelasticity
47
Nonlinear compressibility
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
COMPRE
[ BULK
[ COMVAL
SIMOTA
MURNAG
kr ]
beta r ]
COMPRE specifies the compressibility model: SIMOTA for SimoTaylor, or MURNAG

for Murnaghan [ 16.3.2.2 p. 313].
BULK k is the material constant [Eq. (16.41) p. 313].
( 0)
COMVAL beta is the model constant in the Murnaghan model (not applied in
the SimoTaylor model).
[ = 106 ]
[ = 9]
file .dat
MATERI
1 RUBBER
RUBVAL
COMPRE
BULK
4.4.3
MOONEY
0.1 0.4
LINEAR
1000.
User-supplied
For the user-supplied hyperelasticity model you must specify two sets of input
data: for the deviatoric and for the hydrostatic strain energy functions. Diana
will pass the data to the user-supplied subroutine USRRUB [ 11.1.3 p. 220].
Deviatoric strain energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
RUBBER
RUBMOD
RUBVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
12 13
80
USER
usrkey w
rubval r...
usrsta r...
usrind i...
RUBBER USER indicates that the deviatoric strain energy function is defined via
a user-supplied Fortran subroutine [ 11.1.3 p. 220].
48
Elasticity
RUBMOD keyword usrkey is passed to argument usrkey of the user-supplied
subroutine.
RUBVAL rubval is a series of rubber parameters. These parameters cannot be
modified in the subroutine.
USRSTA usrsta are the initial values of a series of internal state variables. These
variables may be used and modified in the subroutine.
USRIND usrind are the initial values of a series of integer indicator variables.
These variables may be used and modified in the subroutine.
file .dat
MATERI
1 RUBBER
RUBMOD
RUBVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
USER
MYMODL
1.0
0.0
0 0
Hydrostatic strain energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
COMPRE
[ BULK
[ COMVAL
80
USER
k r... ]
comval r... ]
COMPRE USER indicates that the hydrostatic strain energy function is defined via
a user-supplied Fortran subroutine [ 11.1.3 p. 220].
( 0)
[ = 106 ]
BULK k is the bulk modulus .

This parameter is applied to setup the linear
elastic stiffness, it is not used in the subroutine.
COMVAL comval is a series of initial compressibility parameters. These parameters cannot be modified in the subroutine.
file .dat
MATERI
1 COMPRE
BULK
COMVAL
USER
1000.
1.0 2.0
Chapter 5
Plasticity
This chapter describes the input syntax of plasticity models. Plasticity is specified as yielding or hardening. See Chapter 17 for background theory.
For concrete, the MohrCoulomb plasticity model is often used for the
compressive regime. Generally, the compressive strength fc and the friction angle ( 30) are known. If DruckerPrager plasticity is used to
model the failure surface in plane stress, the friction angle is approximately 10 otherwise the biaxial strength is overestimated. See 17.1.4.2 on
page 329 for an elaborated example. The cohesion then follows from
c = fc (1 sin )/2 cos . For the tensile regime, a tension cut-off with
Smeared cracking can be added [ 6.1.1 p. 88]. A special plasticity model
for concrete is also available [ 5.1.3 p. 57].
Nonassociated plasticity gives an asymmetric tangential stiffness matrix.
Low to moderate degrees of asymmetry | | < 20, are best solved
with Dianas nonsymmetric solver. For high degrees of asymmetry the
Constant or Linear Stiffness iteration methods should be applied [Vol.
Analysis Procedures]. For plane stress, the value of is not essential,
take = for simplicity.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
12 13
yldcri w
80
yield surface description

hardening description
YIELD yldcri is the name of the yield criterion to be used.

The description of the yield surface and hardening depends on the criterion, as
outlined in the following subsections.
50
Plasticity
5.1
Isotropic Plasticity
5.1.1
Tresca or Von Mises
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
YIELD
TRESCA
VMISES
YLDVAL
HARDIA
NADAI
VOCE
[ HARDEN
sy r
sy1 r k1 r [sy2 r k2 r . . . ] syn r kn r
sig0 r c r n r eps0 r
sig0 r c r eps0 r eps1 r
]
WORK
STRAIN
YIELD specifies the criterion to be used: TRESCA for Tresca [ 17.1.1 p. 319] or
VMISES for Von Mises [ 17.1.2 p. 321].
YLDVAL sy is the yield stress y .
(n 100)
HARDIA specifies a hardening diagram: sy1 to syn are the yield stresses y
and k1 to kn the corresponding equivalent plastic strains [Fig. 17.3c,d
p. 321].
NADAI invokes the hardening function according to the Nadai relation:
n
y = 0 + C p0 +
(5.1)
Value sig0 is the stress shift factor 0 , c is the hardening constant C, n

is the hardening exponent n and eps0 is the strain shift factor p0 .
VOCE invokes the hardening function according to the Voce relation:

p1
+ C 1 e
p0
if p1
0
y =
0
if < p1
(5.2)
Value sig0 is the initial yield stress 0 , c is the hardening constant C,

eps0 is the hardening exponent p0 and eps1 is the yield plateau p1 .
[STRAIN]
HARDEN specifies the hardening hypothesis: WORK for work hardening or STRAIN
for strain hardening.
5.1 Isotropic Plasticity
51
Hardening plasticity
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
HARDEN
HARDIA
200000.
0.3
VMISES
WORK
200. 0.
file .dat
300. 0.0015
400. 0.006
400. 100.
This example shows the input of a metal with a hardening diagram as shown in
Figure 17.3b on page 321. Note that the last (horizontal) branch of the diagram
must also be specified (400. 100.).
5.1.1.1
Ambient Influence
The yield stress for the Tresca or Von Mises criterion may be specified depending
on ambient values for temperature, concentration or maturity. In this case the
criterion name as indicated in the previous sections must be specified together
with the data records in this section. It is not necessary to specify the constant
values.
No hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TEMYLD
CONYLD
MATYLD
80
tea r sya r [teb r syb r . . . ] tez r syz r

coa r sya r [cob r syb r . . . ] coz r syz r
mva r sya r [mvb r syb r . . . ] mvz r syz r
Values sya to syz are the yield stresses ya to yz , respectively valid for the
corresponding z ambient values.
(z 30)
TEMYLD specifies temperature influence, values tea to tez are temperatures

T.
CONYLD specifies concentration influence, values coa to coz are concentrations
C.
MATYLD specifies maturity influence, values mva to mvz are maturity variables
M.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
CONYLD
VMISES
0.0 500.0
1.0 400.0
52
Plasticity
Hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
KAPPA
TEMYLD
CONYLD
MATYLD
(z 30)
(n 30)
80
k1 r k2 r . . . kn r
tea r sya1 r sya2 r . . . syan r
[ teb r syb1 r syb2 r . . . sybn r . . . ]
tez r syz1 r syz2 r . . . syzn r
coa r sya1 r sya2 r . . . syan r
[ cob r syb1 r syb2 r . . . sybn r . . . ]
coz r syz1 r syz2 r . . . syzn r
mva r sya1 r sya2 r . . . syan r
[ mvb r syb1 r syb2 r . . . sybn r . . . ]
mvz r syz1 r syz2 r . . . syzn r
Ambient dependent hardening needs the specification of hardening diagrams for

the z ambient values.
KAPPA k1 to kn are the equivalent plastic strains
diagrams are specified.
for which points in the
Values sya1 to syan are the yield stresses y valid at ambient value a for
the specified s. Values syb1 to sybn are valid at ambient value b etc.
TEMYLD specifies temperature influence, values tea to tez are temperatures T .
CONYLD specifies concentration influence, values coa to coz are concentrations
C.
MATYLD specifies maturity influence, values mva to mvz are maturity variables
M.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
KAPPA
TEMYLD
5.1.1.2
VMISES
-100.0
100.0
500.0
700.0
0.00
500.0
500.0
400.0
300.0
0.01
700.0
700.0
450.0
300.0
1.00
700.0
700.0
450.0
300.0
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for cases where the hardening or the ambient influence on the yield stress for the Tresca or Von Mises
criterion cannot be input as described. In this case the criterion name as indicated in the previous sections must be specified together with the data records
53
in this section. It is not necessary to specify the constant values. The yield
stress can be a function of equivalent plastic strain, temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
Hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SQVCRV
[ USRPAR
80
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
SQVCRV USRCRV
specifies that the yield stress is determined via the usersupplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
USRPAR usrpar are the parameters of the hardening curve.
Diana passes the following information to subroutine USRCRV: the character
string SQVCRV via argument parnam and parameters usrpar via argument
usrpar.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
SQVCRV
USRPAR
5.1.2
VMISES
USRCRV
1.5 0.02
MohrCoulomb or DruckerPrager
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
YIELD
YLDVAL
[ HARDIA
[ FRCDIA
[ DILDIA
[ HARDEN
MOHRCO
DRUCKE
ch r sph r sps r
ch1 r k1 r [ch2 r k2 r . . . ] chn r kn r ]
sph1 r k1 r [sph2 r k2 r . . . ] sphn r kn r ]
sps1 r k1 r [sps2 r k2 r . . . ] spsn r kn r ]
STRAIN ]
YIELD specifies the criterion to be used: MOHRCO for MohrCoulomb [ 17.1.3

p. 324] or DRUCKE for DruckerPrager [ 17.1.4 p. 326].
54
Plasticity
YLDVAL specifies the yield surface: ch is the cohesion c, sph is sin of friction
angle and sps is sin of dilatancy angle .
Associated plasticity if
= , nonassociated plasticity if < .
(n 25)
(n 25)
(n 25)
[STRAIN]
HARDIA is the hardening diagram: ch1 to chn are the mobilized cohesions c,
k1 to kn are the corresponding hardening parameters .
FRCDIA specifies a hardening diagram for the friction angle. The apex of the
yield criterion will remain on its place. Values sph1 to sphn are the sin
of the mobilized friction angles and k1 to kn are the corresponding
hardening parameters .
DILDIA specifies plastic dilatancy as a function of the hardening parameter.
Values sps1 to spsn are the sin of the mobilized dilatancy angles
and k1 to kn are the corresponding hardening parameters .
HARDEN specifies the hardening hypothesis: STRAIN for strain hardening, which
is the only one available.
5.1.2.1
Ambient Influence
The cohesion for the MohrCoulomb or DruckerPrager criterion may be specified depending on ambient values for temperature, concentration or maturity.
In this case the criterion name as indicated in the previous sections must be
specified together with the data records in this section. The friction angle
and the dilatancy angle are considered to remain constant, i.e., no ambient
influence on these parameters. The values of and must be specified with
record YLDVAL as described in the previous section1 .
No hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMYLD
CONYLD
MATYLD
(z 30)
12 13
80
tea r cha r [teb r chb r . . . ] tez r chz r

coa r cha r [cob r chb r . . . ] coz r chz r
mva r cha r [mvb r chb r . . . ] mvz r chz r
Values cha to chz are the cohesion ca to cz , respectively valid for the corresponding z ambient values.
TEMYLD specifies temperature influence, tea to tez are temperatures T .
CONYLD specifies concentration influence, coa to coz are concentrations C.
MATYLD specifies maturity influence, mva to mvz are maturity variables M .
1
For ambient influence, ch in record YLDVAL is a dummy value.
( )
55
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
CONYLD
MOHRCO
0.0 500.0
1.0 400.0
Hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
KAPPA
TEMYLD
CONYLD
MATYLD
80
k1 r k2 r . . . kn r
tea r cha1 r cha2 r
[ teb r chb1 r chb2 r
tez r chz1 r chz2 r
coa r cha1 r cha2 r
[ cob r chb1 r chb2 r
coz r chz1 r chz2 r
mva r cha1 r cha2 r
[ mvb r chb1 r chb2 r
mvz r chz1 r chz2 r
. . . chan r
. . . chbn r . . . ]
. . . chzn r
. . . chan r
. . . chbn r . . . ]
. . . chzn r
. . . chan r
. . . chbn r . . . ]
. . . chzn r
Ambient dependent hardening needs the specification of hardening diagrams for

the z ambient values.
KAPPA k1 . . . kn are the equivalent plastic strains for which points in the
diagrams are specified.
cha1 . . . chan are the cohesions c, valid at ambient value
s. Values chb1 to chbn are valid at ambient value
(z 30)
(n 30)
a for the specified

b etc.
TEMYLD specifies temperature influence, tea . . . tez are temperatures T .

CONYLD specifies concentration influence, coa . . . coz are concentrations C.
MATYLD specifies maturity influence, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables M .
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
KAPPA
TEMYLD
MOHRCO
-100.0
100.0
500.0
700.0
0.00
500.0
500.0
400.0
300.0
0.01
700.0
700.0
450.0
300.0
1.00
700.0
700.0
450.0
300.0
56
Plasticity
5.1.2.2
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for cases where the hardening or the ambient influence on the cohesion for the MohrCoulomb or Drucker
Prager criterion cannot be input as described. In this case the criterion name
as indicated in the previous sections must be specified together with the data
records in this section. The cohesion can be a function of equivalent plastic
strain, temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
Hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SINPHI
[ SINPSI
COHCRV
[ USRPAR
80
sphi r
spsi r ]
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
YIELD specifies the criterion to be used: MOHRCO for MohrCoulomb [ 17.1.3

p. 324] or DRUCKE for DruckerPrager [ 17.1.4 p. 326].
SINPHI sphi specifies sin , the sine of the friction angle .
( )
[ = ]
SINPSI spsi specifies sin , the sine of the dilatancy angle . If you dont
specify sin then Diana assumes associated plasticity.
COHCRV USRCRV specifies that the cohesion is determined via the user-supplied
subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
string COHCRV via argument parnam and parameters usrpar via argument
usrpar.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
SINPHI
COHCRV
5.1.2.3
MOHRCO
0.5
USRCRV
Position Dependency
For some materials the cohesion c may depend on the position of the material
in space. A typical example is soil where c may vary with the depth in the soil
layer. To model such a dependency, Diana can apply gradient characteristics
on the MohrCoulomb plasticity model without temperature influence.
57
Diana can only handle position dependency for numerically integrated plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric and solid elements.
Position dependency cannot be applied in combination with a usersupplied subroutine.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
REFPOS
COHGRD
12 13
80
MOHRCO
chref r sph r sps r
grchx r grchy r grchz r
YIELD specifies the criterion to be used: MOHRCO for MohrCoulomb which is

the only one available in combination with gradient characteristics.
YLDVAL specifies the yield surface: chref is the reference cohesion cref , sph is
sin of friction angle and sps is sin of dilatancy angle .
( )
REFPOS specifies the reference position where xref , yref , and zref respectively are the coordinates (Xref , Yref , Zref ) of the reference point R for
which cR = cref .
COHGRD specifies the gradient of the cohesion in the global XY Z directions:
c/X = grx , c/Y = gry , c/Z = grz .
Diana will calculate the cohesion for each element integration point via linear
interpolation:
c
c
c
+ (Y Yref )
+ (Z Zref )
(5.3)
X
Y
Z
where cref is the reference cohesion whose value is supposed to be specified in the
hardening diagram via input item HARDIA [ 5.1.2 p. 53]. The other input data
FRCDIA, DILDIA and HARDEN is analogous to the input for constant properties.
c(X, Y, Z) = cref + (X Xref )
5.1.3
Rankine Principal Stress
The commonly used material model for the behavior of concrete combines a
Smeared cracking model for tension [Ch. 6 p. 87] with a plasticity model for
compression [Ch. 5 p. 49]. In analyses where tension and compression arise simultaneously in one particular stress point, these models may lead to numerical
oscillation, especially in plane stress situations.
This section describes the input of alternative models for the behavior of
concrete, apt to handle combined tension and compression. Diana offers three
criteria [Fig. 5.1]: the single Rankine and two combinations: Rankine/Von Mises
and Rankine/DruckerPrager. See 17.1.5.2 on page 333 for more background
theory.
58
Plasticity
RANKIN
RANVMI
fct
1
fct
fcc
RANDRU
fct
fct
fcc
fct
1
fct
fcc
fcc
(a) Rankine
(b) Rankine/Von Mises
(c) Rankine/DruckerPrager
Figure 5.1: Rankine Plasticity models

The Rankine plasticity models can only be applied with plane stress,
plane strain and axisymmetric elements.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YIELD
YLDVAL
[
yldcri w
values r...
]
80
hardening/softening
YIELD yldcri is the name of the yield criterion to be used. Each criterion or
combination may be combined with a hardening/softening model [Fig. 5.2].
YLDVAL values describe the yield surface, depends on the criterion.
Hardening/softening are data records to describe the hardening/softening model.
Rankine
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YIELD
YLDVAL
80
RANKIN
sigy r
YIELD RANKIN specifies that the Rankine yield criterion must be used [Fig. 5.1a]
[ 17.1.5 p. 330].
YLDVAL sigy is the yield stress y .
Rankine/Von Mises
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
12 13
80
RANVMI
fct r fcc r
59
YIELD RANVMI specifies that the combined Rankine/Von Mises yield criterion
must be used [Fig. 5.1b]. The Von Mises criterion is applicable in the compressive region, the Rankine criterion bounds the tensile stresses [ 17.1.5.2
p. 333]. For plane strain and axisymmetry, the stresses also in the third
direction.
YLDVAL specifies the yield surface: fct is the Rankine yield stress y , fcc is
the Von Mises yield stress y .
Rankine/DruckerPrager
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
12 13
80
RANDRU
fct r ch r sph r [sps r ]
YIELD RANDRU specifies that the combined Rankine/DruckerPrager yield criterion must be used [Fig. 5.1c]. The DruckerPrager criterion is applicable
in the compressive region, the Rankine criterion bounds the tensile stresses
[ 17.1.5.2 p. 333]. For plane strain and axisymmetry, the stresses also in
the third direction.
YLDVAL specifies the yield surface: fct is the Rankine yield stress y , ch is the
cohesion c, sph is sin of friction angle and sps is sin of dilatancy
angle . Associated plasticity if = , nonassociated plasticity if < .
( )
[ = ]
Hardening/Softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
HARDEN
HARNAM
HARVAL
[ CMPNAM
[ CMPVAL
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
harhyp w
tenhar w
tv1 r [k1 r tv2 r k2 r . . . tvn r kn r ]
comhar w ]
cv1 r [k1 r cv2 r k2 r . . . cvn r kn r ] ]
hr ]
HARDEN harhyp specifies the hardening hypothesis: WORK for work hardening
or STRAIN for strain hardening.
[STRAIN]
HARNAM tenhar is the name of the hardening/softening model, one of the keywords of Figure 5.2 on the following page, see 18.1.1 on page 375 for
background theory. For a combined yield criterion this refers to the tensile regime (Rankine). Default is ideal plasticity, no hardening/softening.
60
Plasticity
eq
eq
LINEAR
MULTLN
eq
eq
EXPONE
Gf /h
Ehar
Gf /h
(a) Linear softening

eq
(b) Multi-linear
diagram
PARABO
3 y
LINHAR
eq
(c) Nonlinear exponential softening

eq
HORDYK
Gf /h
(e) Parabolic hardening/softening
(d) Linear hardening

REINHA
Gf /h
Gf /h
(f) Nonlinear softening, Hordijk et al.
(g) Nonlinear softening,

Reinhardt & Cornelissen
Figure 5.2: Hardening/softening for concrete

HARVAL specifies the hardening parameters. Depends on the hardening/softening model.
Hardening property in tension. For linear softening, nonlinear Exponential
softening and parabolic hardening/softening tv1 is the fracture energy Gf .
For linear hardening, tv1 is the hardening modulus Ehar . The ultimate
hardening parameter depends on the crack bandwidth h of the element.
By default Diana assumes a value h related to the area or the volume of
the element. For models with h in the formulation, it may be useful to
overrule the default value and to specify the crack bandwidth explicitly
via the CRACKB input data item (see below).
Rankine and combinations. These multilinear diagrams, require pairs of
values to be specified: values tv1 to tvn are the equivalent yield stress
eq , k1 to kn are the corresponding hardening parameters . For strain
hardening, these s are the equivalent plastic strains.
(n 30)
CMPNAM comhar is the name of the hardening/softening model in compression,

for combined yield criteria only. The compression softening/hardening
models are defined similar to the models under tensile loading [Fig. 5.2].
Default is ideal plasticity, no hardening/softening.
CMPVAL specifies the hardening/softening properties in compression and is for
combined yield criteria only. For linear softening, nonlinear Exponential softening and parabolic hardening/softening, cv1 is the compressive
fracture energy Gc . The ultimate hardening parameter depends on an
61
equivalent length of the element. Diana automatically calculates this

length as a value related to the area of the element, unless you specify it
yourself [ 6.3 p. 116]. For linear hardening, cv1 is the hardening modulus
Ehar .
Rankine/Von Mises. This multilinear diagram requires pairs of values to
be specified: values cv1 to cvn are the equivalent Von Mises yield stresses
eq , k1 to kn are the corresponding compressive hardening parameters .
For strain hardening, these s are the equivalent plastic strains.
(n 30)
Rankine/DruckerPrager. This multilinear diagram requires pairs of values to be specified: values cv1 to cvn are the mobilized cohesion c, k1 to
kn are the corresponding compressive hardening parameter . For strain
hardening, is the equivalent plastic strain.
CRACKB h is the crack bandwidth h [ 6.3 p. 116].
Concrete
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDEN
HARNAM
HARVAL
file .dat
3.7E+04
0.15
RANKIN
2.5
STRAIN
EXPONE
0.09
Linear elastic behavior E = 37000N/mm2 , = 0.15. Rankine plasticity limiting

the tensile stresses: ft = 2.5 N/mm2 , Gf = 0.09 Nmm/mm2 with Exponential
softening.
Concrete
MATERI
2
YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDEN
HARNAM
HARVAL
CMPNAM
CMPVAL
file .dat
3.7E+04
0.15
RANVMI
2.5 35.0
STRAIN
EXPONE
0.09
PARABO
5.0
Linear elastic behavior E = 37000N/mm2 , = 0.15. Rankine plasticity limiting

the tensile stresses: ft = 2.5 N/mm2 , Gf = 0.09 Nmm/mm2 with Exponential
softening. Von Mises plasticity limiting the compressive stresses fc = 35N/mm2 ,
Gc = 5 Nmm/mm2 with parabolic softening.
62
Plasticity
5.1.3.1
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for cases where the hardening or the ambient influence on the cohesion or yield stress for the composite
yield surface cannot be input as described. The cohesion, respectively the yield
stress, can be a function of equivalent plastic strain, temperature, concentration, maturity and time. You may specify the hardening curve for one of three
yield criteria: Rankine, Rankine/Von Mises, or Rankine/DruckerPrager
Hardening - Rankine
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
TENCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
RANKIN
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
YIELD RANKIN specifies the Rankine criterion to be used [ 17.1.5 p. 330].

TENCRV USRCRV specifies that the tensile strength is determined via the usersupplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3 p. 228].
string TENCRV via argument parnam and parameters usrpar via argument
usrpar.
Hardening - Rankine/Von Mises
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
TENCRV
COMCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
RANVMI
USRCRV
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
YIELD RANVMI specifies the Rankine/Von Mises criterion [ 17.1.5.2 p. 333] to

be used.
COMCRV USRCRV specifies that the compressive strength is determined via the
user-supplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3 p. 228].
63
Diana passes the following information to subroutine USRCRV: a character string

via argument parnam: TENCRV when the tensile regime is evaluated or COMCRV
when the hardening curve of the compressive regime is evaluated. Parameters
usrpar are passed via argument usrpar.
Hardening - Rankine/DruckerPrager
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
SINPHI
[ SINPSI
TENCRV
COHCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
RANDRU
sphi r
spsi r ]
USRCRV
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
YIELD RANDRU specifies the Rankine/DruckerPrager criterion [ 17.1.5.2 p. 333]

to be used.
SINPHI sphi specifies sin , the sine of friction angle .
SINPSI spsi specifies sin , the sine of dilatancy angle . If you dont specify
sin then Diana assumes associated plasticity.
( )
[ = ]
COHCRV USRCRV specifies that the cohesion is determined via the user-supplied
subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3 p. 228].
Diana passes the following information to subroutine USRCRV: a character string
via argument parnam: TENCRV when the tensile regime is evaluated or COHCRV
when the hardening curve of the cohesion is evaluated. Parameters usrpar are
passed via argument usrpar.
5.1.4
Egg Cam-clay
The Egg Cam-clay model is an extended Modified Cam-clay model which can
be applied for solid, plane strain and axisymmetric elements. The main features
of the model are:
the use of a nonlinear elasticity model which exhibits an increasing bulk
elastic stiffness as the material undergoes compression, and
the use of a plasticity model defined by an elliptically shaped yield surface
with an elliptically shaped cap, associated flow and a hardening rule that
allows the yield surface to grow or shrink.
64
Plasticity
q
dry
v =1+e
M
critical state
1
wet
Knc
> 1 (Egg)
= 1 (Modified)
virgin
compression
1
un- & re-loading

p0c
p0
(a) Standard yield contours
ln p0
(b) Soil response in compression
Figure 5.3: Egg Cam-clay models

Figure 5.3 shows the Egg Cam-clay model, where p0 is the isotropic effective
pressure and q the deviatoric stress. See 17.1.6 on page 334 for background
theory.
The regular part of the input for the Egg Cam-clay model is sufficient in most
cases [ 5.1.4.1]. An extended input may be specified to overrule the regular
default values of some parameters in the model [ 5.1.4.2]. There is also an
enhanced model which may be used for research purposes [ 5.1.4.3].
5.1.4.1
Regular Input
The following input parameters are regular if the nonlinear analysis is started
with the initial stress option [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
[ CAP ]
[ OCR
ELAST
ELAVAL
POROSI
POISON
12 13
80
CLAY
sphi r lambda r
ocr r ]
CLAY
kr
nr
nu r
YIELD CLAY specifies that the Egg Cam-clay model must be used.
YLDVAL mandatory input parameters for the yield contour.
(0 < sin < 1)
Parameter sphi is sin of friction angle with M = 6 sin /(3 sin ).

Compare DruckerPrager plasticity [ 5.1.2 p. 53].
65
For exponential nonlinear elasticity the hardening parameter lambda is

the slope = v/ ln p0 during compression, where is linked to the
compression index Cc by = Cc / ln 10, and where v is the total volumetric strain (total = elastic + plastic). For linear elasticity the hardening
parameter lambda refers to the plastic strain only.
( > 0)
CAP indicates the use of a cap shape factor Knc for the wet side of the yield
surface. Diana derives this cap shape factor, which is specific for the
Egg model, from the Knc ratio between horizontal and vertical stress for
normally consolidated soil [ 17.1.6.5 p. 339]. If CAP is not specified, then
the Egg model reduces to the Modified Cam-clay model with a single
elliptical yield surface ( = 1).
OCR ocr is the overconsolidation ratio OCR.
Diana derives the maximum
vertical effective stress, experienced by the soil element, from the in situ
vertical stress by v0 max = OCR v0 .
[OCR = 1]
ELAST CLAY specifies Exponential nonlinear elasticity for clay.

ELAVAL k is the slope = v/ ln p0
during nonlinear elastic swelling or
reloading. A rule of thumb is 51 13 where the small values (stiff
behavior) appear during unloading at early stage.
( > 0)
POROSI n is the initial porosity n0 = e0 /(1 + e0 ) = (v0 1)/v0 where e0 is the

initial voids ratio and v0 is the specific volume.
(0 n0 1)
POISON nu is the constant Poissons ratio .
(1 < < 0.5)
Note that for nonlinear analysis no explicit input of the bulk stiffness
(for instance via the Youngs modulus E) is necessary since it is defined
as a linear function of the mean stress p0 , see the background theory in
17.1.6.2 on page 335. However, for stress initialization via the INITIA
STRESS CALCUL command [Vol. Analysis Procedures], as it is the case
when applying a weight load and a K0 procedure, a realistic value of the
Youngs modulus should be specified, see the example below. A non-zero
value of the Youngs modulus is required in the preliminary linear analysis
for assessing the initial stress distribution. If not specified, Diana will
arbitrarily assume a value of 10 1010 which can lead to unexpected
behavior, especially in the presence of interface elements or in the case
of a non-horizontal free surface. Note that the YOUNG parameter input in
combination with the Egg Cam-clay model is only used in linear analysis
but is ignored in nonlinear analysis.
The CLAY yield criterion and the CLAY nonlinear elasticity must be specified
both.
An additional log line with NLCRIT in the output file indicates the number
of integration points in critical state.
66
Plasticity
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
DENSIT
YIELD
:
YLDVAL
CAP
OCR
POROSI
ELAST
ELAVAL
POISON
5.1.4.2
8.0E6
2000.0
CLAY
sphi
lambda
0.4
0.37
1.2
0.56
CLAY
0.074
0.2
Extended Input
With extended input you may overrule the regular defaults that Diana uses
to determine the preconsolidation stress p0c , the cap shape factor and the K0
ratio. Diana derives the p0c for each integration point from the maximum stress
experienced by the soil element. In its turn, this maximum stress is determined
from the in situ stress and the parameters OCR, Knc and OCRp .
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ CAP
[ K0
[ = 1]
12 13
80
alpha r ]
k0 r ]
CAP indicates the Egg Cam-clay model, where alpha is the explicitly specified
cap shape factor .
K0 k0 is the ratio K0 to determine the in situ horizontal stresses from the initial
stress [ 9.6 p. 191]. The default for Cam-clay plasticity is
K0 = OCR Knc
(OCR 1)
(5.4)
1
with the Poissons ratio.
Initial stress
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ OCR
[ KNC
[ OCRP
12 13
80
ocr r ]
knc r ]
ocrp r ]
67
OCR ocr is the overconsolidation ratio
OCR
[ 5.1.4.1 p. 64].
[OCR = 1]
KNC knc is the K-ratio for normally consolidated soil Knc .

The horizontal
effective stress, acting when the maximum vertical stress was present, is
calculated from
(5.5)
h0 max = Knc v0 max
[Knc = 1 sin ]
OCRP ocrp is an extra multiplication factor OCRp . The preconsolidation stress

p0c based on the maximum stresses is post-multiplied with OCRp .
[OCRp = 1]
As an alternative to the previous three parameters for the initial stress, the
preconsolidation stress may be specified explicitly.
Explicit preconsolidation stress
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
[ PRECON
80
pc r ]
PRECON pc is the preconsolidation stress p0c .
5.1.4.3
Enhanced Model
Merely for research purposes, the Cam-clay model may be enhanced with three
additional parameters [Fig. 5.4].
q
M
M
1
critical state
1
M
p0c p
p0
Figure 5.4: Egg Cam-clay enhanced yield contour

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YLDVAL
ELAVAL
12 13
80
sphi r lambda r [ pshift r gamma r ]

k r [ pt r ]
68
Plasticity
YLDVAL with two extra parameters: pshift is a pressure shift p and gamma
is a shape factor for the dry side of the yield surface. These parameters
are rather numerical values which ensure a strength at the origin of the
stress diagram.
(pt 0)
[pt = 0]
ELAVAL with an extra parameter pt to enhance the elasticity model with

a numerical pressure shift which moves the elastic properties along the
hydrostatic p axis, i.e., p0 becomes p0 + pt .
5.1.5
Modified MohrCoulomb
The Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model is particularly useful to model

frictional materials like sand or concrete. However, many enhancements have
been provided so that it is suitable for all kinds of soil. The main extensions
compared to Dianas regular MohrCoulomb model are [Fig. 5.5]:
1
q
=0
=
pc
6 sin
3 sin
p 0
pc p
DruckerPrager
(1 = 0)
fit for = 15
fit for = 35
(a) in pq space
(b) in deviatoric plane
Figure 5.5: Modified MohrCoulomb

Optional nonlinear elasticity.
A smooth shear yield surface with a default MohrCoulomb approximation
and with optional hardening/softening.
An elliptical shaped compression yield surface (cap) with optional hardening.
A dilatancy angle which is optionally related to the friction angle via
Rowes dilatancy rule.
This section describes the input syntax for the Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model. See 17.1.7 on page 340 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
(p 0)
[p = 0]
( 1)
[ = 1]
5 6
69
12 13
YIELD
80
MMOHRC
elasticity
shear yield surface
compression yield surface
additional yield parameters
YIELD MMOHRC specifies that the Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model must
be used. See the following subsections for input syntax of the various data
items. See also 5.1.5.5 on page 77 for input examples.
5.1.5.1
Elasticity
Diana offers linear elasticity and nonlinear elasticity in combination with the
Modified MohrCoulomb model. For nonlinear elasticity you may choose either Exponential or Power Law dependency between compression modulus and
effective pressure.
Linear elasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
POISON
80
er
nu r
YOUNG e is Youngs modulus of elasticity E. You can derive E from the

(drained) compression modulus K and the shear modulus G using:

3K 2G
E = 2G 1 +
(5.6)
6K + 2G
POISON nu is Poissons ratio . You can derive from the (drained) compression
modulus K and shear modulus G using
=
Exponential elasticity
3K 2G
6K + 2G
(1 < < 0.5)
(5.7)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
ELAST
ELAVAL
[
80
EXPONE
k r [ pt r ]
]
70
Plasticity
POROSI
VOID
nr
e0 r
POISON
SHRMOD
nu r
gr
ELAST EXPONE specifies the Cam-clay Exponential elasticity model to be used in

conjunction with the Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model. [ 5.1.4.1
p. 64].
( > 0)
ELAVAL k is the parameter for the Exponential elasticity model which relates
the drained tangent compression modulus Kt to the effective pressure p0 :
Kt =
(5.8)
where e0 is the initial void ratio. The optional value pt is a pressure

shift p0t along the hydrostatic p0 axis to enhance the elasticity model:
(p0t 0)
[p0t = 0]
Kt =
1 + e0 0
(p + p0t )
(5.9)
For stress situations in the apex of the Modified MohrCoulomb model,

the pressure shift p0t must be greater than the pressure shift p0 specified
with the additional parameter PSHIFT [ 5.1.5.4 p. 76].
(p0t > p0 )
(0 n0 1)
1 + e0 0
p
POROSI n is the initial porosity n0
[n0 = 0]
n0 =
e0
v0 1
=
1 + e0
v0
(5.10)
where e0 is the initial void ratio and v0 is the specific volume.

(e0 0)
[e0 = 0]
(1 < < 0.5)
(G > 0)
VOID e0 is the initial void ratio e0 .

POISON nu is the constant Poissons ratio which implies a pressure dependent
shear modulus in the Exponential elasticity model. You may derive from
the (drained) initial compression modulus K0 and initial shear modulus
G0 using
3K0 2G0
=
(5.11)
6K0 + 2G0
SHRMOD g is the constant shear stiffness G which implies a pressure dependent
Poissons ratio in the Exponential elasticity model.
71
Power Law elasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
ELAST
ELAVAL
POWER
kref r pref r [m r pt r ]
POISON
SHRMOD
nu r
gr
ELAST POWER specifies that the Power Law elasticity model must be used in
conjunction with the plasticity model.
ELAVAL specifies the parameters used to determine the pressure dependent compression modulus according to the Power Law:

Kt = Kref
p0
p0ref
1m
(5.12)
Value kref is the reference compression modulus Kref . Value pref is

the reference pressure pref . You may specify two additional parameters
for the elasticity model: value m is parameter m for the Power Law
elasticity model, value pt is a pressure shift p0t along the hydrostatic p0
axis to enhance the elasticity model:

Kt = Kref
p0 p0t
p0ref
(Kref > 0)
(pref > 0)
(0 < m < 1)
[m = 0.5]
(p0t 0)
[p0t = 0]
1m
(5.13)
POISON nu is the constant Poissons ratio for the Power Law elasticity model.
which implies a pressure dependent shear modulus according to Equation
(5.11).
(1 < < 0.5)
SHRMOD g is the constant shear stiffness G for the Power Law elasticity model
which implies a pressure dependent Poissons ratio.
(G > 0)
5.1.5.2
Shear Yield Surface
The shear yield surface of the Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model depends
on the friction angle . You may specify the friction angle as a constant or, via a
hardening/softening diagram, as a function of the equivalent plastic shear strain
1 .
By default, Diana assumes associated plasticity ( = ). However, you
may specify the dilatancy angle explicitly or relate it to the friction angle via
Rowes dilatancy rule.
72
Plasticity
Friction
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SINPHI
( FRCCRV
FRCPAR
80
sphi0 r
MULTLN
sphi0 r k0 r sphi1 r k1 r [ . . . sphin r kn r ] )
SINPHI sphi0 is sin 0 , the sine of the initial friction angle 0 .

As an alternative to the initial friction angle, you may specify a hardening/softening diagram for the friction angle via the following two input
items.
FRCCRV MULTLN indicates a multilinear hardening/softening curve for the friction angle [Fig. 5.6].
sin
MULTLN
(sin 0 , 0)
(sin 1 , 11 )
(sin n , 1n )
1
Figure 5.6: Hardening/softening angle of friction
(1 n 99)
FRCPAR specifies pairs of values sphi and k of the multilinear diagram. Values
sphi0 to sphin are sin i=0,n , the sines of the friction angle . Values
k1 to kn are the corresponding values for the equivalent plastic shear
strain 1i=0,n , which is related to the plastic shear strain p according to
Equation (17.149) on page 345.
Dilatancy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[
SINPSI
( DILCRV
SINPCV
12 13
80
]
spsi r
ROWE
spcv r )
73
SINPSI spsi is sin , the sine of the dilatancy angle .

DILCRV ROWE specifies a dilatancy curve according to Rowes rule , which relates
the dilatancy angle to the friction angle
sin =
sin sin cv
1 sin sin cv
(5.14)
with cv the friction angle at constant volume. This rule is typically

applied in combination with hardening/softening of the friction angle
[ 17.1.7.4 p. 345].
SINPCV spcv is sin cv , the sine of the friction angle cv at constant volume.
If you dont specify dilatancy, then Diana assumes associated plasticity.
5.1.5.3
[ = ]
Compression Yield Surface
A cap-shaped compression yield surface is optional for the Modified Mohr

Coulomb plasticity model. You may define the initial position of a cap explicitly,
or let Diana derive it from the initial stresses. Hardening of the cap as a
function of effective pressure is optional. To determine the plastic dilatancy,
Diana always assumes associated plasticity for the compression yield surface.
Explicit preconsolidation stress
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ PRECON
[ K0
12 13
80
pc r ]
k0 r ]
PRECON pc is the preconsolidation stress p0c0 to define the initial position of the
cap explicitly.
stress [ 9.6 p. 191].
If you dont specify the preconsolidation stress explicitly, then Diana applies
initial stress as outlined below with default values for the various parameters.
However, you may overrule these defaults according to the syntax below.
Initial stress
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ OCR
[ KNC
[ OCRP
[ K0
12 13
80
ocr r ]
knc r ]
ocrp r ]
k0 r ]
74
Plasticity
During initialization of the nonlinear analysis, Diana can use the stresses from
the preceding linear analysis to determine simultaneously the initial stress and
the corresponding preconsolidation pressure, see the option START INITIA STRESS
CALCUL in Volume Analysis Procedures. This procedure is identical to the procedure for the Cam-clay model [ 5.1.4 p. 63] and will only be applied for solid,
plane strain and axisymmetric elements.
[OCR = 1]
OCR ocr is the overconsolidation ratio
OCR
[ 5.1.4.1 p. 64].
[Knc = 1 sin ]
KNC knc is the K-ratio for normally consolidated soil Knc . The horizontal
effective stress, acting when the maximum vertical stress was present, is
calculated from
h0 max = Knc v0 max
(5.15)
[OCRp = 1]
OCRP ocrp is an extra multiplication factor OCRp . The preconsolidation stress

p0c , based on the maximum stresses, is post-multiplied with OCRp .
stress [ 9.6 p. 191]. The default for Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity
with constant Poissons ratio is
K0 =
OCR
Knc
(OCR 1)
1
(5.16)
Cap hardening. Diana offers two types of cap hardening for the Modified
MohrCoulomb plasticity model: an Exponential hardening for clay-like material, and a Power Law hardening for sandy material. By default Diana assumes
no cap hardening. You may specify it explicitly via either of the following input
data syntaxes.
Exponential cap hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ COMCRV
GAMMA
[
]
POROSI
VOID
12 13
80
EXPHAR
gamma r ]
nr
e0 r
By default, Diana assumes no cap hardening. You may specify it explicitly via
the following input data.
COMCRV EXPHAR specifies (Cam-clay) Exponential hardening of the cap which
can be written in an incremental way as
pv =
p0c
1 + e p0c
(5.17)
75
pc
EXPHAR
pc0
2
1 + e0
Figure 5.7: Hardening curve of the cap

After integration one can get the following expression for the preconsolidation stress [Fig. 5.7]:

e0 + 1 p
0
0
pc = pc0 exp
v
(5.18)
with pv the volumetric plastic strain increment, p0c0 the preconsolidation

pressure at the beginning of the loading step, and e0 the void ratio at the
beginning of the loading step.
GAMMA gamma is the material parameter , which simply can be related to the
(Cam-clay) parameters and
=
with
v
Cc
=
0
ln p
ln 10
(5.19)
where is the slope during compression, which is linked to the one-dimensional compression index Cc .
POROSI n is the initial porosity n0
n0 =
(0 n0 < 1)
e0
v0 1
=
1 + e0
v0
(5.20)
where e0 is the initial void ratio and v0 is the specific volume.

VOID e0 is the initial void ratio in case of porous elasticity.
(e0 0)
[e0 = 0]
Power Law cap hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ COMCRV
POWPAR
12 13
80
POWHAR
gamma r pref r [ m r ] ]
76
Plasticity
COMCRV POWHAR specifies Power Law hardening of the cap which can be written
in an incremental way as follows:

pv
p0c
p0ref
m1
p0c
p0ref
(5.21)
After integration, the above equation leads to the following expression of

the preconsolidation stress:

p0c
p0ref
p0c0
p0ref
m
m
pv
1
m
(5.22)
where p0c0 is the preconsolidation stress at the beginning of the step and
pv is the volumetric plastic strain increment.
POWPAR specifies the parameters used to determine the pressure dependent preconsolidation stress according to the Power Law equation (5.22).
gamma is a parameter modulus .
pref is the reference pressure p0ref .
m is an optional parameter that corresponds to the parameter m for the
Power Law. Note that for m = 0 the Power Law cap hardening
becomes identical to the Exponential cap hardening.
[m = 0.5]
5.1.5.4
Additional Parameters
To add cohesive behavior or adapt the default shape of the yield surfaces you
may specify the following additional parameters.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ PSHIFT
[ CAP
[ SHPFAC
(p0 0)
0
[p = 0]
12 13
80
dp r ]
[ alpha r ] ]
[ beta1 r [beta2 r ] ] ]
PSHIFT dp is a pressure shift p0 for the shear yield surface [Fig. 5.5]. You
can relate p0 to MohrCoulombs initial cohesion c0 by
p0 =
c0
tan
(5.23)
Note that in case of friction hardening/softening the cohesion will alter.
77
CAP indicates the use of a cap shape factor for the cap hardening surface of
the Modified MohrCoulomb model [Fig. 5.5 p. 68]. If you do not explicitly specify a value alpha for , then Diana will automatically derive it
from the KNC ratio between horizontal and vertical stress for normally
consolidated soil [ 17.1.7.6 p. 346]. If CAP is not specified at all, then the
cap shape reduces to a spherical shape with = 29 .
SHPFAC are the parameters for the yield contour. Parameter beta1 is the fitting
parameter 1 for the shear yield surface in the deviatoric plane, which is
by default fitted to MohrCoulomb. For 1 = 0 the surface reduces to the
DruckerPrager yield surface. Parameter beta2 is the equivalent fitting
parameter 2 for the cap yield surface.
5.1.5.5
[1
Eq. (17.144)]
[2 = 0]
Examples
The following data are examples for Modified MohrCoulomb input.

Simple
MATERI
1 YIELD
YOUNG
POISON
PRECON
SINPHI
file .dat
MMOHRC
3.7E+04
0.15
100.
0.57
This input data specifies Modified MohrCoulomb with linear elasticity, associated plasticity without hardening.
Sand
MATERI
1 YIELD
ELAST
ELAVAL
POISON
FRCCRV
FRCPAR
DILCRV
SINPCV
OCR
COMCRV
GAMMA
file .dat
MMOHRC
EXPONE
0.00573
0.18
MULTLN
0.574 0.00
0.650 0.01
0.680 0.03
ROWE
0.51
1.5
EXPHAR
0.0012
This input data specifies a sand-like material via Modified MohrCoulomb with
Exponential elasticity, non-associated plasticity with dilatancy according to
Rowe, Multilinear hardening, Exponential hardening of the cap, and automatic
positioning of the initial position of the cap with OCR = 1.5.
78
Plasticity
5.1.6
HoekBrown Rock Plasticity
The HoekBrown criterion defines the stress condition under which a rock mass
will deform inelastically and, if not supported adequately, collapse. This criterion can be applied in plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric and solid elements. See 17.1.8 on page 347 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YIELD
YLDVAL
[ HARDEN
80
HOEKBR
sci r mi r gsi r dilat r [ cap r [ tensio r ] ]
STRAIN
hardening parameters ]
YIELD HOEKBR specifies that the HoekBrown rock plasticity model must be
used.
YLDVAL specifies the parameters for the plasticity model: sci is the unconfined
compressive strength ci of the (intact) rock sample, mi is the Hoek
Brown constant mi deduced from test results for a particular (intact) rock
type, gsi is the geological strength index GSI according to Figure 17.14 on
page 347, dilat is the dilatancy angle (in degree) to define the nonassociated plasticity.2
S1
1
(S1
2
+ S3 ) = cap
S1 = S3
tensio
S3
Figure 5.8: HoekBrown yield condition boundings
[cap = 0]
[tensio = 0]
There are two optional parameters [Fig. 5.8]. By default Diana assumes
unbounded stress in the compressive regime. However, if you specify
cap then compressive stresses will be bounded. If you specify parameter tensio then Diana will adopt the tension cut-off criterion for the
stresses in the tension region.3 The default is tension cut-off at zero stress.
2 For
3 For
associated plasticity = 0.
most rock materials 0 MPa tensio 3 MPa.
79
Note that if you specify a tension cut-off value tensio then you must also
give a value for cap .
HARDEN STRAIN applies the strain hardening hypothesis, which is the only one
available for the HoekBrown rock plasticity model. The input syntax
for the hardening parameters is analogous to the input for the Rankine
Principal Stress model. See the description of the HARNAM, HARVAL, CMPNAM,
and CMPVAL input data records in 5.1.3 on page 59.
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDEN
HARNAM
HARVAL
5.1.7
42000.
0.2
HOEKBR
148.0 18.0 75.0 11.5
STRAIN
LINEAR
0.09
Fraction Model
This section describes the input syntax of the fraction model for generic elements. The model may be used to model kinematic hardening for plasticity and
metal creep analyses. It splits the material into a number of fractions, each of
them having its own plasticity and creep parameters. See 17.1.9 on page 349
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FRACTI
12 13
80
phi1 r [ phi2 r . . . ] phin r
,frnr n
Input per fraction:

{
plasticity parameters
creep parameters
FRACTI specifies the fraction model: values phi1 to phin are the volume parts
i of the fraction. The sum of the volume parts must be equal to 1. The
number of specified phi values determines the number of fractions n in
the model.
(0 i 1)
(n 10)
frnr is the fraction number. Dont forget the leading comma.

Input data for plasticity or creep or both must be specified for each fraction
number [Ch. 5 p. 49] [ 8.1 p. 143].
80
Plasticity
Metal plasticity
1
YOUNG
POISON
FRACTI
,1 YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDEN
HARDIA
,2 YIELD
YLDVAL
file .dat
210000.
0.3
0.7 0.3
VMISES
200.
WORK
200. 0. 300. 0.001
VMISES
500.
400. 0.003
400. 1.
This is an example input of the fraction model for metal plasticity. It contains
two fractions with volume parts 1 = 0.7 and 2 = 0.3. The first fraction is for
Von Mises plasticity with a hardening diagram of three branches (four points).
The second fraction is for Von Mises plasticity only.
5.2
Orthotropic Plasticity
This section describes the input syntax of orthotropic plasticity. The Hill
[ 5.2.1] and Hoffmann [ 5.2.2] models are not available for beam elements and
cannot be combined with hardening. The plane stress anisotropic RankineHill
model [ 5.2.3 p. 82] provides for softening in the tensile (Rankine) regime and
hardening, with subsequent softening in the compressive (Hill) regime. Furthermore, the RankineHill model can be combined with the Maxwell Chain
viscoelasticity model [ 7.2 p. 126].
5.2.1
Hill
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDOPT
YLDSIG
12 13
80
HILL
optnam w
sigy r...
YIELD HILL specifies that the Hill criterion must be used [ 17.2.1 p. 356].
YLDOPT optnam is an option for the yield criterion. MATAXI for yield stresses
y defined in principal anisotropic directions. OFFAXI for yield stresses y
defined with a 45 off-axis tensile test.
YLDSIG sigy are the yield stresses y . The type and number of stresses to
be input depends on the option and the element family as outlined in
Table 5.1 on the facing page.
5.2 Orthotropic Plasticity
81
Table 5.1: Yield Stresses Hill

Option Element fam. sigy
pl. stress
pl. strain
y.xx
MATAXI axisymm.
solid
y.xx
shell
pl. stress
pl. strain
y.xx
OFFAXI axisymm.
solid
y.xx
shell
y.yy y.zz y.xy

y.yy y.zz y.xy y.yz y.zx
y.yy y.45 y.xy
y.yy y.45 y.xy y.yz y.zx
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
YLDOPT
YLDSIG
GEOMET
1
XAXIS
2
XAXIS
5.2.2
1.0E8
0.0
HILL
MATAXI
1.0E3 1.0E3 1.0E3 0.577E3 0.577E3 0.577E3
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Hoffmann
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDOPT
YLDSIG
12 13
80
HOFMAN
optnam w
sigy r...
YIELD HOFMAN specifies that the Hoffmann criterion must be used.

YLDOPT optnam activates an option for the yield criterion. MATAXI for yield
stresses y defined in principal anisotropic directions. OFFAXI for yield
stresses y defined with a 45 off-axis tensile test.
YLDSIG sigy are the yield stresses y .
The type and number of stresses to be input depends on the option and
the element family as outlined in Table 5.2 on the next page.
82
Plasticity
Table 5.2: Yield Stresses Hoffmann

Option Element fam. sigy
pl. stress
pl. strain
y.xxt
MATAXI axisymm.
solid
y.xxt
shell
pl. stress
pl. strain
y.xxt
OFFAXI axisymm.
solid
y.xxt
shell
y.yyc y.yyt y.yyc y.zzt y.zzc y.xy

y.xxc y.yyt y.yyc y.zzt y.zzc y.xy y.yz y.zx
y.xxc y.yyt y.yyc y.45 y.xy
y.xxc y.yyt y.yyc y.45 y.xy y.yz y.zx
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
YIELD
YLDOPT
YLDSIG
GEOMET
1
XAXIS
2
XAXIS
5.2.3
1.0E8
0.3
HOFMAN
OFFAXI
0.5E2 1.0E3 0.5E2 1.0E3 0.25E3
0.577E3 0.577E3 0.577E3
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
RankineHill Anisotropic
The plane stress anisotropic RankineHill model provides for softening in the
tensile (Rankine) regime and hardening, with subsequent softening in the compressive (Hill) regime. A typical application for this model is masonry. But
please note that this model is not exclusive to masonry. The anisotropic Rankine
Hill criterion can also be applied to other orthotropic materials, like fiber reinforced composites, fractured rock and other layered or stacked materials. For
theoretical backgrounds see 17.2.3 on page 362.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARVAL
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
RANHIL
ftx r fty r alt r alh r fcx r fcy r bet r gam r
gftx r gfty r
hr ]

[ crdep w ]
CMORAT
REFRAT
CMPVAL
TOPEPS
83
mx r my r
k0 r k1 r kapr r
gfcx r gfcy r
kap r
YIELD RANHIL specifies that the RankineHill criterion must be used.

YLDVAL describes the yield surfaces: ftx is the tensile strength ft.x in the
x direction, fty is the tensile strength ft.y in the y direction, alt is
factor which determines the shear stress contribution to tensile failure
( = 1 is the standard Rankine value), alh is the factor h [Eq. (17.204)
p. 363]. fcx is the compressive strength fc.x in the x direction, fcy is
the compressive strength fc.y in the y direction, bet is factor which
couples the normal compressive stresses [Eq. (17.215) p. 364], (typically
= 1.0), gam is factor which controls shear stress contribution to
compressive failure [Eq. (17.218) p. 365] ( = 3.0 reproduces the isotropic
Von Mises model).
HARVAL defines the fracture energy Gft for the Rankine model, or gft if you
specify crack rate dependence crdep . Value gftx is the fracture energy
in x direction, gfty in y direction.
CRACKB h is the crack bandwidth h [ 6.3 p. 116]. In the compressive regime h
is always used to regularize Gfc . In the tensile regime h is only used to
regularize Gft if you do not specify crack rate dependence crdep .
crdep applies an optional crack rate dependence. If you do not specify crack
rate dependence then Diana will regularize Gft with a crack bandwidth
h.
CMORAT applies the simple viscous cracking model [Eq. (17.206) p. 363].
The two parameters define the contribution of the Crack Mouth
Opening rate viscosity to the Rankine yield stress: mx is the dashpot
viscosity mx in x direction, and my is the dashpot viscosity my in y
direction.
REFRAT applies the model of Wu and Bazant [Eq. (17.207) p. 363]. Parameters k0 k1 kapr respectively define the Crack Mouth Opening rate
dependence parameters k0 , k1 , and r .
CMPVAL defines the fracture energy Gfc for the Hill model. Value gfcx is the
fracture energy in x direction, gfcy in y direction.
TOPEPS kap specifies the equivalent plastic strain p corresponding to the peak
compressive stress.
84
Plasticity
5.3
Viscoplasticity
This section describes the input syntax of viscoplasticity models. For theoretical
backgrounds see 17.3 on page 366.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
VISCOP
VPLVAL
12 13
80
vplnam w
values r...
VISCOP vplnam is the name of the criterion to be used.

VPLVAL values are the viscoplasticity property values. The input depends on
the criterion, see following subsections.
5.3.1
DuvautLions
The DuvautLions viscoplasticity model may be combined with all plasticity

models [ 17.3.2 p. 367].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
VISCOP
VPLVAL
12 13
80
DUVAUT
eta r
VISCOP DUVAUT specifies that the DuvautLions criterion must be used.

VPLVAL eta is factor from vp =
5.3.2
1 1
D ( p ).
e
Perzyna
The Perzyna viscoplasticity models can only be combined with Von Mises plasticity [ 17.3.1 p. 366].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
VISCOP
VPLVAL
PERZY1
PERZY2
gamma r n r
5.3 Viscoplasticity
85
VISCOP specifies the criterion to be used:

PERZY1 for the first Perzyna model:

vp = < (f ) > m
with (f ) =
N
(5.24)
PERZY2 for the second Perzyna model:

vp = < (f ) > m
with
(f ) =
N
f
(5.25)
VPLVAL gamma is the fluidity parameter and n is the power N .
86
Plasticity
Chapter 6
Cracking
6.1
Smeared Cracking
Cracking is specified as a combination of tension cut-off, tension softening and

shear retention. Cracking cannot be combined with orthotropic material. See
18.1 on page 371 for background theory of cracking in Diana. The following
are some instructive examples of input data for crack models.
file .dat
MATERI
1 CRACK
CRKVAL
TAUCRI
BETA
TENSIO
TENVAL
1
3.
1
0.03
1
0.00333
Constant stress cut-off. Constant shear retention. Linear tension softening,

ft = 3 N/mm2 , Gf = 0.05 N/mm, h = 10 mm.
file .dat
MATERI
2 TENSIO 2
TENVAL 3. 0.
1. 0.00133
0. 0.006
0. 100000.
Bilinear tension softening, ft = 3 N/mm2 , Gf = 0.05 N/mm, h = 10 mm. Diagram Hillerborg, breakpoint at 13 ft and 29 u . The last branch must also be
specified.
88
Cracking
file .dat
MATERI
3 TENSIO 5
TENVAL 3. 0.05 10.
Nonlinear tension softening according to Hordijk et al., ft = 3 N/mm2 , Gf =

0.05 N/mm, h = 10 mm.
file .dat
MATERI
4 TENSIO 1
TENVAL 0.0019
Linear tension stiffening, y = 400 N/mm2 , Esteel = 210000 N/mm2 .
6.1.1
Tension Cut-off
There are two tension cut-off criteria available: constant and linear [Fig. 6.1].
CRACK 1
CRACK 2
ft
2
ft
ft
(a) constant
fc
(b) linear
ft
fc
Figure 6.1: Tension cut-off in two-dimensional principal stress space
Constant stress cut-off
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CRACK
CRKVAL
12 13
80
1
ft r
CRACK 1 indicates constant stress cut-off: a crack arises if the major principal
tensile stress exceeds ft .
CRKVAL ft is the tensile strength ft .
6.1 Smeared Cracking
89
Linear stress cut-off
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CRACK
CRKVAL
12 13
80
2
ft r fc r
CRACK 2 indicates linear stress cut-off: a crack arises if the major principal
tensile stress exceeds the minimum of ft and ft (1+lateral /fc ), with lateral
the lateral principal stress.
CRKVAL ft is the tensile strength ft , fc is the compressive strength fc .
6.1.1.1
Ambient Influence
The tension cut-off criterion may be specified depending on ambient values

for temperature, concentration or maturity. In this case the criterion must be
specified with CRACK as indicated in the previous section followed by the data
records in this section. It is not necessary to specify the constant values with
CRKVAL.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMCRK
CONCRK
MATCRK
12 13
80
tea r fta r [teb r ftb r . . . ] tez r ftz r

coa r fta r [cob r ftb r . . . ] coz r ftz r
mva r fta r [mvb r ftb r . . . ] mvz r ftz r
fta . . . ftz are the tensile strengths ft , respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values.
(z 30)
TEMCRK specifies temperature influence, tea . . . tez are temperatures T .

CONCRK specifies concentration influence, coa . . . coz are concentrations C.
MATCRK specifies maturity influence, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMCRK
CONCRK
MATCRK
12 13
tea r
tez r
coa r
coz r
mva r
mvz r
80
fta r
ftz r
fta r
ftz r
fta r
ftz r
fca r [teb r ftb r fcb r . . . ]

fcz r
fca r [cob r ftb r fcb r . . . ]
fcz r
fca r [mvb r ftb r fcb r . . . ]
fcz r
90
Cracking
fta . . . ftz are the tensile strengths ft , respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values.
fca . . . fcz are the compressive strengths fc , respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values.
TEMCRK specifies temperature influence, tea . . . tez are temperatures T .
CONCRK specifies concentration influence, coa . . . coz are concentrations C.
MATCRK specifies maturity influence, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables M .
file .dat
MATERI
1
CRACK 1
MATCRK
0.0
1.0
0.01
3.0
User-supplied
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRCRK
12 13
80
usrkey w
USRCRK specifies that the ambient influence on the tension cut-off model is determined via a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.3.2 p. 232]. Diana passes
the keyword usrkey to the first argument of this subroutine.
6.1.2
Tension Softening
Figure 6.2 shows the available tension softening models. See also 18.1.1 on
page 375 for background theory.
Brittle cracking
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
12 13
80
TENSIO 0 indicates brittle cracking [ 18.1.1.1 p. 377]. No further values are

necessary.
(z 30)

nn
ft
91
nn
ft
TENSIO 0
nn
ft
TENSIO 1
TENSIO 2
Gf /h
cr
nn
(a) brittle
nn
ft
cr
u
(b) linear
nn
ft
TENSIO 3
Gf /h
cr
nn
cr
nn
(c) multi-linear
TENSIO 5
Gf /h
cr
nn
(d) nonlinear,
Moelands et al.
(e) nonlinear,
Hordijk et al.
cr
nn
Figure 6.2: Tension softening Smeared cracking

Linear tension softening based on ultimate strain
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
TENVAL
12 13
80
1
eu r
or
Linear tension softening based on fracture energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
GF
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
1
gf r
hr ]
TENSIO 1 indicates linear tension softening [ 18.1.1.2 p. 378].

TENVAL eu is the ultimate strain cr
u of the diagram. For reinforced concrete,
cr
take cr
u = y,steel /Esteel . For unreinforced concrete, take u = 2Gf /ft hcr ,
with Gf the fracture energy and hcr the estimated numerical crack bandwidth.
GF gf is the fracture energy. In this case Diana calculates the ultimate crack
strain as
2Gf
(6.1)
cr
u =
ft h
with h is the crack bandwidth. By default Diana assumes a value of h
related to the area or the volume of the element. You may overrule the
92
Cracking
default by specifying the crack bandwidth explicitly via the CRACKB input
data item [ 6.3 p. 116].
Multilinear tension softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
TENVAL
12 13
80
2
st1 r et1 r [st2 r et2 r . . . ] stn r etn r
TENSIO 2 indicates multilinear tension softening [ 18.1.1.3 p. 379].

(n 5)
TENVAL specifies a diagram with two values for each point: st1 . . . stn are the
tensile stresses nn normal to the crack, et1 . . . etn are the tensile crack
strains cr
nn normal to the crack. The diagram may also contain ascending
parts (hardening). The last (zero) branch must also be specified, via a
point far away with zero stress and very high strain.
Nonlinear tension softening (Moelands and Reinhardt)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
GF
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
3
gf r
hr ]
TENSIO 3 indicates nonlinear tension softening according to Moelands and Reinhardt [ 18.1.1.4 p. 380].
GF gf is the fracture energy Gf . This model also requires the crack bandwidth
h. By default Diana assumes a value of h related to the area or the
volume of the element. You may overrule the default by specifying the
crack bandwidth explicitly via the CRACKB input data item [ 6.3 p. 116].
Nonlinear tension softening (Hordijk et al.)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
[ TENVAL
GF
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
5
c1 r c2 r ]
gf r
hr ]
TENSIO 5 indicates nonlinear tension softening according to Hordijk, Cornelissen and Reinhardt [ 18.1.1.5 p. 381].

[c1 = 3,
c2 = 6.93]
93
TENVAL c1 and c2 are the factors c1 and c2 .

GF gf is the fracture energy Gf . This model also requires the crack bandwidth
h. By default Diana assumes a value of h related to the area or the
volume of the element. You may overrule the default by specifying the
crack bandwidth explicitly via the CRACKB input data item [ 6.3 p. 116].
6.1.2.1
Ambient Influence
The tension softening criterion may be specified depending on ambient values

for temperature, concentration or maturity. In this case the criterion must be
specified with TENSIO as indicated in the previous section followed by the data
records in this section.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TENSIO
TEMTEN
CONTEN
MATTEN
80
1
tea r eua r [teb r eub r . . . ] tez r euz r
coa r eua r [cob r eub r . . . ] coz r euz r
mva r eua r [mvb r eub r . . . ] mvz r euz r
eua . . . euz are the ultimate strains cr

u respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values. It is not necessary to specify the constant value for
cr
u with TENVAL.
(z 30)
TEMTEN specifies temperature influence, tea . . . tez are temperatures T .

CONTEN specifies concentration influence, coa . . . coz are concentrations C.
MATTEN specifies maturity influence, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables M .
file .dat
MATERI
1
TENSIO 1
TEMTEN
0.0
400.0
1000.0
0.001
0.001
0.002
Linear tension softening based on fracture energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
TEMGF1
12 13
80
1
tea r gfa r [teb r gfb r . . . ] tez r gfz r
94
Cracking
CONGF1
MATGF1
(z 30)
coa r gfa r [cob r gfb r . . . ] coz r gfz r

mva r gfa r [mvb r gfb r . . . ] mvz r gfz r
gfa . . . gfz are the fracture energies Gf respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values. It is not necessary to specify the constant value for
Gf with GF.
TEMGF1 specifies temperature influence, tea . . . tez are temperatures T .
CONGF1 specifies concentration influence, coa . . . coz are concentrations C.
MATGF1 specifies maturity influence, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables M .
file .dat
MATERI
1
TENSIO 1
MATGF1
0.0
0.1
1.0
0.02
0.03
0.05
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
TENVAL
TEMTEN
CONTEN
MATTEN
(z 30)
12 13
2
st1 r
tea r
coa r
mva r
80
et1 r [st2 r et2 r . . . ] stn r etn r

etna r [teb r etnb r . . . ] tez r etnz r
etna r [cob r etnb r . . . ] coz r etnz r
etna r [mvb r etnb r . . . ] mvz r etnz r
etna . . . etnz are the tensile crack strains cr

nn normal to the crack for the
last branch of the softening model, respectively valid for the corresponding
ambient value. Diana scales the other tensile crack strains proportionally
to the values et of TENVAL. The tensile stresses st1 to stn of the tension
softening model are scaled proportionally to the ft1 to ftn values of the
tension cut-off model [ 6.1.1.1 p. 89].
95
Nonlinear tension softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENSIO
TENVAL
TEMTEN
CONTEN
MATTEN
12 13
tnr n
ft r gf r h r [c1 r
tea r gfa r [teb r
coa r gfa r [cob r
mva r gfa r [mvb r
80
c2 r ]
gfb r . . . ] tez r gfz r
gfb r . . . ] coz r gfz r
gfb r . . . ] mvz r gfz r
TENSIO tnr specifies the tension softening model: 3 for nonlinear tension softening according to Moelands and Reinhardt, or 5 for nonlinear tension
softening according to Hordijk et al.
TENVAL specifies parameters for the softening model: ft is the tensile strength
ft , gf is the fracture energy Gf , h is the estimated numerical crack bandwidth hcr , c1 and c2 are the factors c1 and c2 (only for nonlinear tension
softening according to Hordijk et al.).
gfa . . . gfz are the fracture energy values Gf , respectively valid for the corresponding ambient values. Diana derives value ft of the tension softening
model from the values of the tension cut-off model [ 6.1.1.1 p. 89]. Factors
h , c1 and c2 are considered to remain constant, i.e., no ambient influence
on these factors.
[c1 = 3,
c2 = 6.93]
(z 30)

User-supplied based on ultimate strain
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRTEN
12 13
80
usrkey w
USRTEN specifies that the ambient influence on the tension softening model is
determined via a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.3.3 p. 232]. Diana passes
96
Cracking
User-supplied based on fracture energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
USRGF1
80
usrkey w
USRGF1 specifies that the ambient influence on the tension softening model is
determined via a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.3.7 p. 235]. Diana passes
6.1.3
Shear Retention
Diana offers criteria for full and constant shear retention. See 18.1.2 on
Full shear retention
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TAUCRI
12 13
80
TAUCRI 0 indicates full shear retention. No further values are necessary.

Constant shear retention
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TAUCRI
BETA
12 13
80
1
beta r
TAUCRI 1 indicates constant shear retention.

(0 < 0.999)
BETA beta is the factor .
6.1.4
Rate-dependent Cracking
The rate-dependent cracking model may be added to the previously specified

cracking criterion.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
RATDEP
12 13
80
mr
6.2 Total Strain Crack Models

(m > 0)
97
RATDEP m is the dependency parameter m
from
nn = hcr
nn + m
cr
nn
t
(6.2)
The first term denotes the tension softening contribution in which h is

the slope of the softening curve [Fig. 6.2 p. 91]. The second term is the
rate dependency contribution according to Sluys [100]. As a result of the
ft
strain rate
t1
t2
0
t1
t2
(a) Imposed strain rate,

including an unloading point
time
total strain
(b) Stressstrain curve
for imposed strain rate
Figure 6.3: Rate-dependent cracking example

strain rate dependency, the stressstrain curves show an increase of the
maximum tensile strength ft and a residual strength m under dynamic
loading [Fig. 6.3].
file .dat
MATERI
1
CRACK
CRKVAL
TENSIO
TENVAL
TAUCRI
BETA
RATDEP
6.2
1
2.0
1
0.4E-3
1
0.0001
0.2
Total Strain Crack Models
This section details the syntax of input for constitutive models based on total
strain, also called the Total Strain crack models, which describe the tensile and
compressive behavior of a material with one stressstrain relationship. These
models cannot be combined with other constitutive models. However, combination with ambient influence is possible. This makes the models very well suited
for Serviceability Limit State (SLS) and Ultimate Limit State (ULS) analyses
98
Cracking
which are predominantly governed by cracking or crushing of the material. See
18.2 on page 382 for background theory. See also 5.1.3 on page 57 for Rankine
plasticity models.
Input data. The input for the Total Strain crack models comprises two parts:
(1) the basic properties like the Youngs modulus, Poissons ratio, etcetera, and
(2) the definition of the behavior in tension, shear, and compression.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
TOTCRK
[
[
[
[
FIXED
ROTATE
]
]
]
]
basic properties
tensile behavior
shear behavior
compressive behavior
lateral influences
TOTCRK specifies the type of Total Strain model to be used:

FIXED for the Total Strain Fixed crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
ROTATE for the Total Strain Rotating crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
These formulations describe the cracking and crushing behavior of the material
with a nonlinear elasticity relationship.
Basic properties can be derived from Model Code regulations for concrete or
you may input them directly [ 6.2.1].
By default Diana assumes appropriate values for the various parameters describing the constitutive behavior. However, you may specify the
following optional input data to customize the constitutive behavior and
overrule the defaults.
Tensile behavior describes the material response in tension, which usually is
cracking [ 6.2.2].
Shear behavior describes how the shear behavior changes when the material is
cracked.
Compressive behavior describes the crushing behavior of the material within
the same concept as the tensile behavior [ 6.2.4].
Lateral influence models may be applied within a concept based on total strain
to describe the effect of lateral cracking or lateral confinement [ 6.2.5].
For appropriate input see the referenced sections [Table 6.1].
99
Table 6.1: Input for Total Strain crack models

code
Basic
direct
predefined
Tensile
user-supplied
constant
Shear
variable
predefined
Compression
user-supplied
Lateral
6.2.1
6.2.1.1
6.2.1.2
6.2.2.1
6.2.2.2
6.2.3.1
6.2.3.2
6.2.4.1
6.2.4.2
6.2.5
FIXED
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
ROTATE
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
Basic Properties
Diana can derive the basic properties for the Total Strain crack model from
Model Code regulations for concrete. Alternatively, you may input the basic
properties directly. The next sections describe these two input methods for basic
properties.
6.2.1.1
Code Regulations
If you specify the following input, then Diana derives the basic properties for
the Total Strain crack model from code regulations for concrete. See 18.2.9 on
CEB-FIP Model Code 1990
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONCRE
GRADE
DMAX
12 13
80
MC1990
grade w
dmax r
CONCRE MC1990 indicates the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [ 18.2.9.1
p. 398].
GRADE grade specifies the concrete class, C20, C40, etcetera, where the numbers
denote the specified characteristic compressive strength fck in MPa [Table
10.2 p. 209].
DMAX dmax is the maximum aggregate size of concrete [ mm ].
[dmax > 0]
From this input Diana derives the following basic properties: Youngs modulus E, Poissons ratio , tensile strength ft , Mode-I fracture energy GIf , and
compressive strength fc . Diana will overwrite any of these properties that you
specified via direct input [ 6.2.1.2].
100
Cracking
file .dat
MATERI
1 CONCRE MC1990
GRADE C60
DMAX
32.0
6.2.1.2
Direct Input
With the following input you may specify the basic properties directly, instead
of having them derived from a concrete Model Code.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
YOUNG
[ POISON
[ THERMX
[ CONCEX
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttYOU
tttPOI
TEMALP
CONGAM
User-supplied ambient
USRYOU
USRPOI
er
nu r ]
alpha r ]
gamma r ]
80
tensile parameters
compression parameters
a1 r e1 r [a2 r e2 r . . . ] an r en r
a1 r nu1 r [a2 r nu2 r . . . ] an r nun r
a1 r alpha1 r [a2 r alpha2 r . . . ] an r alphan r
a1 r gamma1 r [a2 r gamma2 r . . . ] an r gamman r
influence:
usrkey w
usrkey w

[ = 0]
POISON nu is the Poissons ratio .

CONCEX gamma is the concentration expansion coefficient .
The required tensile and compression parameters depend on the applied tension
softening [ 6.2.2] or compression function [ 6.2.4].
101
TEMttt influence by temperature: a1 to an are tempreatures T . The temperaturetime dependency must be specified via input table TEMPER [ 1.2.1
p. 3].
CONttt influence by concentration: a1 to an are concentrations C. The concentrationtime dependency must be specified via input table CONCEN
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
MATttt influence by maturity: a1 to an are maturity variables M . The maturitytime dependency must be specified via input table MATURI [ 1.2.3
p. 5].
PREttt influence by pressure: a1 to an are pressures P . The pressuretime
dependency must be specified via input table PRESSU [ 1.2.4 p. 6].
tttYOU influence on Youngs modulus: e1 to en are the E values for the
ambient values a1 to an .
tttPOI influence on Poissons ratio: nu1 to nun are the values for the am-
bient values a1 to an .
TEMALP influence by temperature on the thermal expansion coefficient: alpha1
to alphan are the values for the temperatures a1 to an .
CONGAM influence by concentration on the concentration expansion coefficient:
gamma1 to gamman are the values for the concentrations a1 to an .
USRYOU Youngs modulus determined via subroutine USRYOU [ 11.1.1 p. 219].
USRPOI Poissons ratio determined via subroutine USRPOI [ 11.1.2 p. 219].
6.2.2
Tensile Behavior
For the tensile behavior of a Total Strain crack model you may choose a predefined function [ 6.2.2.1], or customize it via a user-supplied subroutine [ 6.2.2.2].
See 18.2.5 on page 391 for background theory.
6.2.2.1
Predefined Tension Softening Functions
For a Total Strain crack model you can choose a predefined tension softening
function by specifcation of the curve name and appropriate parameters.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ TENCRV
12 13
80
curve w ]
ELASTI
CONSTA
BRITTL
102
Cracking
LINEAR
EXPONE
HORDYK
MULTLN
[
[LINEAR]
tensile parameters ]
TENCRV curve specifies a predefined tension softening function [Fig. 6.4]. Beyond the tensile strength ft the shape of these curves is like the tension
softening curves for the Smeared cracking models. See 18.1.1 on page 375
ELASTI
CONSTA
ft
BRITTL
ft
LINEAR
ft
GIf /h
(a) elastic
(b) ideal
EXPONE
ft
HORDYK
ft
GIf /h
(c) brittle
(d) linear
MULTLN
(1 , 1 )
(0 , 0 )
GIf /h
(e) exponential
(f) Hordijk
(2 , 2 )
(n , n )
(g) multi-linear
Figure 6.4: Predefined tension softening for Total Strain crack model
Tensile parameters. If you specified the basic properties via a Model Code
[ 6.2.1.1], then Diana can determine all tensile parameters without further input. Else you must specify the tensile parameters, depending on
the softening function, as outlined in the following.
Elastic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
12 13
80
ELASTI
ELASTI for elastic behavior in tension, i.e., no cracking [Fig. 6.4a].

Ideal and brittle
103
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
12 13
80
curve w
CONSTA
BRITTL
ft r
TENSTR
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttTST
a1 r ft1 r [a2 r ft2 r . . . ] an r ftn r
User-supplied ambient influence:
USRTST
usrkey w
CONSTA for ideal behavior [Fig. 6.4b].
BRITTL for brittle behavior [Fig. 6.4c].
TENSTR ft is the tensile strength ft .
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].
tttTST influence on the tensile strength: ft1 to ftn are the ft values for the
USRTST tensile strength determined via subroutine USRTST [ 11.3.5 p. 234].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
TENSTR
EPSULT
12 13
80
LINEAR
ft r
eu r
104
Cracking
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttTST
tttEPU
USRTST
USREPU

a1 r eu1 r [a2 r eu2 r . . . ] an r eun r
influence:
usrkey w
usrkey w
LINEAR for linear softening [Fig. 6.4d].

EPSULT eu is the Mode-I ultimate tensile strain u as depicted in Figure Figure
6.4d.
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].
tttEPU influence on the Mode-I ultimate tensile strain: eu1 to eun are the u
values for the ambient values a1 to an .

USREPU Mode-I ultimate tensile strain determined via subroutine USREPU [ 11.3.6
p. 234].
Tension softening curves based on fracture energy
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
12 13
80
curve w
LINEAR
EXPONE
TENSTR
GF1
[ CRACKB
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttTST
tttGF1
USRTST
USRGF1
105
HORDYK
ft r
gf1 r
hr ]

a1 r gf11 r [a2 r gf12 r . . . ] an r gf1n r
influence:
usrkey w
usrkey w
LINEAR for linear softening [Fig. 6.4d].

EXPONE for exponential softening [Fig. 6.4e].
HORDYK for softening according to Hordijk et al. [Fig. 6.4f].
GF1 gf1 is the Mode-I fracture energy GIf . The linear, exponential, and Hordijk
softening curves also require the crack bandwidth h. By default Diana
assumes a value of h related to the area or the volume of the element. You
may overrule the default by specifying the crack bandwidth explicitly via
the CRACKB input data item [ 6.3 p. 116].
Note that combinations of a small Mode-I fracture energy GIf
and a large crack bandwidth h may lead to a decreased tensile strength ft . For direct input of GF1 and TENSTR this is
checked and warnings will be issued. However, for input of GIf
and ft with ambient influence no warning is issued and the tensile strength ft is lowered without notice.
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].
106
Cracking
tttGF1 influence on the Mode-I tensile fracture energy: gf11 to gf1n are the
GIf values for the ambient values a1 to an .

USRGF1 Mode-I tensile fracture energy determined via subroutine USRGF1 [ 11.3.7
p. 235].
Multi-linear
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
TENPAR
12 13
80
MULTLN
s0 r e0 r s1 r e1 r [. . . sn r en r ]
A multi-linear diagram fully describes the stressstrain relationship, therefore

input of the tensile strength ft is not necessary.
MULTLN for a multi-linear diagram [Fig. 6.4g].
(1 n 100)
TENPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, ); s0

. . . sn are the tensile stresses , e0 . . . en are the corresponding total
strains . In general the curve should start with a linear elastic slope from
the origin to the tensile strength ft as in Figure 6.4g.
6.2.2.2
User-supplied Tension Softening
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for cases where the tensile
stressstrain relationship cannot be input by one of the predefined curves as
described in the previous section.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
USRCRV specifies that the function of the tensile stress is determined via a usersupplied subroutine [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
USRPAR usrpar is a series of parameters of the user-supplied curve which Diana
passes to the subroutine.
6.2.3
107
Shear Behavior
For the Total Strain Fixed crack models, Diana explicitly evaluates the shear
retention behavior [ 18.2.6 p. 392]. You must specify this behavior according to
the following syntax.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SHRCRV
curve w
CONSTA
MULTLN
BEDIAG
80
shear retention parameters
SHRCRV curve is the name of the predefined shear retention function. There
are models for constant shear retention [ 6.2.3.1], and for variable shear
retention [ 6.2.3.2].
6.2.3.1
Constant Shear Retention
Constant shear retention may be applied for the Total Strain Fixed crack models.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SHRCRV
[ BETA
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttBET
USRBET
80
CONSTA
beta r ]
a1 r beta1 r [a2 r beta2 r . . . ] an r betan r

influence:
usrkey w
CONSTA for a constant shear retention curve after cracking [Fig. 6.5].
BETA beta is the shear retention factor of the constant shear retention function.
[ = 0.01]
p. 3].
108
Cracking
CONSTA
Figure 6.5: Constant shear retention for Total Strain crack models
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].
tttBET influence on the shear retention factor: beta1 to betan are the

USRBET shear retention factor determined via subroutine USRBET [ 11.3.8 p. 235].
6.2.3.2
Variable Shear Retention
The shear behavior during cracking can be described via a shear retention model.
For the Total Strain Fixed crack model, you may either define a constant shear
retention model [ 6.2.3.1], or a variable shear retention model. Diana offers
two multi-linear variable shear retention models, respectively based on shear
stresses and shear strains, and on shear retention and shear strains.
Multi-linear shear stressstrain
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
SHRPAR
12 13
80
MULTLN
tau0 r gam0 r tau1 r gam1 r [. . . taun r gamn r ]
MULTLN for a multi-linear diagram between shear stresses and shear strains.
(1 n 100)
SHRPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, ); tau0
. . . taun are the shear stresses , gam0 . . . gamn are the corresponding
shear strains .
109
Multi-linear shear retentionstrain
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
SHRPAR
12 13
80
BEDIAG
bet0 r gam0 r bet1 r gam1 r [. . . betn r gamn r ]
BEDIAG for a multi-linear diagram between shear retention and shear strains.
SHRPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, );
bet0 . . . betn are the shear retention factors , gam0 . . . gamn are the
corresponding shear strains .
6.2.4
(1 n 30)
Compressive Behavior
The compressive behavior of a Total Strain crack model is in general a nonlinear

function between the stress and the strain in a certain direction. You may choose
a predefined function [ 6.2.4.1], or customize the compressive behavior via a
user-supplied subroutine [ 6.2.4.2]. See 18.2.7 on page 392 for background
theory.
6.2.4.1
Predefined Compression Functions
For a Total Strain crack model you can choose a predefined compression function
by specifcation of the curve name and appropriate parameters.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ COMCRV
12 13
curve w ]
ELASTI
CONSTA
THOREN
LINHAR
MULTLN
SATURA
PARABO
80
compression parameters ]
COMCRV curve is the name of the compression function which models the crushing behavior of concrete [Fig. 6.6].
[ELASTI]
Compression parameters. If you specified the basic properties via a Model Code
[ 6.2.1.1], then Diana can determine all compression parameters without
further input. Else you must specify the compression parameters, depending on the compression function, as outlined in the following.
110
Cracking
ELASTI
CONSTA
THOREN
LINHAR
(a) elastic
(b) ideal
(0 , 0 )
fc
(d) linear
fc0
Gc
h
(f) saturation type
1
f
3 c
fc
fc
(e) multi-linear
Ehar
(n , n )
fc
Ehar
PARABO
(1 , 1 )
(2 , 2 )
(c) Thorenfeldt
SATURA
fc
MULTLN
(g) parabolic
Figure 6.6: Predefined compression behavior for Total Strain model

Elastic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMCRV
12 13
80
ELASTI
ELASTI for elastic behavior in compression [Fig. 6.6a]. Elastic behavior needs
no further input parameters.
Ideal and Thorenfeldt
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMCRV
12 13
80
curve w
CONSTA
THOREN
fc r
COMSTR
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttCST
a1 r fc1 r [a2 r fc2 r . . . ] an r fcn r
User-supplied ambient influence:
USRCST
usrkey w
111
CONSTA for a constant diagram [Fig. 6.6b].

THOREN for the function of Thorenfeldt at al. [Fig. 6.6c]. The parameters of the
Thorenfeldt curve [Eq. (18.96) p. 393] are unit-dependent. To calculate
these parameters, Diana assumes by default that the input data is in
SI-units.
If you describe the finite element model in units other than SI,
then you must explicitly specify the units that you used in input
table UNITS [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
COMSTR fc is the compressive strength fc .
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].
tttCST influence on the compressive strength: fc1 to fcn are the fc values
for the ambient values a1 to an .

USRCST compressive strength determined via subroutine USRCST [ 11.3.9 p. 236].
Linear hardening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
COMCRV
COMSTR
EHAR
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttCST
USRCST
80
LINHAR
fc r
ehar r

influence:
usrkey w
112
Cracking
LINHAR for a linear hardening diagram [Fig. 6.6d].
EHAR ehar is the hardening modulus Ehar .
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
p. 5].

Multi-linear
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMCRV
COMPAR
12 13
80
MULTLN
s0 r e0 r s1 r e1 r [. . . sn r en r ]
A multi-linear diagram fully describes the relationship between the compressive

stress and the equivalent strain, therefore input of the compressive strength fc
is not necessary.
MULTLN for a multi-linear diagram [Fig. 6.6e].
(1 n 30)
COMPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, ); s0

to sn are the compression stresses , e0 to en are the corresponding
total strains . Note that you should enter stresses rather than strengths.
Following the standard sign convention of Diana, compressive stresses
and compressive strains should be input as negative.
113
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
TOTCRK
TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
COMCRV
COMPAR
3.0D+10
ROTATE
HORDYK
3.0D+06
600.0
MULTLN
0.0D+00 0.0D+00
-30.0D+06 -1.0D-03
-60.0D+06 -1.0D+00
Saturation type
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
COMCRV
COMSTR
COMSTO
EHAR
GAMMA
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttCST
USRCST
80
SATURA
fc0 r
fcinf r
ehar r
gam r
a1 r fc01 r [a2 r fc02 r . . . ] an r fc0n r

influence:
usrkey w
SATURA for saturation type hardening [Fig. 6.6f].

COMSTR fc0 is the initial compressive strength fc0 .
COMSTO fcinf is the ultimate compressive strength fc at infinite strain.
EHAR which defines the constant hardening modulus Ehar .
GAMMA gam is the decaying factor .
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
114
Cracking
p. 5].
tttCST influence on the initial compressive strength: fc01 to fc0n are the fc0
USRCST initial compressive strength determined via subroutine USRCST [ 11.3.9

p. 236].
Parabolic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
COMCRV
COMSTR
GC
[ CRACKB
Ambient influence:
TEMttt
CONttt
MATttt
PREttt
tttCST
USRCST
80
PARABO
fc r
gc r
hr ]

influence:
usrkey w
PARABO for a parabolic diagram [Fig. 6.6g]. The parabolic curve is based on
fracture energy by the definition of the crack bandwidth of the element,
for which Diana assumes a value h related to the square root of the area
of the element. In special cases, it may be useful to specify the crack
bandwidth explicitly via the CRACKB input data item [ 6.3 p. 116].
GC gc is the compressive fracture energy Gc .
p. 3].
[ 1.2.2 p. 4].
115
p. 5].

6.2.4.2
User-supplied Compression
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for cases where the hardening or the ambient influence on the compressive stress cannot be input by one
of the predefined curves as described. The compressive stress can be a function
of an internal parameter, temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
USRCRV specifies that the function of the compressive stress is determined via
user-supplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
6.2.5
Lateral Influence
This section describes the input for the lateral influence of cracking and confinement. This input cannot be combined with multi-linear compression [ 6.2.4.1
p. 112]. See 18.2.7 on page 392 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
REDCRV
NONE
VC1993
CNFCRV
NONE
VECCHI
116
Cracking
[NONE]
[NONE]
REDCRV is the name of the function due to lateral cracking: NONE for no reduction
due to lateral cracking (the default),
or VC1993 for the relationship
proposed by Vecchio and Collins in 1993 [ 18.2.7.2 p. 396].
CNFCRV is the name of the model which described the increase in compressive
strength due to lateral confinement: NONE for constant behavior, i.e., no
increase (the default) or VECCHI for the model proposed by Selby and
Vecchio.
6.3
Crack Bandwidth
For the concrete plasticity model [ 5.1.3 p. 57], the anisotropic RankineHill
plasticity model [ 5.2.3 p. 82], the Smeared Cracking model [ 6.1 p. 87], and
the Total Strain crack models [ 6.2 p. 97] Diana assumes a default for the
crack bandwidth h. For linear two-dimensional
elements this is h = 2A, for
higher order two-dimensional elements h = A with A is the total area of the
element. For solid elements the default is 3 V with V is the volume of the
element. For truss, plane strain, and axisymmetric elements the default is 1.
For beam elements the default is the length of the element, calculated as V /A
with V is the volume of the element and A is the average cross-sectional area of
the beam. To guide the cracking algorithm, you may overrule this default value
via an additional material data item.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ CRACKB
12 13
80
hr ]
CRACKB h is the crack bandwidth h.
6.4
Crack Index
To output the crack index Icr [Vol. Analysis Procedures], you need to specify
the tensile strength evolution. The general form of input for tensile strength is
the discrete function [ 6.4.1], but a special form of input is also available for
some Model Codes of concrete [ 6.4.2].
6.4.1
Discrete Function
You may specify a discrete function for the tensile strength, depending on either
the time or the maturity variable.
6.4 Crack Index
117
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
FTVALU
ft1 r [ft2 r . . . ] ftn r
FTTIME
FTMATU
ti1 r [ti2 r . . . ] tin r

mr1 r [mr2 r . . . ] mrn r
80
FTVALU ft1 . . . ftn are the tensile strength values ft at the respective element
ages t or maturity variables M .
(n 100)
FTTIME ti1 . . . tin are the element ages t for which the tensile strength values
are specified.
FTMATU mr1 . . . mrn are the maturity variables M for which the tensile strength
values are specified.
6.4.2
Concrete Model Specifications for Tensile Strength
The units of the input data for the concrete model specifications for tensile
strength (day, MPa, mm, C) refer to the codes and are independent of the
units in other input data or commands. If a time unit other than SI (seconds) is
used for other input data or commands, then you must specify the time unit that
you used in table UNITS [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For further explanations
on development of tensile strength with time see Chapter 20.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FTMODL
FCM28
[ CEMTYP
12 13
80
MC1990
mcomp28 r
cemtyp w ]
FTMODL MC1990 indicates the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16].
FCM28 mcomp28 is the mean compressive strength fcm28 (in MPa) of a concrete
cube or cylinder at the age of twenty-eight days.
CEMTYP cemtyp specifies the cement type: SL for slowly hardening cements,
NR for normal and rapidly hardening cements or RS for rapidly hardening
high strength cements.
[CEMTYP NR]
118
Cracking
ACI 209
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FTMODL
FCM28
[ CEMTYP
[ DENSIT
[ CURTYP
12 13
80
ACI209
mcomp28 r
cemtyp w ]
rho r ]
curtyp w ]
FTMODL ACI209 indicates the American Concrete Institute Model Code 209 [1].
FCM28 mcomp28 is the mean compressive strength fcm28 (in MPa) of a concrete
cube or cylinder at the age of twenty-eight days.
[CEMTYP I]
[DENSIT 2400]
[MOIST]
CEMTYP cemtyp specifies the cement type: I for class-i cement, III for class-iii
cement.
DENSIT rho is the unit weight of concrete in kg/m3 .
CURTYP curtyp specifies a curing method according to the ACI 209 code [1]:
MOIST for moistening (the default) or STEAM for curing with steam.
JSCE
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
FTMODL
JSCE
FCK28
FCK91
cstren28 r
cstren91 r
[ CEMTYP
cemtyp w ]
80
FTMODL JSCE indicates the Japanese Society of Civil Engineers Model Code for
concrete [54].
FCK28 cstren28 is the characteristic strength fck28 (in MPa) of a concrete cube
at the age of twenty-eight days.
FCK91 cstren91 is the characteristic strength fck91 (in MPa) of a concrete cube
at the age of ninety-one days.
[CEMTYP NR]
6.4 Crack Index
119
JCI
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FTMODL
FT28
12 13
80
JCI
tstren28 r
FTMODL JCI indicates the Japanese Concrete Institute Model Code [52].
FT28 tstren28 is the tensile strength ft28 (in MPa) of concrete at the age of
twenty-eight days.
120
Cracking
Chapter 7
Viscoelasticity
This chapter describes the input syntax of viscoelasticity models. For theoretical backgrounds see Chapter 19. Three viscoelastic models are available: Power
Law, Maxwell Chain and Kelvin Chain. The general form for both Chain models
is the direct input, but indirect input is available for some applications. Indirect
input involves diagrams for creep and relaxation or specific concrete creep functions [ 7.4 p. 134]. Diana will automatically translate indirect input to direct
input during the evaluation of the elements and their properties. User-specified
direct input overrules any form of indirect input for the current material index.
Viscoelasticity cannot be combined with orthotropic material.
7.1
Power Law
The Power Law model cannot be combined with a user-specified starting time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
POWER
12 13
80
p r td r alpha r d r
POWER specifies viscoelasticity with the Power Law model [ 19.2.2 p. 403].
J(t, ) =

1
1 + d (t )p
E( )
(7.1)
Parameter p is the power p of the creep function part that depends on

the loading time t . Parameter td is the development point td of the
Taylor series approximation of the Power Law (dimension time). Best
results are obtained if td is halfway the time interval. Parameter alpha
is the creep coefficient . Parameter d is the power d of the part of the
(p > 0)
122
Viscoelasticity
creep function that depends on the loading time. E( ) is the specified
Youngs modulus or the stiffness specified in 7.1.1.
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG 2.E+4
POISON 0.0
POWER 0.3 84.0
7.1.1
3.0
0.35
Ambient Influence
The influence of temperature, concentration or maturity on viscoelasticity in the

Power Law model may be input directly in table MATERI or, more generally,
via a user-supplied subroutine. A special form of direct input is available for
young hardening concrete.
Direct input
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TEMYOU
CONYOU
MATYOU
(n 30)
80
te1 r e1 r [te2 r e2 r . . . ] ten r en r

co1 r e1 r [co2 r e2 r . . . ] con r en r
mv1 r e1 r [mv2 r e2 r . . . ] mvn r en r
e1 . . . en are the Youngs moduli E for the corresponding ambient values

respectively.
TEMYOU specifies temperature influence on Youngs modulus E, values te1 to
ten are temperatures T .
CONYOU specifies concentration influence on Youngs modulus E, values co1 to
con are concentrations C.
MATYOU specifies maturity influence on Youngs modulus E, values mv1 to mvn
are maturity variables M .
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
POWER
TEMYOU
TEMALP
210000.
0.3
0.2 10.0 2.5
0.0 210000.
200.0 210000.
500.0 150000.
0.0 1.2E-6
600.0 1.0E-6
0.3
7.1 Power Law
123
In this example the constant values for Youngs modulus YOUNG and Poissons
ratio POISON are required to determine the linear stiffness.
7.1.2
Young Hardening Concrete Models
In analyses of young hardening concrete the stiffness modulus as used in the

Double Power Law (7.1) depends strongly on the temperature and the maturity. Diana offers several models to describe the evolution of the modulus of
elasticity: a model according to Reinhardt [ 7.1.2.1] and models according to
various Model Codes [ 7.1.2.2]. Alternatively you may code the evolution of
the modulus of elasticity in a user-supplied subroutine [ 7.1.2.3].
Models for young hardening concrete cannot be combined with orthotropic material.
With some of the models, you may have to supply the following input data:
The maturity variable M (t) (degree of reaction or equivalent age) as a
function of time in table MATURI [ 1.2.3 p. 5].
The temperature T (t) as a function of time in table TEMPER [ 1.2.1 p. 3].
Instead of this explicit input you may perform a a so-called staggered flowstress
analysis: a heat flow analysis with hydration heat to determine the temperature
and the maturity variable as a function of time, followed by a strcutural analysis
7.1.2.1
Reinhardt Model
The first model was proposed by Reinhardt et al. [84]. This model shall be used
with the degree of reaction r as the maturity variable. The time dependent
stiffness modulus is given by the following empirical formula

Z t
t
0 ( )
E(t) = E0
( ) r(
) 1e
d
(7.2)
0
with

(t) =
T0 + T (t)
273
7

and
(t) =
T0 + T (t)
273
6
(7.3)
Here T0 is the offset temperature relative to which the temperatures T (t) are
given. For instance if T (t) is given in kelvin then T0 = 0 and if T (t) is given in
C then T0 = 273. You may select the values E0 , 0 and T0 . Diana calculates
the stiffness modulus in the initialization phase of a time or load step. The
integral is approximated by a midpoint rule over intervals in r that are at most
0.1 long.
124
Viscoelasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUHAR
[ YOUNG0
[ BETA0
[ TEMP0
12 13
80
REINHA
e0 r ]
beta0 r ]
te0 r ]
YOUHAR REINHA applies maturity influence according to Reinhardt model, i.e.,

based on the degree of reaction.
(E0 > 0)
YOUNG0 e0 is the stiffness modulus E0 . By default, Diana assumes that E0

equals the input Youngs modulus.
[BETA0 = 0.075]
BETA0 beta0 is the first model parameter 0 .
[T0 = 273]
TEMP0 te0 is the second model parameter T0 .

7.1.2.2
Model Codes
For analysis of young hardening concrete, Diana offers concrete models for
American, European and Japanese codes as described below. See Chapter 20
for background theory. With model codes, the input data (day, MPa, mm, C)
are independent of the units in other input data or commands. If a time unit
other than SI (seconds) is used, then you must specify it in table UNITS [Vol.
Analysis Procedures].
Note that Youngs modulus evaluation can be given as a function
of the equivalent age teq for CEB-FIP Model Code and JCI Model
Code. Using the Saul definition for equivalent age along with CEBFIP Model Code or using the Arrhenius-type definition along with
JCI Model Code may lead to wrong estimate of the Youngs modulus.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUHAR
YOUN28
[ CEMTYP
12 13
80
MC1990
e28 r
cemtyp w ]
YOUHAR MC1990 indicates the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16].
YOUN28 e28 is the modulus of elasticity E28 (in MPa) of concrete at the age of
twenty-eight days.
7.1 Power Law
[CEMTYP NR]
125
ACI 209
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUHAR
YOUN28
[ CEMTYP
[ CURTYP
12 13
80
ACI209
e28 r
cemtyp w ]
curtyp w ]
YOUHAR ACI209 indicates the American Concrete Institute code 209 [1].
twenty-eight days.
cement.
[CEMTYP I]
[MOIST]
JSCE
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUHAR
YOUN91
[ CEMTYP
12 13
80
JSCE
e91 r
cemtyp w ]
YOUHAR JSCE indicates the Japanese Society of Civil Engineers code [54].
ninety-one days.
[CEMTYP NR]
126
Viscoelasticity
JCI
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUHAR
YOUN28
12 13
80
JCI
e28 r
YOUHAR JCI indicates the Japanese Concrete Institute code [52].

is the modulus of elasticity E28 (in MPa) of concrete at the age of twentyeight days.
7.1.2.3
User-supplied Subroutine
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRYOU
12 13
80
usrkey w

via a user-supplied subroutine [ 11.1.1 p. 219]. Diana passes the keyword
usrkey to the first argument of this subroutine. The ambient influence
can be any function of temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
7.2
Maxwell Chain
The direct input of the Maxwell Chain model is specified by the number of
units in the chain, and for each unit the elasticity (optionally age or temperature
dependent or both) and the relaxation [ 19.1 p. 399]. Diana can generate direct
input from indirect input of relaxation or creep curves [ 7.4 p. 134]. Userspecified direct input overrules any form of indirect input for the current material
index.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MAXWEL
[ SUPIST ]
nchain n
[ RELTIM
rt r ]
,mwnr n
80
Input per unit of the chain:

constant
age dependent
ambient influence
user-supplied
7.2 Maxwell Chain
127
MAXWEL specifies viscoelasticity with the Maxwell Chain model, nchain is the
number of units nc in the chain [ 19.1 p. 399].
(nc 10)
SUPIST suppresses the application of initial stresses, as defined for the initial
state evaluation of the nonlinear analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures], in
Maxwell creep evaluation.1 If you set this option, then Diana will store
the initial stresses on the analysis database (the filos file) for the corresponding elements and subtract these from the total stresses in the
Maxwell stress evaluation. That means that the initial stresses will not
relax. If you dont set this option (the default), then only the total stresses
will be applied in the Maxwell stress evaluation.
The following data must be specified for each unit of the chain.
mwnr is the chain unit number for which the following properties are valid.
Dont forget the leading comma!
The syntax for the four types of input is outlined below. Note that age
dependency and ambient influence may be combined.
All types of input may be supplemented with:
RELTIM rt the relaxation time . Relaxation time is not applied to the first
unit of the Maxwell chain. If no relaxation time is specified, then Diana assumes a spring with appropriate Youngs modulus. No damping is
applied in this case.
Constant
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MAXWEL
nchain n
YOUNG
er
80
,mwnr n

Age dependent
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MAXWEL
nchain n
TIME
YOUNG
t0 r [t1 r . . . ] tn r
e0 r [e1 r . . . ] en r
80
,mwnr n
128
Viscoelasticity
TIME t0 . . . tn are the element ages t at which Youngs modulus is specified.
The element age is independent of a user-specified starting time, see the
note in 7.4.2 on page 137.
YOUNG e0 . . . en are the Youngs moduli Et at the specified element ages respectively.
Ambient influence
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
MAXWEL
nchain n
TEMYOU
CONYOU
MATYOU
tea r ea r [teb r eb r . . . ] tez r ez r

coa r ea r [cob r eb r . . . ] coz r ez r
mva r ea r [mvb r eb r . . . ] mvz r ez r
,mwnr n
(z 30)
ea . . . ez are the Youngs moduli E for the corresponding ambient values

respectively.
TEMYOU specifies temperature influence on Youngs modulus, tea . . . tez are
temperatures T .
CONYOU specifies concentration influence on Youngs modulus, coa . . . coz are
concentrations C.
MATYOU specifies maturity influence on Youngs modulus, mva . . . mvz are maturity variables M .
Time dependent and ambient influence
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
MAXWEL
12 13
80
nchain n
,mwnr n
TIME
TEMYOU
CONYOU
MATYOU
(n 30)
t0 r [t1 r . . . ] tn r
tea r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ teb r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
tez r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
coa r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ cob r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
coz r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
mva r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ mvb r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
mvz r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
e 0 . . . e n are the Youngs moduli Et for element ages t respectively. Values

1 This
option is only available for numerically integrated elements.

(n 30)
7.2 Maxwell Chain
129
ea are for ambient value a , values eb for ambient value b etc. until
ez for ambient value z . For example in TEMYOU, value eb1 is Youngs
modulus ETb ,t1 for temperature Tb at element age t1 .
(z 30)

temperatures T .
concentrations C.
User-supplied
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MAXWEL
nchain n
USRYOU
usrkey w
80
,mwnr n

can be any function of temperature, concentration, maturity and time.
Direct Maxwell input
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
MAXWEL
,1 YOUNG
,2 YOUNG
RELTIM
,3 YOUNG
RELTIM
,4 YOUNG
RELTIM
,5 YOUNG
RELTIM
file .dat
15718.
0.2
5
6030.
1520.0
0.4
2463.5
4.
3743.
100.
1961.5
400.
The parameters in the above example describe a particular Maxwell Chain.

130
Viscoelasticity
Aging and temperature influence
file .dat
MATERI
2 YOUNG
37000.
POISON 0.2
MAXWEL 4
,1 YOUNG
20000.
,2 TIME
0. 10.
YOUNG
5000. 7000.
,3 TEMYOU
0. 6000.
100. 4000.
200. 3000.
RELTIM 10.
,4 TIME
0.
10.
TEMYOU
0. 6000. 8000.
100. 5000. 7000.
200. 3000. 4000.
RELTIM 100.
,5 USRYOU FRAC5
Unit 1 with age independent Youngs modulus E = 20000.

Unit 2 with age dependent Youngs modulus: Et=0 = 5000, Et=10 = 7000,
without dashpot.
Unit 3 with temperature dependent Youngs modulus: ET =0 = 6000, ET =100 =
4000, ET =200 = 3000, with dashpot relaxation time = 10.
Unit 4 with age and temperature dependent Youngs modulus; E(t=0,T =0) =
6000, E(t=10,T =0) = 8000, E(t=0,T =100) = 5000, E(t=10,T =100) = 7000,
E(t=0,T =200) = 3000, E(t=10,T =200) = 4000, with dashpot relaxation time
== 100.
Unit 5 calls the user-supplied subroutine with keyword FRAC5.
7.3
Kelvin Chain
The direct input of the Kelvin Chain model form is specified by the number
of units in the chain, and for each unit the elasticity and the viscosity [ 19.2.1
p. 402]. The elasticity may be age or temperature dependent or both. Diana
can generate direct input from indirect input of creep curves [ 7.4 p. 134]. Direct
input of chain parameters overrules any form of indirect input for the current
material index.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
KELVIN
12 13
80
nchain n
7.3 Kelvin Chain
131
,kvnr n
[ RETTIM
rt r ]
Input per unit of the chain:

constant
age dependent
ambient influence
user-supplied
KELVIN specifies viscoelasticity with the Kelvin Chain model, nchain is the
number of units nc in the chain [ 19.2.1 p. 402].
(nc 10)
The following data must be specified for each unit of the chain.
kvnr is the chain unit number for which the following properties are valid.
Dont forget the leading comma!
The syntax for the four types of input is outlined below. Note that age
dependency and ambient influence may be combined.
All types of input may be supplemented with:
RETTIM rt the retardation time . If no retardation time is specified, then
Diana assumes a spring with appropriate Youngs modulus. No damping
is applied in this case.
Constant
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
KELVIN
nchain n
YOUNG
er
80
,kvnr n

Age dependent
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
KELVIN
nchain n
TIME
YOUNG
t0 r [t1 r . . . ] tn r
e0 r [e1 r . . . ] en r
80
,kvnr n

(n 30)
YOUNG e0 . . . en are the Youngs moduli Et at the specified element ages respectively.
132
Viscoelasticity
Ambient influence
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
KELVIN
nchain n
TEMYOU
CONYOU
MATYOU
tea r ea r [teb r eb r . . . ] tez r ez r

coa r ea r [cob r eb r . . . ] coz r ez r
mva r ea r [mvb r eb r . . . ] mvz r ez r
,kvnr n
(z 30)
ea . . . ez are the Youngs moduli E for the corresponding ambient values

respectively.
temperatures T .
concentrations C.
Time dependent and ambient influence
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
KELVIN
12 13
80
nchain n
,kvnr n
TIME
TEMYOU
CONYOU
MATYOU
(n 30)
(z 30)
t0 r [t1 r . . . ] tn r
tea r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ teb r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
tez r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
coa r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ cob r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
coz r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
mva r ea0 r [ea1 r . . . ]
[ mvb r eb0 r [eb1 r . . . ]
mvz r ez0 r [ez1 r . . . ]
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
ean r
ebn r . . . ]
ezn r
e 0 . . . e n are the respective Youngs moduli Et for element ages t. Values

ea are for ambient value a , values eb for ambient value b etc. until
ez for ambient value z . For example in TEMYOU, value eb1 is Youngs
modulus ETb ,t1 for temperature Tb at element age t1 .
7.3 Kelvin Chain
133

temperatures T .
concentrations C.
User-supplied
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
KELVIN
nchain n
USRYOU
usrkey w
80
,kvnr n

can be any function of temperature, concentration, maturity and element
age.
Direct Kelvin input
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
KELVIN
,1 YOUNG
,2 YOUNG
RETTIM
,3 YOUNG
RETTIM
,4 YOUNG
RETTIM
,5 YOUNG
RETTIM
file .dat
15718.
0.2
5
6030.
1520.0
0.4
2463.5
4.
3743.
100.
1961.5
400.
The parameters in the above example describe a particular Kelvin Chain.

Aging and temperature influence
file .dat
MATERI
2 YOUNG
37000.
POISON 0.2
KELVIN 5
134
Viscoelasticity
,1 YOUNG
,2 TIME
YOUNG
,3 TEMYOU
RETTIM
,4 TIME
TEMYOU
RETTIM
,5 USRYOU
20000.
0. 10.
5000. 7000.
0. 6000.
100. 4000.
200. 3000.
10.
0.
10.
0. 6000. 8000.
100. 5000. 7000.
200. 3000. 4000.
100.
FRAC5
Unit 1 with age independent Youngs modulus E = 20000 without dashpot.

Unit 2 with element age dependent Youngs modulus: Et=0 = 5000, Et=10 =
7000, without dashpot.
Unit 3 with temperature dependent Youngs modulus: ET =0 = 6000,
ET =100 = 4000, ET =200 = 3000, with retardation time = 10.
Unit 4 with element age and temperature dependent Youngs modulus:
E(t=0,T =0) = 6000, E(t=10,T =0) = 8000, E(t=0,T =100) = 5000, E(t=10,T =100)
= 7000, E(t=0,T =200) = 3000, E(t=10,T =200) = 4000, with retardation time
= 100.
Unit 5 calls the user-supplied subroutine with keyword FRAC5.
7.4
Determination of Chain Parameters
During the evaluation of elements and their properties, Diana uses indirect
input of creep curves or relaxation curves to generate direct input of Maxwell or
Kelvin Chains by a curve fit. The general form of indirect input is the discrete
function for creep or relaxation [ 7.4.1]. Special creep functions are available
from the main Model Codes for concrete [ 7.4.2].
Experienced users can overrule the default settings used for the translation
from indirect to direct input, by specification of the following input.
Translation parameters
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[
MAXWEL
KELVIN
[ INITIM
12 13
80
[nchain n ]
t0eva r ]
7.4 Determination of Chain Parameters

[ RLXPAR
135
nf10 n nstep n ]
MAXWEL indicates that generation of direct input for a Maxwell Chain is requested.
KELVIN indicates that generation of direct input for a Kelvin Chain is requested.
If neither MAXWEL nor KELVIN is specified, Diana will choose MAXWEL for
non-aging curves and KELVIN for aging creep curves.
A Kelvin Chain performs best in creep dominated problems, a Maxwell
chain in relaxation dominated problems. For both models nchain is the
maximum number of units nc in the generated chain. If the value for nc
is too large for a unique fit, Diana will decrement it automatically.
(nc 10)
[nc = 10]
INITIM t0eva is the start time of the creep or relaxation curve. This value is
only used in combination with specific concrete creep models to indicate
the start of the curve fit. For concrete creep models the default is t0 = 105
days.
RLXPAR are parameters additional to INITIM to define logarithmic distributed
sampling ages for input of specific concrete creep models. They define the
sampling ages for the curve fit [Fig. 7.1]: nf10 is the number of time
. . . nf10 nf10 +1
+ t0
nf10 +2
...
2nf10
+ 10t0
t
+ 102 t0
Figure 7.1: Sampling ages, curve fitting concrete creep

steps n10 per factor 10 in age and nstep is the total number of time steps
n. For generation of Maxwell Chains they also define the sample ages for
the internal transformation of a creep diagram to a relaxation diagram.
[n10 = 10]
(n = 10nc + 1)
RLXPAR is not used for generation of Kelvin Chains from discrete creep
diagrams or Maxwell Chains from discrete diagrams. In those cases the
sampling ages for the curve fit are directly defined by the discrete diagram.
file .dat
MATERI
1 INITIM
RLXPAR
1.E-2
2 10
This example leads to the following sampling ages: 0, 0.01, 0.03162, 0.1, 0.3162,
1.0, 3.162, 10, 31.62, 100.
136
Viscoelasticity
7.4.1
Discrete Function
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
CRTIME
[ CRTEMP
CREEPF
RELAXF
80
t1 r t2 r . . . tn r
te1 r te2 r . . . tem r ]
j11 r . . . jn1 r [j12 r . . . jn2 r j13 r . . . jnm r ]
e11 r . . . en1 r [e12 r . . . en2 r e13 r . . . enm r ]
(n 25)
CRTIME t1 . . . tn are the element ages t for which the function values are specified.
(m 10)
CRTEMP te1 . . . tem are the temperatures T for which functions are specified.
If no temperatures are specified then Diana assumes that the creep function is temperature independent.
Either creep or relaxation functions must be specified with one of the
following data records.
CREEPF specifies discrete creep function(s), jnm is the function value J at element age tn and temperature tem . CREEPF can be used in conjunction
with both KELVIN and MAXWEL.
RELAXF specifies discrete relaxation function(s), enm is the function value E
at element age tn and temperature tem . RELAXF can only be used in
conjunction with MAXWEL.
file .dat
MATERI
1 CRTIME
CRTEMP
CREEPF
0.00000E+00
0.10000E+00
0.10000E+05
0.00000E+00
0.32932E-04
0.40004E-04
0.11314E-03
0.32932E-03
0.40004E-03
0.11314E-02
0.10000E-04
0.10000E+01
0.10000E+06
0.10000E+03
0.33378E-04
0.47031E-04
0.11389E-03
0.33378E-03
0.47031E-03
0.11389E-02
0.10000E-03 0.10000E-02 0.10000E-01

0.10000E+02 0.10000E+03 0.10000E+04
0.33822E-04 0.34708E-04 0.36476E-04

0.60843E-04 0.84917E-04 0.10715E-03
0.33822E-03 0.34708E-03 0.36476E-03
0.60843E-03 0.84917E-03 0.10715E-02
7.4.2
137
Concrete Creep Models
Diana offers concrete creep models for American, European and Dutch codes
as described in the next sections. A customized creep function may be specified
via a user-supplied subroutine [ 7.4.2.4 p. 141]. See Chapter 20 for background
theory. Before describing the input syntax for the various model codes, we first
give some important notes on units and aging.
Units of the input data for the concrete creep models (day, MPa, mm, C)
refer to the codes and are independent of the units in other input data or
commands.
If a time unit other than SI (seconds) is used for other input data or
commands, then you must specify the time unit that you used in table
UNITS [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
Aging of young concrete causes a rapid reduction of elastic and creep deformation by loading at later ages. The model codes therefore give different
superposable creep curves for loading at different young concrete ages.
The optionally generated age-dependent chains can model these different
creep curves. Usage of the option is recommended for loading at young
concrete ages. Kelvin is the default for aging, Maxwell for non-aging.
Note: there is a difference between element age and concrete age. The concrete age is measured from the moment of casting, and is used inside input for
Model Codes. The element age is measured from the birth of the element, and
is used inside (generated) input of discrete functions. Concrete age will always
be larger than the element age, to ensure an initial stiffness at element birth.
Model Codes
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CREEPN
12 13
80
code w
MC1990
ACI209
NN6720
input parameters
CREEPN code indicates the model code for the creep function: MC1990 for the
European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [ 7.4.2.1], ACI209 for the American
Concrete Institute code 209 [ 7.4.2.2], NN6720 for the Dutch NEN 6720
code [ 7.4.2.3].
7.4.2.1
The MC1990 code descriptor indicates the creep function according to the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16].
138
Viscoelasticity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCM28
H
[
80
MC1990
e28 r
fcm28 r
notsiz r
]
LODAGE
AGING
[ RH
[ TEMPER
[ CEMTYP
tlo r
[tel r ]
humid r ]
tenv r ]
cemtyp w ]
YOUN28 e28 is the Youngs Modulus of concrete (in MPa) at the age of twentyeight days. Diana determines the Youngs Modulus at ages of loading
from this value.
FCM28 fcm28 is the mean compressive strength fcm (in MPa) of concrete at the
age of twenty-eight days.
H notsiz is the notational size of the member h in mm, h = 2Ac /u, with Ac
the cross-section and u the perimeter in contact with the atmosphere.
[tlo = 28]
[tel = 1]
[RH = 80%]
[Tenv = 20C]
[CEMTYP NR]
LODAGE tlo is the concrete age tlo at loading in days. Determines the creep
curve used for the generation of non-aging chains.
AGING indicates that aging chains must be generated: tel is the concrete age
tel in days at the birth of the element.
RH humid is the relative ambient humidity RH in %.
TEMPER tenv is the ambient temperature
Tenv in C.
file .dat
MATERIALS
1
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCM28
H
LODAGE
MC1990
30366.0
28.0
40.0
28.0

7.4.2.2
139
ACI Code 209
The ACI209 code descriptor indicates the creep function according to the American Concrete Institute code 209 [1].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
CREEPN
YOUN28
H
[
80
ACI209
e28 r
notsiz r
]
LODAGE
AGING
[ RH
[ CEMTYP
[ SLUMP
[ FINAGG
[ AIRCNT
[ CEMCNT
[ CURTYP
tlo r
[tel r ]
humid r ]
cemtyp w ]
slmm r ]
agg r ]
air r ]
cem r ]
curtyp w ]
YOUN28 e28 is the Youngs Modulus of concrete (in MPa) at the age of twentyeight days. Diana determines the Youngs Modulus at ages of loading
from this value.
[tlo = 28]
[tel = 1]
[RH = 40%]
cement.
[CEMTYP I]
SLUMP slmm is the slump of concrete slurry in mm.
[SLUMP 70]
FINAGG agg is the ratio of fine to total aggregate in %.
[FINAGG 60]
AIRCNT air is the air content in %.
[AIRCNT 7]
3
CEMCNT cem is the cement content in kg/m .
[CEMCNT 450]
[MOIST]
140
Viscoelasticity
7.4.2.3
NEN 6720 Code
The NN6720 code descriptor indicates the creep function according to the Dutch
NEN 6720 Code [76].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCK28
H
[ LODAGE
[ RH
[ CEMTYP
12 13
80
NN6720
e28 r
fck28 r
notsiz r
tlo r ]
humid r ]
cemtyp w ]
YOUN28 e28 is the Youngs Modulus of concrete (in MPa) at the age of twentyeight days. Diana determines the Youngs Modulus at the age of the
loading from this value.
FCK28 fck28 is the characteristic strength fck (in MPa) of concrete at the age
of twenty-eight days. Rule of thumb: fck = fcm 8, with fcm the mean
compressive strength (in MPa) of concrete at the age of twenty-eight days.
[tlo = 28]
[RH = 80%]
[CEMTYP A]
CEMTYP cemtyp specifies the cement type for specific codes: A for a-class cement, B for b-class cement or C for c-class cement.
Aging. The standard NEN 6720 creep model can be written like Equation
(19.36) with E = 1 for no aging. To include aging in the NEN 6720 model
you may specify some data items instead of the LODAGE item as specified above.
However, in doing so, you should realize that the creep model does no longer
conform to the original NEN 6720 model.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCK28
12 13
80
NN6720
e28 r
fck28 r

H
AGING
AGTIME
AGINGF
[ RH
[ CEMTYP
141
notsiz r
[tel r ]
ta1 r ta2 r [ . . . tan r ]
be1 r be2 r [ . . . ben r ]
humid r ]
cemtyp w ]
Input parameters are the same as for the standard NEN 6720 creep model as
described above, except for the following parameters which replace the specification of the concrete age at loading.
AGING indicates that aging chains must be generated where tel is the concrete
age tel in days at the birth of the element.
[tel = 1]
AGTIME ta1 . . . tan are the element ages for which the aging coefficients are
specified.
AGINGF be1 . . . ben are the aging coefficients E , where be1 is the value of E
at element age ta1 etc.
7.4.2.4
User-supplied Creep Model
Via the USRCRP input data item and the user-supplied subroutine USRCRP you
may specify a customized creep function.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
USRCRP
YOUN28
[
80
usrkey w
e28 r
]
LODAGE
AGING
tlo r
[tel r ]
USRCRP specifies that the creep function is determined via a user-supplied subroutine USRCRP [ 11.1.4 p. 225]. Diana passes the keyword usrkey to the
first argument of this subroutine.
YOUN28 e28 is the Youngs Modulus of concrete (in MPa) at the age of twentyeight days. Diana determines the Youngs Modulus at the age of the
loading from this value.
[tlo = 28]
[tel = 1]
142
Viscoelasticity
Chapter 8
Creep and Shrinkage

8.1
Creep
This section describes the input syntax of creep models. Two models are available: metal creep and transient creep. Transient creep applies to the specific
creep of concrete at elevated temperatures. For the creep of concrete under long
term load, use viscoelasticity [Ch. 7].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CREEP
[ CRPVAL
[ TRCRP
12 13
80
COMPLI
nu r ]
fc r crpfac r ]
CREEP COMPLI specifies that the uniaxial equivalent creep strain is translated to
a multiaxial strain vector via the compliance matrix.
CRPVAL nu is a value to set up the compliance matrix. By default nu is Poissons
ratio as specified in the linear elastic input.
TRCRP specifies the transient creep for concrete at elevated temperatures: value
fc is the uniaxial compressive strength fc , value crpfac is the creep factor
k. The transient creep strain is
tr =
k
T
fc
(8.1)
With k the creep factor (tests reveal 1.8 k 2.35), the coefficient of
thermal expansion, fc the uniaxial compressive strength at room temperature 20 C, T the temperature and is the stress.
144
Creep and Shrinkage

file .dat
1
POISON 0.2
CREEP COMPLI
TRCRP 30. 2.35
For background theory of transient creep and other effects of thermal loading
in Diana see the article by De Borst & Peeters [23].
8.2
Shrinkage
The general form of input for shrinkage strains is the discrete function. A special
form of input is available for some Model Codes of concrete.
Note the difference between element age and concrete age. The concrete age
is measured from the moment of casting, and is used inside input for Model
Codes. The element age is measured from the birth of the element, and is used
inside (generated) input of discrete functions. The concrete age must be larger
than the element age, to ensure an initial stiffness at element birth.
8.2.1
Discrete Function
You may specify a discrete function for shrinkage strains depending on the
element age or on the maturity.
syntax
MATERI
1
(n 100)
5 6
12 13
SHRINF
ep1 r [ep2 r . . . ] epn r
SHTIME
SHMATU
ti1 r [ti2 r . . . ] tin r

mr1 r [mr2 r . . . ] mrn r
80
SHRINF ep1 . . . epn are the shrinkage strains sh at the respective element
ages t or maturity variables M .
SHTIME ti1 . . . tin are the element ages t for which the shrinkage strains are
specified.
SHMATU mr1 . . . mrn are the maturity variables M for which the shrinkage strains
are specified. Typically, this option may be applied to describe autogenous
shrinkage which is particularly relevant for high performance concrete.
8.2 Shrinkage
8.2.2
145
Concrete Shrinkage Models
Diana offers concrete shrinkage models for European, American, and Dutch
codes as described in this section. See Chapter 20 for background theory.
The units of the input data for the concrete shrinkage model (day, MPa,
mm, C) refer to the codes and are independent of the units in other input data
or commands. If a time unit other than SI (seconds) is used for other input
data or commands, then you must specify the time unit that you used in table
UNITS [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRINN
FCM28
H
[ CEMTYP
[ RH
[ CURAGE
12 13
80
MC1990
fcm28 r
notsiz r
cemtyp w ]
humid r ]
ti0 r ]
SHRINN MC1990 indicates the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16].
FCM28 fcm28 is the mean compressive strength fcm (in MPa) of a concrete
cylinder at the age of twenty-eight days.
[CEMTYP NR]
[RH = 80%]
CURAGE ti0 is the concrete age in days at the end of the curing period. Diana
assumes that during this period no shrinkage occurs. Default is no curing.
[CURAGE 0]
ACI 209
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRINN
FCM28
H
[ CEMTYP
[ RH
12 13
80
ACI209
fcm28 r
notsiz r
cemtyp w ]
humid r ]
146
Creep and Shrinkage

[ FINAGG
[ SLUMP
[ AIRCNT
[ CEMCNT
[ CURTYP
[ CURAGE
agg r ]
slmm r ]
air r ]
cem r ]
curtyp w ]
ti0 r ]
SHRINN ACI209 indicates the American Concrete Institute code 209 [1].
FCM28 fcm28 is the mean compressive strength fcm (in Mpa) of a concrete cube
or cylinder at the age of twenty-eight days.
[CEMENT I]
[RH = 40%]
[FINAGG 60]
cement.
FINAGG agg is the ratio of fine to total aggregate in %.
[SLUMP 70]
SLUMP slmm is the slump of concrete slurry in mm.
[AIRCNT 7]
AIRCNT air is the air content in %.
[CEMCNT 450]
[MOIST]
CEMCNT cem is the cement content in kg/m3 .

CURAGE ti0 is the concrete age in days at the end of the curing period. Defaults
are 7 days for moistening or 3 days for curing with steam.
NEN 6720
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRINN
FCK28
H
[ RH
[ OMEGA
[ CURAGE
12 13
80
NN6720
fck28 r
notsiz r
humid r ]
reinpe r ]
ti0 r ]
SHRINN NN6720 indicates the Dutch NEN 6720 code [76].
8.2 Shrinkage
147
FCK28 fck28 is the characteristic strength fck (in MPa) of a concrete cube at
the age of twenty-eight days. Rule of thumb: fck = fcm 8, with fcm
the mean compressive strength (in MPa) of a concrete cube at the age of
twenty-eight days.
[RH = 80%]
OMEGA reinpe is the lowest reinforcement percentage

0.
[
0 = 0]
CURAGE ti0 is the concrete age in days at the end of the curing period. Diana
assumes that during this period no shrinkage occurs. Default is no curing.
[CURAGE 0]
148
Creep and Shrinkage
Chapter 9
Special Models
9.1
Spring/Dashpot Behavior
The specification of spring/dashpot elements requires a special input syntax in

table MATERI as outlined in this chapter. The following models are available
to specify the stiffens and damping of spring/dashpot elements.
Linear elasticity. This model is simply specified by the spring stiffness [ 9.1.2.1].
It may be used in linear analysis.
Nonlinear elasticity. For all spring elements nonlinear elasticity may be specified via a multilinear spring stiffness diagram [ 9.1.2.2]. The spring follows this diagram both for loading and unloading. You may specify multiple spring diagrams to model unloadingreloading cycles [ 9.1.2.2]. Alternatively, for translation springs you may specify nonlinear elasticity via
a multilinear forceelongation diagram [ 9.1.2.3]. The nonlinear elasticity
models may be used in nonlinear analysis.
Plasticity. For the plasticity model a maximum and minimum admissible force
(translation spring) or moment (torsion spring) must be specified [ 9.1.3].
The plasticity model may be used in nonlinear analysis.
Damping. Specification of damping coefficients for spring/dashpot elements
causes these elements to act as dashpots, i.e., simulating continuous damping [ 9.1.4].
In addition to these models, you may specify an initial strain in regular translation and torsion spring elements [ 9.1.1].
9.1.1
Initial Strain
syntax
150
Special Models
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
[ EPS0
(0 = 0)
80
e0 r ]
EPS0 specifies the (stress free) initial strain: e0 is 0 for a translation spring or
0 for a torsion spring.
[0 = 0]
9.1.2
Elasticity
9.1.2.1
Linear Elasticity
Linear elasticity requires input of the linear elastic spring stiffness.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SPRING
12 13
80
kr
SPRING k is the linear elastic spring stiffness K. For translation springs, K

represents force per unit elongation. For torsion springs, K is the moment
per unit rotation.
9.1.2.2
Nonlinear Elasticity via Stiffness Diagram
The nonlinear elasticity model for spring elements requires input of a multilinear
spring diagram.
syntax
MATERI
1
,1
(n < 50)
5 6
SPRING
12 13
80
k0 r [d0 r k1 r d1 r . . . kn r ]
,1 SPRING specifies the diagram of stiffness: k0 . . . kn are the spring stiffnesses

K valid until the next deformation. The last stiffness is valid until infinite
deformation. Values d are the deformations (strains) until which the
preceding stiffness is valid. Where is ux for a translation spring or
x for a torsion spring,
file .dat
MATERI
1 SPRING 9.0
,1 SPRING 9.E9
-.038
9.0
0.038
9.E9
9.1 Spring/Dashpot Behavior
151
Unloadingreloading. The special unloadingreloading model for nonlinear

elasticity in spring elements requires input of multiple spring diagrams.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
NUMSPR
[ ORDER
,dianr n
SPRING
80
ndiag n
diags n... ]
input per diagram:
k0 r [d0 r k1 r d1 r . . . kn r ]
NUMSPR ndiag is the number of spring diagrams.
(ndiag < 50)
ORDER diags is a series of diagram numbers diags specifying the order in which
the spring diagrams will be used at loadingunloading. The next diagram
will be used each time when a switch occurs from loading to unloading or
vice versa. An arbitrary selection of the specified spring diagrams may be
made. Each diagram may be specified more than once. Always, the last
two diagrams specified will be used till infinity. By definition, the first
variation of (no matter whether it is increasing or decreasing) is called
loading. When the variation of changes sign, the spring is said to be
unloading. At the subsequent change in the sign of the variation of ,
the spring is said to be loading again, etc. The active diagram determines
the stress increments due to the current strain increments. The stresses
that are build up in the history are not relaxed if the stiffness decreases
or vice versa. The default order is 1, 2, . . . , ndiag .
The following data must be input for each spring diagram.
dianr is the number of the spring diagram. Dont forget the leading comma!
SPRING specifies the diagram of stiffness: k0 . . . kn are the spring stiffnesses
K0 to Kn valid until the next deformation. The last stiffness is valid
until infinite deformation. Values d are the deformations until which
the preceding stiffness is valid.
(n < 50)
file .dat
MATERI
1
NUMSPR
ORDER
,1 SPRING
,2 SPRING
2
1 2 1 1
0.5 -1.0 2.5 1.0 4.5
10.5 -2.0 6.5 1.0 8.5
This example input specifies a spring with a different loading and unloading
branch as shown in Figure 9.1 on the following page. The order of loading
unloading diagrams is 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, . . ..
152
Special Models
K
K
10
diagram 2
diagram 1
F
ux
F
20
ux
ux
20
40
60
Figure 9.1: Spring un- & reloading (example)

9.1.2.3
Nonlinear Elasticity via ForceElongation Diagram
For translation springs (SP1TR and SP2TR) you may specify nonlinear elasticity
via a forceelongation diagram [Fig. 9.2]. Please note the following:
To prevent ambiguity, the specified diagram must be monotonic, increasing or decreasing.
fx2
fx1
duxn
ux
dux2
dux1
Fx
fxn
Figure 9.2: Forceelongation diagram for spring elements

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FDUX
(n < 30)
12 13
80
fx1 r dux1 r fx2 r dux2 r [ . . . fxn r duxn r ]
FDUX specifies the forceelongation diagram. Values fx1 . . . fxn are the
normal forces Fx . Values dux1 . . . duxn are the corresponding axial
elongations ux .
9.1.3
153
Plasticity
The plasticity model for spring elements requires input of the ultimate forces or
moments.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
FCRIT
80
fmin r fmax r
FCRIT specifies the ultimate forces (translation spring) or moments (torsion

spring): fmin is the minimum admissible force (moment) below which
yielding occurs, fmax the maximum admissible force (moment) above
which yielding occurs.
file .dat
MATERI
1 SPRING 1000.
FCRIT -10. 10.
9.1.4
Continuous Damping
Continuous damping may be specified via spring/dashpot elements with a damping factor: a two-node spring/dashpot for a connection between two nodes
[Fig. 9.3a], or a one-node spring/dashpot for a discrete dashpot in a specific
direction [Fig. 9.3b].1
FEM model
FEM model
World
(a) Dashpot connection
(b) Discrete dashpot
Figure 9.3: Continuous damping

1 Damping
in the global XY Z-directions may be simulated via point mass/damping elements [ 3.2.3 p. 30].
154
Special Models
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
[ DAMP
[ DAMPFR
(C 0)
[C = 0]
(Ci 0)
80
cr ]
f1 r c1 r [ f2 r c2 r . . . ] fn r cn r ]
DAMP c is the constant damping coefficient C to simulate continuous damping

by dashpot behavior. By default, Diana assumes no damping. The
damping is applied in the direction of the element axis.
DAMPFR specifies frequency dependent damping which is only valid in a frequency response analysis. Values f1 to fn are frequencies f1 to fn and
c1 to cn are the corresponding damping coefficients C1 to Cn [Fig. 9.4].
The number of points that you may specify is virtually unlimited. Diana
Damping
Cn
specified
interpolated
C2
C...
C1
0
f1
f2
f...
fn
Frequency
Figure 9.4: Frequency dependent damping

determines the actual damping coefficient for a specific frequency by means
of linear interpolation. If the frequency is outside the interval f1 to fn ,
then Diana assumes no damping: C = 0.
file .dat
ELEMEN
CONNEC
32 SP2TR 78 95
33 SP1TR 127
MATERI
/ 32 / 11
/ 33 / 12
GEOMET
/ 33 / 1
MATERI
11 DAMP
0.48
SPRING 0.0
12 DAMPFR 0.2 0.48
2.5 0.96
15.0
1.83
155
SPRING 0.0
GEOMET
1
AXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
Note in this example that the specification of the spring stiffness is obligatory.
Therefore, a zero spring stiffness must be input if the spring element must act
as a dashpot only. Element 33 is a one-node spring SP1TR. The axis direction
of such an element must be specified in table GEOMET. In this example, the
damping of element 33 depends on the frequency within the range from 0.2 to
15 Hz. Outside that range there is no damping and the element is a dummy.
9.1.5
Base Spring Characteristics
Base spring elements require the specification of spring characteristics: the linear
spring stiffnesses, and the nonlinear rotational stiffness(es) depending on the
axial force Fx . The input syntax depends on the dimensionality of the element to
which the spring characteristics are being assigned: two-dimensional [ 9.1.5.1]
or three-dimensional [ 9.1.5.2].
9.1.5.1
Two-dimensional
A two-dimensional base spring SP6BA [Vol. Element Library] requires the specification of the nonlinear rotational stiffness Kz depending on the axial force
Fx .
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
BASTIF
MAXFOR
AXFORC
ROTATZ
MOMENZ
12 13
kux r [ kuy r kpz r ]

fd r
f1 r . . . fm r
rz1 r . . . rzn r
mz11 r mz12 r mz13 r
...
mzm1 r mzm2 r mzm3 r
80
. . . mz1n r
. . . mz2n r
. . . mz3n r
. . . mzmn r
BASTIF specifies the values of the linear spring stiffnesses: Kux = kux and
Kuy = kuy for translation, Kz = kpz for rotation. If you only specify
kux then this value will be applied for all three stiffnesses: Kux = Kuy =
Kz = kux .
MAXFOR fd is the ultimate value of the axial force: if the calculated axial force Fx
becomes greater than fd then Diana will assume that all spring stiffnesses
drop to zero [Fig. 9.5].
156
Special Models
K
Kux
Kuy
K z
0
fd
Fx
Figure 9.5: Spring stiffnesses depending on axial force (two-dimensional)

(f1 < f2 <
. . . < fm )
(f < fd )
(i)
AXFORC f1 to fm are the axial forces Fx , in increasing order, for which an Mz

z relation diagram is specified (the nonlinear rotational stiffness Kz ),
where m is the total number of specified diagrams [Fig. 9.6]. These forces
must be less than the ultimate value and usually are negative, i.e., compression forces.
Mz
for
(m )
Fx
= fm
j=1
(3)
for
= f3
(2)
Fx
= f2
(1)
= f1
for Fx
j=3
mzm2
mzm3
...
j=n
mzmn
i=m
mzm1
..
.
for Fx
j=2
..
.
mz32
mz3n
mz33
mz31
mz21
mz2n
mz23
mz22
mz1n
mz13
mz11
mz12
rz1
rz2
rz3
...
rzn
i=3
i=2
i=1
Figure 9.6: Input and application of nonlinear stiffness Kz (two-dimensional)

(j)
ROTATZ rz1 to rzn are the rotations z for which values Mz in the diagrams
are specified, where n is the number of specified points in each diagram.
(i,j)
MOMENZ mz11 to mzmn are the values of Mz

for each point in all the specified
Mz z diagrams: first n values for the first diagram (i = 1), then n values
for the second diagram (i = 2) and so on until the last n values for the
last diagram (i = m).
Figure 9.6 shows how Diana will apply and interpret the specified diagrams.
(i)
Diagrams for forces Fx in between the specified forces Fx will be determined
by linear interpolation. The first diagram (i = 1) will be applied for forces
Fx f1 , and the last diagram (i = m) for forces Fx fm . For each diagram
Mz values for a particular z will be determined by linear interpolation. Note
157
that Mz will be assumed to be constant outside the z range of the specified

diagrams.
9.1.5.2
Three-dimensional
A three-dimensional base spring SP12BA [Vol. Element Library] requires the

specification of the nonlinear rotational stiffnesses Kx,y,z depending on the
axial force Fx .
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
BASTIF
MAXFOR
AXFORC
ROTATX
MOMENX
ROTATY
MOMENY
ROTATZ
MOMENZ
12 13
80
kux r [ kuy r kuz r kpx r

fd r
f1 r . . . fm r
rx1 r . . . rxn r
mx11 r mx12 r mx13 r . . .
mx21 r mx22 r mx23 r . . .
mx31 r mx32 r mx33 r . . .
...
mxm1 r mxm2 r mxm3 r . . .
ry1 r . . . ryn r
my11 r my12 r my13 r . . .
my21 r my22 r my23 r . . .
my31 r my32 r my33 r . . .
...
mym1 r mym2 r mym3 r . . .
rz1 r . . . rzn r
mz11 r mz12 r mz13 r . . .
mz21 r mz22 r mz23 r . . .
mz31 r mz32 r mz33 r . . .
...
mzm1 r mzm2 r mzm3 r . . .
kpy r kpz r ]
mx1n r
mx2n r
mx3n r
mxmn r
my1n r
my2n r
my3n r
mymn r
mz1n r
mz2n r
mz3n r
mzmn r
BASTIF specifies the values of the linear spring stiffness: Kux = kux , Kuy =
kuy and Kuz = kuz for translation, Kx = kpx , Ky = kpy and Kz =
kpz for rotation. If you only specify kux then this value will be applied
for all stiffnesses: Kux = Kuy = Kuz = kux and also Kx = Ky =
Kz = kux .
MAXFOR fd is the ultimate value of the axial force: if the calculated axial force Fx
becomes greater than fd then Diana will assume that all spring stiffnesses
drop to zero [Fig. 9.7].
(i)
AXFORC f1 to fm are the axial forces Fx , in increasing order, for which an M

relation diagram is specified (the nonlinear rotational stiffnesses K ),
(f1 < f2 <

. . . < fm )
158
Special Models
K
Kux
Kuy
Kuz
K z
K y
K x
0
fd
Fx
Figure 9.7: Spring stiffnesses depending on axial force (three-dimensional)

where m is the total number of specified diagrams for each rotational
stiffness [Fig. 9.8]. These forces must be less than the ultimate value and
usually are negative, i.e., compression forces.
(f < fd )
for
(m )
Fx
= fm
j=1
for
for
(2)
Fx
= f2
(1)
= f1
for Fx
= f3
j=3
m*m2
m*m3
...
j=n
m*mn
m*m1
..
.
(3)
Fx
j=2
..
.
m*32
m*3n
m*33
m*31
m*21
i=m
m*2n
m*23
m*22
m*1n
m*13
m*11
m*12
r*1
r*2
r*3
...
r*n
i=3
i=2
i=1
Figure 9.8: Input and application of nonlinear stiffnesses K (three-dimensional)

ROTATX ROTATY ROTATZ respectively specify the rotations for nonlinear spring
(j)
stiffnesses Kx , Ky , Kz . Values r*1 to r*n are the rotations for
which values M in the diagrams are specified,2 where n is the number of
specified points in each diagram.
MOMENX MOMENY MOMENZ specify the moment values for each of the rotations.
(i,j)
Values m*11 to m*mn are the values of M
for each point in all the
specified M diagrams: first n values for the first diagram (i = 1),
2 The
asterisk is a wild card for x ,y ,z or for subscripts
x,y,z .
9.2 Generalized StressStrain Diagrams
159
then n values for the second diagram (i = 2) and so on until the last n
values for the last diagram (i = m).
Figure 9.8 shows how Diana will apply and interpret the specified diagrams.
(i)
Diagrams for forces Fx in between the specified forces Fx will be determined
by linear interpolation. The first diagram (i = 1) will be applied for forces
Fx f1 , and the last diagram (i = m) for forces Fx fm . For each diagram
M values for a particular will be determined by linear interpolation. Note
that M will be assumed to be constant outside the range of the specified
diagrams.
9.2
Generalized StressStrain Diagrams
For some structural elements direct multilinear relations can be formulated between the generalized stress and corresponding strain components. Diana supports these material relations for spring elements [ 9.1.2.3 p. 152] and for flat
shell elements [ 9.2.1]. Please note the following:
To prevent ambiguity, the specified diagrams must be monotonic,
increasing or decreasing.
9.2.1
Flat Shell Elements
(a) normal forcestrain
(b) shear forcestrain
m2
m1
ka n
ps 2
q 2
q 1
ps n
(ep ,ga ) n
(ep ,ga ) 2
n 2
n 1
ka 2
mn
ka 1
q n
(zx,yz)
n n
ps 1
m(xx,yy,xy)
(xx,yy) xy
q(xy,yz)
(ep ,ga ) 1
n(xx,yy,xy)
(x,y)
Eight diagrams are required for the flat shell elements: three for the n,
relations [Fig. 9.9a], two for the q relations [Fig. 9.9b], and three for the m
relations [Fig. 9.9c].
(c) momentcurvature
Figure 9.9: Stressstrain diagrams for flat shell elements

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
NEPSXX
12 13
80
nxx1 r epxx1 r nxx2 r epxx2 r [ . . . nxxn r epxxn r ]
160
Special Models
NEPSYY
NGAMXY
QPSIZX
QPSIYZ
MKAPXX
MKAPYY
MKAPXY
(n < 30)
nyy1 r
nxy1 r
qxz1 r
qyz1 r
mxx1 r
myy1 r
mxy1 r
epyy1 r
gaxy1 r
pszx1 r
psyz1 r
kaxx1 r
kayy1 r
kaxy1 r
nyy2 r
nxy2 r
qxz2 r
qyz2 r
mxx2 r
myy2 r
mxy2 r
epyy2 r
gaxy2 r
pszx2 r
psyz2 r
kaxx2 r
kayy2 r
kaxy2 r
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
nyyn r
nxyn r
qxzn r
qyzn r
mxxn r
myyn r
mxyn r
epyyn r ]
gaxyn r ]
pszxn r ]
psyzn r ]
kaxxn r ]
kayyn r ]
kaxyn r ]
NEPSXX specifies the normal forcestrain diagram for xx. Values nxx1 . . . nxxn
are the distributed normal forces nxx . Values epxx1 . . . epxxn are the
corresponding strains xx .
NEPSYY specifies the normal forcestrain diagram for yy. Values nyy1 . . . nyyn
are the distributed normal forces nyy . Values epyy1 . . . epyyn are the
corresponding strains yy .
NGAMXY specifies the in-plane shear forcestrain diagram. Values nxy1 . . . nxyn
are the distributed shear forces nxy . Values gaxy1 . . . gaxyn are the
corresponding shear strains xy .
QPSIZX specifies the normal shear forcestrain diagram for zx. Values qxz1 . . .
qxzn are the distributed normal shear forces qxy . Values pszx1 . . . pszxn
are the corresponding normal shear strains zx .
QPSIYZ specifies the normal shear forcestrain diagram for yz. Values qyz1 . . .
qyzn are the distributed normal shear forces qyz . Values psyz1 . . . psyzn
are the corresponding normal shear strains yz .
MKAPXX specifies the momentcurvature diagram for xx. Values mxx1 . . . mxxn
are the distributed bending moments mxx . Values kaxx1 . . . kaxxn are
the corresponding curvatures xx .
MKAPYY specifies the momentcurvature diagram for yy. Values myy1 . . . myyn
are the distributed bending moments myy . Values kayy1 . . . kayyn are
the corresponding curvatures yy .
MKAPXY specifies the momentcurvature diagram for xy. Values mxy1 . . . mxyn
are the distributed bending moments mxy . Values kaxy1 . . . kaxyn are
the corresponding curvatures xy .
9.3
Interface Behavior
This section details the syntax of material data input for interface elements.
The models set a linear or nonlinear relation between tractions, i.e., stresses,
and relative displacements across the interface. The tractions are a normal
traction tn and shear tractions ts tt . The relative displacements are a normal
relative displacement un and a shear relative displacement ut .
9.3 Interface Behavior
161
To simulate interface behavior, models for linear and nonlinear elasticity

[ 9.3.1], discrete cracking [ 9.3.2.1], crack dilatancy [ 9.3.2.2], bond-slip [ 9.3.3],
friction [ 9.3.4], combined cracking-shearing-crushing [ 9.3.5] and a general
user-supplied model [ 9.3.6] are available for the various elements as indicated
in Table 9.1.
ti
et
ci
e
C
ra
cr ty
ac
ck
ki
di
B
ng
la
on
ta
dn
Fr slip cy
ic
ti
on
C
ra
ck
-s
U
he
se
ar
r-c
su
pp rus
h
lie
d
as
cr
el
D
is
lin
on
in
L
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
ea
e
T
yp
N4IF
N6IF
L8IF
CL12I
CL20I
L16IF
L20IF
CL24I
CL32I
CL18I
T18IF
Q24IF
CT36I
CQ48I
el
as
ti
ci
ty
Table 9.1: Material models for structural interfaces
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
The constitutive models for nonlinear interface behavior from the

various sections (columns 28 in Table 9.1) cannot be combined in
one element.
9.3.1
Elasticity
9.3.1.1
Linear Stiffness
Interface elements in linear structural analysis require input of the linear stiffness.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DSTIF
12 13
80
d11 r d22 r
162
Special Models
(D11 0)
(D22 > 0)
DSTIF d11 and d22 are linear stiffness moduli D11 and D22 . D11 sets the relation between the normal traction tn and the normal relative displacement
un . D22 sets the relation between the shear traction tt and the shear
relative displacement ut . The dimension of the stiffness moduli is force
per area per length, i.e., stress per length, for instance N/mm3 .
file .dat
MATERI
1 DSTIF
2 DSTIF
1.E+8
1.E+5
0.0001
1.E+5
Material 1 is an elastic bedding without shear stiffness. Material 2 has equal

normal and shear stiffness.
9.3.1.2
Ambient Influence
The normal and tangential stiffness moduli may be specified depending on ambient values for maturity. In this case the stiffness moduli must be specified with
DSTIF followed by the data records in this section. Maturity dependency is the
only ambient influence that can be used for interface stiffness moduli. Maturity
dependent stiffness can only be combined with discrete cracking [ 9.3.2.1] and
bond-slip [ 9.3.3].
Maturity dependent stiffness moduli
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
MATDSN
MATDST
(z 30)
(z 30)
12 13
80
mva r d11a r [mvb r d11b r . . . ] mvz r d11z r

mva r d22a r [mvb r d22b r . . . ] mvz r d22z r
MATDSN specifies maturity influence of the normal stiffness modulus. d11a

. . . d11z are the normal stiffness moduli D11 , respectively valid for the
corresponding mva . . . mvz maturity variables. Equivalent age is the only
maturity variable that can be used for this model.
MATDST specifies maturity influence of the tangential stiffness modulus. d22a
. . . d22z are the normal stiffness moduli D22 , respectively valid for the
corresponding mva . . . mvz maturity variables. Equivalent age is the only
9.3.1.3
This section describes the input syntax of nonlinear elasticity for interfaces.
Applications cover nonlinear elastic bedding, e.g. no tension bedding with a
constant stiffness for compression and zero stiffness for tension.
The available nonlinear elastic model sets a multilinear relation between normal traction tn and normal relative displacement un or between the tangential
traction tt and the tangential relative displacement (shear slip) ut or both.
163
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SIGDIS
TAUDIS
80
tn1 r un1 r [tn2 r un2 r . . . ] tnn r unn r

tt1 r ut1 r [tt2 r ut2 r . . . ] ttn r utn r
SIGDIS specifies a diagram for the normal direction: values tn1 . . . tnn are
the normal tractions tn , un1 . . . unn are the corresponding normal relative
displacements un .
(n 100)
TAUDIS specifies a diagram for the tangential direction: values tt1 . . . ttn are
the tangential tractions tt , ut1 . . . utn are the corresponding tangential
relative displacements ut .
(n 100)
Both diagrams must start in the compressive (negative) region and end in the
tension (positive) region. The specified relative displacements must be in increasing order. For numerical reasons it is recommended to use a continuous
slope at (0,0) in both diagrams which corresponds with the elastic stiffness as
specified with DSTIF.
file .dat
MATERI
1 DSTIF
SIGDIS
TAUDIS
1000. 500.
-100000. -100.
-5. -100.
0. 0.
-5. -0.01
100. 100.
5.
0.01
5. 100.
This example is stiff in compression and weak in tension normal to the interface.
Tangential to interface the maximum shear traction is 5.0.
9.3.2
Cracking
Diana offers two models to simulate cracking with interface elements: a discrete
cracking model and a crack dilatancy model. The discrete cracking model can
be used in combination with maturity dependency of the tensile strength ft .
9.3.2.1
Discrete Cracking
Discrete cracking is specified as initiation, Mode-I behavior and Mode-II behavior. With the models of this section, Mode-I and Mode-II are uncoupled. If
coupling is required, use the asymmetric crack dilatancy models as described in
the next section. See 21.1 on page 420 for background theory.
164
Special Models
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
DISCRA
DCRVAL
80
1
ft r
]
[
TEMCRK
CONCRK
MATCRK
tea r fta r [teb r ftb r . . . ] tez r ftz r

coa r fta r [cob r ftb r . . . ] coz r ftz r
mva r fta r [mvb r ftb r . . . ] mvz r ftz r
MODE1
MO1VAL
mo1 n
mv1 r...
]
TEMGF1
CONGF1
MATGF1
[ UNLO1
[ MODE2
[ MO2VAL
tea r gfa r [teb r gfb r . . . ] tez r gfz r

coa r gfa r [cob r gfb r . . . ] coz r gfz r
mva r gfa r [mvb r gfb r . . . ] mvz r gfz r
un1 n ]
mo2 n ]
mv2 r ]
DISCRA 1 indicates a discrete crack initiation criterion of normal traction. A

discrete crack arises if the normal traction tn exceeds ft .
DCRVAL ft is the tensile strength ft .
(z 30)
TEMCRK specifies temperature influence of the tensile strength. fta . . . ftz

are the tensile strengths ft , respectively valid for the corresponding tea
. . . tez temperatures.
(z 30)
CONCRK specifies concentration influence of the tensile strength. fta . . . ftz

are the tensile strengths ft , respectively valid for the corresponding coa
. . . coz concentrations.
(z 30)
MATCRK specifies maturity influence of the tensile strength. fta . . . ftz are the
tensile strengths ft , respectively valid for the corresponding mva . . . mvz
maturity variables. Equivalent age is the only maturity variable that can
be used for this model.
MODE1 mo1 indicates the Mode-I tension softening criterion [Fig. 9.10].
MO1VAL mv1 are values for the Mode-I tension softening criterion.
(z 30)
TEMGF1 specifies temperature influence of the fracture energy. gfa . . . gfz are
the fracture energies Gf , respectively valid for the corresponding tea
. . . tez temperatures.
(z 30)
165
CONGF1 specifies concentration influence of the fracture energy. gfa . . . gfz

are the fracture energies Gf , respectively valid for the corresponding coa
. . . coz concentrations.
MATGF1 specifies maturity influence of the fracture energy. gfa . . . gfz are the
fracture energies Gf , respectively valid for the corresponding mva . . . mvz
maturity variables. Equivalent age is the only maturity variable that can
be used for this model.
UNLO1 un1 specifies a Mode-I unloading/reloading model.
UNLO1 1 for secant unloading: a straight line back to the origin. Beyond
the origin, in the compressive regime, return to the linear elastic stiffness.
This is the default model.
UNLO1 2 for elastic unloading: immediate return to the linear elastic stiffness.
UNLO1 3 for cyclic unloading via hysteresis loops according to the continuous function model by Hordijk [Fig. 21.6 p. 423]. This model is only
applicable in combination with the nonlinear tension softening criterion
of Hordijk et al. [Fig. 9.10c].
MODE2 mo2 specifies a shear criterion to be used in the crack development stage.
MODE2 0 for zero shear traction and zero shear stiffness after cracking. This
is the default model.
MODE2 1 for a constant shear modulus after cracking.
(z 30)
[UNLO1 1]
[MODE2 0]
MO2VAL mv2 is the value of the shear modulus to be used in the development
stage of the crack. This value is only applied in case of constant shear
modulus after cracking.
Tension Softening.
tn
ft
Figure 9.10 shows the available tension softening models.

tn
tn
ft
MODE1 0
MODE1 1
Gf
MODE1 2
ft
MODE1 3
Gf
un
un
(a) brittle
tn
ft
(b) linear
(c) nonlinear
Hordijk et al.
un
un
(d) multi-linear
Figure 9.10: Mode-I tension softening discrete cracks

Brittle cracking
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
MODE1
12 13
80
166
Special Models
MODE1 0 indicates brittle cracking [ 21.1.1 p. 421]. No further values are necessary.
Linear tension softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MODE1
MO1VAL
80
1
gf r
MODE1 1 indicates linear tension softening [ 21.1.2 p. 421].

MO1VAL gf is the fracture energy Gf , defining the area below the diagram.
file .dat
MATERI
1 DSTIF
DISCRA
DCRVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
MODE2
MO2VAL
1000. 1000.
1
3.
1
0.05
1
0.
This example specifies linear tension softening with ft = 3 N/mm2 and Gf =

0.05 N/mm. The corresponding ultimate crack width uult is 2Gf /ft = 0.0333 mm.
The shear stiffness is reduced to zero after cracking.
Nonlinear tension softening (Hordijk at al.)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
MODE1
MO1VAL
12 13
80
2
gf r
MODE1 2 indicates nonlinear tension softening according to Hordijk et al.:

3 !

un
un
tn
= 1 + c1
exp
c
2
ft
u0n
u0n

un
1 + c31 exp(c2 ) (9.2)
0
un
with c1 = 3 and c2 = 6.93. See also 21.1.3 on page 422 for background
theory.
MO1VAL gf is the fracture energy Gf , defining the area below the diagram.
167
file .dat
MATERI
2 DSTIF
DISCRA
DCRVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
MODE2
1000. 1000.
1
3.
2
0.05
0
This example specifies nonlinear tension softening with ft = 3 N/mm2 and

Gf = 0.05 N/mm. The shear stiffness and shear traction are reduced to zero
after cracking.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
MODE1
MO1VAL
80
3
tn1 r un1 r [tn2 r un2 r . . . ] tnn r unn r
MODE1 3 indicates multilinear tension softening.

MO1VAL specifies a diagram with two values for each point: tn1 to tnn are the
tensile tractions tn normal to the interface, un1 to unn are the relative
displacements un normal to the interface. The diagram may also contain
ascending parts (hardening).
(n 25)
file .dat
MATERI
3 DSTIF
DISCRA
DCRVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
UNLO1
MODE2
MO2VAL
1000. 1000.
1
3.
3
3.0 0.0 1.0 0.0133
2
1
10.
0. 0.06
This example specifies a bilinear tension softening diagram (Hillerborg) with

ft = 3 N/mm2 and Gf = 0.05 N/mm. Breakpoints are at 13 ft and 29 uult . There
is elastic unloading. The shear stiffness is reduced by a factor of 100 after
cracking.
168
Special Models
9.3.2.2
Crack Dilatancy
This section describes the input syntax of crack dilatancy in interface elements.
Compared to standard discrete cracking [ 9.3.2.1 p. 165], crack dilatancy applies
to more advanced analysis of sliding along rough macro-cracks. Crack dilatancy
can be coupled with tension softening, in order to describe the development
stage of the macro-crack as well.
Crack dilatancy is only available for two-dimensional interface elements [Table 9.1 p. 161].
See 21.2 on page 423 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CRDILA
DILVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
[ MODE2
[ MO2VAL
12 13
80
dilnr n
fcc r ft r dmax r
mo1 n
mv1 r
mo2 n ]
mv2 r ]
CRDILA dilnr is the number of the crack dilatancy model.

CRDILA 1 for the contact density model by Li et al. [ 21.2.5 p. 429].
CRDILA 2 for the two-phase model by Walraven [ 21.2.4 p. 428].
CRDILA 3 for the rough crack model by Bazant and Gambarova [ 21.2.1
p. 425].
CRDILA 4 for the aggregate interlock relation by Walraven and Reinhardt
[ 21.2.3 p. 427].
CRDILA 5 for the rough crack model by Gambarova and Karakoc [ 21.2.2
p. 426].
DILVAL describes the crack dilatancy model. Value fcc is the cube compressive
strength fcc . Value ft is the tensile strength ft . Value dmax is the
maximum aggregate size.
[MODE1 0]
MODE1 mo1 is the number of the tension softening criterion in the development
stage of the crack.
MODE1 0 for immediate stress drop to zero, i.e., brittle cracking [ 18.1.1.1
p. 377] (the default).
MODE1 1 for linear tension softening [ 18.1.1.2 p. 378].
MO1VAL mv1 describes the tension softening criterion. For brittle cracking mv1
is the initial crack width, beyond this value the dilatancy model is activated. For linear softening mv1 is the fracture energy Gf defining the area
169
below the diagram, beyond the softening diagram the dilatancy model is
activated.
MODE2 mo2 is the number of the shear criterion in the development stage of the
crack.
MODE2 0 for zero shear traction and zero shear stiffness after cracking (the
default).
MODE2 1 for constant shear modulus after cracking.
[MODE2 0]
MO2VAL mv2 is the value of the shear modulus in the development stage of the
crack, only necessary for the constant shear modulus criterion.
Two-phase
MATERI
1 DSTIF
CRDILA
DILVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
MODE2
file .dat
1000. 1000.
2
35. 3.0 12.
1
0.05
0
This example specifies the two-phase model by Walraven with fcc = 35 N/mm2 ,
ft = 3 N/mm2 and a maximum aggregate size of 12 mm. The model becomes
active beyond the linear softening diagram.
Rough crack
MATERI
2 DSTIF
CRDILA
DILVAL
MODE1
MO1VAL
file .dat
1000. 1000.
3
38.5 0.0 16.
0
0.009
This example specifies the rough crack model by Bazant and Gambarova. There
is a pre-existing crack, with fcc = 38.5 N/mm2 , ft = 0 and a maximum aggregate size of 16 mm. The model becomes active beyond an initial crack width of
0.009 mm.
9.3.3
Bond-slip
This section describes the input syntax of bond-slip models for interfaces between, for instance, concrete and reinforcement. The models set a nonlinear relation between shear traction tt and shear slip ut . See also 21.3 on page 430
for background theory. The relation between normal traction and normal relative displacement is kept linear, as defined by the first value of DSTIF.
170
Special Models
Shear relations for positive and negative values of slip are equal. Specification is done in an absolute sense, i.e., refers to the positive part of the
diagram.
Unloading and reloading is modeled using a secant approach. Upon a slip
reversal, a straight line back to the origin is followed. Beyond the origin,
the bond-slip curve (with opposite sign) is inserted.
Material option BONDSL can only be combined with the line interface elements.
There are three bond-slip models available [Fig. 9.11]. The cubic bond-slip
model can be used in combination with maturity dependency of the cubic
function.
tt
tt
BONDSL 1
BONDSL 2
ut
u0t
(a) cubic
tt
BONDSL 3
ut
u0t
(b) Power Law
ut
(c) multi-linear
Figure 9.11: Bond shear traction slip curves

Cubic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
BONDSL
SLPVAL
[ MATSLP
12 13
80
1
c r ut0 r
mva r ca r [mvb r cb r . . . ] mvz r cz r ]
BONDSL 1 indicates the cubic function by Dorr [ 21.3.1 p. 431],

2
ut
ut
c
5
4.5
u0t
u0t
3 !

ut
tt =
if 0 ut < u0t
+1.4
u0t
1.9 c
if ut u0t
(9.3)
SLPVAL specifies the parameters in the cubic function: value c is the constant
c, value ut0 is the shear slip u0t at which the curve reaches plateau.
Recommended values are c = ft and u0t = 0.06 mm.
(z 30)
171
MATSLP specifies maturity influence of the parameter c of the cubic function.

ca . . . cz are the values for parameter c, respectively valid for the corresponding mva . . . mvz maturity variables. Equivalent age is the only
file .dat
MATERI
1 DSTIF
BONDSL
SLPVAL
GEOMETRY
1 CONFIG
THICK
1000. 250.
1
3.0 0.06
BONDSL
113.1
Power Law
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
BONDSL
SLPVAL
80
2
a r b r ut0 r
BONDSL 2 indicates the Power Law by Noakowski, which keeps the initial portion linear to avoid infinite stiffness [ 21.3.2 p. 431].
a (ut )b
if ut u0t
tt =
(9.4)
a u0 b1 u if 0 u < u0
t
t
t
t
SLPVAL specifies the parameters in the Power Law: value a is the constant a,
value b is the power b and value ut0 is the shear slip u0t at which the
curve is truncated.
file .dat
MATERI
2 DSTIF
BONDSL
SLPVAL
GEOMETRY
1 CONFIG
THICK
1000. 19055.
2
10. 0.18 0.0001
BONDSL
113.1
This example defines Noakowskis Power Law with parameters according to

Bruggeling: a = 0.38fccm with fccm the mean cube compressive strength. Power
b = 0.18.
172
Special Models
Multilinear
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
BONDSL
SLPVAL
80
3
tt0 r ut0 r [tt1 r ut1 r . . . ] ttn r utn r
BONDSL 3 indicates a multilinear bond-slip curve.

(n 100)
SLPVAL specifies a diagram with two values for each point: tt0 . . . ttn are
the shear traction values tt and ut0 . . . utn are the shear slip values ut .
The first point (tt0 ,ut0 ) must be the origin (0,0) and the diagram may
also contain descending parts (softening). If the initial shear modulus,
specified with DSTIF, does not correspond to the initial slope of the diagram, the modulus is replaced by the initial slope of the diagram during
the initialization phase of the nonlinear analysis.
file .dat
MATERI
3 DSTIF
BONDSL
SLPVAL
GEOMETRY
1 CONFIG
THICK
9.3.4
1000. 300.
3
0.0 0.0 3.0 0.01
5.0 0.05
6.0 0.13
6.0
BONDSL
113.1
Friction
Coulomb friction for interface elements may be specified according to the following syntax. See also 21.4 on page 432 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FRICTI
FRCVAL
[ HARDIA
[ FRCDIA
[ GAP ]
[ GAPVAL
[ MODE2
[ MO2VAL
12 13
80
ch r tph r tps r
ch1 r up1 r [ch2 r up2 r . . . ] chn r upn r ]
tph1 r up1 r [tph2 r up2 r . . . ] tphn r upn r ]
ft r ]
mo2 n ]
mv2 r ]
173
tt
c
c/ tan
ft
tn
Figure 9.12: Coulomb friction criterion

FRICTI indicates use of the Coulomb friction criterion [Fig. 9.12].
FRCVAL describes the friction criterion: ch is the cohesion c, tph is tan of friction angle and tps is tan of dilatancy angle . Associated plasticity
if = , nonassociated plasticity if < . Nonassociated plasticity gives
an asymmetrical tangential stiffness matrix. Low to moderate degrees of
asymmetry | | < 20, are best solved with Dianas nonsymmetric
solver. For high degrees of asymmetry the Constant or Linear Stiffness
iteration methods should be applied [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
(tan > 0)
(0 < tan
tan )
HARDIA specifies a cohesion hardening diagram with values ch1 to chn the
cohesions c and up1 to upn the corresponding equivalent plastic relative
displacements up .
(n 25)
FRCDIA specifies a fraction hardening diagram: tph1 . . . tphn are the tan
of friction angles and up1 . . . upn the corresponding equivalent plastic
relative displacements up .
(n 25)
GAP extends the friction criterion with a gap criterion. Diana assumes that
a gap arises if the tensile traction tn normal to the interface exceeds a
certain value. After gap formation, tn is reduced to zero immediately
(brittle cracking).
GAPVAL ft is the tensile strength ft . The default value corresponds to the apex
of the Coulomb friction criterion.
(0 ft
c/ tan )
[ft = c/ tan ]
MODE2 mo2 is the number of the Mode-II model after gap appearance.
MODE2 0 for brittle (default).
MODE2 1 for constant shear retention.
MODE2 2 for shear retention according to the aggregate interlock relation
of Walraven and Reinhardt.
[MODE2 0]
MO2VAL mv2 is the value of a parameter for the Mode-II model: the reduced
stiffness for constant shear retention, the compressive strength (in MPa)
of the concrete for aggregate interlock. No parameter is necessary for the
brittle model.
174
Special Models
Sand structure
file .dat
MATERI
1
DSTIF 1.E+5 1.E+3
FRICTI
FRCVAL 0. 0.36 0.
GAP
This example specifies a sand structure interface with zero cohesion, a friction
angle of 20 and a zero dilatancy angle. It includes gap formation with a default
tensile strength.
Hardening
MATERI
2
DSTIF
FRICTI
FRCVAL
HARDIA
FRCDIA
file .dat
1.E+5 1.E+5
1. 0.5
1. 0.
0.5 0.
0.
2.
1.
0.05
0.05
2.
1.
10.
10.
Position dependency. For some materials the cohesion may depend on the
position of the material in space. A typical example is soil where c may vary
with the depth in the soil layer. To model such a dependency, Diana can apply
gradient characteristics to the Coulomb friction model for interface elements.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
REFPOS
COHGRD
12 13
80

grchx r grchy r grchz r
REFPOS specifies the reference position where xref , yref , and zref respectively are the coordinates (Xref , Yref , Zref ) of the reference point R for
which cR = cref .
COHGRD specifies the gradient of the cohesion in the global XY Z directions:
c/X = grx , c/Y = gry , c/Z = grz .
Diana will calculate the cohesion for each element integration point via linear
interpolation:
c(X, Y, Z) = cref + (X Xref )
c
c
c
+ (Y Yref )
+ (Z Zref )
X
Y
Z
(9.5)
where cref is the reference cohesion whose value is supposed to be specified in

the hardening diagram via input items FRCVAL and HARDIA [ 9.3.4 p. 173].
9.3.5
175
This interface material model is appropriate to simulate fracture, frictional slip

as well as crushing along interfaces, for instance at joints in masonry. The
model as a plasticity based multi-surface interface model and is also known as
the Composite Interface model. See 21.5 on page 433 for background theory.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
COMBIF
GAPVAL
MO1VAL
FRCVAL
MO2VAL
CAPVAL
MOCVAL
12 13
80
ft r
gf1 r
ch r phi r psi r [ phir r sigu r delta r ]
[ gf2a r ] gf2b r
fc r cs r
gfc r kp r
COMBIF indicates the use of the multi-surface interface yield criterion for combined crackingshearingcrushing.
GAPVAL ft is the tensile strength ft . Note that also the friction criterion limits
tensile stresses. If you specify ft > c/ tan then Diana will reset ft to
ft = c/ tan .
(0 ft
c/ tan )
MO1VAL gf1 is the fracture energy GIf for Mode-I.
(GIf > 0)
FRCVAL describes the friction criterion: ch is the cohesion c, phi is the friction
coefficient , i.e., the tangent modulus of the friction angle ( = tan ),
psi is the dilatancy coefficient ( = tan ).
(c > 0)
Non-consistent friction and dilatancy requires three more parameters: phir

is the residual friction coefficient r , sigu is the confining normal stress
u for which the dilatancy coefficient is zero, and delta is the exponential
degradation coefficient of the dilatancy coefficient with shear-slipping
displacement [ 21.5.1 p. 434]. In this case the specified phi and psi will
be considered as initial values.
MO2VAL defines the Mode-II fracture energy GII
f : gf2a and gf2b are the factors
a and b in GII
=
a
+
b.
If
you
dont
specify
factor a this will be taken
f
will
be
constant.
as zero by default, and GII
f
CAPVAL describes the cap criterion: fc is the compressive strength fc and cs
is factor Cs which controls the shear traction contribution to compressive
failure.
( > 0)
( > 0)
(r > 0)
(u < 0)
( > 0)
(b > 0)
[a = 0]
(fc > 0)
(Cs > 0)
176
Special Models
MOCVAL describes the compressive inelastic law: gfc is the compressive fracture
energy Gfc and kp is the equivalent plastic relative displacement p
corresponding to the peak compressive stress.
9.3.6
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism to specify a general nonlinear constitutive behavior for interface elements.
The user-supplied interface model should be coded with great care.
The routine should perform the intended function without influencing other parts of Diana. See Volume Analysis Procedures for the
precautionary measures to be taken when applying user-supplied subroutines. Before using the user-supplied interface model in production analyses, it shall be developed and tested on a single-element
example to verify the accuracy of its constitutive behavior.
The following information from table MATERI is passed to a user-supplied
subroutine.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRIFC
[ USRVAL
[ USRSTA
[ USRIND
12 13
80
[usrmod w ]
usrval r... ]
usrsta r... ]
usrind i... ]
USRIFC specifies that a general constitutive model for interface behavior is determined via user-supplied subroutine USRIFC [ 11.5 p. 243]. The keyword
usrmod may be used as a switch in the subroutine. This gives you the
opportunity to code various material models in one single subroutine.
USRVAL usrval are a number of interface parameters. These parameters cannot
be modified in the subroutine.
file .dat
MATERI
1
DSTIF 1.E6 1.E6
USRIFC COULOM
(Gfc > 0)
(p > 0)
9.4 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model

USRVAL 6.0 0.12 30.0
USRSTA 0.0 0.0
USRIND 0 0
177
90.0 5.0 30.0
END
In addition to the data for for the user-supplied subroutine, this example also inputs values for the dummy stiffness moduli via DSTIF. These values are necessary
for the preliminary linear analysis. If you need these values in the user-supplied
subroutine, then you can take them from the filos file via a special access
subroutine GTC [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
9.4
Modified Maekawa Concrete Model
The Maekawa concrete model combines a multi-axial damage plasticity model

for the effect of crushing in the compressive regime with a crack model based
on total strain for the tensile regime.
History and benefits. The damage plasticity model has been developed by
the research group of professor Maekawa of Tokyo University. The crack model
is directly related to the Total Strain crack models in Diana [ 6.2 p. 97]. The
model also describes hysteresis in tensile and compressive unloadingreloading
loops according to the experiences of professor Maekawa. The implementation
in Diana of these effects into what we call the Modified Maekawa concrete
model, is the result of the efforts of a working group, consisting of a number of
Japanese universities and companies in the period 20012002.
The attractive points of the Modified Maekawa concrete model are that
it is defined by engineering parameters such as the tensile and compressive
strength and the fracture energy, and that it covers all loading situations. Other
models, focused on a specific loading situation, might provide better results in
this specific situation. However, these models generally perform not so well
under conditions for which they are not intended.
Application. The Modified Maekawa concrete model can be applied for solid,
shell, plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, beam, and truss elements. This
model can be used either via direct input [ 9.4.1], or via a user-supplied subroutine [ 9.4.2]. See also Chapter 22 on page 441 for background theory.
9.4.1
Direct Input
Direct input is particularly useful to apply the Modified Maekawa model as

implemented in the standard Diana code, i.e., without any modifications. In
addition to the input data below the Modified Maekawa model also requires the
specification of Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio [ 4.1.1 p. 33].
178
Special Models
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
MAEKAW
[ THETA
COMSTR
[ BETA
[ RECLOS ]
[ BFAC
TENCRV
[ SHRCRV
FIXED
ROTATE
( NONORT
theta r ] )
fc r
beta r ]
br ]
curve w
curve w
tension softening parameters

shear retention parameters ]
MAEKAW specifies the application of the Modified Maekawa model.

FIXED for the Total Strain Fixed crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
ROTATE for the Total Strain Rotating crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
NONORT for the Total Strain Non-orthogonal crack model [ 22.4 p. 445].
[ = 90]
THETA theta specifies the threshold angle between the three potential crack
planes (in degrees). This parameter is only applicable for the Total Strain
Non-orthogonal crack model.
COMSTR fc is the compressive strength fc under uniaxial stress situations. Note
that the Modified Maekawa model in its essence is calibrated on experimental data. The compressive strength of the model only matches with
the maximum compressive stress under uniaxial loading conditions when
the specified Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio are close to the values
for concrete.
[ = 0.01]
BETA beta is the shear retention factor of the constant shear retention function, which always applies to the Modified Maekawa concrete model.
RECLOS activates the crack-reclosing option. In this case Diana assumes a gradual stress increase when the crack closes [ 22.3]. By default, i.e., without
the crack-reclosing option, Diana assumes a sudden stress increase at
crack closure.
[b = 1.0]
BFAC b is the correction factor b for plastic evolution. This factor applies to
calculation of the plastic hardening of the internal plastic element in the
damaged concrete [Eq. (22.3) p. 442].
179
TENCRV curve is the name of the tension softening function [ 9.4.1.1]. The
tension softening parameters are specific for the applied function.
SHRCRV curve is the name of the shear retention function [ 9.4.1.2].
shear retention parameters are specific for the applied function.
9.4.1.1
The
Tension Softening
The Modified Maekawa model can be combined with the ideal and brittle tension
softening models, with various predefined tension softening curves, and with a
multi-linear model [Fig. 9.13]. Alternatively you may customize the tension
softening via a user-supplied subroutine.
CONSTA
ft
BRITTL
ft
LINEAR
ft
GIf /h
(a) ideal
(b) brittle
EXPONE
ft
HORDYK
ft
GIf /h
MULTLN
(1 , 1 )
(0 , 0 )
GIf /h
(d) exponential
(c) linear
(e) Hordijk
(2 , 2 )
(n , n )
(f) multi-linear
Figure 9.13: Predefined tension softening for Modified Maekawa model

Ideal and brittle tension softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
TENSTR
12 13
80
curve w
CONSTA
BRITTL
ft r
CONSTA for ideal behavior [Fig. 9.13a].

BRITTL for brittle behavior [Fig. 9.13b].
180
Special Models
Tension softening curves
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
TENSTR
[ CRACKB
GF1
12 13
80
curve w
LINEAR
EXPONE
HORDYK
ft r
hr ]
gf1 r
LINEAR for linear softening [Fig. 9.13c].

EXPONE for exponential softening [Fig. 9.13d].
HORDYK for softening according to Hordijk et al. [Fig. 9.13e].
CRACKB h is the crack bandwidth h (see below).
GF1 gf1 is the Mode-I tensile fracture energy GIf .
The softening curves [Fig. 9.13c,d,e] are based on fracture energy by the definition of the crack bandwidth of the element. For this crack bandwidth Diana
assumes a value related to the area or the volume of the element [ 6.3 p. 116].
In special cases, it may be useful to specify the crack bandwidth explicitly via
the CRACKB input item.
Multi-linear tension softening
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
TENPAR
12 13
80
MULTLN
s0 r e0 r s1 r e1 r [ . . . sn r en r ]
MULTLN for a multi-linear diagram [Fig. 9.13f].

(1 n 30)
TENPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, ); s0

to sn are the tensile stresses , e0 to en are the corresponding total
strains . In general the curve should start with a linear elastic slop from
the origin to the tensile strength ft as in Figure 9.13f.

User-supplied tension softening
181
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TENCRV
[ USRPAR
12 13
80
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
USRCRV specifies that the function of the tensile stress is determined via a usersupplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
9.4.1.2
Shear Behavior
The Maekawa model can be combined with two multi-linear models for shear
retention (meaningless with the Total Strain Rotating crack model): a stress
strain model, and a retentionstrain model. It can also be combined with two
characteristic shear transfer models, defined by professor Maekawa: the Contact
Density model and the Contact Density model with Decay of Shear Transfer.
Alternatively you may customize the shear behavior via a user-supplied subroutine.
Multi-linear shear stressstrain
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
SHRPAR
12 13
80
MULTLN
tau0 r gam0 r tau1 r gam1 r [. . . taun r gamn r ]
MULTLN for a multi-linear diagram between shear stresses and shear strains.
SHRPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, ); tau0
. . . taun are the shear stresses , gam0 . . . gamn are the corresponding
shear strains .
Multi-linear shear retentionstrain
(1 n 30)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
SHRPAR
12 13
80
BEDIAG
bet0 r gam0 r bet1 r gam1 r [. . . betn r gamn r ]
BEDIAG for a multi-linear diagram between shear retention and shear strains.
SHRPAR are the points of the multi-linear diagram: n pairs of values (, );
bet0 . . . betn are the shear retention factors , gam0 . . . gamn are the
corresponding shear strains .
(1 n 30)
182
Special Models
Contact Density for shear transfer
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
12 13
80
MAESHR
MAESHR for the Contact Density model for shear transfer according to Maekawa
[ 22.5.1 p. 446]. This model requires no further parameters.
Contact Density with Decay of Shear Transfer
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
SHRPAR
12 13
80
MAEDEC
c r gamult r
MAEDEC for the Contact Density Model with Decay of Shear Transfer according
to Maekawa [ 22.5.2 p. 448].
SHRPAR specifies the parameters for the model: c is the shear softening parameter c and gamult is the ultimate shear strain ult .
User-supplied shear behavior
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SHRCRV
[ USRVAL
[ USRSTA
[ USRIND
12 13
80
USER
usrval r... ]
usrsta r... ]
usrind n... ]
USER specifies that the shear behavior during cracking is defined via user-supplied
subroutine USRSHR [ 11.3.4 p. 233].
USRVAL usrval is a series of values of material parameters which Diana passes
to the subroutine.
USRSTA usrsta is a series of initial values for status variables which Diana
USRIND usrind is a series of initial values of indicators which Diana passes to
the subroutine.
9.4.2
183
User-supplied
Application of the Modified Maekawa model via a user-supplied subroutine is

only useful of you want to change the model with respect to the standard implementation in the Diana code, for instance to perform some scientific experiments. Application of the standard code of subroutine USRMNL, as supplied in
the Diana distribution,3 is equivalent to application via direct input.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
POISON
CRACKB
RECLOS
USRMAT
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
[ SHRCRV
12 13
80
er
nu r
hr
MAEKAW
fc r ft r gf1 r b r
fract r
soften n crackm n
curve w
shear retention parameters ]

POISON nu is the Poissons ratio .
CRACKB h is the crack bandwidth h.
RECLOS activates the crack-reclosing option [ 22.3].
USRMAT MAEKAW indicates that the Maekawa concrete model must be applied via
user-supplied subroutine USRMNL [ 11.3.10 p. 236].
USRVAL are four parameters which will be passed to subroutine USRMNL via
argument USRVAL.
fc is the compressive strength fc .
ft is the tensile strength ft .
gf1 is the fracture energy GIf for Mode-I.
b is the correction factor b for plastic evolution ... [Eq. (22.3) p. 442].
USRSTA is one parameter which will be passed to subroutine USRMNL via argument USRSTA.
3 See
~diana/Test/nl/tstr/maeka/usrmnl/usrmnl.f
184
Special Models
fract is the initial value of the fracture parameter K. You are advised
to set this value to 1. With ongoing deformation this parameter will
gradually reduce to zero.
USRIND are two parameters to indicate the material models to be applied. These
parameters will be passed to subroutine USRMNL via argument USRIND.
soften indicates the softening model to be applied.
1 for linear softening [Fig. 9.13c].
2 for multi-linear softening [Fig. 9.13f]. This also requires the input
of the multi-linear diagram via the TENPAR input item [ 9.4.1].
3 for exponential softening [Fig. 9.13d].
5 for Hordijk softening [Fig. 9.13e].
13 for user-defined softening. This also requires the code of usersupplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
14 for ideal softening [Fig. 9.13a].
15 for brittle softening [Fig. 9.13b].
crackm indicates the crack model to be applied.
1 for the Total Strain Rotating crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
2 for the Total Strain Fixed crack model [ 18.2.1 p. 383].
3 for the Total Strain Non-ortogonal crack model [ 22.4 p. 445].
SHRCRV curve is the name of the shear retention function [ 9.4.1.2].
shear retention parameters are specific for the applied function.
9.5
The
Reinforcement Behavior
For embedded reinforcements, BAR and GRID, Diana offers four material models: linear elasticity, two plasticity models to model yielding of the reinforcement, and a general user-supplied material model.
9.5.1
Linear Elasticity
Embedded reinforcements in structural analysis require the input of Youngs

modulus E. Input of the thermal expansion coefficient is only necessary in
case of temperature load.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YOUNG
THERMX
(E > 0)
12 13
80
er
alpha r

9.5 Reinforcement Behavior

9.5.1.1
185
Temperature Influence
In nonlinear analysis, the ambient temperature may influence the material properties of embedded reinforcements. The temperaturetime dependency must be
specified via input table TEMPER [ 1.2 p. 2].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMYOU
TEMALP
12 13
80
te1 r e1 r [te2 r e2 r . . . ] ten r en r

te1 r al1 r [te2 r al2 r . . . ] ten r aln r
TEMYOU specifies the temperature influence on Youngs Modulus. Values te1 to

ten are temperatures T . Values e1 to en are the Es for the corresponding temperatures respectively.
(n 30)
TEMALP specifies the temperature influence on the thermal expansion coefficient

. Values te1 to ten are temperatures T . Values al1 to aln are the
s for the corresponding temperatures respectively.
(n 30)
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG 210000.
TEMYOU 0. 210000.
TEMALP 0. 1.2E-5
150. 210000.
900. 1.2E-5
750. 0.
User-supplied. Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for

cases where the temperature influence on the Youngs modulus cannot be input
via TEMYOU.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ USRYOU
12 13
80
usrkey w ]
USRYOU specifies that the temperature influence on Youngs modulus is determined via user-supplied subroutine USRYOU [ 11.1.1 p. 219]. Diana passes
the keyword usrkey to argument usrkey of this subroutine. For reinforcements, concentration and maturity data is not available in this routine.
186
Special Models
file .dat
MATERI
2 YOUNG
USRYOU
9.5.2
2.1E10
LOW
Von Mises Plasticity
Von Mises plasticity and hardening models are available for embedded reinforcements. Temperature influence on the plasticity is also possible.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDIA
[ HARDEN
12 13
80
VMISES
sy r
sy1 r k1 r [sy2 r k2 r . . . ] syn r kn r ]
]
WORK
STRAIN
YIELD VMISES specifies the Von Mises yield criterion.

YLDVAL sy is the yield stress y .
(n 25)
HARDIA specifies a hardening diagram: sy1 . . . syn are the yield stresses y
and k1 to kn the corresponding equivalent plastic strains [Fig. 17.3b
p. 321].
HARDEN specifies the hardening hypothesis: WORK for work hardening or STRAIN
for strain hardening.
The example of Figure 17.4 on page 323 holds for hardening plasticity of reinforcements.
9.5.2.1
Temperature Influence
In nonlinear analysis, the ambient temperature may influence the yield stress of
embedded reinforcements. The temperaturetime dependency must be specified
via input table TEMPER [ 1.2 p. 2].
187
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TEMYLD
80
te1 r sy1 r [te2 r sy2 r . . . ten r syn r ]
TEMYLD specifies temperature influence on the yield stress y . Values te1 to

ten are temperatures T . Values sy1 to syn are the yield stresses for the
corresponding temperatures.
(n 15)
file .dat
MATERI
1
YIELD
YLDVAL
TEMYLD
VMISES
400.
0. 400.
300. 400.
750. 0.
User-supplied. Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism for

cases where the temperature influence on the yield stress cannot be input as
described. In this case the criterion name as indicated in the previous sections must be specified together with the data records in this section. It is not
necessary to specify the constant values.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SQVCRV
[ USRPAR
80
USRCRV
usrpar r... ]
SQVCRV USRCRV specifies that the temperature influence on the plasticity criterion is determined via the user-supplied subroutine USRCRV [ 11.3 p. 228].
For reinforcements, concentration and maturity data is not available in
this routine.
USRPAR usrpar are parameters that Diana will pass to argument usrpar of
subroutine USRCRV.
file .dat
MATERI
2
YIELD
SQVCRV
USRPAR
END
VMISES
USRCRV
600.0 1.0
0.0 1250.0 0.05
188
Special Models
9.5.3
MontiNuti Plasticity
The MontiNuti model is a special plasticity model for the cyclic behavior of
steel [ 17.1.10 p. 354]. It is available for embedded reinforcements. The model
can be combined with 4 different hardening types.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
YIELD
YLDVAL
[ HARDEN
12 13
80
MONTIN
sy r b r p r r r a1 r a2 r
]
KINEMA
ISOTRO
MIXED
MEMORY
YIELD MONTIN specifies MontiNuti plasticity.

(y0 0)
(b0 , R0 > 0)
(0 P 1)
(A1 , A2 0)
[ISOTRO]
YLDVAL sy is the initial yield stress y0 . Value b is the initial tangent slope
ratio of the hardening branch b0 . Value p is the weighting coefficient
P , used for mixed and memory hardening only. Value r is the initial
curvature parameter R0 . Values a1 and a2 are material constants A1
and A2 .
HARDEN specifies the hardening hypothesis: KINEMA for kinematic hardening,
ISOTRO for isotropic hardening, MIXED for mixed kinematic and isotropic
hardening, MEMORY for memory hardening.
9.5.4
Reinforcement Specials
Two special features apply for embedded reinforcements: bonding [ 9.5.4.1],

and corrosion influence [ 9.5.4.2].
9.5.4.1
Bonding
For linear elasticity and plasticity you may indicate that the reinforcement is
not bonded to its mother elements. This option only applies for the nonlinear
calculation of the effects of post-tensioning.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
[ NOBOND ]
189
NOBOND indicates that the reinforcement is not bonded to its mother elements.
In this case the stiffness of the reinforcements does not contribute to the
stiffness of the mother elements, nor do the reinforcement strains and
stresses change with deformation of the mother element. If you specify a
prestress for the reinforcements then Diana applies post-tensioning as an
external loading to the mother elements.
Subsequent full bonding. Full bonding in the subsequent nonlinear analysis
can be obtained in two ways: either specify BOND in the optional EXECUT PHYSIC
command block or remove NOBOND from table MATERI and reread the table via
Module input. This bonding is mostly associated with grouting the reinforcement channels. After bonding, the reinforcement contributes to the stiffness
of the mother element and the reinforcement strains and stresses change upon
deformation of the mother element.
9.5.4.2
Corrosion Influence
For embedded reinforcement you may specify corrosion influence.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ CORROS
12 13
80
t1 r f1 r [t2 r f2 r . . . ] tn r fn r ]
CORROS specifies corrosion influence: t1 . . . tn are times t for which corrosion

influence is specified. Values f1 . . . fn are the reduction factors f for
the reinforcement cross-section at the corresponding times. Diana applies linear interpolation between the specified time points. The corrosion
option can only be used in physical nonlinear analysis with time steps.
9.5.5
(2 n 500)
(0 f 1)
User-supplied
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism to specify a general nonlinear material behavior for reinforcements. The user-supplied material model
USRMAT is available for both embedded reinforcements bar and grid.
The user-supplied material model should be coded with great

care. The routine should perform the intended function without
influencing other parts of Diana. See Volume Analysis Procedures for the precautionary measures to be taken when applying
user-supplied subroutines.
The user-supplied material model should be developed and tested
on a single element example to verify if the routine models the
constitutive behavior accurately before using the subroutine in
production analyses.
190
Special Models
The following information from table MATERI is passed to the user-supplied
subroutine USRMAT [ 11.4.2 p. 239].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
USRMAT
[ USRVAL
[ USRSTA
[ USRIND
80
[usrmod w ]
usrval r... ]
usrsta r... ]
usrind i... ]
USRMAT specifies that a general material model is determined via user-supplied

subroutine USRMAT. The keyword usrmod may be used as a switch in
the subroutine. This gives you the opportunity to code various material
models in one single subroutine.
USRVAL usrval is a series of material parameters. These parameters cannot be
file .dat
MATERI
2 YOUNG
USRMAT
USRVAL
USRSTA
END
200000.0
SATURA
600.0 1.0 0.0 1250.0 0.05
0.0 0.0 0.0
In addition to the data for for the user-supplied subroutine, this example also
inputs the value for the Youngs modulus E. This value is necessary for the preliminary linear analysis. If you need this value in the user-supplied subroutine,
then you can take them from the filos file via a special access routine GTC [Vol.
Analysis Procedures].
For an embedded BAR, the user-supplied material model describes a uniaxial
stressstrain model. For an embedded GRID, the user-supplied material model
describes two uncoupled uniaxial stressstrain relationships for the two axis
directions of the grid.
9.6 Soil Behavior
9.6
191
Soil Behavior
This chapter describes the input syntax of the HardinDrnevich and Ramberg
Osgood soil models and of some specific options for nonlinear soil mechanics.
These options will only be applied for solid, plane strain and axisymmetric
elements. The option input comprises two parts: the initial stress ratio and the
description of the drained or undrained behavior.
9.6.1
HardinDrnevich and RambergOsgood Models
This section describes the input syntax of the HardinDrnevich and Ramberg
Osgood simple soil models. These models may be applied in a nonlinear analysis
with Module nonlin [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For background theory, see
Chapter 23.
The HardinDrnevich and RambergOsgood soil models are coordinate dependent material models. In the elements in which these material models are applied, one of the local element axes should point
in vertical direction.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SOIL
data
12 13
80
model w
HARDRN
RAOSGO
SOIL starts the input of a simple soil model. The model specifier may be one
of the following.
HARDRN for the HardinDrnevich model [ 9.6.1.1].
RAOSGO for the RambergOsgood model [ 9.6.1.2].
data are additional data records to specify the properties of a specific simple
soil model.
9.6.1.1
HardinDrnevich
For a summary of the background theory of the HardinDrnevich model see

23.1 on page 450. The input data of the HardinDrnevich model starts with
the HARDRN model specifier.
192
Special Models
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SOIL
GAMMAR
[ BULKMO
( r > 0 )
[INISTF]
12 13
80
HARDRN
gammar r
]
INISTF
CURSHE
GAMMAR gammar is the characteristic shear strain r .

BULKMO specifies the method used to determine the bulk modulus K: INISTF
for the bulk modulus based on the initial stiffness, and CURSHE for the
bulk modulus based on the current shear modulus.
9.6.1.2
RambergOsgood
For a summary of the background theory of the RambergOsgood model see

23.2 on page 450. The input data of the RambergOsgood model starts with
the RAOSGO model specifier.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
SOIL
GAMMAR
ALPHA
BETA
[ BULKMO
( r > 0 )
12 13
GAMMAR gammar is the characteristic shear strain r .
(0)
ALPHA alpha is the material parameter .
(>0)
BETA beta is the material parameter .
[INISTF]
80
RAOSGO
gammar r
alpha r
beta r
]
INISTF
CURSHE
BULKMO specifies the method used to determine the bulk modulus K: INISTF
for the bulk modulus based on the initial stiffness, and CURSHE for the
bulk modulus based on the current shear modulus.
9.6 Soil Behavior
9.6.2
193
Initial Stress Ratio
The initial state of stress in the soil can be characterized by the volumetric
weight of the soil , the depth z and the lateral pressure ratio K0 . This ratio is
defined as the quotient of the horizontal (principle) effective stress 10 and the
vertical effective stress 30 :
K0 =
0
10
= 1
0
3
z
and
h0 = K0 v0
(9.6)
During the evaluation of the initial state for the nonlinear analysis, Diana
will compose the initial nonlinear stress components from the calculated elastic
vertical stress of the specified load set and multiplication factor [Vol. Analysis
Procedures].
The linear load set must contain a dead weight load from which Diana derives the (vertical) direction of gravity.
For an isotropic material, a single K0 value applies for all horizontal directions.
For an orthotropic material, two K0 values apply for two perpendicular horizontal directions.
Isotropic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
K0
12 13
80
k0 r
K0 k0 is the pore pressure ratio K0 , valid in all horizontal directions.

Orthotropic
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
K0
K0DIR
12 13
80
k0a r k0b r
dira n
K0 k0a and k0b are the pore pressure ratios K0 in two mutually perpendicular
directions of a three-dimensional model with solid elements.
K0DIR dira is a number referring to a direction in table DIRECT [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. The horizontal component of this direction defines the
actual direction for k0a . Therefore, the direction as specified in table
DIRECT must have a horizontal component, i.e., it may not coincide
with the direction of the gravity acceleration.
194
Special Models
9.6.3
Undrained Behavior
If, in a geotechnical analysis, the permeability of a saturated soil is small in

comparison with the loading rate, the behavior is incompressible in a short
term. This undrained behavior can be modeled by defining an excess pore fluid
pressure pe in the material as
pe = Kf,num v
(9.7)
with v the volumetric strain and Kf the undrained compression modulus which
is equal to the drained compression modulus times a penalty factor: Kf =
fac K.
This method does not create separate degrees of freedom for the pore pressure, though it can be used in combination with mixture elements [Vol. Analysis
Procedures]. Note that the drained compression modulus is derived from the
specified constant Youngs modulus and the Poissons ratio. Therefore, in case
of nonlinear elasticity, you should use this option with care. Also note that the
theoretical formula
Kf
pe = v
(9.8)
n
with n the porosity, is not applied because Diana uses the fluid compression
modulus only as a numerical artifice which value should be just sufficiently larger
than the drained compression modulus.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
UNDRAI
[ NUMBKF
[fac = 500]
12 13
80
[fac r ]
bulkf r ]
UNDRAI If this term is specified, Diana uses the undrained model. Value fac is
the incompressibility penalty factor, i.e., the multiplication factor for the
drained compression modulus: Kf = fac KD .
To switch to drained behavior for subsequent load steps in a nonlinear
analysis, you should issue the DRAINE command in the PHYSIC command
block for step execution [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For a new undrained
phase in a phased analysis, you could also initialize the nonlinear analysis
with the DRAINE command in the PHYSIC command block.
NUMBKF bulkf is the fluid bulk modulus Kf . During the evaluation of the
elements and their properties, Diana determines the bulk modulus or, if
you dont specify fac , takes it from the input bulkf . If you specify both
fac and bulkf then Diana will overrule the specified bulk modulus and
give a warning message.
9.7 Liquefaction
9.7
195
Liquefaction
This section describes the input data for the constitutive models for liquefaction analysis that were developed on behalf of the Japanese Liquefaction User
Group [15]. These models may be applied in a nonlinear analysis with Module
nonlin [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For background theory see Chapter 24. See
also Volume Geotechnical Analysis for some instructive examples of liquefaction
analysis.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
LIQUEF
data
12 13
80
model w
TOWHAT
NISHI
BOWL
USER
LIQUEF starts the input of a liquefaction model. The model specifier may be
one of the following.
TOWHAT for the Towhata-Iai model [ 9.7.1].
NISHI for the Nishi model [ 9.7.2].
BOWL for the Bowl model [ 9.7.3].
USER for a user-supplied liquefaction model. For this model you must
specify some data items [ 11.6.1 p. 245] and the source code of subroutine USRLIQ [ 11.6.2 p. 245].
data are additional data records to specify the properties of a specific liquefaction model.
Model choice. With three dedicated constitutive models available for liquefaction analysis, your first question will be which model to choose. Besides
your own preferences this choice is determined by the specific capabilities and
limitations of the models.
Towhata-Iai [ 9.7.1]. This model is your choice if the analysis is two-dimensional and largely undrained, if you want a failure surface to be part of the
model and if you want to include the effect of stress rotation on liquefaction
occurrence. Also attractive is the robustness of the model.
Nishi [ 9.7.2]. This model is your choice in case of partially drained conditions,
if the direction of shearing is arbitrary, and if you need a failure surface as
part of the model. The model can be used with two- and three-dimensional
elements. Also attractive is the limited number of model parameters.
196
Special Models
Bowl [ 9.7.3]. This model is your choice in case of partially drained conditions,
if the direction of shearing is predominantly horizontal, and if you do not
require a failure surface as part of the model. The model can be used with
two- and three-dimensional elements. Also attractive is the robustness of
the model.
Element types. All Dianas relevant plane strain and axisymmetric continuum elements are available in combination with the liquefaction constitutive
models. The Nishi and Bowl model are also available in combination with all
Dianas solid elements. See Volume Element Library for a description of the
available plane strain, axisymmetric, and solid elements.
Pore pressure modeling. All liquefaction constitutive models are effective
stress models, which means that you can combine them with all Dianas features
for pore pressure modeling. However, the Towhata-Iai model intrinsically uses
the assumption of undrained behavior, and should therefore not be used under
drained conditions.
Large strain modeling. All liquefaction constitutive models can be combined with Updated Lagrange large strain modeling [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
Combination with other constitutive models. You may choose different
constitutive models and different parameters for different sets of elements. Because the liquefaction models are total strain models you cannot apply them
within one of these sets simultaneously with other material models like plasticity, cracking, temperature dependency, viscoelasticity, viscoplasticity etc.
However, you may deactivate the liquefaction models via a special LIQUEF
OFF command in the preceding phased nonlinear analysis with Module nonlin.4 This allows you to determine the initial stress state prior to the actual
liquefaction analysis.
file .dcf
*NONLIN
BEGIN EXECUT
BEGIN PHYSIC
LIQUEF OFF
END PHYSIC
END EXECUT
*END
4 See
commands for initialization, output selection etc.

commands for time/load step execution
other options
Volume Analysis Procedures for complete description of the *NONLIN commands.

9.7 Liquefaction
197
Status output. Depending on the applied liquefaction model, some status

variables are optionally available for output at integration points.4
9.7.1
Towhata-Iai
For a summary of the background theory of the Towhata-Iai model see 24.1 on
page 451. See also Dianas Test Suite on Test/nl/liqu/towha* with some
validation tests. The input data of the Towhata-Iai model starts with the TOWHAT
model specifier.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
LIQUEF
PREF
BLKREF
SHRREF
SINPHF
W1
[ SINPHP
[ C1
[ P1
[ P2
[ S1
[ HV
[ NSPRIN
12 13
80
TOWHAT
pref r
kref r
gref r
sphif r
w1 r
sphip r ]
c1 r ]
p1 r ]
p2 r ]
s1 r ]
hv r ]
nsprin n ]
0
PREF pref is the reference effective mean pressure p0ref = m.ref
in Equation
(24.8) on page 453 and Equation (24.6) on page 452.
( p0ref > 0 )
BLKREF kref is the bulk modulus Kref at the reference effective mean stress
p0ref . This parameter is used to determine the pressure dependent actual
bulk modulus in Equation (24.8) on page 453.
(Kref > 0)
SHRREF gref is the shear modulus Gref at the reference effective pressure p0ref .
This parameter is used to determine the pressure dependent actual shear
modulus in Equation (24.6) on page 452.
(Gref > 0)
SINPHF sphif is the sine of the shear resistance angle f at failure.
(
0 < sin f 1)
W1 w1 is the normalized plastic shear work w1 at the value of the liquefaction

front parameter S0 = 0.4 in Equation (24.4) on page 452.
(w1 > 0)
SINPHP sphip is the sine of the phase transformation angle p .
(0 < sin p 1)
C1 c1 is a threshold level c1 for normalized plastic shear work which does not
generate excess pore pressure in Equation (24.7) on page 452.
[ sin p =
2
3 sin f ]
(c1 > 0)
[ c1 = 1]
198
Special Models
P1
( p2 > 0)
[p2 = 1]
(s1 > 0)
[s1 = 0.005]
(hv > 0)
[ hv = 0.3]
(0 < nsprin
20)
[ nsprin = 10]
p1 is the parameter p1 used to determine the liquefaction front parameter

S0 in Equation (24.4) on page 452.
P2 p2 is the parameter p2 used to determine the liquefaction front parameter

S1 s1 is the parameter s1 used to determine the liquefaction front parameter
HV hv is the limiting value hv of the virtual damping ratio h when the virtual
shear strain is at infinity. This parameter is used to determine the value
of variable a in Equation (24.17) on page 454.
NSPRIN nsprin is the number of springs (separate virtual shear mechanisms).
Example
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
BULKF
:
LIQUEF
NSPRIN
PREF
SHRREF
BLKREF
P1
P2
W1
S1
C1
HV
SINPHF
SINPHP
file .dat
2.758497E5
.33
2.E6
TOWHAT
12
98.
103700.
270500.
0.45
1.4
2.00
0.0035
1.0
0.3
0.87
0.42
Customization. You may customize the Towhata-Iai liquefaction model via

the user-supplied subroutine option. Therefore you must specify some additional
data items [ 11.6.1 p. 245] and the source code of subroutine TOWLIQ [ 11.6.3
p. 247].
9.7.2
Nishi
For a summary of the background theory of the Nishi model see 24.2 on
page 455. The input data of the Nishi model starts with the NISHI model
specifier. See also Dianas Test Suite on Test/nl/liqu/nishi* with some
validation tests.
(p1 > 0)
[ p1 = 1]
9.7 Liquefaction
199
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
LIQUEF
12 13
80
NISHI
KAPSTA
( KAPPA
POROSI
kapsta r
kappa r
n0 r )
POISON
PHI
PHIM
MSTAR
[ NEX
G0STAR
[ BETA
nu r
phi r
phip r
mstar r
nr ]
g0star r
beta1 r [beta2 r ] ]
KAPSTA kapsta is the modified swelling parameter

=
1 + e0
( > 0)
(9.9)
with e0 the initial void ratio and the common swelling parameter in
KAPPA kappa is the common swelling parameter from the exponential elasticity model in Equation (24.27) on page 456.
=
Cs
ln 10
( > 0)
(9.10)
POROSI n0 is the initial porosity
(0 n0 1)
n0 =
e0
1 + e0
[n0 = 0]
(9.11)
with e0 the initial void ratio in Equation (24.27) on page 456.

POISON nu is the constant Poissons ratio . You can derive from the
(drained) bulk modulus K and shear modulus G using
=
3K 2G
6K + 2G
[ = 0]
(9.12)
PHI phi is the shear resistance angle at failure. This parameter is used to
determine Mf in Equation (24.29) on page 457.
( 0 < 0.5 )
( > 0)
200
Special Models
PHIM phip is the shear resistance angle p under maximum volumetric compression. This parameter is used to determine Mm in Equation (24.29) on
page 457.
MSTAR mstar is the material constant m in Equation (24.32) on page 457.
[n = 5 ]
NEX n is the exponent n in Equation (24.32) on page 457.

G0STAR g0star is the plastic shear parameter G0 in Equation (24.33) on page
458.
[ 1 = 0, 2 = 0
]
BETA beta1 and beta2 respectively are the attenuation parameters 1 and 2
in Equation (24.33) on page 458.
Example
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
:
LIQUEF
KAPSTA
PHI
PHIM
MSTAR
G0STAR
BETA
11.E7
0.3
NISHI
1.8E-3
36.
30.
6.E-6
2.96E3
150.
Customization. You may customize the Nishi liquefaction model via the
user-supplied subroutine option. Therefore you must specify some additional
data items [ 11.6.1 p. 245] and the source code of subroutine NISLIQ [ 11.6.4
p. 248].
9.7.3
Bowl
For a summary of the background theory of the Bowl model see 24.3 on
page 458. The input data of the Bowl model starts with the BOWL model specifier.
See also Dianas Test Suite on Test/nl/liqu/bo* with some validation tests.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
LIQUEF
PREF
SHRREF
12 13
80
BOWL
sigref r
gref r
(p > 0)
9.7 Liquefaction
GAMMAR
HMAX
KAPPA
[ POROSI
A
B
C
D
XL
201
gamref r
hmax r
kappa r
n0 r ]
ar
br
cr
dr
xl r
0
PREF sigref is the reference effective isotropic pressure m.ref
in Equation
(24.36) on page 459.
0
(m.ref
> 0)
SHRREF is the reference shear modulus Gref at the reference effective mean stress
0
m
. This parameter is used to determine the pressure dependent actual
shear modulus in Equation (24.36) on page 459.
GAMMAR gamref is the reference shear strain 0.5 at the value G/Gref = 0.5 in
HMAX hmax is the maximum damping ratio hmax in Equation (24.37) on page
459.
KAPPA kappa is the swelling parameter = Cs /ln 10 for the exponential elasticity model in Equation (24.40) on page 460. This parameter relates the
0
.
drained tangent bulk modulus Kt to the effective mean stress m
( > 0)
POROSI n0 is the initial porosity n0 = e0 /(1 + e0 ) where e0 is the initial void

ratio in Equation (24.40) on page 460.
[n0 = 0]
(0 n0 1)
A a is the parameter A in Equation (24.42) on page 460.

B b is the parameter B in Equation (24.42) on page 460.
C c is the parameter C in Equation (24.43) on page 460.
D d is the parameter D in Equation (24.43) on page 460.
0
XL xl is the lower limit of the liquefaction resistance Xlim = xy /m.0
. This
parameter is used according to Equation (24.46) on page 460 to determine
the threshold value Re of the shear increment at which no increase in
negative dilatancy can occur.
202
Special Models
Example
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
:
LIQUEF
PREF
SHRREF
GAMMAR
HMAX
KAPPA
A
B
C
D
XL
file .dat
146512.8
0.333333333333333
BOWL
100.0
55080.0
0.0008
0.22
0.0026
-3.0
1.6
10.0
30.0
0.1
Customization. You may customize the Bowl liquefaction model via the
user-supplied subroutine option. Therefore you must specify some additional
data items [ 11.6.1 p. 245] and the source code of subroutine BOWLIQ [ 11.6.5
p. 249].
9.7.4
Added Viscosity
In transient analysis you can optionally add a viscous contribution to the constitutive models for liquefaction analysis. This viscosity can be a constant value or
a multi-linear function of the excess pore pressure ratio [Fig. 9.14]. See 24.4 on
page 461 for some background theory.
(re.n , n )
(re.2 , 2 )
(re.1 , 1 )
0
re
Figure 9.14: Viscosity versus excess pore pressure ratio re

Added viscosity is only available in combination with the constitutive
models for liquefaction analysis.
9.8 W
ohler Diagrams
203
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
VISCOS
EXCVIS
12 13
80
eta r
re1 r eta1 r [ re2 r eta2 r . . . ] ren r etan r
VISCOS eta specifies the constant viscosity .

EXCVIS specifies a multi-linear function of the excess pore pressure ratio: re1
eta1 to ren etan are n pairs of values for the excess pore pressure ratio
re and the viscosity [Fig. 9.14].
9.8
(n 15)
W
ohler Diagrams
In fatigue failure mechanics, the number of load cycles to failure can be calculated using the classical Wohler diagram. This diagram is assumed to be a
straight line in the diagram of stress amplitude S as function of the logarithmic number of load cycles log N [Fig. 9.15]. The line is defined by two points,
S
S1
N1
log N
Figure 9.15: Wohler diagram

respectively on the S-axis and the N -axis: (0, S1) and (N 1, 0). Sometimes the
Wohler diagram depends on the average stress level in the model.
The SWOEHL and NWOEHL input items in table MATERI as described below,
together specify Wohler diagrams for fatigue failure analysis [Fig. 9.16].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ SWOEHL
[ NWOEHL
12 13
80
sig1 r [sig2 r sig3 r ] ]

n1 i [n2 i n3 i ] ]
SWOEHL sig1 is the norm of the stress value for static failure at the first load
cycle.
204
Special Models
S
S
sig3
sig1
sig2
tension-to-tension
pressure-to-tension
sig1
log n1
log N
pressure-to-pressure
log n1 log n2 log n3
(a) one diagram
log N
(b) three diagrams
Figure 9.16: Input of Wohler diagrams

NWOEHL n1 is the number of load cycles to fatigue failure for the asymptotic zerostress situation. Diana assumes that the Wohler diagram is a straight
line in the diagram of stress amplitude S as a function of the logarithmic
number of load cycles log N . The line is defined by two points (N, S): the
first point is (0, sig1 ) the second is (n1 , 0). If you specify only one set of
values, i.e, sig1 and n1 , then Diana applies the Wohler diagram for all
types of load cycles: tension-to-tension, pressure-to-tension, and pressureto-pressure [Fig. 9.16a]. Alternatively you may specify three values for
both N and S. In that case sig1 and n1 apply for tension-to-tension
load cycles, sig2 and n2 for pressure-to-tension, and sig3 and n3 for
pressure-to-pressure [Fig. 9.16b].
9.9
FluidStructure Interaction
Flow elements in a model for fluidstructure interaction require the input of

some special material parameters.
Fluid medium
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONDUC
[ CSOUND
(cF 0)
12 13
80
cf r
cr ]
CONDUC cf is the conductivity cF of the fluid. This parameter is a necessary

but dummy input to generate the element conductivity matrix KeF .
Z
e
KF =
NT N d
(9.13)
F
(c > 0)
CSOUND c is the sonic speed c in the fluid medium for compression effects. From
this value Diana calculates the element compression matrix MeF .
Z
1
MeF = 2
NT N d
(9.14)
c F
9.9 FluidStructure Interaction
205
These matrices may be applied in a direct frequency response or hybrid

frequency time domain response fluidstructure interaction analysis.
Fluid boundary
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
( GRAVAC
[ DSBOUN
( ALPHAB
CSOUND
12 13
80
gracce r
depths r ] )
alphab r
cr )
GRAVAC gracce is the acceleration of gravity g applied for free surface waves or
radiation boundary effects. If only GRAVAC is specified, Diana calculates
the element gravity convection matrix MeF to model the free surface wave
effects.
Z
1
e
MF =
NT N d
(9.15)
g s
(g > 0)

DSBOUN depths is the fluid depth h with respect to the surface. If both GRAVAC
and DSBOUN are specified, Diana calculates the frequency dependent sonic
speed cs due to radiation.
cs =
g
h
tanh
cs
(h > 0)
(9.16)
with as angular speed. From this cs Diana calculates the element

radiation convection matrix CeF to model the radiation boundary effects.
Z
1
e
CF =
NT N d
(9.17)
cs e
CSOUND c is the sonic speed c in the fluid medium for bottom absorption effects.
(c > 0)
ALPHAB alphab is the wave reflection coefficient for the bottom B . From this
value and the sonic speed c in the fluid medium Diana calculates the
element bottom absorption matrix
Z
1 B
CeF =
NT N d
(9.18)
c(1 + B ) b
(1 B 1)
206
Special Models
For rigid reservoir bottom materials B = 1. For very soft reservoir bottom materials B = 1 These matrices may be applied in a direct frequency response or hybrid frequency time domain response fluidstructure
interaction analysis.
A fluid boundary element can either represent a bottom absorption,
free surface or a radiation boundary. Diana assumes a bottom absorption boundary if both ALPHAB and CSOUND are specified. Diana
assumes a free-surface boundary if only GRAVAC is specified. Diana assumes a radiation boundary if both GRAVAC and DSBOUN are
specified. No element gravity convection matrix will be set up for
radiation absorption boundary elements.
Chapter 10
Model Code Libraries

In the Design environment of iDiana you may interactively specify material
properties [Vol. Pre- and Postprocessing]. On a special aspect tab Model Code
Libraries you can choose materials for which iDiana can automatically generate
the required properties. There are three concepts: Concrete [ 10.1], Steel [ 10.2]
and Reinforcement steel [ 10.3].
Units.
Regardless of the applied units in the various codes, the aspect tab
Predefined always shows the preset values for the parameters in SI units. For
instance if for a certain material the code gives the value for Youngs modulus
as E = 210000 N/mm2 , then the parameter value shows up as 2.1E11.
Application of predefined material classes requires that the finite element model is defined in SI units.
It is the users own responsibility that the applied units are SI. See also Units
in Volume Pre- and Postprocessing and in Volume Analysis Procedures.
10.1
Concrete
iDiana offers predefined concrete properties according to the Dutch NEN 6720
code [ 10.1.1] and according to the European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990
[ 10.1.2]. Via the Concrete concept you may choose one of these codes.
10.1.1
Dutch Code NEN 6720
The NEN 6720 code [76] describes the following concrete classes: B15, B25,
B35, B45, B55, and B65. To indicate one of these concrete classes you must
choose the subconcepts NEN 6720 and a class name. The NEN 6720 code gives
0
the characteristic cube-compressive stress fck
which value is part of the name
of the concrete class [Table 10.1]. NEN 6720 also gives limit values for the
Poissons ratio which are alike for each of the concrete classes. iDiana presets
208
Table 10.1: Properties for concrete in NEN 6720

Concrete class
B15
Char. cube-compr. stress

Poissons ratio
0
fck
B25
B35
B45
B55
B65
15 25 35 45 55 65
. . . . . . . 0.1 0.2 . . . . . . .
N/mm2
the following material parameters for a stressstrain diagram in the compressive

and tensile regime [Fig. 10.1].
b
fb
0bpl
= 1.75
b [%]
Eb0
fb0
Figure 10.1: Stressstrain diagram for concrete according to NEN 6720

Youngs modulus Eb0 is preset as
0
)
Eb0 = (22250 + 250fck
(10.1)
Poissons ratio is preset just halfway the lower and upper limit: = 0.15
for each concrete class.
The mass density is preset to = 2500 kg/m3 for reinforced concrete.
The compressive strength fb0 is preset as
0
0
fbrep
= 0.72 fck
fb0 =
(10.2)
0
fbrep
m
With the material factor m = 1.2.

The tensile strength fb is preset as
0
fbrep = 0.7(1.05 + 0.05fck
)
fb =
fbrep
m
(10.3)

10.1 Concrete
209
Additionally for all classes iDiana presets values for the mass density = 2400
kg/m3 and the shear retention factor = 0.01.
Stored input data
TOTCRK
TENCRV
COMCRV
SHRCRV
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
BETA
TENSTR
COMSTR
file .dat
FIXED
CONSTA
CONSTA
CONSTA
e
nu
rho
beta
ft
fc
This defines a Total Strain Fixed crack model [ 6.2 p. 97]. Tension softening is
ideal [Fig. 6.4b p. 102] with ft = fb . The compressive behavior is also ideal
[Fig. 6.6b p. 110] with fc = fb0 . Furthermore, constant shear retention is applied
with beta = .
10.1.2
European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990
The CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16] recommends and describes the following
concrete classes: C12, C20, C30, C40, C50, C60, C70, and C80. To indicate one
of these concrete classes you must choose the subconcepts CEB-FIP and a class
name. The CEB-FIB code gives the characteristic cylinder-compressive stress
fck which value is part of the name of the concrete class [Table 10.2]. CEB-FIP
Table 10.2: Properties for concrete in CEB-FIP MC90
Concrete class
C12
Char. cyl.-compr. stress

Mass density (reinforced)
Poissons ratio
fck
C20
C30
C40
C50
C60
C70
C80
12 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .0.1 0.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPa
kg/m3
MC90 also gives values for the mass density of reinforced concrete and limit
values for the Poissons ratio which are alike for each of the concrete classes.
iDiana presets the following material parameters for a stressstrain diagram in
the compressive and tensile regime [Fig. 10.2].
Youngs modulus Eci is preset as
fcm = fck + f

Eci = Eco
fcm
fcmo
13
(10.4)
210

c
fctm
c [%]
Eci
fck
Figure 10.2: Stressstrain diagram for concrete according to CEB-FIP MC90

With f = 8 MPa, Eco = 2.15104 MPa, and fcmo = 10 MPa.
Poissons ratio is preset just halfway the lower and upper limit: = 0.15
for each concrete class.
The tensile strength fctm is preset as

fctm = fctko,m
fck
fcko
23
(10.5)
With fcko = 10 MPa and fctko,m = 1.40 MPa.

The compressive strength is preset to the value of the characteristic cylindercompressive strength fck .
Additionally for all classes iDiana presets a value for the shear retention factor
= 0.01.
Stored input data
TOTCRK
TENCRV
COMCRV
SHRCRV
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
BETA
TENSTR
COMSTR
file .dat
FIXED
CONSTA
CONSTA
CONSTA
e
nu
rho
beta
ft
fc
This defines a Total Strain Fixed crack model [ 6.2 p. 97]. Tension softening
is ideal [Fig. 6.4b p. 102] with ft = fctm . The compressive behavior is also
ideal [Fig. 6.6b p. 110] with fc = fck . Furthermore, constant shear retention
is applied with beta = .
10.2 Steel
10.2
211
Steel
With the Steel concept you can choose out of the predefined steel classes. For
steel iDiana offers predefined material properties according to the Dutch NEN
6770 code.
10.2.1
Dutch Code NEN 6770
To indicate a predefined steel class according to the NEN 6770 code [77] you
must choose Steel NEN 6770 and one of the steel classes S235, S275, or S355.
For each class NEN 6770 gives properties for three material models [Fig. 10.3]
of which you may choose one via a subconcept: Linear elasticity, Ideal plasticity, or
Hardening plasticity.
ft;d
fy;d
E
fy;d
Ed
Ed
[%]
(a) linear elasticity
[%]
(b) ideal plasticity
y;d
vl;d t;d
[%]
(c) hardening plasticity
Figure 10.3: Steel properties according to NEN 6770

The NEN 6770 gives the design value of the Youngs modulus Ed , the Poissons ratio , and the representative values of the yield stress fy;rep and the
tensile strength ft;rep [Table 10.3]. Note that for the latter two properties the
values depend on a range of thickness t. Additionally for all steel classes iDiana
presets a value for the mass density = 7850 kg/m3 .
Table 10.3: Properties for steel in NEN 6770
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Thickness
[mm]
S235
S275
S355
t 40
40 < t 100
100 < t 250
t 40
40 < t 100
100 < t 250
210000
0.3
235
215
175
360
340
320
210000
0.3
275
255
205
430
410
380
210000
0.3
355
335
275
510
490
450
Ed
Yield stress
fy;rep
Tensile strength
ft;rep
Steel class
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
212

10.2.1.1
Linear Elasticity
To indicate a linear elastic material model for steel according to the NEN 6770
code [Fig. 10.3a] you must choose the Linear elasticity subconcept.
Stored input data
file .dat
YOUNG e
POISON nu
DENSIT rho
This describes linear elastic behavior via the Youngs modulus e = E and the
Poissons ratio nu = . Additionally the mass density is defined as rho = .
10.2.1.2
Ideal Plasticity
To indicate an ideally plastic material model for steel according to the NEN
6770 code [Fig. 10.3b] you must choose the Ideal plasticity subconcept. iDiana
presets the yield stress fy;d with the material factor m = 1:
fy;d =
fy;rep
m
(10.6)
Stored input data

YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
YIELD
YLDVAL
file .dat
e
nu
rho
VMISES
sy
This specifies the Von Mises plasticity model with a yield stress sy = fy;d .
10.2.1.3
Hardening Plasticity
To indicate a plasticity material model with hardening for steel according to the
NEN 6770 code [Fig. 10.3c] you must choose the Hardening plasticity subconcept.
iDiana presets the hardening diagram as
fy;d =
fy;rep
m
y;d =
fy;d
Ed
vl;d = 7 y;d
ft;d =
ft;rep
m
t;d = vl;d +
(10.7)
ft;d fy;d
(t;rep vl;d )
ft;rep fy;d
10.3 Reinforcement Steel
213
With the material factor m = 1 and the representative tensile strain t;rep =
8 %.
Stored input data
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
YIELD
HARDIA
file .dat
e
nu
rho
VMISES
sy1 ky1 sy2 k2 sy3 ky3
This specifies the Von Mises plasticity model with a yield stress sy1 = fy;d .
The values sy1 to ky3 are the six terms to define the points in the hardening
diagram: sy1 = fy;d , ky1 = 0, sy2 = sy1 or sy2 = Ed 6 y;d /10000, ky2 =
vl;d sy2 /Ed , sy3 = ft;d , and ky3 = t;d sy3 /Ed .
10.3
Reinforcement Steel
With the Reinforcement steel concept you can choose out of the predefined steel
classes for embedded reinforcement. For reinforcement steel iDiana offers predefined material properties according to the Dutch NEN 6720 code.
10.3.1
Dutch Code NEN 6720
The NEN 6720 code [76] describes two groups of steel classes for reinforcement
in concrete: FeB for embedded reinforcement and FeP for prestress cables. For
all reinforcement steel classes there is a predefined model for linear elasticity
[Fig. 10.4a]. For the embedded reinforcements the code gives parameter values
for an ideally plastic material model [Fig. 10.4b]; for the prestress cables it gives
the parameters for a hardening plasticity model [Fig. 10.4c].
p
fpu
0.9 fpu
fs
Es
[%]
(a) linear elasticity
Ep
s [%]
(b) ideal plasticity
pu
p [%]
(c) hardening plasticity
Figure 10.4: Reinforcement steel models according to NEN 6720
10.3.1.1
Bond
For all reinforcement steel classes and material models you may choose between
the Bonded and Not bonded concept to indicate whether or not the prestress cable
214

is bonded to the concrete. For Not bonded iDiana stores an additional input
data record.
Stored input data
file .dat
NOBOND
10.3.1.2
Linear Elasticity
For all reinforcement steel classes you may choose a model for Linear elasticity
[Fig. 10.4a]. iDiana presets the Youngs modulus E to 200000 N/mm2 .
Stored input data
YOUNG
file .dat
This specifies a linear elastic model with e = E.

10.3.1.3
Ideal Plasticity
For the FeB classes you may choose a material model for Ideal plasticity [Fig. 10.4b]. The NEN 6720 code gives values for the Youngs modulus Es and the
Table 10.4: Embedded reinforcement steel according to NEN 6720
Steel class
Youngs modulus
Tensile strength
Es
fsrep
FeB220
FeB400
FeB500
200000
220
200000
400
200000
500
N/mm2
N/mm2
representative tensile strength fsrep [Table 10.4]. iDiana presets the tensile
strength fs as
fsrep
fs =
(10.8)
m
Stored input data
file .dat
YOUNG e
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
This specifies the Von Mises plasticity model with e = Es and sy = fs .
10.3 Reinforcement Steel
215
Table 10.5: Prestress cable steel according to NEN 6720

Steel class
Youngs modulus
Tensile strength
Ultimate strain
10.3.1.4
Ep
fpurep
pu
FeP1670
FeP1770
FeP1860
200000
1670
3.5
200000
1770
3.5
200000
1860
3.5
N/mm2
N/mm2
%
Hardening Plasticity
For the FeP classes you may choose a material model for Hardening plasticity
[Fig. 10.4c]. The NEN 6720 code gives values for the Youngs modulus Ep , the
representative tensile strength fpurep , and the ultimate strain pu [Table 10.5].
iDiana presets the tensile strength fpu as
fpu =
fpurep
m
(10.9)

Stored input data
file .dat
YOUNG e
YIELD VMISES
HARDIA sy1 ky1 sy2 ky2
This specifies the Von Mises plasticity model with e = Es and sy = 0.9 fpu .
The values sy1 to ky2 are the four terms to define the points in the hardening
diagram: sy1 = 0.9 fpu , ky1 = 0, sy2 = fpu , and ky2 = pu fpu /Ep .
216
Chapter 11
User-supplied Models
This chapter describes the predefined user-supplied subroutines for material
models for nonlinear structural analysis.
The user-supplied subroutines should be coded with great care.

The routine should perform the intended function without influencing other parts of Diana. See Volume Analysis Procedures
for the precautionary measures to be taken when applying usersupplied subroutines.
The user-supplied subroutines should be developed and tested
on a single element example to verify if the routine models the
intended behavior accurately before using the subroutine in production analyses.
See also Volume Analysis Procedures for a general description of Dianas usersupplied subroutine option.
Stress and strain vectors. Many of the user-supplied subroutines have
strain or stress vectors in their argument list. The length and contents of these
vectors depend on the stress situation, c.q. the element family for which the routine is called. Unless otherwise specified, the contents of the strain and stress
vectors are as indicated in Table 11.1 on the next page.
11.1
Elasticity and Viscoelasticity
There is a user-supplied subroutine for Youngs modulus which is applicable with

elasticity and viscoelasticity. Another user-supplied subroutine for Poissons
ratio is applicable with elasticity only.
1a
ns
sig(ns) dsig(ns)
Truss elements
xx
xx , yy , zz
xx , xy
xx , yy , zz , xy
xx , xy , zx
xx , yy , zz , xy , yz
xx , yy , xy
xx , yy , zz , xy
xx , yy , zz , xy
xx , yy , zz , xy , yz , zx
xx , yy , zz , xy , yz , zx
xx
xx , yy
eps(ns) eps0(ns)
a For subroutines USRMAT, USRLIQ.

b For subroutines ELSEUS, ELSGUS, USRUNL.
c For subroutine USRMNL.
3 bc
xx
xx , yy , zz
a
2
xx , xy
Two-dimensional class-II & -III beams
4 bc xx , yy , zz , xy
3a
xx , xy , zx
Three-dimensional class-II & -III beams
bc
5
xx , yy , zz , xy , yz
3a
xx , yy , xy
Plane stress elements
bc
4
xx , yy , zz , xy
ab
Plane strain & axisymmetric elements
4
xx , yy , zz , xy
Curved shell elements
6 abc xx , yy , zz = 0, xy , yz , zx
Solid elements
6 abc xx , yy , zz , xy , yz , zx
Embedded bar reinforcements
1a
xx
Embedded grid reinforcements
2a
xx , yy
Element family
218
Table 11.1: Stress and strain vectors in user-supplied subroutines
11.1 Elasticity and Viscoelasticity
11.1.1
219
Youngs Modulus USRYOU
If USRYOU is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRYOU must be supplied to set up Youngs modulus E for elastic or viscoelastic material. This
subroutine is particularly used to specify ambient influence (temperature, concentration, maturity) and time dependency.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRYOU( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, young )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
young
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Youngs modulus.
usrkey is the user-supplied keyword from input table MATERI. This can be
used to model various functions within one subroutine.
young is the stiffness calculated from the input arguments.
11.1.2
Poissons Ratio USRPOI
If USRPOI is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRPOI must be supplied to set up Poissons ratio for elastic material. This subroutine is particularly used to specify ambient influence (temperature, concentration, maturity)
and time dependency.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRPOI( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, pois )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
pois
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Poissons ratio.
pois is the Poissons ratio calculated from the input arguments.
220
11.1.3
Hyperelasticity USRRUB
If RUBBER and COMPRE are specified with USER in table MATERI [ 4.4.3 p. 47],
then subroutine USRRUB must be supplied to define the deviatoric and hydrostatic strain energy functions. See also 16.3 on page 310 for background theory.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRRUB( eps0, deps, ns, c, iinvar, jinvar,
stretc, didc, djdc, age0, dtime, temp0,
dtemp, elemen, intpt, coord, iter,
rubval, nrv, comval, ncv, usrsta, nus,
usrind, nui, sig, wp, stiff, dwpdj,
press, compre, usrkey, d2di1,
d2di2, d2di3, d2dj1, d2dj2, d2dj3 )
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
int
int
dbl
int
dbl
int
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
int
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
eps0(ns)
deps(ns)
ns
c(ns)
iinvar(3)
jinvar(3)
stretc(3)
didc(ns,3)
djdc(ns,3)
age0
dtime
temp0
dtemp
elemen
intpt
coord(3)
iter
rubval(nrv)
nrv
comval(ncv)
ncv
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nus
usrind(nui)
usrind(nui)
nui
sig(ns)
sig(ns)
stiff(ns,ns)
Strain vector at start of increment.

Total strain increment.
Number of stress components.
Right CauchyGreen stretch tensor C.
Regular invariants of C.
Modified invariants of C.
Principal stretches of C.
First derivatives of regular invariants.
First derivatives of modified invariants.
Age of element.
Total time increment.
Temperature at start of increment.
Total temperature increment.
Current element number.
Current integration point number.
Coordinates XY Z of integration point.
Current iteration number.
Parameters for deviatoric strain energy.
Number of parameters in rubval.
Parameters for hydrostatic strain energy.
Number of parameters in comval.
Internal state variables at start of increment.
Internal state variables at end of increment.
Number of internal state variables.
Integer indicators at start of increment.
Integer indicators at end of increment.
Number of integer indicators.
2nd PiolaKirchhoff stress .
2nd PiolaKirchhoff stress .
Stressstrain relation D.

out
out
out
in
out
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
stiff(ns,ns)
wp
dwpdj
press
compre
usrkey*6
d2di1(ns,ns)
d2di2(ns,ns)
d2di3(ns,ns)
d2dj1(ns,ns)
d2dj2(ns,ns)
d2dj3(ns,ns)
221
Stressstrain relation D.
Pressure function wp .
Derivative of pressure function wp /J.
Pressure.
Compressible, incompressible? (.TRUE., .FALSE.).
User keyword.
Second derivative of first regular invariant of C.
Second derivative of second regular invariant of C.
Second derivative of third regular invariant of C.
Second derivative of first modified invariant of C.
Second derivative of second modified invariant of C.
Second derivative of third modified invariant of C.
c is the column representation of the Right CauchyGreen stretch tensor C,

respectively C11 , C22 , C33 , C12 , C23 , C31 for three-dimensional and C11 ,
C22 , C33 , C12 for two-dimensional.
iinvar are the regular invariants of C, respectively I1 , I2 , I3 .
jinvar are the modified invariants of C, respectively J1 , J2 , J.
stretc are the principal stretches of C, respectively 1 , 2 , 3 .
rubval are the parameters for the deviatoric strain energy function as specified
via RUBVAL rubval in input table MATERI. These variables shall not be
updated in this subroutine!
comval are the parameters for the hydrostatic strain energy function as specified
via COMVAL comval in input table MATERI. These variables shall not be
updated in this subroutine!
usrsta are the user-supplied state variables.
usrind are the user-supplied integer indicators.
At the start of the first step the values of usrsta and usrind come in
as the ones specified in input table MATERI, respectively via USRSTA
usrsta and USRIND usrind . In subsequent steps these values come in
from the final iteration of the previous step. They must always go out for
the current iteration.
sig is the 2nd PiolaKirchhoff stress vector = d + h . The values come
in from the final iteration of the previous step and must go out for the
current iteration.
stiff is the tangent stiffness matrix, or stressstrain relation D = Dd + Dh .
The values come in from the previous step and must go out for the current
iteration.
222
wp is the pressure function wp .
dwpdj is the derivative of the pressure function wp /J.
used as a switch, to code various models within one subroutine.
Example. As an example we will show how the Neo-Hookean material model
for rubber can be coded via user-supplied subroutine USRRUB. The strain energy
function reads:
W = Wd + Wh
(11.1)
with Wd the deviatoric part and Wh the hydrostatic part. The deviatoric part
of the strain energy function reads
Wd = K1 (J1 1)
(11.2)
Then the deviatoric part of the stress increment can be calculated as

Wd
J1
= 2K1
C
C
and the deviatoric part of the stressstrain relation as
d = 2
(11.3)
2 Wd
2 J1
=
4K
(11.4)
1
C 2
C 2
The hydrostatic part of the strain energy function Wh for linear compressibility
reads
(11.5)
Wh = (J 1)2
2
then the hydrostatic part of the stress increment can be calculated as
Dd = 4
Wh
J1
J1
= 2 (J 1)
= 2p
(11.6)
C
C
C
with bulk modulus and (J 1) as the pressure p. The hydrostatic part of
the stressstrain relation can be calculated as
h = 2
Dh = 4
2 Wh
2 J1
= 4p
2
C
C 2
(11.7)
For the pressure at time t

Wh
= (J 1) = wp (J)
J
a pressure function wp (J) can be calculated as
pt =
wp = (J 1)
(11.8)
(11.9)
and the derivative of the pressure function with respect to J for the pressure
increment
wp
=1
(11.10)
J
The implementation of the Neo-Hookean model into the user-supplied subroutine for rubber is as follows.
223
file .f
$
$
$
$
$
SUBROUTINE USRRUB( EPS0, DEPS, NS, C, IINVAR, JINVAR, STRETC,

DIDC, DJDC, AGE0, DTIME, TEMP0, DTEMP, ELEMEN,
INTPT, COORD, ITER, RUBVAL, NRV, COMVAL, NCV,
USRSTA, NUS, USRIND, NUI, SIG, STIFF, WP,
DWPDJ, PRESS, COMPRE, MODNAM, DER2I1,
DER2I2, DER2I3, DER2J1, DER2J2, DER2J3 )
C
INTEGER
NS, ELEMEN, INTPT, ITER, NRV, NCV, NUS, NUI,

USRIND(*)
DOUBLE PRECISION EPS0(*), DEPS(*), C(*), IINVAR(*),
$
JINVAR(*), STRETC(*), DIDC(NS,*), DJDC(NS,*),
$
AGE0, DTIME, TEMP0, DTEMP, COORD(*), USRSTA(*),
$
STIFF(NS,*), SIG(*), WP, DWPDJ, RUBVAL(*),
$
COMVAL(*), PRESS, DER2I1(NS,*),
$
DER2I2(NS,*), DER2I3(NS,*), DER2J1(NS,*),
$
DER2J2(NS,*), DER2J3(NS,*)
CHARACTER
MODNAM*6
LOGICAL
COMPRE
$
C
C...
C
C...
C...
C...
C
USER VARIABLES
DOUBLE PRECISION K1, R1, R3, CONS
INTEGER
NS2
NEO-HOOKEAN MODEL 2D & 3D
USER SUPPLIED SUBROUTINE FOR RUBBER
RETURN UPDATED STRESS AND TANGENTIAL STIFFNESS
COMPRE = .TRUE.
C
NS2 = NS*NS
C
K1 = RUBVAL(1)
R1 = 4.D0 * K1
R3 = 4.D0 * PRESS
C
C...
C
C...
C
C...
C...
CALCULATE DEVIATORIC PART OF UPDATED STRESSES

CONS = 2.D0 * K1
CALL UVS( DJDC(1,1), NS, CONS, SIG )
CALCULATE HYDROSTATIC PART OF UPDATED STRESSES
CONS = 2.D0
CONS = CONS * PRESS
CALL UVPWS( SIG, DJDC(1,3), NS, CONS, SIG )
CALCULATE DEVIATORIC PART OF TANGENT STIFFNESS FOR
STRESS INCREMENT
CALL UVS(
DER2J1, NS2, R1, STIFF )
C
224
C...
C...
C
C...
C
C...
C...
CALCULATE HYDROSTATIC PART OF TANGENT STIFFNESS FOR

STRESS INCREMENT
CALL UVPWS( STIFF, DER2J3, NS2, R3, STIFF )
CALCULATE PRESSURE FUNCTION FOR PRESSURE
WP = JINVAR(3) - 1
CALCULATE DERIVATIVE OF PRESSURE FUNCTION FOR
PRESSURE INCREMENT
DWPDJ = 1.D0
C
CALL FILMA( 1, STIFF, NS )
C
END
The following could be the input data file for this example.
file .dat
CHX64 / TENSION TEST / WD: NEO-HOOKEAN
WH: LINEAR
WC: USED UNITS: N, MM
COORDINATES
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
2
50.0
0.0
0.0
3
100.0
0.0
0.0
4
100.0
50.0
0.0
5
100.0
100.0
0.0
6
50.0
100.0
0.0
7
0.0
100.0
0.0
8
0.0
50.0
0.0
9
0.0
0.0
50.0
10
100.0
0.0
50.0
11
100.0
100.0
50.0
12
0.0
100.0
50.0
13
0.0
0.0
100.0
14
50.0
0.0
100.0
15
100.0
0.0
100.0
16
100.0
50.0
100.0
17
100.0
100.0
100.0
18
50.0
100.0
100.0
19
0.0
100.0
100.0
20
0.0
50.0
100.0
ELEMENTS
CONNEC
1 CHX64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
MATERIALS
/ 1 / 1
DATA
/ 1 / 1
DATA

1
NINTEG 3
3
NUMINT GAUSS GAUSS
MATERIALS
1 RUBBER USER
:
K1
RUBVAL 0.10
COMPRE USER
BULK
1000.
DIRECTIONS
1 1. 0. 0.
2 0. 1. 0.
3 0. 0. 1.
SUPPORTS
/ 1 7 13 19 / TR 1
/ 1 3 13 15 / TR 2
/ 1-8 /
TR 3
/ 13-20 / TR 3
LOADS
CASE 1
DEFORM
/ 13-20 / TR 3 / 0.1(8) /
END
11.1.4
225
3
GAUSS
Concrete Creep USRCRP
If USRCRP is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRCRP must be supplied to set up the values of the creep function for viscoelastic analysis. The
main idea is to suppose that any creep function could be written as follows:

1
1
J(t, ) =
+ ( ) C (t )
(11.11)
E28 E ( )
The application of subroutine USRCRP is twofold. You may define any creep
function, especially those that are not defined in Diana as a creep model. For
instance the BP3 Model with a triple power law. You can also take account
of aging in a very simple way. For instance, with just one creep curve, you
can easily define the corresponding function and then choose the functions
proposed by a model code.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRCRP( usrkey, ti, betae, phicrp, betac )
in
in
out
out
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
ti
betae
phicrp
betac
User keyword.
Time.
Relative Youngs modulus.
Notional creep coefficient.
Creep development coefficient.
226
used to model various creep functions within one subroutine.
ti has the dimension of time in days. This argument could be interpreted either
as the element age or as the loading time.
betae is the relative Youngs modulus E .
phicrp is the notional creep coefficient 0 .
betac is the coefficient c to describe the development of creep with time after
loading.
For description of the creep model parameters see also 19.3.3 on page 406.
11.2
If ELAST USER is specified in table MATERI then subroutines ELSEUS and

ELSGUS must be supplied. Both routines define the stresses as a function
of the strains .
11.2.1
Tangential Stiffness ELSEUS
User-supplied subroutine ELSEUS sets up the tangential rigidity matrix D for
nonlinear elasticity in = D.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE ELSEUS( eps, ns, se )
in dbl eps(ns)
in int ns
out dbl se(ns,ns)
Total strain vector.

Length of strain vector.
Tangential rigidity matrix.
eps is the total strain vector n , for various stress/strain states [Table 11.1
p. 218].
ns is the length n of the strain vector, indicates the stress/strain state.
se is the output tangential rigidity matrix Dnn .
Getting data
Fortran
CALL GTC( ../MATERI/YOUNG, young, 1 )

CALL GTC( ../MATERI/POISON, pois, 1 )
out dbl young
out dbl pois
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
young is the linear elastic Youngs modulus E.

pois is the linear elastic Poissons ratio .
227
file .f
SUBROUTINE ELSEUS( EPS, NS, SE )

C
INTEGER
NS
DOUBLE PRECISION EPS(NS), SE(NS,NS)
DOUBLE PRECISION YOUNG
C
C...
C
C...
Get Youngs modulus

CALL GTC( ../MATERI/YOUNG, YOUNG, 1 )
Initialize and set up [SE] for plane stress
IF ( NS .EQ. 4 ) THEN
CALL RSET( 0.D0, SE, 16 )
SE(1,1) = YOUNG + 2000.D0*YOUNG*EPS(1)
SE(4,4) = 0.5D0 * YOUNG
END IF
C
END
11.2.2
Total Stress ELSGUS
User-supplied subroutine ELSGUS calculates the total stresses n from the total
strains n in nonlinear elasticity.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE ELSGUS( eps, ns, sig )
in dbl eps(ns)
in int ns
out dbl sig(ns)
Total strain vector.

Length of strain vector.
Total stress vector.
eps is the total strain vector n , for various stress/strain states [Table 11.1
p. 218].
ns is the length n of the stress/strain vectors, indicates the stress/strain state.
sig is the output total stress vector n , for various stress/strain states [Table
11.1 p. 218].
228
Getting data
Fortran
CALL GTC( ../MATERI/YOUNG, young, 1 )

CALL GTC( ../MATERI/POISON, pois, 1 )
out dbl young
out dbl pois
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
young is the linear elastic Youngs modulus E.

pois is the linear elastic Poissons ratio .
file .f
SUBROUTINE ELSGUS( EPS, NS, TSIG )
C
INTEGER
NS
DOUBLE PRECISION EPS(NS), TSIG(NS)
DOUBLE PRECISION YOUNG
C
C...
C
C...
Get Youngs modulus

CALL GTC( ../MATERI/YOUNG, YOUNG, 1 )
Calculate
IF ( NS .EQ.
TSIG(1) =
TSIG(2) =
TSIG(3) =
TSIG(4) =
END IF
{TSIG} for plane stress

4 ) THEN
YOUNG*EPS(1) + 1000.D0*YOUNG*EPS(1)**2
0.5D0*YOUNG*EPS(4)
C
END
11.3
Plasticity and Cracking
11.3.1
General Curve USRCRV
If USRCRV is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRCRV must be supplied to set up the yield stress y or the cohesion c depending on the plasticity
model. This subroutine is particularly used to specify a user-defined hardening
curve. It may also be used to specify an ambient or time dependency of the
yield stress or the hardening curve.
11.3 Plasticity and Cracking
229
Fortran
$
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
out
SUBROUTINE USRCRV( parnam, usrpar, kappa,

te, co, ma, ti, sy, hc )
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
parnam*6
usrpar(*)
kappa
te
co
ma
ti
sy
hc
Name of the hardening curve.

User-specified parameters.
Equivalent plastic strain .
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Yield stress or cohesion.
Hardening modulus.
parnam is the name of the hardening curve which depends on the yield criterion:
SQVCRV for the Tresca and Von Mises criteria, COHCRV for the Mohr
Coulomb and DruckerPrager criteria, TENCRV for the Rankine criterion,
and COMCRV for the compressive equivalent plastic strain, equivalent
stress, of the Von Mises part of the Rankine/Von Mises yield criterion.
In case of the Rankine/DruckerPrager yield criterion, the name of the
hardening curves are TENCRV and COHCRV for the Rankine and the
DruckerPrager yield criterion respectively. This can be used to model
various functions within one subroutine.
usrpar are the user-specified parameters of the hardening curve which are input
in the table MATERI with the input item USRPAR.
sy is the yield stress y , applied with the Tresca and Von Mises yield criteria
[ 5.1.1.2 p. 52] or the cohesion c, applied with the MohrCoulomb and
DruckerPrager yield criteria [ 5.1.2.2 p. 56].
hc is the hardening modulus d/d. If no hardening is used, hc must be set to
zero.
Example. A simple example of the user-supplied hardening curve USRCRV in a
non-linear analysis is the following saturation hardening law of the exponential
type for a Von Mises yield criterion. The formulation of the curve is given by
() =
0 + Ep + (

0 )(1 e )
(11.12)
with the initial equivalent stress

0 , the hardening modulus Ep , the ultimate
equivalent stress
(at a hardening modulus equal to zero) and the decaying
factor [Fig. 11.1]. The derivative of the equivalent stress with respect to the
hardening parameter
0 = Ep + (

0 )e
(11.13)
The implementation of the user-supplied subroutine USRCRV is given below.

230
Ep
1/
Figure 11.1: Saturation
usrcrv.f
SUBROUTINE USRCRV( PARNAM, USRPAR, KAPPA, TE, CO, MA, TI, SY, HC )
C
C...
C...
C...
C
USER-SUPPLIED HARDENING CURVE.

RETURN THE EQUIVALENT STRESS AND DERIVATIVE WITH RESPECT TO
THE EQUIVALENT PLASTIC STRAIN.
DOUBLE PRECISION USRPAR(*), KAPPA, TE, CO, MA, TI, SY, HC
CHARACTER*6
PARNAM
C
DOUBLE PRECISION EHAR, GM, SIG0, SIGF
C
IF ( PARNAM .EQ. SQVCRV ) THEN
SIG0 = USRPAR(1)
SIGF = USRPAR(2)
GM
= USRPAR(3)
EHAR = USRPAR(4)
C
$
$
SY = SIG0
+ KAPPA * EHAR
+ ( SIGF - SIG0 ) * ( 1.D0 - EXP( -GM * KAPPA ) )
C
$
HC = EHAR
+ GM * ( SIGF - SIG0 ) * EXP( -GM * KAPPA )
ELSE
PRINT *, SUBROUTINE USRCRV CANNOT BE USED FOR HARDENING
PRINT *, CURVE , PARNAM
CALL PRGERR( USRCRV, 1 )
END IF
C
RETURN
END
The user-supplied material parameters which are given in the input data item
231
USRPAR are the initial equivalent stress,

0 , the the ultimate equivalent stress
(at a hardening modulus equal to zero), the decaying factor [Fig. 11.1],
and the hardening modulus Ep . The following could be the data file for this
example.
file .dat
TEST USER-SUPPLIED HARDENING CURVE
COORDINATES DI=2
1
0.
0.
2
1.
0.
3
1.
1.
4
0.
1.
ELEMENTS
CONNECTIVITY
1 Q8MEM 1 2 3 4
MATERIALS
1
1
GEOMETRY
1
1
DATA
1
1
MATERIALS
1
YOUNG
7.0E+04
POISON
0.2
YIELD
VMISES
SQVCRV
USRCRV
USRPAR
243.0 243.0 0.0 2240.0
GEOMETRY
1
THICK 1.0
XAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
DATA
1
NINTEG 2 2
DIRECTIONS
1
1.
0. 0.
2
0.
1. 0.
3
0.
0. 1.
SUPPORTS
/ 1-4 / TR 1
/ 1-2 / TR 2
TYINGS
EQUAL TR 2
3
4
LOADS
CASE 1
DEFORM
/ 2-3 / TR 1
0.0034714286
END
The following command file runs a Diana calculation with the user-supplied
subroutine usrcrv.
232
file .dcf
*FILOS
INITIA
*INPUT
*FORTRAN
TAKE "usrcrv.f"
*NONLIN
TYPE PHYSIC
commands
11.3.2
Tension Cut-off USRCRK
User-supplied subroutines USRCRK and USRTEN may be used to specify ambient

influence on tension cut-off and tension softening of the crack models [Ch. 6
p. 87]. If USRCRK is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRCRK must be
supplied to set up the tensile strength ft and the compressive strength fc . This
subroutine is used to specify ambient influence (temperature, concentration,
maturity) and time dependency.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRCRK( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, ft, fc )
in
in
in
in
in
out
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
ft
fc
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Tensile strength.
Compressive strength.
ft is the tensile strength ft , applied with all tension cut-off criteria.
fc is the compressive strength fc , applied with linear tension cut-off only.
11.3.3
Tension Softening USRTEN
If USRTEN is specified in table MATERI [ 6.1.2.1 p. 95], then subroutine USRTEN

must be supplied to set up the appropriate softening parameter. This subroutine
is particularly used to specify ambient influence (temperature, concentration,
maturity) and time dependency.
233
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRTEN( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, sof )

in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
sof
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Softening parameter.
sof is the softening parameter, depending on the used softening model [ 6.1.2
p. 90]. For linear and multilinear tension softening, sof is the ultimate
strain cr
u . For nonlinear tension softening, sof is the fracture energy Gf .
11.3.4
Shear Retention USRSHR
The Maekawa model can be combined with user-supplied shear behavior. If

you specify SHRCRV USER in the input data [ 9.4.1.2 p. 182], then you must also
supply subroutine USRSHR to define the shear behavior.
Fortran
$
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
SUBROUTINE USRSHR( alp, nuv, usrval, nus, usrsta, nui,

usrind, jth, sig )
dbl
int
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
int
int
dbl
alp(*)
nuv
usrval(nuv)
nus
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nui
usrind(nui)
usrind(nui)
jth
sig
Current strain components.

Number of material parameters.
User-specified material parameters.
Number of status variables.
User-specified status variables.
Modified status variables.
Number of indicaturs.
User-specified indicators.
Modified indicators.
Shear stress index.
Predicted shear stress.
alp contains both tangential (shear) strain components and normal (crack)
strain components, for instance for solid elements: ( nn , ss , tt , ns , st ,
nt ).
usrval are the user-specified material parameters which are input in the table
MATERI with the input item USRVAL.
234
usrsta are the user-specified status variables which are input in the table
MATERI with the input item USRSTA.
usrind are the user-specified indicators which are input in the table MATERI
with the input item USRIND.
jth is the shear stress index: for instance for solid elements 4 is ns , 5 is st , 6
is nt .
sig is the predicted (shear) stress component which may depend on both tangential strain components and normal strain components.
11.3.5
Tensile Strength USRTST
Subroutine USRTST determines the tensile strength ft in Total Strain crack models [ 6.2 p. 97], depending on ambient variables (temperature, concentration,
maturity) and time.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRTST( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, ft )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
ft
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Tensile strength.
ft is the tensile strength ft calculated from the input arguments.
11.3.6
Mode-I Ultimate Tensile Strain USREPU
Subroutine USREPU determines the ultimate tensile strain u in Total Strain

crack models [ 6.2 p. 97], depending on ambient variables (temperature, concentration, maturity) and time.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USREPU( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, eu )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
eu
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Mode-I ultimate tensile strain.
235
eu is the Mode-I ultimate tensile strain u calculated from the input arguments.
11.3.7
Mode-I Tensile Fracture Energy USRGF1
Subroutine USRGF1 determines the tensile fracture energy GIf in Smeared Cracking [ 6.1 p. 87] or Total Strain crack models [ 6.2 p. 97], depending on ambient
variables (temperature, concentration, maturity) and time.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRGF1( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, gf1 )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
gf1
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Mode-I tensile fracture energy.
gf1 is the Mode-I tensile fracture energy GIf calculated from the input arguments.
11.3.8
Shear Retention Factor USRBET
Subroutine USRBET determines the shear retention factor in Total Strain crack
models [ 6.2 p. 97], depending on ambient variables (temperature, concentration, maturity) and time.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRBET( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, beta )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
beta
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Shear retention factor.
beta is the shear retention factor calculated from the input arguments.
236
11.3.9
Compressive Strength USRCST
Subroutine USRTST determines the tensile strength ft in Total Strain crack models [ 6.2 p. 97], depending on ambient variables (temperature, concentration,
maturity) and time.
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRCST( usrkey, te, co, ma, ti, fc )
in
in
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
co
ma
ti
fc
User keyword.
Temperature.
Concentration.
Maturity.
Time.
Compressive strength.
fc is the compressive strength fc calculated from the input arguments.
11.3.10
Modified Maekawa Concrete Model USRMNL
As an alternative to direct input, the Modified Maekawa Concrete model can

be applied as a user-supplied subroutine. Therefore you must specify USRMAT
MAEKAW in the input data [ 9.4.2 p. 183] and supply the code for subroutine
USRMNL.1 This subroutine has the same arguments as the routine USRMAT [ 11.4
p. 238]. However, outside USRMNL Diana expands the stresses and strains to
three-dimensional tensors such that the calculation of stresses from strains can
be done for the various element types in a uniform way, whereas USRMAT works
with the regular stresses and strains.
Fortran
$
$
$
in
in
in
in
SUBROUTINE USRMNL( eps0, deps, ns, age0, dtime, temp0,

dtemp, elemen, intpt, coord, se, iter,
usrmod, usrval, nuv, usrsta, nus,
usrind, nui, sig, stiff )
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
eps0(ns)
deps(ns)
ns
age0
Strain vector at start of step [Table 11.1 p. 218].

Total strain increment [Table 11.1 p. 218].
Age of element.
1 The standard code for subroutine USRMNL can be found in the .run files in the Diana
distribution at ~diana/Test/nl/tstr/maeka/usrmnl/. You may change this code to define
your own material model.

in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
dbl
dbl
dbl
int
int
dbl
dbl
int
cha
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
int
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
dtime
temp0
dtemp
elemen
intpt
coord(3)
se(ns,ns)
iter
usrmod*6
usrval(nuv)
nuv
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nus
usrind(nui)
usrind(nui)
nui
sig(ns)
sig(ns)
stiff(ns,ns)
stiff(ns,ns)
237

Temperature.
Coordinates of integration point.
Elasticity matrix.
User model name.
User parameters.
Number of user parameters.
User state variables at start of step.
Updated user state variables.
Number of user state variables.
User indicators at start of step.
Updated user indicators.
Number of user indicators.
Total stress at start of step [Table 11.1 p. 218].
Current total stress [Table 11.1 p. 218].
Previous tangent stiffness.
Current tangent stiffness.
usrmod is the user-supplied model name from input table MATERI. For the
Modified Maekawa model this name is always MAEKAW.
usrval are the user-supplied material parameters from input table MATERI.
For the Modified Maekawa model this array contains four values [ 10
p. 183]:
usrval(1)
usrval(2)
usrval(3)
usrval(4)
is
is
is
is
the
the
the
the
compressive strength.
tensile strength.
fracture energy.
correction factor for plastic evolution.
These variables shall not be updated in this subroutine!

usrsta are the user-supplied state variables. For the Modified Maekawa model
this array contains 56 values [ 10 p. 183]:
usrsta(1) is the fracture parameter K which gradually reduces to zero
with ongoing deformation.
usrsta(2-56) is workspace.
usrind are the user-supplied integer indicator variables. For the Modified
Maekawa model this array contains five values [ 10 p. 184]:
usrind(1) indicates the softening model.
238
usrind(2) indicates the crack model.
usrind(3-5) is workspace.
sig is the total stress vector [Table 11.1 p. 218], it comes in from the final
iteration of the previous step and must go out for the current iteration.
stiff is the tangent stiffness matrix, it comes in from the previous step and
must go out for the current iteration.
11.4
General User-supplied Material Model
Diana offers the user-supplied subroutine mechanism to specify a general nonlinear material behavior. This model requires dedicated input data in table
MATERI and the code for user-supplied subroutine USRMAT.
11.4.1
Input Data
The following information from table MATERI is passed to the user-supplied

subroutine USRMAT [ 11.4.2 p. 239].
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRMAT
[ USRVAL
[ USRSTA
[ USRIND
12 13
80
[usrmod w ]
usrval r... ]
usrsta r... ]
usrind i... ]
USRMAT specifies that a general material model is determined via user-supplied

subroutine USRMAT. The keyword usrmod may be used as a switch in
the subroutine. This gives you the opportunity to code various material
models in one single subroutine.
USRVAL usrval is a series of material parameters. These parameters cannot be
11.4 General User-supplied Material Model
239
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
USRMAT
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
END
30000.0
0.15
HSCMOD
6.0 0.12 30.0
0.0 0.0
0 0
90.0 5.0 30.0
In addition to the data for the user-supplied subroutine, this example also inputs
values for Youngs modulus E and Poissons ratio . These values are necessary
for the preliminary linear analysis. If you need these values in the user-supplied
subroutine, then you can take them from the filos file via a special access
routine GTC [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
11.4.2
Subroutine USRMAT
If USRMAT is specified in table MATERI [ 11.4.1 p. 238] then subroutine USRMAT

must be supplied. This routine must update the stress vector, the user state
variables and indicators, and the tangent stiffness matrix.
Fortran
$
$
$
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
SUBROUTINE USRMAT( eps0, deps, ns, age0, dtime, temp0,

usrind, nui, sig, stiff )
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
int
int
dbl
dbl
int
cha
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
eps0(ns)
deps(ns)
ns
age0
dtime
temp0
dtemp
elemen
intpt
coord(3)
se(ns,ns)
iter
usrmod*6
usrval(nuv)
nuv
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nus

Age of element.
Temperature.
Elasticity matrix.
User model name.
User parameters.
240
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
int
int
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrind(nui)
usrind(nui)
nui
sig(ns)
sig(ns)
stiff(ns,ns)
stiff(ns,ns)

Total stress at start of step [Table 11.1 p. 218].
usrmod is the user-supplied model name from input table MATERI. This name
can be used as a switch to various material models coded in one single
subroutine.
usrval are the user-supplied material parameters from input table MATERI.
usrsta are the user-supplied state variables.
usrind are the user-supplied integer indicator variables.
At the start of the first step the values of usrsta and usrind come in as
the ones specified in input table MATERI. In subsequent steps they come
in from the final iteration of the previous step. They must always go out
for the current iteration.
sig is the total stress vector [Table 11.1 p. 218], it comes in from the final
iteration of the previous step and must go out for the current iteration.
11.4.3
Example
A simple example of the user-supplied material model USRMAT in a transient

analysis, is the modeling of a viscoelastic material. In this example the modeling
of the creep function J(t, t0 ) with a Kelvin chain will be discussed. The model
will be derived for the application with truss elements in which the strain vector
is given by = {} and the stress vector by = {}. Consider a simple
viscoelastic model, represented by the rheological model of Figure 11.2. This
E1
E0
Figure 11.2: Rheological model of a Kelvin chain
11.4 General User-supplied Material Model
241
Kelvin chain has one unit with a linear spring only and one unit with a dashpot
and a linear spring. With this model the creep will be bounded if the time goes
to infinity. The first unit has an elastic spring stiffness E0 , the second unit an
elastic spring stiffness E1 and a dashpot viscosity 1 . The governing equation
is now given by the equilibrium condition
= E1 1 + 1 1 = E0 0
With the compatibility conditions
= 0 + 1
= +
1
2
(11.14)
(11.15)
this can be written as the following rate equation

+
1
E0 E1
1 E 0
=
+
E0 + E1
E0 + E1
E0 + E1
(11.16)
A stable integration algorithm for a rate equation is the Central Difference

algorithm, which is defined as
x t+ 1 t = t
2
(11.17)
x 1 = xt + x
t+ 2 t
2
Applying this scheme to the integration of the stress and strain and substituting
the relations into the differential equation (11.16), results in the equation for
the incremental stress

t
1
+
=
2
E0 + E1

E0 E1 t
1 E 0
E0 E1
t t t +
+
E0 + E1
E0 + E1 2
E0 + E1
(11.18)
The updated stress is finally given by

t+t = t +
and the tangent stiffness relation by

1
E0 E1 t
1 E0
=
+
1
t
E0 + E1 2
E0 + E1
+
2
E0 + E1
(11.19)
(11.20)
The implementation of user-supplied subroutine USRMAT is given below.

242
usrmat.f
SUBROUTINE USRMAT( EPS0, DEPS, NS, AGE0, DTIME, TEMP0, DTEMP,
ELEMEN, INTPT, COORD, SE, ITER, USRMOD, USRVAL,
$
NUV, USRSTA, NUS, USRIND, NUI, SIG, STIFF )
C
C...
C...
C
USER-SUPPLIED MATERIAL MODEL

RETURN UPDATED STRESS AND TANGENTIAL STIFFNESS MATRIX
CHARACTER*6
INTEGER
USRMOD
NS, NUV, NUS, NUI, ELEMEN, INTPT, ITER,
$
USRIND(NUI)
DOUBLE PRECISION EPS0(NS), DEPS(NS), AGE0, DTIME, TEMP0,
$
DTEMP, COORD(3), SE(NS,NS), USRVAL(NUV),
$
USRSTA(NUS), SIG(NS), STIFF(NS,NS)
C
DOUBLE PRECISION DSIG, E0, E1, ETA1, FAC1, FAC2, FAC3
C
C...
GET
E1
=
ETA1 =
E0
=
MATERIAL DATA FROM USRVAL

USRVAL(1)
USRVAL(2)
USRVAL(3)
C
FAC1 = 0.5D0 * DTIME + ETA1 / ( E1 + E0 )
FAC2 = ( E0 * E1 ) / ( E0 + E1 )
FAC3 = E0 / ( E0 + E1 )
C
$
DSIG = DTIME * ( FAC2 * EPS0(1) - SIG(1) ) +

( 0.5D0 * FAC2 * DTIME + FAC3 * ETA1 ) * DEPS(1)
DSIG = DSIG / FAC1
C
SIG(1)
= SIG(1) + DSIG
STIFF(1,1) = ( 0.5D0 * FAC2 * DTIME + FAC3 * ETA1 ) / FAC1
RETURN
END
The user-supplied material parameters which are given in the input data item
USRVAL are the linear stiffness E1 of the Kelvin unit, the dashpot viscosity 1
of the Kelvin unit and the linear stiffness E0 of the spring respectively. There
are no user-defined status variables, so USRSTA and USRIND will not be defined
in the data file. The following could be the data file for this example.
file .dat
COORDINATES DI=2
1
0.
0.
2
100.
0.
3
100.
0.
ELEMENTS
CONNECTIVITY
11.5 Interface USRIFC
243
1 L2TRU 1 2
2 L2TRU 1 3
MATERIALS
1
1
2
2
GEOMETRY
1
1
2
1
MATERIALS
1
YOUNG
100.0
USRMAT KELVIN
USRVAL 100.0 2500.0 100.0
2
YOUNG
100.0
KELVIN 2
,1 YOUNG
100.0
,2 YOUNG
100.0
RETTIM 25.0
GEOMETRY
1 CROSSE
1.0
DIRECTIONS
1
1.
0. 0.
2
0.
1. 0.
3
0.
0. 1.
SUPPORTS
/ 1 / TR 1
LOADS
CASE 1
NODAL
2
FORCE 1
1.0
3
FORCE 1
1.0
END
11.5
Interface USRIFC
If USRIFC is specified in table MATERI for an interface element [ 9.3.6 p. 176],

then subroutine USRIFC must be supplied. This routine must update the traction
vector, the user state variables and indicators, and the tangent stiffness matrix.
Fortran
$
$
$
SUBROUTINE USRIFC( u0, du, nt, age0, dtime, temp0,

usrind, nui, tra, stiff )
244
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
int
int
dbl
dbl
int
cha
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
int
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
u0(nt)
du(nt)
nt
age0
dtime
temp0
dtemp
elemen
intpt
coord(3)
se(nt,nt)
iter
usrmod*6
usrval(nuv)
nuv
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nus
usrind(nui)
usrind(nui)
nui
tra(nt)
tra(nt)
stiff(nt,nt)
stiff(nt,nt)
Relative displacement vector at start of step.

Total relative displacement increment.
Number of traction components.
Age of element.
Temperature.
Elasticity matrix.
User model name.
User parameters.
Total tractions at start of step.
Current total tractions.
usrmod is the user-supplied model name from input table MATERI. This name
can be used as a switch to various interface models coded in one single
subroutine.
usrval are the user-supplied interface parameters from input table MATERI.
usrsta are the user-supplied state variables and usrind are the user-supplied
integer indicator variables. At the start of the first step, both sets of variables come in as the ones specified in input table MATERI. In subsequent
steps they come in from the final iteration of the previous increment. They
must always go out for the current iteration.
tra is the total traction vector, it comes in from the final iteration of the previous increment and must go out for the current iteration.
11.6 Liquefaction
245
Getting data
Fortran
CALL GTC( ../MATERI/DSTIF, dstif, 2 )

out dbl dstif
Stiffness.
dstif are the dummy tangent stiffnesses of the interface: dstif(1) in the
normal direction and dstif(2) in the tangential direction.
11.6
Liquefaction
To apply a liquefaction model [ 9.7 p. 195] in combination with a user-supplied

subroutine you must specify data items in table MATERI [ 11.6.1] and the
source code of a particular subroutine. The subroutine depends on the applied
liquefaction model:
USRLIQ for a fully user-defined liquefaction model [ 11.6.2].
TOWLIQ to customize the Towhata-Iai model [ 11.6.3].
NISLIQ to customize the Nishi model [ 11.6.4].
BOWLIQ to customize the Bowl model [ 11.6.5].
11.6.1
Input Data
For the user-supplied subroutines of liquefaction models you must specify the
following data in table MATERI.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
12 13
80
uval1 r [ uval2 r . . . ] uvaln r

usta1 r [ usta2 r . . . ] ustan r
uind1 n [ uind2 n . . . ] uindn n
USRVAL uval1 to uvaln are material parameters.

USRSTA usta1 to ustan are initial values of real status variables
USRIND uind1 to uindn are initial values of integer status indicators.
Diana passes the specified values to the argument list of the user-supplied
subroutine.
11.6.2
User-defined Liquefaction USRLIQ
If you specify LIQUEF USER in table MATERI [ 9.7 p. 195] then you must supply
subroutine USRLIQ. This routine must update the stress vector, the user state
variables and indicators, and the tangent stiffness matrix.
246
Fortran
$
$
$
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
in
out
in
out
SUBROUTINE USRLIQ( eps0, deps, epsvel, ns, time0, dtime,

elemen, intpt, coord, se, iter,
usrval, nuv, usrsta, nus,
uind, nui, sig, stiff )
dbl
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
dbl
dbl
int
dbl
int
dbl
dbl
int
int
int
int
dbl
dbl
dbl
dbl
eps0(ns)
deps(ns)
epsvel(ns)
ns
time0
dtime
elemen
intpt
coord(3)
se(ns,ns)
iter
usrval(nuv)
nuv
usrsta(nus)
usrsta(nus)
nus
uind(nui)
uind(nui)
nui
sig(ns)
sig(ns)
stiff(ns,ns)
stiff(ns,ns)

Strain velocity.
Time at start of step.
Elasticity matrix.
User parameters.
Total stress at start of increment [Table 11.1 p. 218].
usrval are the user-supplied material parameters from data item USRVAL in
table MATERI [ 11.6.1]. These variables shall not be updated in this
subroutine!
usrsta are the user-supplied state variables and usrind are the user-supplied
integer indicator variables. At the start of the first step, both sets of
variables respectively come in as the ones specified via data items USRSTA
and USRIND in input table MATERI [ 11.6.1]. In subsequent steps they
come in from the final iteration of the previous step. They must always
go out for the current iteration.
sig is the total stress vector [Table 11.1 p. 218], it comes in from the final iteration of the previous increment and must go out for the current iteration.
The next example files illustrate input and commands.
11.6 Liquefaction
247
file .dat
MATERIALS
1 YOUNG
POISON
LIQUEF
USRSTA
USRVAL
USRIND
2 YOUNG
POISON
1.0
0.3
USER
0.0(25)
0.83333333 0.38461538
3
1.0
0.2
file .dcf
*FILOS
INITIA
*INPUT
*FORTRAN
TAKE "usrliq.f"
*NONLIN
TYPE PHYSIC
commands
11.6.3
Customized Towhata-Iai TOWLIQ
Subroutine TOWLIQ uses the data items USRVAL, USRSTA, and USRIND in table MATERI [ 11.6.1] to customize the Towhata-Iai liquefaction model [ 9.7.1
p. 197]. It performs the stress and stiffness update in element integration points.
For further information see the self-descriptive comment in the predefined Diana source code on file towliq.f. After customization of the source code
you can link the appropriate subroutines to Dianas Module nonlin via the
user-supplied subroutine option. The next example files illustrate input and
commands for a customized Towhata-Iai model.
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
BULKF
:
LIQUEF
NSPRIN
PREF
SHRREF
BLKREF
2.758497E5
.33
2.E6
TOWHAT
12
98.
103700.
270500.
248
P1
P2
W1
S1
C1
HV
SINPHF
SINPHP
0.45
1.4
2.00
0.0035
1.0
0.3
0.87
0.42
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
10.0 -3.3
0.0 0.0
1 3
file .dcf
*FILOS
INITIA
*INPUT
*FORTRAN
TAKE "towliq.f"
*NONLIN
TYPE PHYSIC
commands
11.6.4
Customized Nishi NISLIQ
Subroutine NISLIQ uses the data items USRVAL, USRSTA, and USRIND in table
MATERI [ 11.6.1] to customize the Nishi liquefaction model [ 9.7.2 p. 198].
It performs the stress and stiffness update in element integration points. For
further information see the self-descriptive comment in the predefined Diana
source code on file nisliq.f. After customization of the source code you
can link the appropriate subroutines to Dianas Module nonlin via the usersupplied subroutine option. The next example files illustrate input and commands for a customized Towhata-Iai model.
file .dat
MATERI
1
YOUNG
POISON
:
LIQUEF
KAPSTA
PHI
PHIM
MSTAR
11.E7
0.3
NISHI
1.8E-3
36.
30.
6.E-6
11.6 Liquefaction
G0STAR
BETA
2.96E3
150.
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
10.0 -3.3
0.0 0.0
1 3
249
file .dcf
*FILOS
INITIA
*INPUT
*FORTRAN
TAKE "nisliq.f"
*NONLIN
TYPE PHYSIC
commands
11.6.5
Customized Bowl BOWLIQ
Subroutine BOWLIQ uses the data items USRVAL, USRSTA, and USRIND in table
MATERI [ 11.6.1] to customize the Nishi liquefaction model [ 9.7.2 p. 198].
It performs the stress and stiffness update in element integration points. For
further information see the self-descriptive comment in the predefined Diana
source code on file nisliq.f. After customization of the source code you
can link the appropriate subroutines to Dianas Module nonlin via the usersupplied subroutine option. The next example files illustrate input and commands for a customized Towhata-Iai model.
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
:
LIQUEF
PREF
SHRREF
GAMMAR
HMAX
KAPPA
A
B
C
D
XL
146512.8
0.333333333333333
BOWL
100.0
55080.0
0.0008
0.22
0.0026
-3.0
1.6
10.0
30.0
0.1
250
:
USRVAL
USRSTA
USRIND
10.0 -3.3
0.0 0.0
1 3
file .dcf
*FILOS
INITIA
*INPUT
*FORTRAN
TAKE "bowliq.f"
*NONLIN
TYPE PHYSIC
commands
Part II
Flow Analysis
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (II)
253
The input for material models in flow analysis mainly depends on the type of
elements applied: general flow elements (or heat transfer) [Ch. 12], groundwater
flow elements [Ch. 13], lubrication elements [Ch. 14], and cross-section elements
[ 4.1.1.1 p. 35]. See also Volume Element Library for other input data for flow
elements.
254
Chapter 12
Potential Flow
Material properties for general flow elements applied in heat flow, concentration flow or fully saturated groundwater flow analysis can be constant or
they can depend on a variable like temperature, concentration, potential, time,
or degree of reaction. The preliminary analysis needs the constant properties,
so you must always input these, even if you intend to perform a nonlinear or
transient analysis only.
Constant material properties are compulsory input for a preliminary
or linear analysis. Variable material properties may be additional
input for a nonlinear or a transient analysis.
Variable properties. User specified functions for variable material properties
are input by multi-linear diagrams.
If the material properties depend on one variable, you must specify points
in a two-dimensional diagram: a set of values for the variable and a set of
corresponding values for the material property. If the material properties depend
on two variables, you must specify points in a three-dimensional diagram: for
each successive point on the axis for the first variable, you must specify the
values of the property for all points on the axis for the second variable. During
the analysis, Diana determines the current value for the material properties by
linear interpolation in the diagram that you specified.
12.1
Conductivity and Capacitance
For continuum elements, the conductivity k may be specified for isotropic, orthotropic or anisotropic material. The capacitance c is only necessary for transient analysis and is always isotropic.
Both conductivity k and capacitance c may be constant or variable. A
variable property can depend on potential (temperature, concentration), on
256
Potential Flow
time, or on both.
q = k(t, )
12.1.1
qV = c(t, )
(12.1)
Constant Properties
The input syntax for constant properties depends on the dimensionality of the
material model.
Constant, two-dimensional and axisymmetric
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
CONDUC
[ CAPACI
kr
kxx r kyy r [kxy r ]
cr ]
CONDUC k is the (isotropic) conductivity k. For orthotropic and anisotropic

material, the values kxx and kyy are the conductivities kxx and kyy in the
local element xy directions which may be user-specified. For anisotropic
material, the value kxy is the conductivity kxy .
Note that the number of specified values indicates the type of conductivity:
one value is isotropic, two values is orthotropic, three values is anisotropic.
CAPACI c is the (isotropic) capacitance c.
Constant, three-dimensional
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
CONDUC
[ CAPACI
kr
kxx r kyy r kzz r [kxy r kyz r kzx r ]
cr ]
CONDUC k is the (isotropic) conductivity k. For orthotropic and anisotropic

material, the values kxx , kyy and kzz are the conductivities kxx , kyy and
kzz in the local element xyz directions which may be user-specified. For
anisotropic material, the values kxy , kyz and kzx are the conductivities
kxy , kyz and kzx respectively.
Note that the number of specified values indicates the type of conductivity:
one value is isotropic, three values is orthotropic, six values is anisotropic.
CAPACI c is the (isotropic) capacitance c.
12.1 Conductivity and Capacitance
257
file .dat
MATERI
1 CONDUC
2 CONDUC
3 CONDUC
0.01
0.01 0.015
0.01 0.015 0.008 0.007 0.012 0.009
This example input specifies isotropic conductivity for material 1 with k = 0.01.
The conductivity of material 2 is orthotropic for two-dimensional elements with
kxx = 0.01 and kyy = 0.015. For material 3, the conductivity is anisotropic
for three-dimensional elements with kxx = 0.01, kyy = 0.015, kzz = 0.008,
kxy = 0.007, kyz = 0.012, and kzx = 0.009.
12.1.2
Variable Properties
The conductivity and capacitance may depend on potential (temperature or

concentration), on time, or on both potential and time simultaneously.
Dependency on potential
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
[ CONDIS
[ CAPATT
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

co1 r co2 r [. . . con r ]
phi1 r phi2 r [. . . phin r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ] ]
c1 r c2 r [. . . cn r ] ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the temperatures Ti=1,n for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
CONCEN co1 . . . con are the concentrations Ci=1,n for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a concentration flow analysis.
POTENT phi1 . . . phin are the potentials i=1,n for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for potential flow analyses other than
heat flow or concentration flow.
CONDIS k1 . . . kn are the conductivities ki=1,n for the corresponding temperatures, concentrations or potentials. If you specified an orthotropic or
anisotropic constant conductivity CONDUC, Diana assumes that k1 . . . kn
are the values for kxx and scales the other components proportionally to
the values for constant conductivity.
CAPATT c1 . . . cn are the capacitances ci=1,n for the corresponding temperatures, concentrations or potentials.
258
Potential Flow
file .dat
MATERI
1 POTENT
CONDIS
CAPATT
-1.0E+3 1.0E+3
1.0E-2 2.0E-2
4.0E-2 5.0E-2
c
capacitance
Conductivity
This example input specifies linear diagrams for potential dependent conductivity and capacitance for material number 1 as shown in Figure 12.1.
0.02
0.01
0.05
0.04
1000
1000
potential
1000
1000
potential
Figure 12.1: Potential dependent conductivity and capacitance

Dependency on time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TIME
[ CONDIS
[ CAPATT
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ] ]
c1 r c2 r [. . . cn r ] ]
TIME t1 . . . tn are the times ti=1,n for which the material properties are specified.
CONDIS k1 . . . kn are the conductivities ki=1,n for the corresponding times. If
you specified an orthotropic or anisotropic constant conductivity CONDUC,
Diana assumes that k1 . . . kn are the values for kxx and scales the other
components proportionally to the values for constant conductivity.
CAPATT c1 . . . cn are the capacitances ci=1,n for the corresponding times.
file .dat
MATERI
1 TIME
CONDIS
CAPATT
0.
0.01
0.04
500.0
0.005
0.02
1000.0
0.0025
0.1
This example input specifies bilinear diagrams for nonlinear conductivity and
capacitance for material number 1 as shown in Figure 12.2 on the next page.
259
c
capacitance
conductivity
k
0.01
0.005
0.0025
0.10
0.04
0.02
t
0
500
1000
time
t
0
500
1000
time
Figure 12.2: Time dependent conductivity and capacitance

Dependency on time and potential
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
TIME
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]

co1 r co2 r [. . . com r ]
phi1 r phi2 r [. . . phim r ]
[ CONDIS
[ CAPATT
k1t1 r
k2t1 r
...
kmt1 r
c1t1 r
c2t1 r
...
cmt1 r
k1t2 r [. . . k1tn r ]
k2t2 r [. . . k2tn r ]
kmt2 r [. . . kmtn r ] ]
c1t2 r [. . . c1tn r ]
c2t2 r [. . . c2tn r ]
cmt2 r [. . . cmtn r ] ]
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the temperatures Ti=1,m for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
CONCEN co1 . . . com are the concentrations Ci=1,m for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a concentration flow analysis.
POTENT phi1 . . . phim are the potentials i=1,m for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for potential flow analyses other
than heat flow or concentration flow.
CONDIS k1t1 . . . k1tn are the conductivities ki=1,n for the corresponding times
and the first temperature, concentration or potential, k2t1 . . . k2tn are
260
Potential Flow
the conduction coefficients for the same times but for the second temperature, concentration or potential, and so on until the conductivities
kmt1 . . . kmtn for the last temperature, concentration or potential. If you
specified an orthotropic or anisotropic constant conductivity CONDUC, Diana assumes that k1 . . . kn are the values for kxx and scales the other
CAPATT c1t1 . . . c1tn are the capacitances ci=1,n for the corresponding times
and the first temperature, concentration or potential, c2t1 . . . c2tn are
the capacitances for the same times but for the second temperature, concentration or potential, and so on until the capacitances cmt1 . . . cmtn for
the last temperature, concentration or potential.
file .dat
MATERI
1 TIME
POTENT
CONDIS
0.
5.0E2 1.0E3
-1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E-2 5.0E-3 2.5E-3
2.0E-2 1.0E-2 5.0E-3
This example input specifies two timeconductivity diagrams: the first one for
potential = 1000 and the second one for potential = 1000 as shown in
Figure 12.3.
0
00
0
0.02
0.005 0.01
al
nti
e
t
o
00
10
0.005 0.01
0.0025
conductivity
t
time
500
1000
Figure 12.3: Time and potential dependent conductivity
12.1.3
261
Time Dependent Diffusion Coefficient
For isotropic conductivity of concrete, an additional time dependency may be

specified to simulate a time dependent diffusion coefficient according to
n
t0
k(t) = (1 m) k0
(12.2)
t
with k0 the conductivity as defined by CONDUC or CONDIS, m a decay factor, n
an age factor, and t0 the reference concrete age.
Dependency on time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
[ DIFPOW
80
t0 r n r m r ]
DIFPOW specifies the parameters defining the diffusion coefficient time dependency function.
t0 is the reference concrete age t0 (usually t0 = 28 days).
n is the age factor n (usually 0.4 < n < 0.8).
m is the decay factor m.
(n > 0)
file .dat
MATERI
1 CONDUC
DIFPOW
7.0E-2
28.0
0.6
0.0
In this example, the diffusion coefficient as a function of time is based on a

conductivity that is constant.
file .dat
MATERI
1 TIME
CONCEN
CONDIS
DIFPOW
0.
0.1
1.0E-2
4.0E-2
28.0
50.
0.9
7.0E-2
9.0E-2
0.6
360.
2.0E-1
6.0E-1
0.0
In this example, the diffusion coefficient as a function of time is based on a

conductivity that itself is dependent on both time and concentration.
262
Potential Flow
12.2
Boundary Elements
Boundary elements are commonly used to model a convective discharge at the

boundaries of a potential flow model [ 12.2.1]. Specifically for heat flow analysis
also a radiative type of discharge is available [ 12.2.2]. In heat flow analysis it
should be specified which of the types of discharge defined are to be actually
applied [ 12.2.3].
12.2.1
Convection
The convective discharge qC occurs according to

qC = K(B E )N
(12.3)
in which both the conduction coefficient K and the convective power N can be
constant or a function of time t and/or boundary potential B . Parameter E
is the environmental potential [Vol. Element Library].
Constant
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONVEC
[ CONPOW
12 13
80
kr
nr ]
CONVEC k is the conduction coefficient K.

[N = 1.0]
CONPOW n is the convective power N .
(N 1.0)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
{
}
CONVTT
CONPTT
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

co1 r co2 r [. . . con r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
n1 r n2 r [. . . nn r ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the boundary temperatures TB.i=1,n for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
CONCEN co1 . . . con are the boundary concentrations CB.i=1,n for which the
material properties are specified. This input applies for a concentration
flow analysis.
12.2 Boundary Elements
263
POTENT phi1 . . . phin are the boundary potentials B.i=1,n for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for potential flow analyses
other than heat flow or concentration flow.
CONVTT k1 . . . kn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding
boundary temperatures, concentrations or potentials.
CONPTT k1 . . . kn are the convective powers Ni=1,n for the corresponding boundary temperatures, concentrations or potentials.
Dependency on time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
TIME
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
}
CONVTT
CONPTT
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
n1 r n2 r [. . . nn r ]
times.
CONPTT n1 . . . nn are the convective powers Ni=1,n for the corresponding times.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
{
}
CONVTT
CONPTT
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]
co1 r co2 r [. . . com r ]
k1t1 r
k2t1 r
...
kmt1 r
n1t1 r
n2t1 r
...
nmt1 r
k1t2 r [. . . k1tn r ]
k2t2 r [. . . k2tn r ]
kmt2 r [. . . kmtn r ]
n1t2 r [. . . n1tn r ]
n2t2 r [. . . n2tn r ]
nmt2 r [. . . nmtn r ]
264
Potential Flow
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the boundary temperatures TB.i=1,m for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
CONCEN co1 . . . com are the boundary concentrations CB.i=1,m for which the
material properties are specified. This input applies for a concentration
flow analysis.
POTENT phi1 . . . phim are the boundary potentials B.i=1,m for which the material properties are specified. This input applies for potential flow analyses
other than heat flow or concentration flow.
CONVTT k1t1 . . . k1tn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding times and the first boundary temperature, concentration or potential.
Values k2t1 . . . k2tn are the conduction coefficients for the same times
but for the second boundary temperature, concentration or potential, and
so on until the conduction coefficients kmt1 . . . kmtn for the last boundary
temperature, concentration or potential.
CONPTT n1t1 . . . n1tn are the convective powers Ni=1,n for the corresponding
times and the first boundary temperature, concentration or potential. Values n2t1 . . . n2tn are the convective powers for the same times but for the
second boundary temperature, concentration or potential, and so on until
the convective powers nmt1 . . . nmtn for the last boundary temperature,
concentration or potential.
12.2.2
Radiation
In a heat flow analysis it might be necessary to model heat transfer by means

of convection and/or radiation. The radiative discharge qR occurs according to

(12.4)
qR = TB4 TR4
in which the emission coefficient can be constant or a function of time t
and/or boundary temperature TB . Parameter TR is the radiative temperature
[Vol. Element Library]. Parameter is the constant of StefanBoltzmann ( =
56.7109 W/(m2 K4 )). Please note that you have to specify the system of
units you are using in input table UNITS. Also if you model radiation only,
then you still have to specify a conduction coefficient K.
Constant
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
EMISSI
[ CONVEC
12 13
80
eps r
kr ]
12.2 Boundary Elements

(0 < 1)
265
EMISSI eps is the emission coefficient .

Dependency on temperature
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
EMISTT
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

e1 r e2 r [. . . en r ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the boundary temperatures TB.i=1,n for which the emission coefficients are specified.
EMISTT e1 . . . en are the emission coefficients i=1,n for the corresponding
boundary temperatures.
Dependency on time and temperature
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
TEMPER
EMISTT
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]
e1t1 r e1t2 r [. . . e1tn r ]
e2t1 r e2t2 r [. . . e2tn r ]
...
emt1 r emt2 r [. . . emtn r ]
TIME t1 . . . tn are the times ti=1,n for which the emission coefficients are specified.
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the boundary temperatures TB.i=1,m for which the emission coefficients are specified.
EMISTT e1t1 . . . e1tn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding times and the first boundary temperature. Values e2t1 . . . e2tn are
the emission coefficients for the same times but for the second boundary
temperature, and so on until the emission coefficients emt1 . . . emtn for
the last boundary temperature.
12.2.3
Discharge Type
If both convective and radiative discharge properties have been defined, it is

possible to specify which of the two types of discharge should be applied in the
analysis.
266
Potential Flow
Discharge type
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
[ FLUXTY
80
]
CONVEC
RADIAT
BOTH
NONE
[BOTH]
FLUXTY defines the discharge type to be applied: CONVEC for convection, RADIAT
for radiation, BOTH for both convection and radiation, or NONE for neither
of the two.
12.3
Interface Elements
The conduction coefficient may be constant or a function of time t and/or potential difference between the opposite faces.
qF = K
qF = K(t, )
Constant
(12.5)
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DFLUX
12 13
80
kr
DFLUX k is the conduction coefficient K between environment and boundary.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
DFLUX
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

co1 r co2 r [. . . con r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the temperature differences Ti=1,n for which the conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
12.3 Interface Elements
267
CONCEN co1 . . . con are the concentration differences Ci=1,n for which the
conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for a concentration
flow analysis.
POTENT phi1 . . . phin are the potential differences i=1,n for which the conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for potential flow
analyses other than heat flow or concentration flow.
DFLUX k1 . . . kn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding
temperature, concentration or potential differences.
Dependency on time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
DFLUX
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
TIME t1 . . . tn are the times ti=1,n for which the conduction coefficients are
specified.
DFLUX k1 . . . kn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding
times.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
TIME
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
TEMPER
CONCEN
POTENT
DFLUX
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]

co1 r co2 r [. . . com r ]
k1t1 r k1t2 r [. . . k1tn r ]
k2t1 r k2t2 r [. . . k2tn r ]
...
kmt1 r kmt2 r [. . . kmtn r ]
80
specified.
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the temperature differences Ti=1,m for which the conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for a heat flow analysis.
268
Potential Flow
CONCEN co1 . . . com are the concentration differences Ci=1,m for which the
conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for a concentration
flow analysis.
POTENT phi1 . . . phim are the potential differences i=1,m for which the conduction coefficients are specified. This input applies for potential flow
analyses other than heat flow or concentration flow.
DFLUX k1t1 . . . k1tn are the conduction coefficients Ki=1,n for the corresponding times and potential difference 1 , k2t1 . . . k2tn are the conduction
coefficients for the same times but for potential difference 2 , and so
on until the conduction coefficients kmt1 . . . kmtn for the last potential
difference m .
12.4
Cooling Pipe Elements
Cooling pipe elements require input of the conduction [ 12.4.1] and of special
properties with respect to the cooling fluid [ 12.4.2]. Moreover, you may specify
the start and stop times for the cooling process as material parameter [ 12.4.3].
12.4.1
Conduction
For cooling pipe elements you must specify the conduction coefficient K between
the cooling fluid and the solid medium (concrete). This conduction may be
constant, or a function of time, temperature or both.
Constant
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONVEC
12 13
80
kr

Dependency on time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
CONVTT
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
specified.
times.
12.4 Cooling Pipe Elements

269
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
CONVTT
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the temperatures Ti=1,n for which the conduction coefficients are specified.
temperatures.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
TEMPER
CONVTT
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]
k1t1 r k1t2 r [. . . k1tn r ]
k2t1 r k2t2 r [. . . k2tn r ]
...
kmt1 r kmt2 r [. . . kmtn r ]
specified.
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the temperatures Ti=1,m for which the conduction coefficients are specified.
CONVTT k1t1 . . . k1tn are the conduction coefficients KT1 ,i=1,n for the corresponding times and temperature T1 , k2t1 . . . k2tn are the conduction
coefficients for the same times but for temperature T2 , and so on until the
conduction coefficients kmt1 . . . kmtn for the last temperature Tm .
12.4.2
Fluid Properties
Cooling pipe elements require a special material property with respect to the
cooling fluid.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CAPFLW
12 13
80
qc r
CAPFLW qc is the product of fluid discharge Qf and heat capacitance c.

270
Potential Flow
12.4.3
Cooling Time
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ BEGINT
[ ENDTIM
12 13
80
tb r ]
te r ]
BEGINT tb is the time tb at which cooling starts.

ENDTIM te is the time te at which cooling stops.
12.5
Hydration Heat
To model chemical reactions like cement hydration, Diana can simulate heat
generation based on the degree of reaction [ 12.5.1]. In heat flow analysis with
hydration heat you may also specify the conductivity and capacitance of the
material [ 12.5.2]. As an option, Diana will calculate the equivalent age if you
give some additional input [ 12.5.3].
12.5.1
Heat Production
The hydration process of cement or the vulcanization process of rubber, is often

described with a variable r, the degree of reaction. This variable r is equal to the
momentary cumulative heat production divided by the total heat production:
Rt
q
(r, ) d
0 V.hy
(12.6)
r = R
q
V.hy (r, ) d
0
The quantity of the produced heat is a function of temperature history. The
momentary heat production rate q can be defined as
qV.hy (r, T ) = qr (r) qT (T )
(0 r 1)
(12.7)
with r the degree of reaction, T the temperature in C, the maximum value of

the heat production rate, qr the degree of reaction dependent heat production
(scaled to one), and qT the temperature dependent heat production. In this
context Diana uses
cA (r, T )
qT (T ) = e T + 273
(12.8)
where cA is the constant of Arrhenius which can be dependent on temperature
and/or degree of reaction [ 12.5.4].
You may specify the degree of reaction dependent heat production qr directly
in the input file [ 12.5.1.2]. However, in most cases it is more convenient to use
preprocessing [ 12.5.1.1]. In either case you may specify the initial degree of
12.5 Hydration Heat
271
reaction r0 at initialization of the nonlinear transient analysis [Vol. Analysis

Procedures].1
Note that the implementation of (12.8) in Diana requires that you
specify temperatures in degrees Celsius.
As an alternative to direct input or preprocessing you may specify the heat
production rate via a user-supplied subroutine [ 12.5.1.3 p. 273].
12.5.1.1
Preprocessing
To determine heat production via preprocessing you must specify the capacitance and a diagram of temperature versus time under adiabatic hydration
conditions and let Dianas Module heattr generate qr from this input.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
ADIAB
[
80
ti1 r te1 r ti2 r te2 r [. . . tin r ten r ]

Arrhenius constant ]
capacitance
ADIAB te1 . . . ten are temperature values in C during adiabatic hydration

heat development, corresponding to ages ti1 . . . tin .
Arrhenius constant specification [ 12.5.4 p. 278].
capacitance specification [ 12.5.2 p. 274].
Diana derives the heat production q(t) from
q(t) = c (T, r)
T
t
(12.9)
with c(T, r) the capacitance which can depend on temperature and degree of
reaction. Diana approximates (12.9) and (12.6) numerically at n user-specified
time points.
rm =
Qm
Qm
Qn
m
X
(12.10)
c (Ti , ri ) Ti ,
m = 1, . . . , n
(12.11)
i=1
with
Ti = Ti Ti1
1 See
ri =
ri1 + ri
2
Ti =
Ti1 + Ti
2
(12.12)
also Example hydrat in Volume Analysis Examples.
272
Potential Flow
If the capacitance depends on degree of reaction, the set of equations is solved
iteratively. Finally Diana approximates T /t in (12.9) numerically at m =
1, . . . , n points, and uses (12.7) and (12.8) to find the corresponding qr.m .
qm = cm
qr.m =
Tm+1 Tm1
T
cm
t
tm+1 tm1
qm
qT.m
(12.13)
(12.14)
Diana uses qr.0 = qr.n+1 = 0, assuming qr.0 is qr at r = 0 and qr.n+1 is qr at

r = 1. This implies that in the actual analysis a small initial degree of reaction
will be necessary to start the development of hydration heat.
The following fragment illustrates the input data syntax of adiabatic hydration heat development.
file .dat
MATERI
1 ADIAB
12.5.1.2
0.
1.800E+04
3.600E+04
5.400E+04
7.200E+04
9.000E+04
1.080E+05
1.206E+05
1.512E+05
1.800E+05
25.0
2.606E+01
3.231E+01
3.992E+01
4.387E+01
4.608E+01
4.740E+01
4.799E+01
4.873E+01
4.898E+01
Direct Input
For direct input of heat production of the hydration process you must specify
the following input data.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
REACTI
PRDKAR
MAXPRD
ALPHA
[
(0 r 1)
12 13
80
r1 r r2 r [. . . rn r ]
q1 r q2 r [. . . qn r ]
qtot r
qmax r
REACTI r1 . . . rn are the degrees of reaction ri=1,n for which the material properties are specified.
12.5 Hydration Heat
273
PRDKAR q1 . . . qn are values of the normalized heat production qri=1,n for the
corresponding degrees of reaction.
R
MAXPRD qtot is the totally produced heat 0 qV.r dt per unit volume.
ALPHA qmax is the maximum value of heat production rate .
Arrhenius constant specification [ 12.5.4 p. 278].
file .dat
MATERI
1 REACTI
PRDKAR
MAXPRD
ALPHA
0.0
0.1
0.05
2.0
1.00E3
0.72E9
1.0
0.0
In this example input for material 1, the scaled degree of reaction dependent
heat production qr is specified for degrees of reaction 0, 0.1 and 1. The values
of qr for these three degrees of reaction are 0.05, 2 and 0 respectively. The
total cumulative heat production is 1000. The multiplication factor for the heat
production is 0.72 109 .
12.5.1.3
User-supplied Subroutine
As an alternative to the definition of the heat production for potential flow

analysis via the degree of reaction [Eq. (12.7) p. 270], you may specify the heat
production via a user-supplied subroutine. This constitutes a useful mechanism
for general specification of heat production, for instance with a mathematical
function.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
USRHTP
MAXPRD
12 13
80
usrkey w
qtot r
USRHTP specifies that the heat generation rate due to hydration is determined
via a user-supplied subroutine. Diana passes the keyword usrkey to the
first argument of this subroutine. The heat generation rate can be any
function of the temperature and the degree of reaction.
R
MAXPRD qtot is the totally produced heat 0 qV.hy dt per unit volume.
If USRHTP is specified in table MATERI then subroutine USRHTP must be supplied to set up heat production for potential flow analysis with hydration reaction.
274
Potential Flow
Fortran
SUBROUTINE USRHTP( usrkey, te, re, htp )
in
in
in
out
cha
dbl
dbl
dbl
usrkey*6
te
re
htp
User keyword.
Temperature.
Degree of reaction.
Heat production rate.
used to model various functions for the heat production rate within one
subroutine.
te is the temperature T .
re is the degree of reaction r.
htp is the heat production rate generated by hydration.
See also Volume Analysis Procedures for a general description of Dianas usersupplied subroutine option.
12.5.2
Conductivity and Capacitance
Both conductivity k and capacitance c may be constant [ 12.1.1 p. 256], or

depend on temperature T and on degree of reaction r.
q = k(r, T ) T
qV = c(r, T ) T
(12.15)
For properties that depend on the degree of reaction you must specify a diagram: a set of degrees of reaction and a set of corresponding values for each
property. During the analysis, Diana determines the current value for the material properties by linear interpolation in the diagram that you specified.
Dependency on degree of reaction
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
REACTI
CONDRT
CAPART
r1 r r2 r [. . . rn r ]
k1 r k2 r [. . . kn r ]
c1 r c2 r [. . . cn r ]
CONREA
CAPREA
r1 r k1 r r2 r k2 r
r1 r c1 r r2 r c2 r
80
or:
(0 r 1)
12.5 Hydration Heat
275
CONDRT k1 . . . kn are the conductivities ki=1,n for the corresponding degrees

of reaction. If you specified an orthotropic or anisotropic constant conductivity CONDUC, Diana assumes that k1 . . . kn are the values for kxx
and scales the other components proportionally to the values for constant
conductivity.
CAPART c1 . . . cn are the (isotropic) capacitances ci=1,n for the corresponding
degrees of reaction.
CONREA specifies the conductivity k as a linear function of the degree of reaction
r: k = k1 at r = r1 and k = k2 at r = r2 .
CAPREA specifies the capacitance c as a linear function of the degree of reaction
r: c = c1 at r = r1 and c = c2 at r = r2 .
file .dat
MATERI
1 REACTI
CONDRT
CAPART
0.
0.01
0.04
0.1
0.05
0.02
1.0
0.0025
0.1
In this example input for material 1, the material properties are specified for
degrees of reaction 0, 0.1 and 1. The conductivity for the three degrees of
reaction is 0.01, 0.05 and 0.025 respectively and the capacitance 0.04, 0.02 and
0.01 respectively.
Dependency on temperature and degree of reaction
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
REACTI
TEMPER
[ CONDRT
[ CAPART
12 13
80
r1 r r2 r [. . . rn r ]
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]
k1r1 r k1r2 r [. . . k1rn r ]
k2r1 r k2r2 r [. . . k2rn r ]
...
kmr1 r kmr2 r [. . . kmrn r ] ]
c1r1 r c1r2 r [. . . c1rn r ]
c2r1 r c2r2 r [. . . c2rn r ]
...
cmr1 r cmr2 r [. . . cmrn r ]
(0 r 1)
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the temperatures Ti=1,m for which the material properties are specified.
276
Potential Flow
CONDRT k1r1 . . . k1rn are the conductivities ki=1,n for the corresponding degrees of reaction and temperature T1 , k2r1 . . . k2rn are the conductivities
for the same degrees of reaction but for temperature T2 , and so on until the conductivities kmr1 . . . kmrn for the last temperature Tm . If you
specified an orthotropic or anisotropic constant conductivity CONDUC, Diana assumes that k1 . . . kn are the values for kxx and scales the other
CAPART c1r1 . . . c1rn are the capacitances ci=1,n for the corresponding degrees
of reaction and temperature T1 , c2r1 . . . c2rn are the capacitances for
the same degrees of reaction but for temperature T2 , and so on until the
capacitances cmr1 . . . cmrn for the last temperature Tm .
file .dat
MATERI
1 REACTI
POTENT
CONDRT
CAPART
12.5.3
0.0
0.1
0.0 100.
0.01
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.04
0.02
0.04
0.02
1.0
0.0025
0.0050
0.1
0.01
Equivalent Age
You may invoke equivalent age calculation for a material via the EQUAGE input
item. This input also indicates the method to be applied.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
EQUAGE
12 13
80
method w
ARRTYP
SAUL
parameters
ARRTYP applies a calculation method according to an Arrhenius-type equation

[ 12.5.3.1].
SAUL applies a calculation method according to the definition by Saul [ 12.5.3.2].
parameters are specific input for the applied method as described in the referred
sections.
12.5 Hydration Heat

12.5.3.1
277
Arrhenius-type Equation
A well-known Arrhenius-type equation for the equivalent age is

Z t
1
1
teq =
exp cA
d
Tref
T ( )
0
(12.16)
where cA is the Arrhenius constant and Tref a reference temperature.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
EQUAGE
[ TEMREF
[
80
ARRTYP
ter r ]
EQUAGE ARRTYP applies calculation of the equivalent age according to the Arrheniustype equation (12.16).
TEMREF ter is the reference temperature Tref in C.
[Tref = 20]
Arrhenius constant specification [ 12.5.4].

12.5.3.2
Saul Definition
Saul [91] defines the equivalent age according to

Z
teq =
0
T ( ) T0
d
Tref T0
(12.17)
where Tref is a reference temperature and T0 is the datum temperature below

which hydration ceases.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
EQUAGE
[ TEMREF
[ DATUMT
12 13
80
SAUL
ter r ]
te0 r ]
EQUAGE SAUL applies calculation of the equivalent age according to Saul (12.17).
TEMREF ter is the reference temperature Tref in C.
[Tref = 20]
DATUMT te0 is the datum temperature T0 in C. By default Diana assumes

T0 = 10 C, which applies for concrete.
[T0 = 10]
278
Potential Flow
12.5.4
[cA = 6000]
Arrhenius Constant
Diana applies the Arrhenius constant cA in some calculations of heat production

[ 12.5.1], and equivalent age [ 12.5.3.1]. You may specify cA as a fixed value, or
dependent on temperature and/or degree of reaction. Note that specification of
the Arrhenius constant is optional, if you dont specify it then Diana assumes
a fixed value of 6000 K, which applies for concrete.
Fixed value
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
ARRHEN
12 13
80
ca r
ARRHEN ca is the Arrhenius constant cA .

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMARR
ARRHEN
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [ . . . ten r ]

ca1 r ca2 r [ . . . can r ]
TEMARR te1 . . . ten are the temperatures Ti=1,n for which the Arrhenius constant values are specified.
ARRHEN ca1 . . . can are the Arrhenius constant values cAi=1,n for the corresponding temperatures.
Dependency on degree of reaction
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DGRARR
ARRHEN
12 13
80
r1 r r2 r [ . . . rn r ]
ca1 r ca2 r [ . . . can r ]
DGRARR r1 . . . rn are the degrees of reaction ri=1,n for which the Arrhenius
constant values are specified.
ARRHEN ca1 . . . can are the Arrhenius constant values cAi=1,n for the corresponding degrees of reaction.
12.6 Solidification or Evaporation

Dependency on temperature and degree of reaction
279
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DGRARR
TEMARR
ARRHEN
12 13
80
r1 r r2 r [ . . . rn r ]
te1 r te2 r [ . . . tem r ]
ca1r1 r ca1r2 r [ . . . ca1rn r ]
ca2r1 r ca2r2 r [ . . . ca2rn r ]
...
camr1 r camr2 r [ . . . camrn r ]
DGRARR r1 . . . rn are the degrees of reaction ri=1,n for which the Arrhenius
constant values are specified.
TEMARR te1 . . . tem are the temperatures Ti=1,m for which the Arrhenius constant values are specified.
ARRHEN ca1r1 . . . ca1rn are the Arrhenius constant values cAi=1,n for the corresponding degrees of reaction and temperature T1 , ca2r1 . . . ca2n are the
Arrhenius constant values for the same degrees of reaction but for temperature T2 , and so on until the Arrhenius constant values camr1 . . . camrn
for the last temperature Tm .
12.6
Solidification or Evaporation
To model the heat dissipation during solidification or evaporation a temperature

dependent enthalpy function H is used to derive the capacitance.
c=
H(T, t)
T
(12.18)
Enthalpy may depend on the temperature alone or on time and temperature

simultaneously.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TEMPER
ENTHAL
12 13
80
te1 r te2 r [. . . ten r ]

h1 r h2 r [. . . hn r ]
TEMPER te1 . . . ten are the temperatures Ti=1,n for which the enthalpy is specified.
ENTHAL h1 . . . hn are the enthalpy values Hi=1,n for the corresponding temperature.
280
Potential Flow
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
TIME
TEMPER
ENTHAL
12 13
80
t1 r t2 r [. . . tn r ]
te1 r te2 r [. . . tem r ]
h1t1 r h1t2 r [. . . h1tn r ]
h2t1 r h2t2 r [. . . h2tn r ]
...
hmt1 r hmt2 r [. . . hmtn r ]
TIME t1 . . . tn are the times ti=1,n for which the enthalpy is specified.
TEMPER te1 . . . tem are the temperatures Ti=1,m for which the enthalpy is specified.
ENTHAL h1t1 . . . h1tn are the enthalpy values Hi=1,n for the corresponding
times and temperature T1 , h2t1 . . . h2tn are the enthalpy values for the
same times but for temperature T2 , and so on until the enthalpy values
hmt1 . . . hmtn for the last temperature Tm .
12.7
Convective Field
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DIFFUS
[ CONVEL
[ UPWIND
12 13
80
alpha r
vcx r vcy r [ vcz r ] ]
tau r ]
DIFFUS alpha is the general diffusivity .

CONVEL specifies the convective velocity field. The values vcx , vcy and vcz are
the components of the convective velocity in the global XY Z directions:
vc.X , vc.Y and vc.Z . The value vcz is only required for three-dimensional
models.
UPWIND tau specifies an additional diffusion in the streamline direction (upwind). Input of upwind is optional, by default Diana calculates a streamline upwind value for each element, depending on its size and the values
for diffusivity and convection.
Chapter 13
Groundwater Flow
With Diana you can analyze regional or detailed groundwater flow with the special groundwater flow elements [Vol. Element Library]. This chapter describes
the material properties input for both types of groundwater flow analysis. For
the actual analysis see Part Potential Flow Analysis in Volume Analysis Procedures.
13.1
Regional Groundwater Flow
Regional groundwater flow can be analyzed by modeling horizontal flow in

aquifers and vertical flow in adjacent resistance layers (aquicludes). Resistance
layers are modeled by interface elements.
13.1.1
Aquifers
Aquifers may be confined or unconfined. For confined parts, you must input the
elastic storativity ce as a constant, Diana derives the horizontal transmissivity
T in confined aquifers from the saturated conductivity ks , using
Tconfined = (xtop.Z xbottom.Z )ks
(13.1)
with xZ the location component in Z direction. Diana derives the capacitance

c per unit of area from the elastic storativity, using
c = (xtop.Z xbottom.Z )ce
(13.2)
Diana offers special aquifer elements to model aquifers with unconfined parts
[Vol. Element Library]. In unconfined aquifers, Diana takes the phreatic storativity cp equal to the porosity n, and derives the horizontal transmissivity from
Tunconfined = max (( xbottom.Z ), 0) ks
(13.3)
Unconfined aquifers require a nonlinear analysis.

282
Groundwater Flow
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
CONDUC
[ STORAT
[ POROSI
kr
cr ]
nr ]
CONDUC k is the (isotropic) saturated conductivity ks , typically in m/s. For

orthotropic and anisotropic material, the values kxx , and kyy are the
conductivities ks.xx , and ks.yy in the local element xy directions which
may be user-specified. For anisotropic material, the value kxy is the
conductivity ks.xy .
Note that the number of specified k values indicates the type of conductivity: one value is isotropic, two values is orthotropic and three values is
anisotropic.
STORAT c is the elastic storativity ce of confined aquifers.
(0 n 1)
POROSI n is the value of the effective porosity n, which equals the phreatic
storativity cp of unconfined aquifers.
file .dat
MATERI
1 CONDUC
2 CONDUC
3 CONDUC
0.01
0.01 0.015
0.01 0.015 0.007
This example input specifies isotropic conductivity for material 1 with ks = 0.01.
The conductivity of material 2 is orthotropic with ks.xx = 0.01 and ks.yy = 0.015.
For material 3, the conductivity is anisotropic with ks.xx = 0.01, ks.yy = 0.015
and ks.xy = 0.007.
13.1.2
Resistance Layers
Resistance layers are modeled by triangular or quadrilateral interface elements.

The conduction coefficient of resistance layers is usually constant.
qF = K
(13.4)
13.2 Detailed Groundwater Flow
283
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DFLUX
12 13
80
kr
DFLUX k is the conduction coefficient K between two aquifers.
13.2
Detailed Groundwater Flow
Detailed groundwater flow seepage analysis models both horizontal and vertical
flow and can include partially saturated zones (pressure less than zero) and
seepage faces.
Partially saturated zones or seepage faces require a nonlinear analysis.
In partially saturated zones the conductivity and storativity depend on the
pressure component p of the hydraulic head, which is determined normal to
the ZX plane for two dimensional models and normal to the XY plane for three
dimensional models.
p.2D = xY
p.3D = xZ
(13.5)
(13.6)
The total conductivity is a product of a saturated conductivity ks and a relative

conductivity kr (0 < kr 1). In the literature we can find relations which
describe the relative conductivity and the capacitance directly as a function of
the pressure head
kr (p )
and
c(p )
(13.7)
For instance, such functions were given by Bathe & Koshgoftaar [3] and by
Hortns-Pedersen et al. [44]. We can also find relations which use the degree of
saturation S as a function of the pressure head
k(p ) = kr (S(p ))ks
(13.8)
ks can be constant (isotropic or anisotropic) [ 13.2.1], pressure dependent [ 13.2.2],

or nonlinear in case of turbulence [ 13.2.3]. Examples of such relations were
published by Neuman & Davis [78] and by Huyakorn et al. [45]. The degree of
saturation in a certain point of a soil mass describes the actual quantity of water
as a portion of the highest possible quantity. The elastic storativity ce is constant and equals the compressibility of saturated soil. The phreatic storativity
cp is again a function of p , mostly via the degree of saturation S
cp (p ) = n
S(p )
p
(13.9)
284
Groundwater Flow
with n the porosity. In partially saturated soil, the storativity usually reaches
its maximum just above the phreatic surface.
13.2.1
Saturated Conductivity and Elastic Storativity
Constant, two-dimensional and axisymmetric
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
CONDUC
[ STORAT
kr
cr ]

orthotropic and anisotropic material, the values kxx and kyy are the
conductivities kxx and kyy in the local element xy directions which may be
user-specified. For anisotropic material, the value kxy is the conductivity
kxy .
Note that the number of specified k values indicates the type of conductivity: one value is isotropic, two values is orthotropic, three values is
anisotropic.
STORAT c is the (isotropic) elastic storativity ce .
Constant - three-dimensional
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
CONDUC
[ STORAT
kr
kxx r kyy r kzz r [kxy r kyz r kzx r ]
cr ]

orthotropic and anisotropic material, the values kxx , kyy and kzz are the
conductivities kxx , kyy and kzz in the local element xyz directions which
may be user-specified. For anisotropic material, the values kxy , kyz and
kzx are the conductivities kxy , kyz and kzx respectively.
Note that the number of specified k values indicates the type of conductivity: one value is isotropic, three values is orthotropic, six values is
anisotropic.
STORAT c is the (isotropic) elastic storativity ce .
285
file .dat
MATERI
1 CONDUC
2 CONDUC
3 CONDUC
0.01
0.01 0.015
0.01 0.015 0.008 0.007 0.012 0.009
This example input specifies isotropic conductivity for material 1 with ks = 0.01.
The conductivity of material 2 is orthotropic for two-dimensional elements with
ks.xx = 0.01 and ks.yy = 0.015. For material 3, the conductivity is anisotropic
for three-dimensional elements with kxx = 0.01, ks.yy = 0.015, ks.zz = 0.008,
ks.xy = 0.007, ks.yz = 0.012, and ks.zx = 0.009.
13.2.2
Relative Conductivity and Phreatic Storativity
Diana determines pressure head dependent relative conductivity and storage

by linear interpolation in diagrams. There are two possibilities for input of such
diagrams. First it is possible to describe a direct relationship between relative
conductivity and pressure.
Conductivity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONPRS
12 13
80
h1 r k1 r h2 r k2 r [. . . hn r kn r ]
CONPRS specifies a pressureconductivity diagram: h1 . . . hn are the pressure

heads p,i=1,n , and k1 . . . kn are the corresponding relative conductivities
kr,i=1,n .
Because in practice, the relative conductivity is often related to the degree
of saturation and the saturation is on turn related to the pressure head, the
nonlinear conductivity may also be specified via saturation.
Saturation
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
CONSAT
SATURA
12 13
80
s1 r kr1 r s2 r kr2 r [. . . sn r krn r ]

h1 r s1 r h2 r s2 r [. . . hn r sn r ]
CONSAT specifies a saturationconductivity diagram: s1 . . . sn are the degrees

of saturation Si=1,n , and kr1 . . . krn are the corresponding relative conductivities kr,i=1,n .
SATURA specifies a pressuresaturation diagram: h1 . . . hn are the pressure
heads p,i=1,n , and s1 . . . sn are the corresponding degrees of saturation
Si=1,n .
(0 Sr 1)
(0 < kr 1)
(0 S 1)
In case of a transient analysis , a direct relationship between capacitance and

pressure head may be defined:
286
Groundwater Flow
Capacitance
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
CAPPRS
80
h1 r c1 r h2 r c2 r [. . . hn r cn r ]
CAPPRS specifies a pressurecapacitance diagram: h1 . . . hn are the pressure

heads p,i=1,n , and c1 . . . cn are the corresponding capacitances ci=1,n .
Instead, it is also possible to derive the capacitance from the relation between
degree of saturation and pressure (13.9). In this derivation the effective porosity
is used.
Porosity
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
SATURA
POROSI
(0 Sr 1)
(0 n 1)
80
h1 r s1 r h2 r s2 r [. . . hn r sn r ]
nr

heads p,i=1,n (increasing values), and s1 . . . sn are the corresponding
degrees of saturation Sr,i=1,n .
POROSI n is the value of the effective porosity n.
file .dat
MATERI
1
CONPRS
POROSI
SATURA
-1.6.E2
-0.25
-0.05
-0.01
0.
100.00
0.2
-1.6E2
-25.00
-0.60
0.
100.00
1.E-5
0.012
0.65
0.987
1.
1.
0.03
0.06
0.30
1.0
1.0
In the above example, the CONPRS record specifies the relation between pressure
and relative conductivity: the first value on each line is the pressure, the second value the conductivity. The SATURA record specifies the relation between
saturation and pressure: the first value on each line is the pressure, the second
value the saturation.
13.2.3
287
Turbulence
In groundwater flow analysis, the Reynolds number Re determines whether or

not turbulence occurs. This number is a function of the flux, viscosity and soil
properties.
|q| d
Re =
(13.10)
With |q| the specific flux, the kinematic viscosity and d a parameter which
depends on the type of soil, for instance the size of the grains. Depending on
the adopted definition, the range where significant nonlinear effects occur is
1 < Re < 10. If Re < 1 then Darcys law is valid
q = k
(13.11)
If Re > 10 a nonlinear relation must be used. In literature, we can find such

relations of the general form given by Forchheimer, see for instance the book by
Bear [7]
m
|| = a |q| + b |q|
(13.12)
with the vector with gradient components .i . For factors a and b various values are adopted, depending on porosity, viscosity and grain size, and
sometimes depending on the permeability of the soil. The exponent m usually
has the value of 2, which has also been implemented in Diana. Therefore, the
constants a and b are the only input for turbulence.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
FORCHH
12 13
80
ar br
FORCHH a and b are the constants a and b in Forchheimers law (13.12).

With m = 2 we can convert (13.12) to an expression for |q| as a function of
||
q
b || + 14 a2
a
(13.13)
|q| = +
2b
b
The secant conduction follows from (13.12) with
ksec =
|q|
||
(13.14)
Assuming isotropic material, q and have opposite directions and therefore

q = ksec
(13.15)
288
Groundwater Flow
Diana generally applies secant conduction according to (13.15). Linearization
of (13.13) yields the tangent conduction, which Diana uses instead of ksec if
|| 0.
1
|q|
= q
ktan =
(13.16)
||
2 b || + 1 a2
4
13.2.4
Seepage Faces
To describe the occurrence of seepage faces in groundwater flow analysis you may
apply boundary elements of the groundwater flow type which enable changes of
boundary conditions from insulated to prescribed hydraulic head and vice versa
[Vol. Element Library]. The boundary elements form a resistance layer with
zero thickness and must be placed in the area where occurrence of the seepage
face is allowed. The prescribed hydraulic head is forced upon the boundary
by using a penalty method. For the boundary elements you may specify the
conduction coefficient as follows.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ BOUNCO
[Kp = 1]
12 13
80
kp r ]
BOUNCO kp is the permeablity of a resistance layer between environment and

boundary, divided by the physical thickness of the layer. A typical unit is
s1 . Alternatively it can be used as a penalty conduction coefficient Kp
between environment and boundary: a very large value for open conditions and a zero value for closed conditions. If the penalty value becomes
too large, the system conductivity matrix will become ill-conditioned.
To illustrate the analysis of a seepage face we consider an edge of a soil domain
above a free water surface as shown in Figure 13.1 on the next page.1 The seeping part of the edge must have a prescribed pressure head equal to zero. No flux
runs through the part of the edge above the seepage point S. At the start of the
Finite Element Analysis, the position of the seepage point is unknown. Diana
applies an iterative procedure to determine the correct boundary conditions for
the seepage face, i.e., in the groundwater flow boundary elements.
After an iteration which does not reach an accurate solution, four parts may
be distinguished on the edge above the free water surface [Fig. 13.1].
1. A part where a flux occurred in the previous iteration and which still
satisfies the condition that the internal pressure head is greater than the
external pressure head. In this part of the boundary the pressure remains
prescribed: p = 0.
1 See
also the Seepfce example in Volume Geotechnical Analysis.

289
q=0
p = 0
S?
3
seepage
1
= B
Figure 13.1: Seepage face

2. A part where no flux occurred in the previous iteration and which still
satisfies the condition that the internal pressure head is less than the
external pressure head. This part remains fully insulated: q = 0.
3. A part where no flux occurred in the previous iteration and where the
condition that the internal pressure head is less than the external pressure
head is no longer satisfied. On this part of the boundary Diana now
allows a flux to occur, starting at the lower point. It is essential that
this change occurs gradually: per iteration the conduction of only one
boundary element can change.
4. A part where flux occurred in the previous iteration and where the condition that the internal pressure head is greater than the external pressure
head is no longer satisfied. Diana fully insulates the integration points
for the elements on this part of the boundary: q = 0.
Please note that in transient analysis , the external hydraulic head can be timedependent, which will result in an adapted position of the top and the bottom
of the seepage face.
13.2.5
Resistance Layers
Resistance layers are modeled by interface elements.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
DFLUX
12 13
80
kr
DFLUX k is the permeablity of a resistance layer between two faces of the interface, divided by the physical thickness of the layer. A typical unit is
s1 .
290
Groundwater Flow
Chapter 14
Reynolds Flow
Lubrication
For lubrication elements, used in Reynolds flow analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures], you must specify the dynamic viscosity.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
VISCOS
12 13
80
eta r
VISCOS eta is the dynamic viscosity .
292
Reynolds Flow Lubrication
Part III
Coupled FlowStress
Analysis
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (III)
Chapter 15
SoilPore Fluid Properties

See Chapter SoilPore Fluid Analysis in Volume Analysis Procedures for theory.
15.1
Structural Elements
To determine, from the pore fluid load, a saturation dependent isotropic pressure load (buoyancy) and a porosity and saturation dependent dead weight
contribution, Diana uses some material properties for structural elements.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ POROSI
[ PRSSAT
[ DENSFL
12 13
80
nr ]
[ p1 r s1 r p2 r s2 r [. . . pm r sm r ] ] ]
rhof r ]
POROSI n is the porosity n which Diana needs to determine the additional

dead weight (not for interface elements). Diana determines the additional
weight using
= S n k f k
(15.1)
[n = 0]
(0 n 1)
with S the pressure dependent degree of saturation and f the volumetric

dead weight vector of the fluid. See also the input of pore fluid load for
structural elements in Volume Element Library.
The density which Diana uses in dynamic analysis is not affected by the pore pressure load specified here.
PRSSAT indicates a pressure dependent saturation. You must specify a multilinear diagram: p1 . . . pm are the pressures pi=1,m (increasing values),
and s1 . . . sm are the corresponding degrees of saturation Si=1,m . Diana
(m 15)
(0 < S 1)
296

determines S by linear interpolation in the specified diagram for the actual
value of p. For all values p > 0 Diana assumes that S = 1 (full saturation).
For values outside the diagram Diana takes
(
S1 if p < p1
S=
(15.2)
Sm if p > pm
If you specify PRSSAT but omit the p and S values for the multilinear
diagram, then Diana assumes
(
1 if p 0
S=
(15.3)
0 if p < 0
Diana uses the saturation to determine the additional dead weight and
the buoyancy force.
(f 0)
[f = 0]
DENSFL rhof is the density of the fluid f which Diana uses in combination
with the gravity vector g to set up the buoyancy load and total apparent
density of the soil for the hydrostatic pressure load [Vol. Element Library],
in case the dead weight vector f is not specified explicitly.
15.2
Staggered Analysis
Diana uses the pressuresaturation diagram and the porosity for both the potential flow analysis and the calculation of the structural pore fluid load. You
may specify the diagram and the porosity as material properties.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ SATURA
[ POROSI
(0 S 1)
12 13
80
h1 r s1 r h2 r s2 r [. . . hn r sn r ] ]
nr ]

heads p,i=1,n , and s1 . . . sn are the corresponding degrees of saturation
Si=1,n . If you dont specify this diagram then Diana assumes
S=
(0 n 1)
[n = 0]
(
0
if p < 0
if p 0
(15.4)
POROSI n is the effective porosity n. If you dont specify the effective porosity
then Diana does not calculate the contribution of the fluid weight.
15.3 Mixture Analysis
297
file .dat
MATERI
1
SATURA -160.0
-25.0
-0.6
0.0
POROSI 0.2
15.3
0.03
0.06
0.30
1.0
Mixture Analysis
Material properties are specified for groups of elements with different materials,
like soil layers and structural elements with possible interfaces. The required
input for the porous medium is analogous to the input for regular linear static
stress analysis and nonlinear analysis. The following is an example of such input.
file .dat
MATERI
1 YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
K0
2.1E6
0.3
1.35
0.23
nonlinear material models
In this example input, YOUNG and POISON specify the drained linear elastic
Youngs modulus E and Poissons ratio . DENSIT specifies the density dry
of the dry soil. K0 specifies the optional lateral pressure ratio K0 . Nonlinear effective stress based material models for plasticity, viscoelasticity, cracking,
temperature dependency etc. may be added.
For mixture analysis additional input must be specified as described below
for continuum and interface elements respectively.
15.3.1
Continuum Elements
15.3.1.1
Regular Input
Compared to regular stress analysis, the following input is additional for continuum elements in a mixture analysis.
Regular input
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
12 13
80
PERMEA
298
[ POROSI
[ DENSFL
[
]
BULKS
BIOTA
[
]
BULKF
BIOTQ
kr
kxx r kyy r kxy r
kxx r kyy r kzz r kxy r kyz r kzx r
nr ]
rhof r ]
bulk modulus structure
ks r
alpha r
bulk modulus fluid
kf r
qr
PERMEA specifies the modified initial permeability k0 . A single value k indicates

the isotropic permeability k 0 in k0 = {k 0 }. Multiple values indicate orthotropic permeability in local element axes. The values kxx , kyy , . . . ,
0
0
0
kzx are the factors kxx
, kyy
, . . . , kzx
. For two-dimensional elements three
factors are necessary and for three-dimensional elements six factors:
0
kxx
kyy
xx
k0
zz
0
0
0
Two-dim.: k = kyy
Three-dim.: k =
(15.5)
0
kxy
0
kxy
kyz
kzx
(0 ninit 1)
[ninit = 0]
(f 0)
[f = 0]
POROSI n is the initial porosity ninit . Diana always updates the initial porosity during analysis as a function of the deformation and uses the actual
porosity to determine the apparent density. Diana can also use the porosity to calculate the Biot material parameters. Specification of the porosity
is mandatory in combination with bulk modulus input and with porosity
dependent permeability.
DENSFL rhof is the density of the fluid f which Diana uses to set up the
buoyancy load and total apparent density of the soil. Diana will continuously update the actual apparent density of (partially) wet soil using
= dry + n Sf
(15.6)
where n is the porosity and S the degree of saturation.

BULKS ks is the intrinsic compression modulus (bulk modulus) Ks of the nonporous solid. Diana uses this value to calculate the first Biot material
parameter from
=1
KD
Ks
with
KD =
E
3(1 2)
(15.7)
299
where KD is the compression modulus of the drained porous soil skeleton.

BIOTA alpha is the explicit specification of the first Biot parameter . If you
specify neither nor Ks then Diana takes = 1 by default.
(n 1)
[ = 1]
BULKF kf is the intrinsic compression modulus (bulk modulus) Kf of the fluid.

Diana uses this value to calculate the second Biot material parameter Q
from
1
n
n
=
+
(15.8)
Q
Kf
Ks
BIOTQ q is the explicit specification of the second Biot parameter Q. If you
specify neither Q nor Kf then Diana assumes that there is no hydraulic
capacity.
15.3.1.2
(Q > 0)
1
[Q
= 0]
Variable Permeability
For mixture continuum elements, Diana supports porosity and saturation dependent permeability.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ PORPER
[ SATPER
12 13
80
[n1 r k1 r n2 r k2 r [. . . nm r km r ] ] ]
s1 r k1 r s2 r k2 r [. . . sm r km r ] ]
PORPER indicates porosity dependent permeability. You may specify a multilinear diagram: n1 . . . nm are the porosities ni=1,m , and k1 . . . km are
the corresponding relative permeabilities kreln with
0
k 0 = kreln kinit
(m 15)
(0 < kreln 1)
(15.9)
Diana determines kreln by linear interpolation in the specified diagram

for the actual value of n. For values outside the diagram Diana takes
(
k1 if n < n1
kreln =
(15.10)
km if n > nm
If you dont specify porosity dependent permeability at all, then Diana
assumes kreln = 1. If you dont specify diagram values, then Diana will
use a porosity dependent permeability according to Kozeny and Karman
SATPER indicates a saturation dependent permeability. You must specify a multilinear diagram: s1 . . . sm are the degrees of saturation Si=1,m , and k1
. . . km are the corresponding relative permeabilities krelS with
[kreln = 1]
(m 15)
(0 < S 1)
(0 < krelS 1)
300

0
k 0 = krelS kreln kinit
(15.11)
Diana determines krelS by linear interpolation in the specified diagram

for the actual value of S. For values outside the diagram Diana takes
(
k1 if S < S1
krelS =
(15.12)
km if S > Sm
If you dont specify saturation dependent permeability, then Diana assumes
(
1
if S = 1
krelS =
(15.13)
0.001 if S < 1
15.3.1.3
Variable Saturation
For mixture continuum elements, Diana supports pressure dependent saturation.

syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
[ PRSSAT
(m 15)
(0 < S 1)
12 13
80
p1 r s1 r p2 r s2 r [. . . pm r sm r ] ]
PRSSAT indicates a pressure dependent saturation. You may specify a multilinear diagram: p1 . . . pm are the pressures pi=1,m , and s1 . . . sm are
the corresponding degrees of saturation S. Diana uses S to determine
the apparent density, the moisture capacitance and the buoyancy force.
Diana determines S by linear interpolation in the specified diagram for
the actual value of p. For values outside the diagram Diana takes
(
S1 if p < p1
S=
(15.14)
Sm if p > pm
If you dont specify pressure dependent saturation, then Diana assumes
S = 1.
[S = 1]
15.3.2
Interface Elements
Compared to regular stress analysis, the following input is additional for interface elements in a mixture analysis.
syntax
MATERI
1
5 6
PERMEA
12 13
80
kr

[ BIOTA
[ DENSFL
[ POROSI
[ SATPER
[ PRSSAT
301
alpha r ]
rhof r ]
nr ]
s1 r k1 r s2 r k2 r [. . . sm r km r ] ]
p1 r s1 r p2 r s2 r [. . . pm r sm r ] ]
PERMEA k is the modified permeability k 0 in the n direction (normal) of the

interface. In the t direction (transverse), the permeability is assumed to
be zero. The permeability is only applicable if both sides of the interface
element are extended to mixture [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For one-side
interface elements, it is not necessary to specify the permeability.
BIOTA alpha is the first Biot parameter .
(n 1)
[ = 1]
The following input data items for continuum elements are also applicable for
interface elements.
DENSFL rhof is the density of the fluid f [ 15.3.1.1 p. 298].
POROSI n is the initial porosity ninit [ 15.3.1.1 p. 298].
SATPER indicates a saturation dependent permeability [ 15.3.1.2 p. 299].
PRSSAT indicates a pressure dependent saturation [ 15.3.1.3 p. 300].
302
Part IV
Background Theory
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (IV)
Chapter 16
Elasticity
16.1
Orthotropic Elasticity
For the fully three-dimensional case, Diana uses the compliance relation

xy
xz
0
0
0
xx
xx
E
E
E
x
x
x
yz
xy
1
0
0
0
yy
yy
Ex
Ey
Ey
xz yz
0
0
0
zz
zz
Ex
E
E
y
z
=
(16.1)
0
xy
xy
0
0
0
0
xy
yz
0
0
0
0
yz
Gyz
1
zx
0
0
0
0
0
zx
Gzx
Symbolically (16.1) can be written as
= C
(16.2)
The compliance matrix C can be inverted to give the rigidity matrix D for
orthotropic behavior
D = C1
(16.3)
16.2
Diana offers some material models for nonlinear elasticity which behave hypoelastic, i.e., the behavior in loading and unloading is similar. For granular
materials, the elastic behavior is quite different from the elastic behavior of
other structural materials because in general, the stiffness increases with the
stress level [Fig. 16.1].
Diana supports three models, specifically suited for granular materials: the
Grains model [ 16.2.1 p. 306], the Boyce model [ 16.2.2 p. 307], and the Jardine
306
Elasticity
v
v
K
Figure 16.1: Hypoelastic behavior of granular materials

model [ 16.2.3 p. 307]. The formulation is given in stress and strain invariants
which are defined as follows. The hydrostatic pressure, or mean stress p, is
defined by
p = 13 (xx + yy + zz ) = 13 I1
(16.4)
The effective deviatoric stress q is defined as
q

2
2
2
2 + 2 + 2
q = 12 (xx yy ) + 12 (yy zz ) + 21 (zz xx ) + 3 xy
yz
zx
(16.5)
The related strain invariants (volumetric and shear) are defined as
v = (xx + yy + zz )
(16.6)
and
q
s =
2
9
(xx yy ) +
2
9
(yy zz ) +
2
9
2
(zz xx ) + 13 xy
(16.7)
The compression modulus K and the shear modulus G are defined as

K=
p
v
G=
Finally, the stiffness matrix D is given by
K + 43 G K 23 G
K 2G K + 4G
3
3
D=
K 2G K 2G
3
3
16.2.1
q
3s
(16.8)
K 23 G
K
2
3G
K + 43 G
0
(16.9)
Grains Model
The grains (or standard) model, proposed by Allaart [2], gives the hydrostatic
pressure and the effective deviatoric stress as nonlinear functions of the isotropic
307
and deviatoric strain invariants:
r
q
p = 1 n K1 v + (K1 v )2 + (6G1 s )2
2
(16.10)
= 3G1 p1n s
with the factor given by

=
K1 (1 n)
6G1
(16.11)
The reference values of the compression and shear moduli, K1 and G1 respectively, as well as the value of the power n are determined by experiments. Given
the current strain state, the stress invariants p and q are given by (16.10) and
the moduli K and G are determined. The (secant) stiffness matrix is then easily
calculated with (16.9).
16.2.2
Boyce Model
The model proposed by Boyce [11] describes the nonlinear elastic behavior of
granular materials under repeated loading. The relationships between the isotropic and shear strain invariants and the hydrostatic and effective deviatoric
stresses read
n1

p
q2
1
1 2 p
v =
K1 p0
p
(16.12)
n1
1
p
s =
q
3 G1 p0
with the reference pressure p0 with a value equal to 1 kPa and the reference
values of the compression and shear moduli, K1 and G1 respectively. These reference values as well as the value of the power n are determined by experiments,
with the factor given by (16.11).
16.2.3
Jardine Model
The model proposed by Jardine et al. [50] is based on the relation between the
secant Youngs modulus and the axial strain, measured in an undrained triaxial
compression test, i.e., a test in which a cylindrical specimen is loaded by an
increasing axial load while the radial stress is kept constant, see for instance
Jardine et al. [51]. The secant Youngs modulus is defined as:
Eu =
a a;0
a
(16.13)
In which Eu is the secant Youngs modulus, a is the axial strain, a is the

axial stress, and a;0 is the initial axial stress (for which a = 0). In the triaxial
308
Elasticity
test axial stresses are measured. With (16.13) Eu follows directly from these
measurements.
The basic assumption of the Jardine model is that the relation between
the secant Youngs modulus and the axial strain over the elastic range can be
expressed in the form:

a
(16.14)
Eu = G + (F G) cos log
C
This relation can be visualized as a stretched periodic function in a diagram of
Eu vs. a [Fig. 16.2]. The relation contains five independent parameters (C, D,
stiffness Eu
test data
best fit
2G F
0
C
min
D
max
strain a
Figure 16.2: Jardine parameters in stiffnesslog(strain) diagram

E, F , and G) which are considered to be material constants. These parameters
can be read directly from the stiffnessstrain diagram. Parameters D and E are
intermediate and can be applied to derive and using the following formulae,
assuming that the angular part in (16.14) has to be equal to 12 at the medium
stiffness and equal to at the minimum stiffness:
=
log 2

log(E/C)
log
log(D/C)

=
1
2
log(D/C)
(16.15)
F and G are not necessarily equal to the maximum and medium measured stiffness. F is the maximum of the curve that fits the test data best; this may be a
projected maximum outside the range of data. The projected minimum stiffness
may even have a negative value, as long as Eu is positive in the specified range
over which (16.14) is valid. This range is bounded by min and max . Beyond
these boundaries the tangent Youngs modulus is assumed to be constant. For
strain below min this implies a constant secant Youngs modulus, which is not
the case for strain beyond max . A practical value for min is the smallest strain
for which test data is available. For max care is required to ensure compatibility
309
with the onset of plastic yield. With a high value for max , a negative elastic
tangential stiffness may occur, causing numerical instability, even when max is
chosen less than E.
In the Diana implementation the Jardine model is generalized by substitution of the deviatoric strain invariant:
r

eq = 23 (1 2 )2 + (2 3 )2 + (3 1 )2
(16.16)
for a 3, with
1 , 2 , and 3 defined as the principal elastic strains. The origin
of the factor 3 can be traced by substituting the stress state of the undrained
triaxial test (1 = a , 2 = 3 = 12 a ) into (16.16). From (16.14) an expression
for the tangent Youngs modulus Eut can be derived. After substitution of eq
these expressions can be written as:
Eu = f1 (eq ) = G + (F G) cos( I )
Eut = f2 (eq ) = G + (F G) cos( I )
with
(16.17)
(F G) I 1
sin( I ) (16.18)
2.303

eq
I = log
(16.19)
3C
The equivalent elastic strains corresponding to the boundaries eq;min and eq;max
are:
eq;min = min 3
and
eq;max = max 3
(16.20)
With the assumption of a constant tangent Youngs modulus outside the boundaries, the general expression for Eu becomes:
if eq eq;min
f1 (eq;min )
if eq;min < eq eq;max

f1 (eq )
Eu =
f2 (eq;max ) +

eq;max
if eq > eq;max
f
(
)
f
(
)
1
eq;max
2
eq;max
eq
(16.21)
For each iteration, in each integration point, (16.21) is used to calculate the
updated stresses. To be able to execute analyses with initial stresses unequal to
zero, the stresses have to be updated by addition of stress increments. The stress
increment is found by calculating the averaged tangent stiffness over eq , which
can be done exactly with the given definition of the secant stiffness (16.13). We
will explain this first for the triaxial test and then generalized.
The relation between the tangent and secant Youngs modulus for the triaxial
test is:
da
d(Eu a )
Eut =
=
(16.22)
da
da
310
Elasticity
With the given relation between axial strain and the secant Youngs modulus,
the increment in axial stress a , caused by a prescribed increment in axial
strain a , is:
0
Z
a +a
h
i0a +a

Eut da = Eu a 0
= Eu 0a + a Eu0 0a
a =
0a
(16.23)
This can be written as:

a =

Eu 0a + a Eu0 0a
ut a
=E
a
(16.24)
This linear expression relating stress increment to strain increment is suitable

ut is
for generalization and usage in Diana. The averaged Youngs modulus E
found for the generalized case by substitution of the deviatoric strain invariant:
ut =
E
Eu eq Eu0 0eq
eq 0eq
(16.25)
In which eq is the updated equivalent strain and Eu the secant stiffness for this
strain, obtained with (16.21). All variables in the right hand side of (16.25) are
known in Diana before the stress is updated. The average Youngs modulus is
substituted into the material stiffness matrix D, which in the general three-dimensional case results in:
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

1
0
0
0
Eut
1 2
D=
0
(16.26)
0
0
0
0
(1 + )(1 2)
2
1 2
0
0
0
0
0
1 2
0
0
0
0
0
2
In which, for the Jardine model, Poissons ratio is set to 0.49 by default. The
stress increment in the generalized case is calculated with:
= D
16.3
(16.27)
Hyperelasticity
To model rubbery material, Diana uses the concept of hyperelasticity. Instead

of the usual stressstrain-like descriptions, a hyperelastic material description
is based on a strain energy density function that relates stresses and strains in
an implicit manner. The strains are fully recoverable even if they are large.
16.3 Hyperelasticity
311
The hyperelasticity models are based on the Total Lagrange description of

large deformations [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. In this description the Green
Lagrange strain E is defined as
E=
1
2
(FT F I)
(16.28)
with F the deformation gradient. A variation of this strain measure is the Right
CauchyGreen stretch tensor C.
C = FT F
(16.29)
From (16.29) it follows that C is symmetric. All models available in Diana

are based on the invariants of the Right CauchyGreen stretch or the principal
stretches of C.
The stresses can be calculated, based on the derivatives of the strain energy
density function W to the strains. Because a total Lagrange approach is used,
the 2nd PiolaKirchhoff stress is related to the GreenLagrange strain via the
virtual energy
Z
W =
S E dV0
(16.30)
V0
By combination of (16.29), (16.28), and (16.30) the stresses are calculated from
S=
W
W
=2
E
C
(16.31)
The invariants of C are

I1 = tr C = C11 + C22 + C33
(16.32)
I2 = C11 C22 + C22 C33 + C33 C11 C12 C21 C23 C32 C31 C13
(16.33)
I3 = det(C)
2
2
2
C33 C12
C22 C31
= C11 C22 C33 + 2C12 C23 C31 C11 C23
(16.34)
The eigenvalues of C are the squares of the length ratios in principal directions
1 , 2 and 3 . An initially isotropic hyperelastic material can now be described
by a strain energy density function of the invariants W (I1 , I2 , I3 ) or of the
principal stretches W (1 , 2 , 3 ). Because the behavior of rubbery materials is
usually considered incompressible or nearly incompressible, the function W is
split into a deviatoric part Wd and a hydrostatic part Wh , see for instance Van
Den Bogert [104]. The deviatoric part describes a constant volume deformation,
the hydrostatic part describes a uniform compression or expansion. To fulfill
the separation of the deviatoric and hydrostatic part, we introduce a modified
set of deformation measures:
p
1
1
J1 = I1 I3 3
(16.35)
J2 = I2 I3 3
J = I3
312
Elasticity
or alternatively for the principal stretches:
1
i = i I 6
J = 1 2 3
(16.36)
Note that for incompressible materials I3 = 1 and the new measures do not
differ from the originals. The strain energy density functions for the deviatoric
part can now be written as Wd (J1 , J2 ) or Wd (1 , 2 , 3 ) and the hydrostatic
part as Wh (J).
16.3.1
Deviatoric Energy Function
A possible way to construct any type of strain energy density function for an
incompressible, initially isotropic material is the Rivlin formulation, see for instance Treloar [103]:
Wd =
Kij (I1 3) (I2 3)
(16.37)
i=0 j=0
This formulation can also be used for nearly incompressible materials if the
invariants I1 and I2 are substituted by the modified invariants J1 and J2 .
16.3.1.1
MooneyRivlin
A well known model, derived from the Rivlin formulation, is the MooneyRivlin
model [71, 86]. Here only the first order terms in (16.37) are maintained:
Wd = K1 (J1 3) + K2 (J2 3)
(16.38)
A subset of the MooneyRivlin model is the Neo-Hookean model, in which case

K2 = 0. The Neo-Hookean model can be derived for polymer-like materials
from statistical thermodynamics.
16.3.1.2
Besseling
An alternative way to adapt the material model to experimental data is to use a

non-integer power instead of the Rivlin formulation. This model was proposed
by Besseling [9]:
Wd = K1 (J1 3) + K2 (J2 3)
(16.39)
Because of the strict separation of the deviatoric and hydrostatic part, the
original model was adapted by using the modified invariants. The model is
capable of describing the ascending branch at high strains in a uniaxial test,
that cannot be matched by the MooneyRivlin model.
16.3 Hyperelasticity
16.3.2
313
Hydrostatic Energy Function
The hydrostatic part of the strain energy density function, determines the compressibility of the material. Usually this dilatation behavior is much more stiff
than the deviatoric behavior. In an analysis, the calculated stresses are a summation of the contribution due to the deviatoric and the hydrostatic part of the
strain energy density function.
16.3.2.1
Linear Compressibility
For nearly incompressible rubbery materials a linear relation between volume

changes and hydrostatic stresses is valid for pressures up to hundreds of atmospheres, see for instance Van Den Bogert [104]. A linear hydrostatic stressstrain
relation is a result of a quadratic strain energy density function
Wh =
16.3.2.2
2
(J 1)
2
(16.40)
Nonlinear Compressibility
For very high compressive stresses in rubber, or for other types of material,
nonlinear hydrostatic strain energy density functions have been developed. The
two models, implemented in Diana are presented below.

2
2
SimoTaylor [97]: Wh =
(J 1) + (ln J)
(16.41)
2

1
Murnaghan [73]: Wh =
J + 1 J
(16.41a)
1
314
Elasticity
Chapter 17
Plasticity
Comparing elastic and plastic material behavior, a fundamental observation
is that in elastic behavior no permanent deformations occur in the structure,
whereas in plastic behavior permanent, or irreversible deformations can be observed. Although the phenomenon of these irreversible deformations can be
related to processes inside the material like crystal-slip in metals, in a broader
context the mathematical formulation of plasticity can be applied to all materials showing irreversible deformations, like soil and concrete. In the context of
small strains, the basic assumption of an additive strain decomposition into an
elastic part and an irreversible, or plastic part will be made:
= e + p
(17.1)
Using the usual approach of the flow theory of plasticity to describe the elastoplastic material behavior, we can not only model the total stress at time t as
a function of the total strain at time t, but also as a function of the stress and
strain history.
Assumptions. The stress and strain history of the material are usually taken
into account implicitly by introducing an internal parameter, say , which is
governed by a specific evolution law. The elastoplastic material behavior can
then be described with the following assumptions:
The elastic stressstrain relation, which specifies the relation between the
total stress and the elastic strain. Without loss of generality we can assume
that this relation is given by
= De
(17.2)
with D the material stiffness matrix.

The yield condition, which specifies the state of stress at which the plastic
flow is initiated. This yield condition can be written as a function of the
316
Plasticity
stress vector and the internal state parameter
f (, ) = 0
(17.3)
The value of the yield function is less than zero, the state is assumed
to be elastic and no plastic flow will occur. A state at which the yield
function becomes greater than zero, is not admissible for rate-independent
plasticity.
The flow rule, which specifies the inelastic, or plastic strain rate vector as
a function of the state of stress. According to the flow theory of plasticity,
assuming Koiters rule [55], the plastic strain rate vector is given by
p =
n
X
gj
j
j=1
(17.4)
with the n plastic potential functions gj which can also be considered

as a function of the stress vector and the internal state parameter, i.e.,
gj (, ). The plastic multipliers j are restricted by the standard Kuhn
Tucker conditions
f 0 ;
j 0 ;
j f = 0
(17.5)
These conditions are actually a reformulation of the admissible states at

plastic flow, i.e., no plastic flow will occur ( j = 0) if the yield function is
less than zero.
The hardening hypothesis, which specifies the evolution of the internal
state parameter. In general the evolution is given as a function of the
stress vector and the plastic strain rate vector, i.e., = h(, p ).
Strain and stress rate. The additive decomposition of the strain rate vector
is the starting point for the derivation of the (infinitesimal) stiffness relation.
The stress rate vector is determined by the elastic part of the strain rate vector

g
= D { p } = D
(17.6)
The consistency condition f = 0, or fully

f T
f
f =
+
=0
(17.7)
gives the necessary expression for

1 f T
=
Ep
(17.8)
317
with the plastic hardening modulus
f
(17.9)

Substituting this expression in the stress rate equation and after applying the
ShermanMorrison formula, the continuum tangent matrix is obtained
g f T
D
D

= D
(17.10)

f T g
Ep +
D

Note that the tangent stiffness matrix becomes asymmetric if the plastic potential function is not equal to the yield function, i.e., f 6= g.
The evolution equations given above can be regarded as strain driven in the
sense that the total strain vector, the inelastic strain vector and the internal
state parameter are known at time t and that the incremental strain vector
i+1 follows from the loading regime.
Ep =
Euler Backward. The basic problem in computational elastoplasticity is that

the elastoplastic constitutive equations must be updated in a consistent manner:
( t , t , t ; i+1 ) (
t+t
i+1 ,
t+t
i+1 ,
t+t
i+1 )
(17.11)
By applying the fully implicit Euler Backward algorithm, this problem is transformed into a constrained optimization problem governed by discrete Kuhn
Tucker conditions as shown by Simo et al. [96]. It has been shown in various
studies (Krieg & Krieg [57]; Schreyer et al. [94]; Ortiz & Popov [81]; Simo &
Taylor [99]) that the implicit Euler Backward algorithm is stable and accurate
for J2 -plasticity. But even when the yield surface is highly distorted, the Euler
Backward algorithm is unconditionally stable (Ortiz & Popov [81]) and accurate (De Borst & Feenstra [21]; Schellekens & De Borst [93]). Application of
the Euler Backward algorithm results in a discrete set of equations:
t+t
i+1 = t + i+1

t+t
i+1 = D t+t i+1 t+t pi+1

g
t+t p
i+1 = t p +
i+1
t+t
(17.12)
i+1 = t + h(, p )
Because the algorithm is considered within an elastic predictorplastic corrector

algorithm an elastic trial state is introduced as

E = D t e + i+1
(17.13)
E = t
which can be obtained by freezing inelastic flow during the time step.
318
Plasticity
Return-mapping. The consistent linearization of the nonlinear equations following from the discretization results in a tangent stiffness matrix which plays
a crucial role in the performance and robustness of the iteration method [Vol.
Analysis Procedures]. It has been emphasized by Simo & Taylor [98] in the
classical paper about consistent tangent operators for mathematical plasticity
that the crucial point is that the tangent stiffness matrix must be obtained by
consistent linearization of the stress resulting from the return-mapping algorithm [Fig. 17.1]. The consistent tangent stiffness matrix must be derived from
E
t+t
i+1
f =0
Figure 17.1: Return-mapping algorithm
the updated stress at the end of iteration i + 1 of Equation (17.12):

g
2g
d i+1 = D di+1 d
2 d i+1

g
= H di+1 d
(17.14)
where the superscript t + t has been dropped for convenience. The modified
elastic stiffness matrix H is defined by

1
2g
H = I + D 2
D
(17.15)
Differentiation of the consistency condition df = 0, at time t + t yields the

following expression
dfi+1 =
f T
f
d i+1 +
d = 0
(17.16)
which can be solved for d

d =
1 f T
d i+1
Ep
(17.17)
Substitution of Equation (17.17) into (17.14) results after some algebraic manipulations into the consistent tangent stiffness relation
g f T
H
H

d i+1 = H
(17.18)
di+1
f T g
Ep +
H

319
Note that the difference between the continuum tangent stiffness matrix given in
Equation (17.10) and the consistent tangent stiffness matrix of Equation (17.18)
is only determined by the modification of the elastic stiffness matrix D with the
2g
matrix I + D 2 .
17.1
Isotropic Plasticity
17.1.1
Tresca
The yield condition of Tresca is a maximum shear stress condition which can
be expressed in the principal stress space ( 1 2 3 ) [Fig. 17.2a]:
f (, ) = |1 3 |
()
(17.19)
with
() the uniaxial yield strength as a function of the internal state variable
. The flow rule is in general given by the associated flow rule g f , which
r=
2J2
(b) Von Mises

=0
(a) Tresca
=
I1
Figure 17.2: Tresca and Von Mises yield condition (in -and rendulic plane)
results for the plastic strain rate vector in the principal strain space
1
0
p =
1
17.1.1.1
(17.20)
Hardening
The relation between the internal state variable and the plastic process is
given by the hardening hypothesis. For the Tresca yield condition we consider
two different hypotheses: strain hardening and work hardening.
Strain hardening.
principal space by
In the case of strain hardening the relation is given in the

q
=
2
3
(p1 p1 + p2 p2 + p3 p3 )
(17.21)
320
Plasticity
which can be elaborated to
Work hardening.
2
=
3
(17.22)
For work hardening the basic assumption is

p = T p
()
W
(17.23)
(17.24)
Relation
. For the Tresca yield condition the translation of uniaxial experimental data to the equivalent stressinternal state variable, the
relation,
is independent upon the hardening hypothesis as shown in the example of Figure 17.3 on the facing page.
Consider the uniaxial stressstrain diagram of Figure 17.3a. The plastic
strain p1 is assumed to be given by 1 e1 . Figure 17.3b shows the uniaxial
stressplastic strain diagram. For uniaxial stressing, (1 , 2 , 3 ) = (1 , 0, 0),
plastic flow occurs at a vertex of the yield surface. Symmetry conditions dictate
that the two possible yield directions contribute equally to the plastic strain
rate vector
p
1
1
p = p2 = 12
(17.25)
p
1
3
2
With the relation derived previously, we find for the relation between the uniaxial plastic strain and the internal state variable
= p1
(17.26)
for both a strain hardening and a work hardening hypothesis. The relation
between the uniaxial stress and the equivalent stress is simply given by
= 1
17.1.1.2
(17.27)
Ambient Influence
Diana can handle the influence of temperature, concentration (e.g. moisture

content in concrete) or maturity on the Tresca yield condition. For temperature
dependency, the yield condition is given by
f (, ) = |1 3 | f (T )
()
(0)
(17.28)
with f (T ) the temperature dependent tensile strength.
321
400
300
(a)
200
E = 2 105
0.001 0.003
0.008
total strain
400
300
200
(b)
0.0 0.0015
0.006
plastic strain p
1
400
400
300
300
200
(c)
200
(d)
y
0.0 0.0015
0.006
equivalent plastic strain
0.0 0.0015
0.006
Diagrams: (a) uniaxial stressstrain, (b) uniaxial stressplastic strain, (c) strain-hardening,
(d) work-hardening.
Figure 17.3: Derivation of hardening diagram for Tresca
17.1.2
Von Mises
The yield condition of Von Mises is a smooth approximation of the Tresca yield
condition: a circular cylinder in the principal stress space [Fig. 17.2b]. The yield
function of Von Mises is given by the square root formulation
q
p
f (, ) = 3J2
() = 12 T P
()
(17.29)
322
Plasticity
where
() is the uniaxial yield strength as a
variable . The projection matrix P is given by
2 1 1 0
1 2 1 0
1 1 2 0
P=
0
0
0 6
0
0
0 0
0
0
0 0
function of the internal state
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
6 0
0 6
(17.30)
The flow rule is generally given by the associated flow rule g f , which results
for the plastic strain rate vector in
P
p =
2
17.1.2.1
(17.31)
Hardening
The relation between the internal state variable and the plastic process is given
by the hardening hypothesis. For the Von Mises yield condition we consider two
different hypotheses: strain hardening and work hardening.
Strain hardening.
principal space by

q
=
Work hardening.
2
3
(p1 p1 + p2 p2 + p3 p3 )
=
(17.33)

p = T p
W
()
with
(17.32)
1
p = p2 =
21 2 3
1 + 22 3
1 2 + 23
(17.34)
(17.35)
Equation (17.34) can be elaborated to

=
(17.36)
323
400
300
(a)
200
E = 2 105
0.001 0.003
0.008
total strain
400
300
200
(b)
0.0 0.0015
0.006
plastic strain p
1
400
400
300
300
200
(c)
200
(d)
y
0.0 0.0015
0.0060
0.0 0.0015
0.006
Diagrams: (a) uniaxial stressstrain, (b) uniaxial stressplastic strain, (c) strain-hardening,
(d) work-hardening.
Figure 17.4: Derivation of hardening diagram for Von Mises

Relation
. For the Von Mises yield condition the translation of uniaxial
experimental data to the equivalent stressinternal state variable, the
relation, is independent upon the hardening hypothesis as shown in the example of
Figure 17.4.
stressplastic strain diagram. The uniaxial plastic strain rate is given by
1
p1 =
(17.37)
324
Plasticity
The relation between the uniaxial stress and the equivalent stress is simply
= 1
(17.38)
The following relation can be derived

p1 =
(17.39)
With the relation derived previously, we find for the relation between the uniaxial plastic strain and the internal state variable
= p1
(17.40)
for both a strain hardening and a work hardening hypothesis.

17.1.2.2
Ambient Influence
Diana can handle the influence of temperature, concentration (e.g. moisture

content in concrete) or maturity on the Von Mises yield condition. For temperature dependency, the yield condition is given by
f (, ) =
3J2 f (T )
()
=
(0)
q
1 T
2 P
f (T )
()
(0)
(17.41)
with f (T ) the temperature dependent tensile strength.
17.1.3
MohrCoulomb
The yield condition of MohrCoulomb [Fig. 17.5a] is an extension of the Tresca

yield condition to a pressure dependent behavior. The formulation of the yield
function can be expressed in the principal stress space ( 1 2 3 ) as
f (, ) = 21 (1 3 ) + 12 (1 + 3 ) sin () c() cos 0
(17.42)
with c() the cohesion as a function of the internal state variable , and the
angle of internal friction which is also a function of the internal state variable.
See also Vermeer & De Borst [109]. The initial angle of internal friction is given
by 0 . The flow rule is given by a general non-associated flow rule g 6= f , but
with the plastic potential given by
g(, ) = 12 (1 3 ) + 21 (1 + 3 ) sin ()
which results for the plastic strain rate vector
1
2 (1 + sin )
0
p =
2 (1 sin )
(17.43)
(17.44)
325
=0
r=
2J2
=0
(b) DruckerPrager
(a) MohrCoulomb
=
I1
Figure 17.5: MohrCoulomb and DruckerPrager yield condition

(in - and rendulic plane)
17.1.3.1
Hardening
given by the hardening hypothesis. For the MohrCoulomb yield condition we
consider only the strain hardening hypothesis.
Strain hardening.
principal space by

q
=
2
3
(p1 p1 + p2 p2 + p3 p3 )
(17.45)

=
q
1
3
1 + sin2
(17.46)
Relation c. The translation of uniaxial experimental data to the equivalent

cohesioninternal state variable, the c relation, depends on the hardening
hypothesis. In the following example we will give the derivation for a cohesion
hardening material with constant friction and dilatation angle, i.e., () = 0
and () = 0 , and a strain hardening hypothesis.
Consider the uniaxial stressstrain diagram 3 3 of Figure 17.6a. The plastic strain p3 is assumed to be given by 3 e3 . Figure 17.6b shows the uniaxial
stressplastic strain diagram. For uniaxial stressing, (1 , 2 , 3 ) = (0, 0, 3 ),
plastic flow occurs at a vertex of the yield surface. Symmetry conditions dictate
that the two possible yield directions contribute equally to the plastic strain
rate vector
p
1
(1 + sin 0 )
1
p
p
1
(1 + sin 0 )
= 2 =
(17.47)
4
1
3
2 (1 sin 0 )
326
Plasticity
(a) uniaxial
stressstrain
33.0
9.5
E = 32 103
1.32
0.0022
(c) strain-hardening
0.010
total strain -3
c
(b) uniaxial
stressplastic strain
33.0
0.0 0.0023
0.0191
3
1.32
0.0 0.0012
0.00996
plastic strain p
3
Figure 17.6: Derivation of hardening diagram for MohrCoulomb

With the relation derived previously, we find for the relation between the uniaxial plastic strain and the internal state variable for a strain hardening hypothesis
q
1 + sin2 0 32 sin 0
=
p3
(17.48)
1 sin 0
The relation between the uniaxial stress 3 = fc and the equivalent cohesion
c is given by
1 sin 0
c = fc
(17.49)
2 cos 0
Figure 17.6 illustrates the procedure for 0 = 0 = 30.
17.1.4
DruckerPrager
The yield condition of DruckerPrager is a smooth approximation of the Mohr

Coulomb yield surface, which is a conical surface in the principal stress space
[Fig. 17.5b]. The formulation is given by
q
f (, ) = 12 T P + f T
c()
(17.50)
with c() the cohesion as a function of the internal state variable . The projection matrix is equal to the projection matrix of the Von Mises yield condition
327
defined in Equation (17.30). The projection vector is given by

1
1
=
0
(17.51)
The scalar quantities f and are given by

f =
2 sin ()
3 sin ()
and
6 cos 0
3 sin 0
(17.52)
The angle of internal friction is also a function of the internal state variable.
The initial angle of internal friction is given by 0 . The flow rule is given by a
general non-associated flow rule g 6= f , with the plastic potential given by
q
g(, ) = 12 T P + g T
(17.53)
with the scalar g defined by the dilatancy angle
g =
2 sin ()
3 sin ()
Which results for the plastic strain rate vector in

P
p =
+ g
2
(17.54)
(17.55)
with the scalar defined by

q
=
17.1.4.1
1 T
2 P
(17.56)
Hardening
given by the hardening hypothesis. For the DruckerPrager yield condition we
consider only the strain hardening hypothesis.
Strain hardening.
principal space by

q
=
With
2
3
(p1 p1 + p2 p2 + p3 p3 )
1
21 2 3
1

1
p
2 =
1 + 22 3 + g 1

3
1
1 2 + 23
(17.57)
(17.58)
328
Plasticity
(17.57) can be elaborated to
=
17.1.4.2
q
1 + 2g2
(17.59)
Experimental Derivation of Plasticity Parameters
Uniaxial fit. The translation of uniaxial experimental data to the equivalent

cohesioninternal state variable, the c relation, depends on the hardening
hypothesis. In the following example we will give the derivation for a cohesion
hardening material with constant friction and dilatation angle, i.e., () = 0
and () = 0 , and a strain hardening hypothesis.
(a) uniaxial
stressstrain
33.0
3
1.32
9.5
E = 32 103
0.0022
0.010
total strain -3
c
33.0
(b) uniaxial
0.0 0.0022
0.0191
3
1.32
0.0 0.0012
0.00996
plastic strain p
3
Figure 17.7: Derivation of hardening diagram for DruckerPrager

Consider the uniaxial stressstrain diagram 3 3 of Figure 17.7a. The plastic strain p3 is assumed to be given by 3 e3 . Figure 17.7b shows the uniaxial
stressplastic strain diagram. With the assumption 3 0, the uniaxial plastic
strain rate is given by
p3 = (1 g )
(17.60)
With the relation derived previously, we find for the relation between the uniaxial plastic strain and the internal state variable for a strain hardening hypothesis
q
1 + 2g2
p3
=
(17.61)
1 g
329
The relation between the uniaxial stress 3 = fc and the equivalent cohesion
c is given by
1 f
1 sin 0
c = fc
= fc
(17.62)
2 cos 0
if the friction angle is constant. Figure 17.7 illustrates the procedure for 0 =
0 = 30.
Biaxial fit. The constitutive behavior of materials like concrete under biaxial states of stress is in general different from the constitutive behavior under
uniaxial loading conditions. The experimental data of concrete subjected to proportional biaxial loading shows the influence of the lateral compressive stress on
the strength of the material. Experiments by Kupfer & Gerstle [58] produced
the data as shown in Figure 17.8 with the biaxial fit of the DruckerPrager
failure surface. The maximum compressive strength increases approximately
16% under conditions of equal biaxial compression and about 25% increase is
achieved at a stress ratio of 1 /2 = 0.5. The parameters of the DruckerPrager
failure surface, the friction angle and the cohesion c, are calibrated with the
following procedure. The uniaxial fit is given in (17.62) as
2
fc
0.2
1.21.00.80.60.40.2
0.2
0.2
1
fc
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Figure 17.8: Biaxial strength of plain concrete, Kupfer and Gerstle

c = fc
1 f
The biaxial fit is calculated by substituting the stress vector in case of a plane
stress state
afc
= afc
(17.63)
0
330
Plasticity
with a the multiplication factor for the biaxial strength. Substituting the stress
vector into the equation of the failure surface (17.50) yields the following condition
1 2 f
(17.64)
a fc 2 f a fc c = 0
c = a fc
Solving (17.62) and (17.64) for f , given the factor a, results in

f =
a1
2 sin 0
=
2a 1
3 sin 0
(17.65)
which is solved for sin 0

3a 3
3 f
=
(17.66)
2 + f
5a 3
Finally, the cohesion is derived from the uniaxial compressive strength and the
friction angle 0 according to
sin 0 =
c = fc
1 sin 0
2 cos 0
(17.67)
For a normal strength quality concrete, the ratio between the uniaxial compressive strength and the biaxial compressive strength is approximately 1.16 which
results in a friction angle 0 10 and a cohesion c 0.42fc .
17.1.5
Rankine Principal Stress Model
The yield condition of Rankine is a maximum principal stress criterion and can
be used to simulate cracking of brittle materials, such as concrete and rock. See
also Feenstra [27]. The formulation of the Rankine yield condition reads
q
f1 (, 1 ) = 1
1 (1 ) = 12 T P + 21 T1
1 (1 )
(17.68)
with the projection matrix P given by
1
12
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
P=
0
0
0
0
0
and the projection vector 1 is given by

1
0
1 =
0
0
(17.69)
(17.70)
331
The formulation shows the basic assumption that the yield condition is formulated for a plane stress situation only. For plane strain and axisymmetric stress
situations, the Rankine yield condition is complemented with a tension cut-off
criterion in the out-of-plane direction, which can be formulated as
3 (3 )
f3 (, 3 ) = 3
3 (3 ) = T3
(17.71)
with the projection vector 3 given by
1
3 =
0
(17.72)
The flow rule is in general given by the associated flow rule g1 f1 and g3 f3 .
With the use of Koiters rule [55], the plastic strain rate vector is determined
by

P
p = 1
+ 1 1 + 3 3
(17.73)
2
where the scalar is given by Equation (17.56).
17.1.5.1
Hardening
The relation between the internal state variables 1 and 3 , and the plastic
process is given by the hardening hypothesis. For the Rankine yield condition
we consider two different hypotheses: strain hardening and work hardening.
Strain hardening.
principal space by

q
p1 p1
1 =
q
3 =
(17.74)
p3 p3

1 = 1
3 = 3
Work hardening.
(17.75)

p = T 1 f1
1 (1 ) 1
W
1
p = T 3 f3
W
3 (3 ) 3
3
(17.76)
332
Plasticity
1 = 1
(17.77)
3 = 3
Relation
. For the Rankine yield condition, the translation of uniaxial
experimental data to the equivalent stressinternal state variable, the
relation, does not depend of the hardening hypothesis as shown in the following
example.
(a) uniaxial
stressstrain
3.0
3.0
1.0
y 1.0
E = 3 104
0.0001 0.0003
3.0
0.0012
total strain
0.0 0.00027
0.0012
(b) uniaxial
3.0
1.0
(d) work-hardening
y 1.0
0.0 0.00027
0.0012
plastic strain p
0.0 0.00027
0.0012
Figure 17.9: Derivation of hardening diagram for Rankine

stressplastic strain diagram. The uniaxial plastic strain rate is given by
p1 = 1
(17.78)
The relation between the uniaxial stress and the equivalent stress is simply
1 = 1
(17.79)
so the following relation can be derived

p1 = 1
(17.80)
333
With this relation, we find for the relation between the uniaxial plastic strain
and the internal state variable
(17.81)
1 = p1
for both a strain hardening and a work hardening hypothesis. The same procedure holds for the derivation of the
3 3 relation.
17.1.5.2
Tensile/Compression Combinations
The principal stress criterion of Rankine describes the tensile cracking of a material like concrete. However, the stress state in structures is often a biaxial stress
state, i.e., a combination of tension and compression. These stress states can
be modeled by a combination of the yield condition of Rankine to describe the
tensile regime and another yield condition to describe the compressive regime.
This combined yield condition is then treated as a multi-surface plasticity model
which can be solved with stable algorithms. Diana offers two such combinations: Rankine/Von Mises and Rankine/DruckerPrager, described by Feenstra
[27].
Rankine/Von Mises. The biaxial stress state in a material can be modeled
by a combination of the yield conditions of Rankine and Von Mises [ 17.1.2
p. 321]. The first to describe the tensile regime, the latter to describe the compressive regime. This combined yield surface is especially applicable in plane
stress situations.
q
1 (1 )
f1 (, 1 ) = 12 T Pra + 12 T1
q
f2 (, 2 ) =
1 T
2 Pvm
2 (2 )
(17.82)
f3 (, 1 ) = T3
3 (3 )
Rankine/DruckerPrager. If the material properties depend on the pressure, the Rankine/Von Mises yield condition is not longer applicable. In these
situations the yield condition of Rankine can be combined with the yield condition of DruckerPrager [ 17.1.4 p. 326]. The combined yield condition is now
given by
q
f1 (, 1 ) = 12 T Pra + 12 T1
1 (1 )
q
f2 (, 2 ) =
1 T
2 Pdp
+ f T2
c(2 )
(17.83)
f3 (, 1 ) = T3
3 (3 )
334
Plasticity
17.1.6
Egg Cam-clay
In order to simulate the behavior of clay and clay-like materials, elastoplastic

modeling is a well established concept, see for instance Britto & Gunn [13,
Ch. 5]. Diana offers an extension to the Modified Cam-clay model including
features such as nonlinear elasticity, hardening and softening, dilatation and
contraction, a critical state and a modification of the original formulation in
order to describe K0 -consolidation more accurately. The implementation of
the Egg Cam-clay model is mainly based on the work of Groen [36]. See also
Van Eekelen & Van Den Berg [105].
17.1.6.1
Strains and Stresses
The hydrostatic pressure is defined in terms of effective stresses as

0
0
0
p0 = 13 (xx
+ yy
+ zz
) = 13 I1
(17.84)
and the deviatoric-like stress as

= P
in which
1
1
P=
3 0
(17.85)
1 0
1 0
The effective deviatoric stress is then defined according to

q
p
q = 32 T R = 3J2
(17.86)
(17.87)
with the diagonal matrix
0 1 0
0 0 1
R=
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
1
2
1
2
1
2
(17.88)
The strains are defined in a slightly different manner. The volumetric strain is
v = xx + yy + zz
(17.89)
335
and the deviatoric strain is

= Q
(17.90)
in which the matrix Q = RP = PR.

Actually, the Cam-clay model is a combination of a nonlinear elastic and a
plasticity model. Both for the volumetric strain and the deviatoric strain we
use the basic additive decomposition into an elastic part and a plastic part
v = ev + pv
17.1.6.2
= e + p
and
(17.91)
It is observed experimentally in clays that during elastic swelling or reloading

Kt =
1+e 0
p
(17.92)
in which e is the void ratio, is a material parameter and p0 is the current

hydrostatic pressure. The void ratio e is defined as the ratio between pore
volume Vp and material volume Vm :
e=
Vp
V Vm
V
=
=
1
Vm
Vm
Vm
(17.93)
Figure 17.10 shows the assumed elastic behavior, indicating constant . Kt sets
v =1+e
1
virgin
compression
1
un- & re-loading

ln p0
Figure 17.10: Soil response in compression

the rate relation between the hydrostatic pressure and the elastic volumetric
strain
p0 = Kt ev
(17.94)
In this form, the soil has no tensile strength. Therefore, (17.92) is most conveniently modified to
1+e 0
Kt =
(p + pt )
(17.95)
In which pt is the so-called tensile pressure. This tensile pressure is merely a

numerical artifice to take tensile stresses into account when the initial pressure
is assumed to be equal to zero. In practice however, Cam-clay analyses will
nearly always start with non-zero initial stresses. It is assumed that the void
336
Plasticity
ratio does not change significantly, even for large loading steps. Therefore, the
void ratio e is updated explicitly during the loading process. The change of
volume is determined by the original volume V and the volumetric strain v
V = v V
(17.96)
Assume that the material volume is constant, i.e., V m = 0, then the void rate is
defined by
V
V p
V V m
V
e =
=
=
= v
(17.97)
Vm
Vm
Vm
Vm
and with (17.93) this yields
e = v (1 + e)
v =
e
1+e
(17.98)
This can be integrated over a time increment t as

Z
t+t
v d =
t
Hence
and therefore
t+t
e
d
1+e
(17.99)

1 + et+t

v = ln
1 + et
(17.100)

et+t = 1 + et exp (v ) 1
(17.101)
See also Borja [10].

Equation (17.95) can be recast in a nonlinear relation between the volumetric
strain and the pressure as
dp0
1+e e
=
dv
0
p + pt
(17.102)
After integration over an increment and rearranging, the following relation between the pressure and the volumetric strain increment ensues

1 + e0 e
0
0
v
(17.103)
p = pt + (p0 + pt ) exp
In this equation, p00 is the pressure at the beginning of a loading step, and p0
is the current pressure. This relation defines the pressure as a function of the
volumetric strain increment, the pressure at the beginning of a loading step and
the void ratio at the beginning of a loading step e0 . From relation (17.102) the
tangential compression modulus can be obtained via
Kt =
dp0
1 + e0 0
(p + pt )
=
dev
(17.104)
337
which differs from (17.95) in the sense that the void ratio is assumed to remain
constant over an increment.
The nonlinear elasticity of the model is defined in terms of volumetric components only. Assuming isotropy, one can specify either a constant Poissons
ratio , with the (variable) tangent shear modulus defined as
Gt = 23 Kt
1 2
1+
(17.105)
Alternatively, one can consider an approach in which the shear modulus G is

kept constant and the Poissons ratio varies according to
t =
17.1.6.3
3Kt 2G
6Kt + 2G
(17.106)
Yield Function
The yield function for the Modified Cam-clay model can be written as
f = q 2 + M 2 p0 (p0 2a)
in which
M=
6 sin
(3 sin )
(17.107)
(17.108)
with the angle of internal friction. Yield function parameter a is a measure

for the current overconsolidation and is related to the preconsolidation stress by
a = 21 p0c . It is known that the Modified Cam-clay model overestimates the initial
overconsolidation pressure. Furthermore, the original version of the Modified
Cam-clay model does not have a tensile strength. Therefore, the yield surface
of the Modified Cam-clay model is changed into
f = q2 +

M2
(p0 + p)(p0 + p 2a) + a2 (1 2 )
2
(17.109)
with p a reference pressure to model cohesive behavior. Due to parameter ,

the actual yield surface is now composed of two yield surfaces
if p0 + p a
(17.110)
= 1
if p0 + p > a
with a defined material parameter, which is in the range from 1 to 2 for

Modified Cam-clay. Constant is an optional shape factor for the dry side of
the yield surface. Figure 17.11 on the following page shows the form of the
yield surface in p-q space. Yield function parameter a is now related to the
.
preconsolidation stress by p0c 1+
Optionally Diana derives the cap shape factor , which is specific for the
Egg model, automatically from the Knc ratio between horizontal and vertical
338
Plasticity
q
dry
M
critical state
M
q
wet
Knc
> 1 (Egg)
critical state
1
M
= 1 (Modified)
p0
p0c
p0c p
p0
p
(b) Enhanced yield contour
(a) Standard yield contours
Figure 17.11: Cam-clay models

stress for normally consolidated soil. See Van Eekelen & Van Den Berg [105]
for details. Alternatively is input by the user or a regular Modified Cam-clay
model is used.
It is assumed that the Egg Cam-clay model is an associated plasticity model.
Thus the yield surface (17.109) also defines the plastic potential g. Using the
additive decomposition of the strain rates, this leads for the volumetric strain
rate to
dv = dev d
f
M2
= dev 2 d 2 (p + p a)
p
(17.111)
and for the deviatoric strain rate to

d = d e + d
f q
= d e + 3 d
q
(17.112)
Where is the plastic multiplier.

17.1.6.4
Hardening Behavior
The final ingredient for a plasticity model is the evolution of the hardening
parameter. It is observed experimentally that
a=
p0
1+ c
da =
1+e
a dpv
(17.113)
in which is a material constant [Fig. 17.10]. Like in the elastic behavior, we will
assume that the void ratio is updated explicitly so that it is kept constant during
an increment. Similar to the integration of the elastic stressstrain relation, the
hardening rule (17.113) can be integrated to

1 + e0 p
a = a0 exp
v
(17.114)
339
with a0 being the hardening parameter at the beginning of an increment.

By default, Diana derives the preconsolidation stress p0c , or actually the
initial hardening parameter a, from the maximum stress experienced by the soil
element, see Britto & Gunn [13, Ch. 5]. Alternatively, p0c is input by the user.
17.1.6.5
Cap Shape Factor
In a one-dimensional normal compression situation, that corresponds to an axisymmetric stress state, one can easily find that the ratio of stress increment
equals:
q
z r
3(1 KNC )
=
= 1
= NC
(17.115)
0
p
1 + 2KNC
3 (z + 2r )
If you choose for an automatic determination of the cap shape factor,
Diana will calculate in such a way that for a one-dimensional
compression situation, the stress ratio q/p0 equals NC .
Through the definitions of v = a + 2r and s = 23 (a r ), and
from the fact that for one-dimensional compression r = 0, one may find the
following strain ratio:
3
ev + pv
v
=
=
(17.116)
s
es + ps
2
We can develop the four strain components from (17.116). For the two elastic
components ev and es we have the following relationships:
ev =
es
p0
0
1+e p
q
2NC (1 + )
p0
=
=
0
3G
9(1 2)
1+e p
(17.117)
The two plastic components pv and ps can be expressed in the following way
(see Muir Wood [72]):
pv
ps
f
p0c
p0c
pv
1

g
p0 g
0 + pc
p
s q
f g
p0 p0
f g
p0 q
f g
0
p0
q p
f g q
q q
(17.118)
340
Plasticity
For the Egg Cam-clay model we have:
2

f
3 0
( 1) 0
3
pc
p
= 2M
p0c
+1
+1
(1 + e)p0c
p0c
p =
v
p0c
=0
ps
(17.119)

f
g
0
2
0
=
=
2M
p
p0
p0
+1 c
f
g
=
= 2q
q
q
Inserting (17.119) into (17.118) leads, after some algebraic manipulations, to:
pv =
p0
1 + e p0
r
ps =
NC
2
1 + e M 2 NC
2 + (1 2 )
NC
2
(17.120)
+1
p
p0
Finally, substitution of (17.120) and (17.117) into (17.116) gives the following
implicit equation for :
!

2

M
1+
2
2
1
NC +
NC
3(1 2) NC
!
r
2
3

NC
1
2 + (1 2 )
+ 1 = 0 (17.121)
2
M
Diana calculates the root of (17.121) to assess the cap shape factor .
17.1.7
Diana offers the Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity model which is particularly

useful to simulate the behavior of sandy materials. This plasticity model has
been developed at Delft University of Technology, see Groen [35]. It combines
nonlinear elasticity with a failure surface which bounds the stress state.
17.1.7.1
Strains and Stresses
The hydrostatic pressure p0 is defined in terms of effective stresses as

0
0
0
+ yy
+ zz
)
p0 = 13 (xx
(17.122)
341
and the deviatoric-like stress as

= P
in which
1
1
P=
3 0
(17.123)
0
0 0
0 0
0 0 0
6 0 0
0 6 0
0 0 6
0
The effective deviatoric stress is then defined according to

q
q = 32 T R
(17.124)
(17.125)
with the diagonal matrix
1
2
1
2
1
2
R=
0
1 0
(17.126)
The strains are defined in a slightly different manner. The volumetric strain is
v = xx + yy + zz
(17.127)
= Q
(17.128)
and the deviatoric strain is

in which the matrix Q = RP = PR.
Actually, the Modified MohrCoulomb model is a combination of a nonlinear
elastic and a plasticity model. Both for the volumetric strain and the deviatoric
strain we use the basic additive decomposition into an elastic part and a plastic
part
v = ev + pv
and
= e + p
(17.129)
17.1.7.2
For soils, it has been observed experimentally that during elastic swelling or
reloading the tangent compression modulus Kt is governed by the void ratio
and the current hydrostatic pressure according to
Kt =
1+e 0
p
(17.130)
342
Plasticity
in which e is the void ratio, is a material parameter and p0 is the current hydrostatic pressure. Figure 17.12 shows the assumed elastic behavior, indicating
constant . Kt sets the rate relation between the hydrostatic pressure and the
v =1+e
1
virgin
compression
un- & re-loading

ln p0
Figure 17.12: Soil response in compression

elastic volumetric strain
p0 = Kt ev
(17.131)
In this form, the soil has no tensile strength. Therefore, (17.130) is most conveniently modified to
1+e 0
Kt =
(p + pt )
(17.132)
In which pt is the so-called tensile pressure. This tensile pressure is merely a

numerical artifice to take tensile stresses into account when the initial pressure
is assumed to be equal to zero. In practice however, soil analyses will nearly
always start with non-zero initial stresses. It is assumed that the void ratio does
not change significantly, even for large loading steps. Therefore, the void ratio
is updated explicitly during the loading process, see Borja [10].
Equation (17.132) can be recast in a nonlinear relation between the volumetric strain and the pressure as
p0
dp0
1+e e
=
dv
+ pt
(17.133)
After integration over an increment and rearranging, the following relation between the pressure and the volumetric strain increment ensues

1 + e0
e
0
0
v
(17.134)
p = pt + (p0 + pt ) exp
In this equation, p00 is the pressure at the beginning of a loading step, and p0
is the current pressure. This relation defines the pressure as a function of the
volumetric strain increment, the pressure at the beginning of a loading step and
the void ratio at the beginning of a loading step e0 . The tangential compression
modulus can be obtained from (17.133) via
Kt =
dp
1 + e0
(p + pt )
=
dev
(17.135)
343
which differs from (17.95) in the sense that the void ratio is assumed to remain
constant over an increment.
In the Power Law for the elastic volumetric stressstrain relation, it is assumed that the compression modulus is a power of the current pressure
0 1m
p
Kt = Kref
(17.136)
p0ref
in which Kt and p0ref respectively are the reference compression modulus and
the reference pressure; m is a floating point value which is in the order of 0.5
for sand. Relation (17.136) has again no tensile stiffness. Therefore, analogous
to the exponential law, the nonlinear compression modulus is modified to
0
1m
p + pt
(17.137)
Kt = Kref
p0ref
which leads to the following form of the volumetric stressstrain relation
0
m1
p + pt
dp = Kref dev
(17.138)
p0ref
After integrating over a finite increment and rearranging, we obtain
1

m
m1
Kref ev
p0 = pt + (p00 + pt )m m p0ref
= F (ev )
(17.139)
The nonlinear elasticity of the model is defined in terms of volumetric components only. Assuming isotropy, one can specify either a constant Poissons ratio
, with the (variable) tangent shear modulus defined as
Gt = 23 Kt
1 2
1+
(17.140)
Alternatively, one can consider an approach in which the shear modulus G is

kept constant and the Poissons ratio varies according to
t =
17.1.7.3
3Kt 2G
6Kt + 2G
(17.141)
Yield Function
The failure surface of the Modified MohrCoulomb model is a so-called double

hardening model in which the shear failure and the compressive failure are
uncoupled. The combined failure surface is given by the formulation in the pq
space
q
6 sin
(p + p) = 0
R1 () 3 sin

2
q
2
f2 = (p + p) +
p2c = 0
R2 ()
f1 =
(17.142)
344
Plasticity
in which the friction angle in triaxial compression, p a constant which models
cohesive material behavior, and pc the preconsolidation pressure [Fig. 17.13].
1
q
=
pc
p 0
=0
6 sin
3 sin
pc p
DruckerPrager
(1 = 0)
fit for = 15
fit for = 35
(a) in pq space
(b) in deviatoric plane
Figure 17.13: Modified MohrCoulomb model

The functions R1 () and R2 () model the differences in strength in triaxial
compression and in triaxial extension and are functions of Lodes angle . The
model can be fitted on the MohrCoulomb model in the deviatoric plane by
the functions R1 () and R2 (). Special attention is needed to keep the failure
surface convex, see Groen [35] for details. The fit to the MohrCoulomb model
in triaxial extension leads to the following relationship

n
1 1 sin 3
R1 () =
(17.143)
1 1
with n = 0.229. The factor 1 is related to the friction angle according to

1 =
3 + sin
3 sin
3 + sin
3 sin
1
1
(17.144)
1
+1
with a maximum of 1 0.7925. The maximum value of the factor is equal

to a fit on the MohrCoulomb criterion with a friction angle equal to 46.55.
The shape of the compressive cap can also be modified with the factor R2 ()
which is assumed according to (17.143)

n
1 2 sin 3
R2 () =
(17.145)
1 2
with n = 0.229 and the factor 2 by default equal to zero which implies a
spherical cap.

17.1.7.4
345
Flow Rule
The direction of the inelastic strain rate is determined by the plastic potential
surfaces, where in case of the Modified MohrCoulomb model the following two
surfaces are applied
g1 = q
6 sin
(p + p)
3 sin
2
g2 = (p + p) + q
(17.146)
p2c
which implies an associative behavior in the pq space and a nonassociated flow

in the deviatoric space. The dilatancy angle is related to the friction angle
by the assumption of Rowes stress dilatancy theory [90], which reads
sin =
sin sin cv
1 sin sin cv
(17.147)
in which sin cv a constant value which can be conceived as the friction angle
at constant volume.
17.1.7.5
Hardening Behavior
The evolution of the failure surfaces is uncoupled as has been one of the basic
assumptions of the double hardening model. In the implementation in Diana,
two evolution functions are necessary: the evolution of sin , the sine of the
friction angle, and the evolution of the preconsolidation pressure pc . The evolution of the dilatancy angle sin is implicitly given by the assumption of Rowes
stress dilatancy model (17.147).
The friction angle is a function of some internal parameter 1
sin = sin (1 )
(17.148)
The internal parameter 1 is a function of the equivalent deviatoric plastic strain

increment p
q
1 =
2
3
p T R p
(17.149)
For the evolution of the friction angle, a multi-linear diagram can be specified.
This can be determined from triaxial tests, for example the conventional triaxial
compression test as described by Vermeer & De Borst [109].
The preconsolidation pressure is also given as a function of some internal
parameter 2 as
pc = pc (2 )
(17.150)
with the internal parameter 2 now defined as
2 = pv
(17.151)
346
Plasticity
The evolution is assumed analogous to the elastic compressive law, i.e., the
exponential law given in (17.134)

1+e
2
(17.152)
pc = pc0 exp
in which pc0 is the initial preconsolidation pressure, and is the saturation

factor which can be considered as a material parameter.
17.1.7.6
Cap Shape Factor
The automatic derivation of the cap shape factor for the Modified MohrCoulomb
plasticity model is done in the same fashion as for the Egg Camclay model
[ 17.1.6.5 p. 339], i.e., it will be calculated in such a way that for a one-dimensional compression situation the stress ratio p0 /q equals NC . The elastic
components ev and es are also given by (17.117). The two components of
the plastic increments pv and ps are expressed according to the Muir Wood
formulae (17.118). However, for the Modified MohrCoulomb model we have
the following partial derivatives expressions:
f
= 2p0c
p0c
p0c
(1 + e)p0c
p =
v
p0c
=0
ps
(17.153)
f
g
= 0 = 2p0
p0
p
f
g
=
= 2 q
q
q
Inserting (17.153) into (17.118) leads, after some algebraic manipulations, to:
pv =
ps
p0
1 + e p0
p0
=
NC 0
1+e
p
(17.154)
Finally, substitution of (17.154) and (17.117) into (17.116) gives the following
expression for :
2(1 + )
NC
2
3(1 2)

(17.155)
=
3 1
NC
17.1.8
347
HoekBrown Rock Plasticity Model
The HoekBrown criterion defines the stress condition under which a rock mass
will deform inelastically and, if not supported adequately, collapse. The criterion
applies for isotropic behavior.
17.1.8.1
Parameters
The parameters defining the HoekBrown criterion are estimated from a combination of laboratory tests on intact rock cores and an adjustment procedure
using an empirical chart that accounts for the quality of rock mass. This empirical chart defines the so-called geological strength index (GSI), based on
visual inspections of surface condition and structure type of the rock mass. Figure 17.14 shows the GSI empirical chart, adapted from Hoek & Brown [39].
V
ER
R
PO
O
IR
FA
O
G
V
ER
Structure
PO
O
Surface condition
BLOCKY
VERY BLOCKY
BLOCKY/
DISTURBED
Decreasing interlocking of rock pieces
Decreasing surface quality

80
70
60
50
40
30
25
20
DISINTEGRATED
10
Figure 17.14: Estimate of GSI based on geological descriptions

The surface conditions in this chart are:
VERY GOOD:
GOOD:
FAIR:
very rough, fresh unweathered surfaces.
rough, slightly unweathered, iron stained surfaces.
smooth, moderately weathered or altered surfaces.
POOR:
slickensided, highly weathered surfaces with compact coatings or fillings

of angular fragments.
348
Plasticity
VERY POOR:
slickensided, highly weathered surfaces with soft clay coatings or

fillings.
The structure types of the rock mass are:

BLOCKY:
a very well interlocked undisturbed rock mass consisting of cubical

blocks formed by three orthogonal discontinuity sets.
VERY BLOCKY:
interlocked, partially disturbed rock mass with multifaceted angular blocks formed by four or more discontinuity sets.
BLOCKY/DISTURBED:
folded and/or faulted with angular blocks formed by many

intersecting discontinuity sets.
DISINTEGRATED:
poorly interlocked, heavily broken rock mass with a mixture of

angular and rounded rock pieces.
From these two parameters you must pick the appropriate box in the chart of
Figure 17.14. Then estimate the average value of the GSI from the contours.
Do not attempt to be too precise, quoting a range of GSI from 36 to 42 is more
realistic than stating that GSI=38.
17.1.8.2
Formulation
The HoekBrown failure criterion for intact rock samples can be formulated by
means of a yield function fi as follows:
p
fi = S1 S3 mi S3 + 1 = 0
(17.156)
1
3
S1 =
; S3 =
ci
ci
where 1 is the most compressive principal stress, 3 is the least compressive
principal stress, ci is the unconfined compressive strength of th rock sample,
and mi is the so-called HoekBrown constant deduced from test results for a
particular (intact) rock type. Both parameters ci and mi can be determined
by means of fitting the 1 versus 3 curve defined by (17.156) to the scattered
(1 , 3 ) data obtained from test results of a particular intact rock sample.
Due to joints and defects in a rock mass the strength of the mass is reduced
below the strength of intact specimen of the same rock type (see Hoek et al. [40]).
The HoekBrown failure criterion for rock mass in situ, taking into account for
rock mass quality and internal imperfections, can be presented by means of a
modified yield function f as follows [Fig. 17.15]:
a
f = S1 S3 (mb S3 + s) = 0

mb = mi exp
GSI 100
28
(17.157)

(17.158)
349
S1
GSI=
80
1
60
40
0.5
20
0.05
0.1
S3
Figure 17.15: HoekBrown yield condition in S1 -S3 plane

where

exp GSI 100

if GSI 25
9
s=
0
if GSI < 25
and
0.5
(17.159)
if GSI 25
a=
(17.160)
GSI
0.65
if GSI < 25
200
The plastic strain rate can be derived from the non-associative flow rule, in
which the plastic potential is given as (Carranza-Torres & Fairhurst [14])
g = S 1 Kp S 3
with Kp =
1 + sin
1 sin
(17.161)
where is the dilatancy angle. The principal plastic strain rate vector is obtained as

1
1/ci
0
= 2 =
(17.162)
3
Kp /ci
17.1.9
Fraction Model
Diana offers the fraction model, or sublayer model, of Besseling [8] to model
kinematic hardening behavior in plasticity. Basic assumption in the fraction
model is that the total stress in a material point is the sum of a number of,
say n, fraction stresses i
n
X
=
i i
(17.163)
i=1
350
Plasticity
with i the weight of fraction i where the sum of the weights i are equal to
one. The fraction model can be conceived as a parallel chain of nonlinear springs
[Fig. 17.16], where the total strain is equal for all fractions. Each fraction has
E,
E,
E,
E,
Figure 17.16: Concept of the fraction model

its own nonlinear material parameters, say a yield stress
i , and by properly
selecting the weights and material parameters of the fractions, the constitutive behavior can be approximated in a multilinear sense. The elastic material
properties, Youngs modulus E and Poissons ratio , are equal for all fractions.
Evidently, including more fractions results in a higher accuracy at the cost of
more computing time.
The fraction model is basically a three-dimensional approach. This has some
special consequences for constrained stress situations such as occur in trusses,
beams, shells and in membranes since the stress in the constrained directions
is taken into account at fraction level. Although the sum of the fraction stresses
in the constrained direction must vanish, the individual contributions of the
fractions need not be zero. The stress in the constrained direction has to be
considered in the calculation of the plasticity parameters of the specific plasticity
model.
Example. We will now illustrate the derivation of the fraction weights if a
specified hardening behavior has to be modeled. Consider the truss element depicted in Figure 17.17. Suppose we have two fractions with fraction weight 1
zz = 0
yy = 0
xx = 0
Figure 17.17: Truss model

and 2 respectively and linear elastic behavior in the first fraction and elastoApril 25, 2008 First ed.
351
plasticity governed by the Von Mises criterion in the second fraction. The
stresses in the second fraction should comply with the yield condition
(xx.2 yy.2 )2 + (yy.2 zz.2 )2 + (zz.2 xx.2 )2 = 2
2
(17.164)
If plastic flow occurs in fraction two, i.e., the yield condition is violated, the
plastic volume change is equal to zero, or
pxx.2 + pyy.2 + pzz.2 = 0
(17.165)
Assuming isotropic elasticity and because of the symmetry conditions we can

reduce the number of unknowns as follows
xx =
yy = zz = lat
pyy.2
= pzz.2 = 12 pxx.2
(17.166)
yy.1 = zz.1 = lat.1

yy.2 = zz.2 = lat.2
Substitution of the formulation for yy.2 and zz.2 into the yield condition results
in the condition for the stresses in the second fraction
xx.2 =
+ lat.2
(17.167)
where it is tacitly assumed that we consider tensile stresses. Applying the

symmetry conditions, the stresses in the first fraction are given by

(1 )E
2
xx.1 =
+
lat
(1 + )(1 2)
1
(17.168)

(1 )E
1
+
lat
lat.1 =
(1 + )(1 2) 1
1
and in the second fraction by

2
1 2 p
(1 )E
+
lat
xx.2 =
(1 + )(1 2)
1
1 xx.2

1
(1 )E
1 2 p
+
lat + 12
xx.2
lat.2 =
(1 + )(1 2) 1
1
1
(17.169)
The basic assumption (17.163) leads to the following equilibrium conditions

xx = 1 xx.1 + 2 xx.2 =
lat = 1 lat.1 + 2 lat.2 = 0
(17.170)
352
Plasticity
The second equilibrium condition of (17.170) results in an expression for the
lateral strain lat
(17.171)
lat = 12 2 (1 2)pxx.2
Substituting this equation in (17.168) results in

pxx.2
xx.1 = E 2
1+
lat.1 =
12 2
1
(17.172)
E p
+ xx.2
The stresses in the second fraction follow from the second equilibrium condition
(17.170) and the yield condition (17.165) respectively, which result in
lat.2 = 12 1
E p
1 + xx.2
xx.2 =
+
1
2 1 1
E p
+ xx.2
(17.173)
It is clear from these results that in case of a tensile loading (pxx.2 > 0) the
lateral stress in the first (elastic) fraction is compressive (lat.1 < 0) and the
lateral stress in the second (elastoplastic) fraction is tensile (lat.2 > 0). This
results in an artificial hardening behavior which is solely determined by the
three-dimensional approach of the fraction model and the different contractive
behavior of the elastic and the elastoplastic fractions.
The plastic strain in the second fraction pxx.2 can be derived from the strain
decomposition assumption
pxx.2 = exx.2
(17.174)
with the elastic strain exx.2 determined by

1
(xx.2 2lat.2 )
E

E p
1
E p
=
+ 12 1
xx.2 1
xx.2
E
1+
1+
exx.2 =
(17.175)

1 2 p
+ 12 1 E
xx.2
1+

1
1 2
1
+ 2 1
=
1 2 E
1+
1 + 21 1
1+
exx.2 =
1
E
(17.176)
353
The plastic strain pxx.2 is finally given by

pxx.2
E
=
1 2
1
1 + 2 1
1+
(17.177)
The total stress finally follows from the equilibrium in x direction
= 2
+ 1 E +
1 2
1
2 1 2 1 + E
E
1 2
1 + 12 1
1+
(17.178)
The last term of this equation is the additional hardening due to the Poisson
effect of the elastic fraction. If the Poissons ratio is equal to the limiting case
of 0.5, this term is equal to zero because the elastic and the plastic fraction have
the same contractive behavior. In general, the effect of the different contractive behavior is not large and the fraction weights can be determined with the
simplified formulation
Ehar 1 E
(17.179)
Figure 17.18a shows the results for a material with two fractions with 1 = 0.1
and 2 = 0.9. The Youngs modulus of the material E = 200000 N/mm2 . A
=0
= 0.3
= 0.499
300
Ehar = 1 E
200
100
E
0
0.0
2.5 103
5.0 103
(a) fraction model
(b) kinematic hardening
Figure 17.18: Hardening behavior

Von Mises yield condition is applied for the second fraction with a yield stress
= 200 N/mm2 . The Poissons ratio is respectively set equal to 0, 0.3 and
0.499 to show the effect of the additional hardening due to the fraction model.
The kinematic hardening behavior is depicted in Figure 17.18b for a Poissons
ratio = 0.3.
When we know the hardening modulus Ehar , we can calculate the fraction
weights for this two-fraction model. Starting from (17.178), the hardening modDiana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (IV)
354
Plasticity
ulus is given by the derivative
1 2
1
2 1 2 1 + E
= Ehar = 1 E +
1 2
1 + 12 1
1+
(17.180)
Substituting 2 = 1 1 and introducing the hardening ratio S, we arrive at

1 2
1 2
1
1 + 12 1
2 1 (1 1 ) 1 +
Ehar
1+
S=
= 1 +
=
1 2
1 2
E
1
1
1 + 2 1
1 + 2 1
1+
1+
(17.181)
Solving this equation for 1 we end at

1 =
2S
1 2
2+
(1 S)
1+
(17.182)
For = 0.5 we find again 1 = S.
17.1.10
MontiNuti Plasticity
Monti and Nuti [70] proposed a model for steel reinforcement bars under cyclic
loading. The model exists of one-dimensional stressstrain relations for branches
between two subsequent load reversal points. The material state parameters
are updated after each load reversal. The model is expressed in terms of a
dimensionless stress and a scaled strain ,
=
=
nr
n+1
nr
y
(17.183)
rn
rn
(17.184)
yn+1
where and are expressed in the strainstress coordinates of the last reversal
point (nr , rn ) and in the strainstress coordinates of the updated yield point
(n+1
, yn+1 ). The basic expression of the MontiNuti model now is
y
= b +
(1 b)
1
1 + R R
(17.185)
where b is the hardening ratio and where R is a curvature parameter

R = R0
A1 pmax
A2 + pmax
(17.186)
with initial curvature R0 , the maximum plastic excursion developed during on

half-cycle pmax and two material constants A1 and A2 .
355
Hardening rules can be classified with help of three aspects: K-rule, for
kinematic hardening, I-rule, for isotropic hardening and M-rule, for memory
rule. The K-rule and I-rule are the classical hardening rules. These can be
modified with an M-rule. The M-rule accounts for the memory of the material
for the followed plastic path.
K-rule.
For kinematic hardening the stress update is given by

yn+1 = y0 sign(pn ) + np
and
np =
n
X
bEpi
(17.187)
(17.188)
i=1
where pn is known as the plastic stress path, y0 is the initial yield stress and
pn is the plastic excursion at the n-th half-cycle:
pn = nr ny
I-rule.
(17.189)
For isotropic hardening the stress update is given by

np sign(pn )
yn+1 = y0 sign(pn ) +
and
np =
n
X
|bEpi |sign(ip )
(17.190)
(17.191)
i=1
np is known as the absolute plastic stress path and ip is the half-cycle

where
plastic work at the n-th half-cycle:
ip = 12 (rn yn )pn
(17.192)
where yn is the yield stress at the n-th half-cycle.

KI-rule . Hardening can be considered as a mix of kinematic and isotropic
hardening. A linear combination with weighing coefficient P , 0 P 1, is
considered. Now the stress update is given by
np sign(pn )
yn+1 = y0 sign(pn ) + P np + (1 P )
(17.193)
Model parameter P can be calibrated from an experimental single-cycle test.

M-rule. Isotropic hardening reveals expansion of the stress cycles. Experimental tests [70] show that isotropic hardening does not occur in a half-cycle
with plastic excursion equal or lower than the current maximum one, defined
as:
n1
pmax = max |pi |
(17.194)
i=1
356
Plasticity
A memory rule of pmax is obtained by defining an additional plastic excursion:
pn = h|pn | pmax isign(pn )
(17.195)
In the above equation the notation h.i denotes hui = uH(u) in which H is the
Heavyside step function. Now the isotropic hardening part is modified and the
stress update is given by
np sign(pn )
yn+1 = y0 sign(pn ) + P np + (1 P )
(17.196)
np is called the absolute additional plastic stress path,

where
n =
n
X
|bEpi |sign(ip )
(17.197)
i=1
np is smaller than
np . The equations for the memory rule reveal that
Note that
each half-cycle contributes to kinematic hardening, whereas only half-cycles for
which pn 6= 0 contribute to isotropic hardening. With help of the updated yield
stress we can now compute the corresponding yield strain as
n+1
= nr +
y
yn+1 rn
E
(17.198)
and determine the stressstrain path with the usual definitions for and strain
until the next reversal. Finally, based on the experimental envelope for monotonic loading, Monti and Nuti proposed the following exponential expression
!
n
X
0
0
i
b = b exp b (y )
p
(17.199)
i=1
for the internal hardening parameter b, in which = 1.5y . The MontiNuti

model can now be defined with the following material parameters: Youngs
Modulus E, the initial yield stress y0 , the initial hardening ratio b0 , the initial curvature parameter R0 and material constants A1 and A2 . The mixed
kinematicisotropic hardening and the memory rule also require a weighing coefficient P .
17.2
Orthotropic Plasticity
17.2.1
Hill
A relatively simple yield condition that can capture orthotropy in the strength
properties has been proposed by Hill [38] as an extension of the Von Mises yield
condition [Fig. 17.19]:
q
f (, ) =
3 T
2 P
(17.200)
357
r=
2J2
=0
= I1 / 3
= /3
Figure 17.19: Hill yield condition (in - and rendulic plane)

with
the reference yield strength. Diana supports the Hill yield condition for
ideal plasticity only. The projection matrix P is given by
12 + 13
12
1
13
P=
3
0
0
0
12
23 + 12
23
0
0
0
13
23
13 + 23
0
0
0
0
0
0
644
0
0
0
0
0
0
655
0
0
0
0
666
(17.201)
The parameters of the yield condition are determined from the yield strengths
in the material axes which can be determined experimentally. The flow rule is
generally given by the associated flow rule g f , which results for the plastic
strain rate vector in
3P
p =
(17.202)
2
If the yield strengths in the x, y and z directions are given by y.xx , y.yy and
y.zz respectively [Fig. 17.20], and the yield strength in shear by y.xy , y.yz
z
y
Figure 17.20: Orthotropic yield strengths
358
Plasticity
and y.zx then the following relations can be given

2
y.xx

1 1 0 0 0 0 12
y.yy
1 0 1 0 0 0
2
13

2
0 1 1 0 0 0
23
y.zz

2
0 0 0 3 0 0
44
y.xy
0 0 0 0 3 0
55

0 0 0 0 0 3
66
y.yz

2
y.zx
which is easily solved resulting in the parameters

2
y.xx

2
1
1
0
0
0
12
2
2
2
y.yy

1
1
1
2
0
0
0
13
2
2
2
1
1
23 1
0
0
0
y.zz
2
2
2
=
2
1
44
0

0
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
y.xy
55

66
0
0
0
0 0 3
y.yz

2
y.zx
(17.203)
(17.204)
Application. The major field of application for the Hill yield condition is in
the analysis of thin metal sheets where the orthotropy is caused by the rolling
direction of the metal. See also De Borst & Feenstra [21]. In shell or plane
stress applications, it is not quite natural to provide for a yield stress in the
out-of-plane direction. In these cases it is possible to provide a 45 off-axis yield
strength [Fig. 17.21]. The stresses in the material axes can be determined from
the stress in the direction with an angle with the material axes by the standard
359
Figure 17.21: Off-axis yield strength

transformation
xx = cos2
yy = sin2
(17.205)
xy = sin cos
Substitution in the yield condition results in the following condition for the
off-axis yield strength
(12 + 13 ) cos4 + (12 + 23 ) sin4 + (644 212 ) sin2 cos2

2
=2
y,
(17.189)
If the yield strengths are now given in the x, y and = 45 direction by y.xx ,
y.yy and y.45 respectively, and the yield strength in shear by y.xy then the
following relations can be given
1
4
1
4
2
y.xx

2
12
0 13
y.yy
=

2
3
23
44
3
y.45

y.xy
(17.190)
360
Plasticity
which is easily solved resulting in the parameters
1
12
13 12
=
1
23
2
44
0
17.2.2
1
2
12
1
2
2
2
2

y.xx

2
1
y.yy

2
1
y.45

2
y.xy
(17.191)
Hoffmann
By including linear pressure terms in Hills yield condition, Hoffmann [41] created a new yield condition [Fig. 17.22]. The Hoffmann yield condition can describe different yield strengths in tension and compression. See also Schellekens
& De Borst [93]. The Hoffmann yield condition reads
2
f (, ) = 12 T P + T
(17.192)
with
the reference yield strength. Diana supports the Hoffmann yield condir=
2J2
=0
=
1
I1
Figure 17.22: Hoffmann yield condition (in - and rendulic plane)

tion for ideal plasticity only. The projection matrix P is given by
2(12 + 13 )
212
213
0
0
0
212
2(23 + 12 )
223
0
0
0
2
223
2(13 + 23 ) 0
0
0
13
P=
0
0
0
644 0
0
0
0
0
0 655 0
0
0
0
0
0 666
(17.193)
361
and the projection vector by
11
22
33
(17.194)
The flow rule for this yield condition is assumed to be given by the associated
flow rule g f , which results for the plastic strain rate vector in
p = {P + }
(17.195)
The seven parameters of the yield condition are determined from the yield
strengths in the material axes which can be found experimentally. If the tensile
yield strengths in the x, y and z directions are given by y.xxt , y.yyt and y.zzt
respectively [Fig. 17.20], the compressive yield strengths by y.xxc , y.yyc and
y.zzc respectively, and the yield strength in shear by y.xy then the following
relations can be given

2
1
y.xx
0
0
0 0 0
1 1 0

y.xxt
1
y.xxc
12
0
0
0 0 0
1 1 0
2

y.xxt
13
y.yyt
0
0
0 0 0
1 0 1
2
y.xxt
23
y.yy
0
0
0 0 0
1 0 1
11

y.xxt
2
22 = 2
(17.196)
1
y.zzt
0 1 1
0
0
0 0 0

2

y.xxt
33

y.zzc
0 1 1
0
0
0 0 0
44

2
y.xx
55
0 0 0
0
0
0
3
0
0
y.xy

66
0 0 0
0
0
0
0
3
0
y.yz

0 0 0
0
0
0
0 0 3
y.zx
which is easily solved for the parameters ij .
362
Plasticity
17.2.3
RankineHill Anisotropic
A plane stress continuum model, which can capture different strengths and
softening characteristics in orthogonal directions, was formulated by Lourenco
[61], Lourenco, Rots & Blaauwendraad [64], and Lourenco, De Borst & Rots [62].
It is based on multi-surface plasticity, comprising of an anisotropic Rankine yield
criterion combined with an anisotropic Hill criterion for compression [Fig. 17.23].
Masonry is an example of a material for which this criterion applies, having
y
y
3 > 2 > 1 > 0 = 0
ft.y
ft.x
2
0 1
3
Rankine type
yield surfcae
Hill type
yield surfcae
Figure 17.23: RankineHill yield condition

different strengths parallel and perpendicular to the bed joints. The formulation
of the model is an extension of the Rankine Principal Stress model [ 17.1.5
p. 330].
Rankine. The yield criterion for the Rankine model reads
q
f = 12 T Pt + 12 T
with the projection matrix Pt and vector given by

1 1
1

Pt = 2 1 1
and
= 1
4
0
(17.197)
(17.198)
The parameter controls the shear stress contribution to failure and can be
expressed as
ft.x ft.y
=
(17.199)
u2
where ft.x and ft.y are the tensile strengths in the x and y direction respectively,
and u is the shear strength at zero normal stress. The normal Rankine value
is = 1. The reduced stress vector reads
=
(17.200)

with
363
x
y
=
xy
t.x
= t.y
and
(17.201)
Exponential softening is assumed in the orthogonal directions, described by

ft.x
= ft.x e gf x
t.x
ft.y
= ft.y e gf y
and
t.y
(17.202)
where gf x and gf y depict the inelastic work in the orthogonal directions. Regularization of the energy dissipation is achieved by assuming that the inelastic
work is uniformly distributed over the equivalent length h as follows
gf =
Gf
h
(17.203)
where h is related to the area of a finite element Ae (Feenstra [27])

p
h = h Ae
(17.204)
and h is one for quadratic elements and 2 for linear elements (Rots [87]).
Note that, in order to avoid snap-back at constitutive level, the element size
must be limited to
Gf E
h
(17.205)
ft2
Alternatively, regularization is achieved by adding a rate term to the cracking
stress (Van Zijl [106]). A simple viscous cracking model is given by
ft.x
= (ft.x + mx )
e gf x
t.x
ft.y
= (ft.y + my )
e gf y
and t.y
(17.206)
where m is the cracking viscosity, to be determined by inverse analysis. An

alternative cracking rate model has been derived from the activation energy
concept (Wu & Bazant [114]). This enhances the cracking stress as follows
ft.x

= ft.x e gf x
1 + k0 sinh1
+ k0 k1 ft.x sinh1
r
r
t.x
t.y
ft.y

+ k0 k1 ft.y sinh1
= ft.y e gf y
1 + k0 sinh1
r
r
(17.207)
where r is a constant, low reference crack velocity. The other two model
parameters k0 , k1 have no physical meaning and must be found by inverse
analysis. The softening is governed by the maximum principal plastic strain as
follows
q
= 1.p = 12 Tp P p + 12 T p
(17.208)
364
Plasticity
with
1 1
1
P = 2 1 1
(17.209)
The plastic strain follows from the flow rule

g
p =
(17.210)
with the plastic potential given by

q
g = 12 T Pg +
with
1
2
1 1
1
Pg = 2 1 1
(17.211)
(17.212)
By substitution of the plastic strains into (17.208) the equivalent strain increment reduces to
=
(17.213)
Hill. The Hill yield criterion is a rotated centered ellipsoid in the stress space,
expressed as
q
1
2
fc =
T Pc
c c
(17.214)
with the projection matrix
Pc =
c.y c
c.x c
c.y c
c.x c
(17.215)
The yield value

c is given by
c =
c.x
c.y
(17.216)
where
c.x and
c.y are the yield values along the x direction and y direction
respectively and c , which controls the hardening and softening behavior, is
given by the hardening hypothesis
c =
1 T
p = c
(17.217)
The parameters and determine the shape of the yield surface: rotates
the surface around the shear stress axis and can be determined from biaxial
365
compression tests (Lourenco [61]), controls the shear stress contribution to

failure and is calculated from
fc.x fc.y
=
(17.218)
u2
where u is the pure (material) shear strength.
The yield surface hardens, as described by a parabolic hardening rule, followed by parabolic/exponential softening [Fig. 17.24]. The peak strengths fc.x
fc.i
1i
2i
c.i
Gfc.i
h
m.i
i.i
3i
r.i
p
m.i
Figure 17.24: Hardeningsoftening law for Hill yield criterion

and fc.y are assumed to be reached simultaneously, i.e., isotropic hardening up
to the plastic strain p . However, the subsequent softening is orthotropic, governed by different fracture energies in the orthogonal directions (Gfc.x , Gfc.y ).
For practical reasons, all stress values in Figure 17.24 are related to the peak
strengths fc.i (i indicating either of the directions x or y) as follows:
i.i = 13 fc.i ,
1
1
m.i = 2 fc.i and

r.i = 7 fc.i . The three regions of this hardeningsoftening rule
are given by
s
2
2c
1i (c ) =
i.i + (fc.i
i.i )
2c
p
p

2
c p
(17.219)
2i (c ) = fc.i + (
m.i fc.i )
m.i p

c m.i
m.i fc.i
3i (c ) =
r.i + (
m.i
r.i ) exp 2
m.i p
m.i
r.i
The intermediate plastic strain value m.i is given by
75 Gfc.i
+ p
m.i =
67 h fc.i
(17.220)
where h is the equivalent mesh length of (17.204). To avoid snap-back at constitutive level, it is required that
fc.i
m.i
+ p
(17.221)
Ei
366
Plasticity
17.3
Viscoplasticity
Many materials behave such that the strength increases with increasing loading
rates and that relaxation occurs after some time. This is due to the effect that
high strain rates mobilize viscous effects in a material which carries a part of
the load, see Sluys [100]. Incorporation of these viscous effects in a plasticity
model results in a viscoplastic model. However, a viscoplastic model treats the
viscous and plastic aspects of material behavior simultaneously.
The total strain is decomposed into an elastic and a viscoplastic part conform
= e + vp
(17.222)
The stress is again defined by Equation (17.2)

= De
(17.223)
with D the material stiffness matrix. The viscoplastic strain rate vector vp now
depends on the specific viscoplastic model. The evolution of the internal state
variable is again defined by a general function = h(, p ). Diana supports
two viscoplastic models: one according to Perzyna [ 17.3.1], and another one
as proposed by Duvaut and Lions [ 17.3.2].
17.3.1
Perzyna
The Perzyna viscoplastic model relates the viscoplastic strain rate vector to a
specific function . This function usually depends on the current stresses and
one or more state variables that include the stressstrain history. However, it is
more convenient to write as a function of the yield function f and the internal
state variable . The direction of the viscoplastic strain vector is derived from
a viscoplastic potential function g = g(, ) as in rate-independent plasticity.
The Perzyna model defines the viscoplastic strain rate vector as
vp = h(f, )i
g
g
=
(17.224)
with the scalar the fluidity parameter. A high value of indicates a high
strain rate effect, even at low values of . The notation h(f, )i implies that
(
h(f, )i =
if
f 0
(f, ) if
f >0
(17.225)
Simo at al. [96] have shown that Perzyna viscoplasticity cannot be combined
with yield surfaces with singularities such as corners. In these cases the viscoplastic behavior at infinite times do not degenerate to the plastic behavior as
would be expected. Therefore in Diana only the Von Mises yield function is
considered [ 17.1.2 p. 321].
17.4 Volumetric Locking
367
Diana comprises two types of Power Law viscoplastic functions , which

look very similar.

n
f
1 =
(17.226)
y0
and

2 =
f
y
n
(17.227)
In (17.226) the value of the yield function is divided by a fixed quantity: the
initial yield stress y0 while in (17.227) it is divided by the current yield stress
y that may depend on the equivalent plastic strain . The evolution of the
internal state variable is assumed to be given by a viscoplastic strain hardening
hypothesis
q
(17.228)
= 2 vp vp = hi i =
3
17.3.2
ij
ij
Duvaut and Lions
The viscoplastic model proposed by Duvaut & Lions is more closely related to
the rate-independent plasticity theory. It is also applicable in combination with
yield surfaces which are not continuously differentiable, like MohrCoulomb and
DruckerPrager. See Sluys [100] for references.
The viscoplastic strain rate is now defined as
vp =
1 1
D { }
(17.229)
is the projection of the stress on the yield surface. The viscosity

in which
parameter represents the relaxation time of the material. The evolution of
the internal state variable is defined as
1
= (
)
(17.230)
where
is determined by the rate-independent plastic strain history.
17.4
Volumetric Locking
The accurate prediction of collapse loads in elastoplastic solids depends on the

choice of the element. The wrong choice of the element can easily result in an
overestimate of the collapse load of 30% or more. This spurious behavior is due
to the inability of some elements to describe the isochoric deformations which
occur at fully developed plastic flow. At fully developed plastic flow the stress
rate is equal to zero ( = 0) which results in the elastic strain rate e = 0. The
assumption of additive strain decomposition then leads to the volume-preserving
flow rule
= e + p = p = 0
(17.231)
368
Plasticity
Example. Consider the structure with two linear plane strain triangles as
shown in Figure 17.25. The straindisplacement relation for element 1 is given
v
2
1
1
Figure 17.25: Patch of two linear plane strain triangles

by
u1 = 0
u2 = 0
1 1 0 0
0 0
xx
0
u
=
u
3
yy
0 0 0 1 1
= 0
= v
v1 = 0

2xy
0 1 1 1 1 0
u
v
=
0
v3 = v
(17.232)
and for element 2 by
u3 = u
u4 = 0
1 1 0 0 0
0
xx
u
u
=
0
1
yy
0 0 1 1
= 0 0
= 0
v3 = v

2xy
0 1 1 1 1 0
v
v
=
0
v1 = 0
(17.233)
where the boundary conditions have been substituted. With the volume constraint (17.231), this leads for both elements to the condition u = 0 and v = 0,
i.e., the free node is completely fixed by the volume constraint. Consequently,
nonzero spurious elastic strain rates will occur at the collapse load. This leads
to an artificial increasing loaddeflection curve at a structural level and an overprediction of the collapse load.
Notorious for this behavior are the linear triangle and quadrilateral elements
in a plane strain or axisymmetric stress state. Also the quadratic quadrilateral
with full integration (3 3 Gauss) behaves poorly, especially in axisymmetric
situations. The same element with reduced integration (2 2 Gauss) gives
reasonable results. A patch of four linear triangles is also able to predict limit
loads accurately.
So far the discussion involved standard, displacement-based, Finite Element
17.4 Volumetric Locking
369
formulations. However, various mixed formulations have been published which

improve the behavior of elements for limit load analyses. There are two main
concepts for mixed formulations: assumed stress and assumed strain. Diana
offers the assumed strain formulation for various element types [Vol. Element
Library].
370
Plasticity
Chapter 18
Cracking
18.1
Smeared Cracking
The concept of a smeared crack model with strain decomposition was probably first proposed by Litton [60]. Ever since it has been used by many other
researchers, for instance De Borst & Nauta [22], Riggs & Powell [85], Rots [87].
Strain decomposition. The fundamental feature of the decomposed crack
model is the decomposition of the total strain into an elastic strain e and a
crack strain cr as
= e + cr
(18.1)
This decomposition of the strain allows also for combining the decomposed
crack model with for instance a plastic behavior of the concrete in a transparent
manner as proposed by De Borst [20].
The sub-decomposition of the crack strain cr gives the possibility of modeling a number of cracks that simultaneously occur. The basis feature of this
multi-directional fixed crack concept is that a stress si and strain ecr
i exists in
the n-t coordinate system that is aligned with each crack i [Fig. 18.1]. If the
t2 =
8
9
< ly =
my
:
;
0
t1
n2 =
8
9
< lx =
:
mx
;
0
n1
Figure 18.1: Multi-directional fixed crack model

372
Cracking
vector which assembles the crack strain of each individual crack is denoted by
ecr , this yields
cr
cr
cr T
ecr = h ecr
(18.2)
1 , e2 , . . . , ei , . . . , en i
T
cr
cr
.
Note
that
,
with the crack strain for crack i given by ecr

nt,i
nn,i
i
the discussion is restricted to a plane strain stress situation without loss of
generality. The relation between the global strain and the vector ecr is given by
the transformation
cr = Necr
(18.3)
with N the assembled transformation matrix
N = [N1 , N2 , . . . , Ni , . . . , Nn ]
(18.4)
with Ni the transformation matrix of crack i, which in the case of plane strain
is given by
2
lx
lx ly
m2
mx my
x
Ni =
(18.5)
n2x
nx ny
2lx mx lx my + ly mx
with nT = {lx , mx , nx } the normalized vector normal to the crack plane. In a
similar way it is possible to assemble a vector which contains the stress for each
crack
cr
cr
cr T
scr = h scr
(18.6)
1 , s2 , . . . , si , . . . , sn i
T

cr
cr
cr
with the crack stress for crack i given by s = nn,i , nt,i . The relation
between the global stress and the vector scr can be derived as
scr = NT
(18.7)
with the transformation matrix N given by (18.5). A basic assumption is that

the crack stresses are given as a function of the crack strains which results in
the general formulation
scr = f (ecr )
(18.8)
Modeling of coupling effects between the different cracks is possible within this
general formulation but taking coupling into account would lead to an increasing
and unnecessary level of sophistication. For this reason, the crack stresses are
solely governed by the corresponding crack strains,
cr
cr
s1 = f (e1 )
cr
scr
2 = f (e2 )
..
(18.9)
cr
cr
s
=
f
(e
)
i
i
..
cr
sn = f (ecr
n)
373
Crack initiation. The constitutive model is complete if the criterion for crack
initiation and the relation between the crack stresses and the crack strains have
been defined. The initiation of cracks is governed by a tension cut-off criterion
and a threshold angle between two consecutive cracks. For successive initiation
of the cracks Diana applies the following two criteria which must be satisfied
simultaneously:
The principal tensile stress violates the maximum stress condition.
The angle between the existing crack and the principal tensile stress exceeds the value of a threshold angle TD .
However, with these criteria it is possible that the tensile stress temporarily
becomes greater than three times the tensile strength while the threshold angle
condition was still not violated, see Rots [87].
Crack stressstrain relation. As defined in (18.9), the crack stresses in the
n-t coordinate system of the crack are determined by the corresponding crack
cr
strains, scr
i = f (ei ). A further simplification is made by ignoring the coupling
cr
cr
between the normal stress nn
and the shear stress nt
. This results in the
constitutive relation for crack i,
)
) "
#(
(
I
cr
Dsecant
0
cr
nn
nn
=
(18.10)
cr
cr
nt
nt
0
DII
where the subscript i has been dropped for convenience. The Mode-I secant
I
cr
modulus Dsecant
[Fig. 18.2], is determined by use of the softening relation nn
=
cr
fnn (nn ) according to:

fnn (cr
nn )
I
I
Dsecant.current
= min Dsecant.previous
,
(18.11)
cr
nn
In case of crack unloading, the secant stiffness remains constant. This means
cr
nn
cr
nt
I
Dsecant
II
Dsecant
cr
nn
cr
nt
Figure 18.2: Secant crack stiffness

that upon crack closing both the crack normal strain and the crack normal stress
374
Cracking
vanish. In Diana the Mode-II modulus DII is independent of the crack tangent
cr
strain nt
, as shown in Figure 18.2. The constitutive relations will be discussed
elaborately in 18.1.1 and 18.1.2.
The relation between the stress vector and the strain vector in the global
coordinate system can be derived starting from the strain decomposition (18.1),
which yields the relation for the global stress vector
= D { cr }
(18.12)
Substitution of (18.3) results in

= D { Necr }
(18.13)
cr
With the notation scr = Dcr
for (18.10), and after substitution of the
secant e
relation between the stress vector in the global coordinate system and the stress
vector in the crack coordinate system (18.7), the relation is written as
o
n
1
NT
(18.14)
= D N [Dcr
secant ]
which is written after some algebraic manipulations as

h
i
1
T
T
= D DN [Dcr
+
N
DN]
N
D
secant
(18.15)
Cracking parameters. The relation between the traditional cracking parameters the reduction factor of the Youngs modulus and the reduction factor
on the shear modulus can be derived easily from (18.15) and is illustrated
in Figure 18.3. Assume a plane stress situation with the linear-elastic stiffness
=
E
I
Dsecant
cr
+
G
II
Dsecant
cr
Figure 18.3: Relation between traditional and secant crack parameters
375
matrix given by
1
E
D=
1 2
0
1
0
1
2 (1 )
(18.16)
and assume that the crack coordinate system is aligned with the global coordinate system. In that case the transformation matrix reads
1 0
N=0 0
(18.17)
0 1
Substituting these relations into the stress-strain relation (18.15) results after
some algebraic manipulations into
E
E
0
2
1 2
1
xx
xx E
E
yy
0
yy =
(18.18)
1 2 1 2

xy
xy
E
0
0
2(1 + )
in which the traditional parameters and are related to the secant stiffness
I
II
parameters Dsecant
and Dsecant
I
Dsecant
=
18.1.1
E
1
II
Dsecant
=
G
1
(18.19)
Tension Softening Relations
cr
The relation between the crack stress nn
and the crack strain cr
nn in the normal
direction can be written as a multiplicative relation
cr
nn
cr
cr
nn (nn ) = ft y
(18.20)
cr
nn.ult
in which ft is the tensile strength and cr

nn.ult the ultimate crack strain. The general function y(. . . ) represents the actual softening diagram. In Diana both the
tensile strength and ultimate strain may be a function of temperature, (moisture) concentration or maturity. Therefore the development of tensile strength
and fracture energy in time can be simulated. If the softening behavior on the
constitutive level is related to the Mode-I fracture energy GIf through an equivalent length or crack bandwidth denoted as h , the following relation can be
derived
Z cr
GIf = h
nn =
cr
nn =0
cr
cr
nn
(cr
nn ) dnn
(18.21)
376
Cracking
Substitution of (18.20) into (18.21) results in
Z
GIf = hft
cr
nn =

y
cr
nn =0
cr
nn
cr
nn.ult

dcr
nn
(18.22)
with the assumption that ft is a constant. Change from the variable cr

nn to
x=
cr
nn
(18.23)
cr
nn.ult
cr
and consequently dcr
nn = nn.ult dx results in the relation
Z x=

I
Gf = hft
y(x) dx cr
nn.ult
(18.24)
x=0
where it is tacitly assumed that the ultimate crack strain cr

nn.ult is finite. The
final expression for the ultimate crack strain is now given by
cr
nn.ult =
1
GI
f
hft
with the factor determined by the integral

Z x=
=
y(x) dx
(18.25)
(18.26)
x=0
The factor cr
nn.ult is assumed to be constant during the analysis and is considered
to be an element-related material property, which can be calculated from the
material properties, the tensile strength ft , the fracture energy GIf and the
element area represented by the equivalent length h.
Mesh objectivity. The Mode-I fracture energy will be released in an element
if the tensile strength is violated and the deformations localize in the element.
With this approach the results which are obtained with the analysis are objective
with regard to mesh refinement. Unfortunately, it is possible that the elements
of the discretization are so large that the equivalent length of an element results
in a snap-back in the constitutive model and the concept of objective fracture
energy which has been assumed is no longer satisfied.
A snap-back in the constitutive model is possible if the absolute value of the
initial slope of the softening diagram is greater than the Youngs modulus of
the material, if it is assumed that the initial tangent of the tension softening
diagram results in the greatest value of the tangent stiffness. The condition
which has to be fulfilled then reads

cr
dnn

E
(18.27)

dcr
nn cr
nn =0
377
This can be expressed as

ft
cr
nn.ult

dy

dx
(18.28)
x=0
which results in an expression for the ultimate crack strain which reads

ft dy
cr
nn.ult
= cr
(18.29)

nn .ult.min
E dx
x=0
cr
nn.ult
with
determined by (18.25). If the condition given in (18.29) is violated,
there are various possibilities to solve this problem. Firstly, it is possible to
decrease the equivalent length h, but this property is an element property and
consequently a fixed value. Secondly, it is possible to increase the fracture
energy GIf since this will result in an increase the ductility of the material. The
final possibility is to decrease the tensile strength ft which results implicitly in
an increase of the ductility since the fracture energy remains constant in this
case.
The most obvious choice is to reduce the tensile strength because this has
some physical meaning. The probability of a reduced strength is larger if the
sampling area is larger. This implies that the tensile strength should be reduced
in larger elements since stress concentrations are not captured with these elements. So, if the condition of (18.29) is violated, the tensile strength should be
reduced to
GIf E
2

ft.red
=
(18.30)
dy
h

dx
x=0
Alternatively, the element size could be reduced such that the crack bandwidth
h , is equal to a maximum of
hmax =
18.1.1.1
GIf E

dy
2
ft

dx
(18.31)
x=0
Brittle Cracking
Brittle behavior is characterized by the full reduction of the strength after the
strength criterion has been violated [Fig. 18.4]. This model involves a discontinuity. Before the peak, there is only elastic strain. Beyond the peak, the stress
drops to zero immediately; the elastic strain vanishes and we have only crack
strain. The sudden stress drop, indicated by the dashed line in Figure 18.4, in
fact involves an energy dissipation which is related to the peak strain peak
nn and
the crack band width:
Gf = 12 ft peak
(18.32)
nn h
378
Cracking
nn
ft
nn
peak
nn
Figure 18.4: Brittle cracking behavior

with peak
nn being a fixed value equal to ft /E.
Consequently, a change of the element size, i.e., a change of the crack band
width h, involves a different energy consumption in case of brittle cracking.
In other words, a brittle cracking model is not objective with regard to mesh
refinement. With tension-softening models, the ultimate strain is adapted to h,
but with the brittle cracking model the ultimate strain is fixed and always equal
to ft /E so that a change in h leads to a different energy Gf being consumed.
For more information see Bazant & Cedolin [5].
The issue is relevant especially for large scale unreinforced structures. Then,
the element dimensions and the crack band width may be large, so that the
softening diagram becomes very steep, brittle or even of the snap-back type.
A solution may be to refine the mesh and make sure that the ultimate strain
of the softening diagram (see next section) is larger than ft /E. For reinforced
structures, the issue is less relevant as the post-peak input is based on tensionstiffening considerations for distributed cracking rather than fracture energy
considerations for a single localized crack.
18.1.1.2
Linear Tension Softening
In case of linear tension softening [Fig. 18.5] the relation of the crack stress is
cr
nn
ft
GIf /h
cr
nn.ult
cr
nn
Figure 18.5: Linear tension softening

given by
cr
1 nn
cr
nn
(cr
)
nn
cr
=
nn.ult
ft
0
cr
if 0 < cr
nn < nn.ult
if
cr
nn.ult
<
cr
nn
(18.33)
<
379
The factor for the ultimate crack strain is given by

Z
Z 1
Z
=
y(x) dx =
y(x) dx +
0
0 dx
1
1
=
0
(18.34)
1
(1 x) dx =
2
which results in an ultimate crack strain

GIf
hft
(18.35)
= 1
(18.36)
cr
nn.ult = 2
It is easily verified that

dy

dx
x=0
The minimum value of the ultimate crack strain is then given by

cr
nn.ult.min =
and the reduced tensile strength reads
r
ft =
18.1.1.3
ft
E
GIf E
h
(18.37)
(18.38)
Multilinear Tension Softening
Multilinear behavior is completely defined by the user. If you define the behavior
as shown in Figure 18.6 then the initial slope should comply with (18.29), so
cr
nn
(ft.0 , 0)
(ft.1 , cr
nn .1 )
(ft.n , cr
nn .n )
cr
nn
Figure 18.6: Multilinear tension softening

ft.1 ft.0
E
cr
nn .1
(18.39)
380
Cracking
18.1.1.4
Nonlinear Tension Softening (Moelands and Reinhardt)
The softening diagram proposed by Moelands & Reinhardt [83] is a modification

of the linear tension softening diagram according to
cr c1
nn
cr
cr
cr
if 0 < cr
1
nn (nn )
nn < nn.ult
cr
(18.40)
=
nn.ult
ft
0
cr
cr
if nn.ult < nn <
with c1 = 0.31 [Fig. 18.7]. The factor for the ultimate crack strain is now
snn
ft
GIf /h
cr
nn
cr
nn.ult
Figure 18.7: Nonlinear tension softening (Moelands and Reinhardt)

given by
Z
=
y(x) dx =
0
y(x) dx +
0
Z
=
0
0 dx
1
(18.41)
c1
(1 x ) dx =
1 + c1
c1
which results for a parameter c1 = 0.31 in = 0.23664122 and in an ultimate

crack strain for the tension softening diagram of Moelands and Reinhardt of
cr
nn.ult = 4.226
GIf
hft
(18.42)
The linear tension softening diagram is recovered if c1 = 1 which results in the

factor = 12 . The initial slope of the diagram is infinite which can be observed
from Figure 18.7 and the initial tangent given by

dy

= c1 xc1 1
=
(18.43)

dx
x=0
x=0
which results in a value equal to if the parameter c1 is less or equal to one.

For this tension softening diagram (c1 = 0.31), the initial stiffness dy/ dx =
which implies that the condition of (18.29) is always violated.

18.1.1.5
381
Nonlinear Tension Softening (Hordijk et al.)
Hordijk, Cornelissen & Reinhardt [17, 43] proposed an expression for the softening behavior of concrete which also results in a crack stress equal to zero at
a crack strain cr
nn.ult [Fig. 18.8]. The function is defined by

3 !

cr
cr
nn
nn
exp
c
...
1
+
c
2
1
cr
cr
nn.ult
nn.ult
cr
nn
(cr

cr
nn )
cr
(18.44)
=
crnn 1 + c31 exp(c2 ) if 0 < cr
nn < nn.ult
ft
nn.ult
cr
0
if cr
nn.ult < nn <
with the parameters c1 = 3 and c2 = 6.93. The parameter for the ultimate
cr
nn
ft
GIf /h
cr
nn.ult
cr
nn
Figure 18.8: Nonlinear tension softening (Hordijk et al.)

crack strain is given by
Z
Z
=
y(x) dx =
0
Z
=
y(x) dx +
1 + (c1 x)
0
0 dx
1

exp(c2 x) x 1 + c31 exp(c2 ) dx
(18.45)
12c31 12c31 c2 6c31 c22 2c32 2c31 c32

=
...
c4 c31 c42 + 12c31 exp(c2 ) + 2c32 exp(c2 )
2
. . . 2c42 exp(c2 )
which results in = 0.195 for the parameters c1 = 3 and c2 = 6.93. The
ultimate crack strain then reads
cr
nn.ult = 5.136
GIf
hft
(18.46)
382
Cracking
For the softening diagram of Hordijk et al., the following relation can be derived

dy

dx

3
3
= 3c1 (c1 x) c2 1 + (c1 x)
exp(c2 x) 1 + c1 exp(c2 )

x=0
x=0

= c2 1 + c31 exp(c2 )
(18.47)
The minimum value of the ultimate crack strain is then given by
ft
E
(18.48)

1
GIf E 2
ft = 0.739
h
(18.49)
cr
nn .ult.min = 6.957
and the reduced tensile strength reads
18.1.2
Shear Retention Relations
Due to the cracking of the material the shear stiffness is usually reduced. This
reduction is generally known as shear retention. Diana offers two predefined
relations for shear retention: full shear retention and constant shear retention.
18.1.2.1
Full Shear Retention
In case of full shear retention the elastic shear modulus G is not reduced: = 1
in Equation (18.19). This implies that the secant crack shear stiffness is infinite
II
Dsecant
=
18.1.2.2
(18.50)
Constant Shear Retention
In case of a reduced shear stiffness, the shear retention factor is less or equal
to one, but greater than zero. The crack shear stiffness is then given by the
general relation
II
Dsecant
=
G
(18.51)
1
18.2
Total Strain Crack Models
The constitutive model based on total strain is developed along the lines of the
Modified Compression Field Theory, originally proposed by Vecchio & Collins
[107]. The three-dimensional extension to this theory is proposed by Selby &
Vecchio [95], which theoretical description was followed during the implementation in Diana.
18.2.1
383
Coaxial and Fixed StressStrain Concept
A constitutive model based on total strain describes the stress as a function

of the strain. This concept is known as hypo-elasticity when the loading and
unloading behavior is along the same stressstrain path. In the current implementation in Diana, the behavior in loading and unloading is modeled differently with secant unloading [Fig. 18.9 p. 385]. Within the total strainstress
relationships, various approaches are possible.
Orthogonal crack models. One commonly used approach is the coaxial
stressstrain concept, in which the stressstrain relationships are evaluated in
the principal directions of the strain vector. This approach, also known as
the Rotating crack model, is applied to the constitutive modeling of reinforced
concrete during a long period and has shown that the modeling approach is
well suited for reinforced concrete structures. More appealing to the physical
nature of cracking is the fixed stressstrain concept in which the stressstrain
relationships are evaluated in a fixed coordinate system which is fixed upon
cracking. Both approaches are easily described in the same framework where the
crack directions nst are either fixed or continuously rotating with the principal
directions of the strain vector.
The basic concept of the Total Strain crack models is that the stress is
evaluated in the directions which are given by the crack directions. The strain
vector xyz in the element coordinate system xyz is updated with the strain
increment xyz according to
t+t
i+1 xyz
= t xyz +
t+t
i+1 xyz
(18.52)
which is transformed to the strain vector in the crack directions with the strain
transformation matrix T,
t+t
i+1 nst
=T
t+t
i+1 xyz
(18.53)
In a coaxial rotating concept the strain transformation matrix T depends on

the current strain vector, i.e.,

T = T t+t
(18.54)
i+1 xyz
whereas in a fixed concept the strain transformation matrix is fixed upon cracking. The behavior in compression is evaluated in a rotating coordinate system
when the material is not cracked, where in case of a fixed concept the compressive behavior is evaluated in the fixed coordinate system determined by the
crack directions.
The strain transformation matrix is determined by calculating the eigenvectors of the strain tensor, e.g. with the Jacobi method. The strain tensor is given
by
xx xy xz
E=
(18.55)
yx yy yz
zx zy zz
384
Cracking
The eigenvectors are stored in the rotation matrix R which reads
cxn cxs cxt

R= n s t =
cyn cys cyt
czn czs czt
(18.56)
with cxn = cos ij the cosine between the i axis and the j axis. The strain transformation matrix T is then calculated by substituting the appropriate values,
c2xn
c2xs
c2
T = xt
2cxn cxs
2cxs cxt
c2yn
c2zn
cxn cyn
cyn czn
c2ys
c2zs
cxs cys
cys czs
c2yt
c2zt
cxt cyt
cyt czt
2cyn cys 2czn czs cxn cys + cyn cxs cyn czs + czn cys
2cys cyt 2czs czt
cxs cyt + cys cxt
cys czt + czs cyt
czn cxn
czt cxt
czn cxs + cxn czs
czs cxt + cxs czt

czs cxs
2cxt cxn 2cyt cyn 2czt czn cxt cyn + cyt cxn cyt czn + czt cyn czt cxn + cxt czn
(18.57)
in a general three-dimensional stress situation. For the other stress situations
the appropriate sub-matrix should be taken. The constitutive model is then
formulated in the crack coordinate system which is generally given by

t+t
t+t
(18.58)
i+1 nst = i+1 nst
The updated stress vector in the element coordinate system is finally given by
t+t
i+1 xyz
= TT
t+t
i+1 nst
(18.59)
The strain transformation matrix T is given by the current strain transformation matrix TT ( t+t
i+1 xyz ) in the coaxial rotating concept. In a fixed concept
the strain transformation matrix T is given by the transformation matrix at
incipient cracking.
18.2.2
Loading and Unloading Determination
During loading the concrete is subjected to both tensile and compressive stress
which can result in cracking and crushing of the material. In a fixed stressstrain
concept the shear behavior is modeled explicitly with a relationship between
the shear stress and the shear strain. The deterioration of the material due
to cracking and crushing is monitored with six internal damage variables k ,
collected in the vector . Internal variables k = 1, . . . , nstr monitoring the
maximum strain, hence greater or equal zero, and variables k = nstr+1, . . . , 2
nstr monitoring minimum strain and hence smaller or equal zero [Fig. 18.9]. It
is assumed that damage recovery is not possible which implies that the absolute
values of the internal damage variables are increasing.
The loadingunloadingreloading condition is monitored with the additional
unloading constraints rk which are determined for both tension and compression
385
j
j+3
j
rj = 1 rj = 0
rj+3 = 0
rj+3 = 1
Figure 18.9: Loadingunloading

to model the stiffness degradation in tension and compression separately. In
tension the unloading constraints are given by
t+t
0 if i+1 k > k
rk =
k = 1, . . . , nstr
(18.60)
1 if t+t
k
k
i+1
and in compression by
t+t
0 if i+1 k3 < k
rk =
1 if t+t
k3 k
i+1
k = nstr + 1, . . . , 2 nstr
(18.61)
The update of the internal variables can be expressed as

t+t
i+1
with the matrix W given by
= 1 rk
Wk,k
W=
W
= 1 rk
k,knstr
= t + W
(18.62)
k = 1, . . . , nstr
(18.63)
k = nstr + 1, . . . , 2 nstr
With the assumption of no damage recovery, the stress in direction j is given

by
j = fj (, nst ) gj (, nst )
(18.64)
The uniaxial stressstrain relationship, fj , is usually not only a function of the
internal variable j , but also a function of the internal variables in the other
directions and the strain in the other directions, therefore fj (, ). If unloading
and reloading is modeled with a secant approach, determined by the maximum
386
Cracking
and minimum strain in each crack direction, the loading-unloading function,
denoted as g with 0 g 1, is given by
j j
if j > 0
1 j
gj =
(18.65)
1 j+nstr
if j < 0
j+nstr
The uniaxial stressstrain relationship (18.64), is based on the basic strength
in the crack directions f , multiplied by the loadingunloading function g. In
the material model which is developed in this project, the effect of confinement
and the effect of lateral cracking are taken into account in the basic strength
because not only the maximum strength is influenced, but in general also the
shape of the stressstrain curve.
18.2.3
Stiffness Matrix
In an incremental-iterative solution scheme, equilibrium between the internal

force vector and the external load vector is achieved with for instance a Newton
Raphson iterative procedure. For this purpose, the constitutive model should
also define the stiffness matrix which is utilized to achieve equilibrium.
In Diana two approaches to the stiffness matrix are used: a secant stiffness matrix and a tangent stiffness matrix. The first approach has proved to
be robust and stable in reinforced concrete structures with extensive cracking.
The latter has shown superiority in analysis where localized cracking and crack
propagation are the most important phenomena.
18.2.3.1
Tangent Stiffness Matrix
The tangent stiffness matrix in the element coordinate system is given by

D = TT Dtangent T
(18.66)
with T the strain transformation matrix, and Dtangent the tangent stiffness
matrix in the crack coordinate system. This tangent stiffness matrix can be
decomposed into four sub-matrices,
"
#
Dnn Dn
Dtangent =
(18.67)
Dn D
with Dnn the tangent stiffness sub-matrix of the normal components of the
local (crack) strain, D the tangent stiffness sub-matrix of the shear components of the local strain, and Dn and Dn the tangent stiffness sub-matrices
representing the coupling terms between the normal and the shear strain.
In a co-rotational concept the coupling sub-matrices are equal to zero and
the the sub-matrix D is dependent on the principal stress components as has
387
been derived by several authors [113, 87, 18, 27]. The sub-matrix reads
1 2
0
0
2(1 2 )
2 3
0
0
(18.68)
D =
2(2 3 )
3 1
0
0
2(3 1 )
It is clear that the shear stiffness terms are not independent on the stresses
in the principal directions. This is a direct result of the spin of the principal
coordinate system.
In a fixed concept the coupling sub-matrices are not necessarily zero but
depend on the specific relationship between the shear-retention and the normal
strain components. In general the sub-matrix Dn is equal to zero because the
normal stress components are not dependent on the shear components of the
strain vector. On the other hand, the sub-matrix Dn is given by
ns ns ns
nn ss
tt

st st
st
Dn =
(18.69)
nn ss
tt

tn tn
tn
nn ss
tt
which is equal to zero when the shear retention is independent upon the normal
(crack) strain. The shear terms of the tangent stiffness matrix is usually given
by

ns
0
0
ns
st
0
D = 0
(18.70)
st
tn
0
0
tn
The normal stiffness terms, Dnn , are partial derivatives as can be expected.
Because coupling due to lateral strain effects is included in the calculation of
the principal stresses, the off-diagonal terms are not equal to zero, and the
resulting matrix is non-symmetric.
nn nn nn
nn
ss
tt

ss
ss
ss
Dnn =
(18.71)
nn
ss
tt

tt
tt
tt
nn
ss
tt
388
Cracking
The starting point for the derivation of the stiffness terms Dnst is the stress
strain relation given in (18.64),
i = fi (, nst ) gi (, nst )
The derivative with respect to the principal strain vector, nst , reads
i
= gi (, nst )
nst
fi
T fi
+
nst nst
+

gi
T gi
fi (, nst )
+
nst nst
(18.72)
with the derivative of the internal variables with respect to the strain vector
/nst , given by the matrix W in (18.63), this results in
i
= gi (, nst )
nst

WT
fi
fi
+
nst

+

fi (, nst )
WT
gi
gi
+
nst

(18.73)
which is elaborated as
2
1
(m1 r1 + (1 m1 )r4 ) E
Dnst = 6
4
2
(m2 r2 + (1 m2 )r5 ) E
g1
6
6 0
4
g2
0 7
5
g3
g1
6
6 0
4
g2
7
0 7
5
g3
2 f
1
6 1
6
6
6 f2
6
6 1
6
4
f3
1
2 f
1
6 1
6
6
6 f2
6
6 1
6
4
f3
1
...
f2
2
...
f3
2
...
f1
2
f1 3
3 7
f2
2
f2 7
7+
3 7
f3
2
f3
3
7
7
f1 3 1 r1
6
6 7 6 0
76
76
f2 7 6 0
76
6 7 6 1 r4
76
56
f3 4 0
7
7+
5
3
(m3 r3 + (1 m3 )r6 ) E
f1
2
7
5
0
1 r2
0
0
1 r5
0
7
7
7
1 r3 7
7
7
0 7
7
0 7
5
(18.74)
1 r6
In (18.73) an additional status indicator mi is introduced which is determined

by the state of strain
(
1 if i > 0
mi =
(18.75)
0 if i 0
389
The secant stiffness terms are given by

j = fj (, nst )
E
j
(18.76)
and
j = fj (, nst )
E
(18.77)
j+nstr
respectively in the tensile and compressive regime. The tangent stiffness terms
are calculated with a forward-difference approach in which the j-th component
is disturbed with a small quantity h according to
fi
fi (, nst + hej ) fi (, nst )
=
j
h
(18.78)
and
fi
fi ( + haj , nst ) fi (, nst )
=
(18.79)
j
h
with the components of the vector ej equal to zero except for the j-th component. This holds also for the vector aj . The step length h for the forwarddifference approximation is taken equal to tolj , respectively tolj , with tol
the square-root of the machine precision which is assumed equal to 11016 .
The diagonal stiffness terms of the stiffness matrix Dnst given in (18.73) are
elucidated by writing the stiffness terms as
i
i +
= (mi ri + (1 mi )ri+nstr ) E
i

fi
fi
+ (1 ri+nstr )
gi (1 ri )
i
i+nstr
(18.80)
If a tensile strain state is active, i.e., mi = 1 and ri+nstr = 1, the stiffness term
further reduces to
i
i + gi (1 ri ) fi
= ri E
(18.81)
i
i
which results in a more convenient format
if unloading, i.e., ri = 1, gi 1
Ei
i
= f
(18.82)
i
i if loading, i.e., ri = 0, gi = 1
i
In a compressive strain state, i.e., mi = 0 and ri = 1, the stiffness term reduces
to
i
i + gi (1 ri+nstr ) fi
= ri+nstr E
(18.83)
i
i+nstr
which results in
if unloading, i.e., ri+nstr = 1, gi 1
Ei
i
=
(18.84)
i
fi
if loading, i.e., ri+nstr = 0, gi = 1
i+nstr
390
Cracking
18.2.3.2
Secant Stiffness Matrix
The secant approach which is followed is according to the stiffness of an orthotropic material with zero Poissons ratio in all directions. This results in the
secant stiffness matrix in the principal coordinate system

E1 0
0
0
0
0
0 E
2 0
0
0
0
3
0
0 E
0
0
0
(18.85)
Dsecant =
12
0
0 G
0
0
23
0
0
0
0
G
0
31
0
0
0
0
0
G
18.2.4
Lateral Expansion Effects due to Poissons Ratio
The Poisson effect of a material determines the lateral displacement of a specimen subjected to a uniaxial tensile or compressive loading. If these displacements are constrained a passive lateral confinement will act on the specimen.
This effect is considered important in a three-dimensional modeling of reinforced
concrete structures. In the work of Selby & Vecchio [95] this effect is modeled
through a pre-strain concept in which the lateral expansion effects are accounted
for with an additional external loading on the structure. This implies that the
computational flow of the finite element engine is adapted to this method.
The Poisson effect is taken into account via the equivalent uniaxial strain
concept. In case of linear-elastic behavior the constitutive relationship in a
three-dimensional stressstrain situation is given by
E

1

nst =
(18.86)
nst
(1 + )(1 2)
1
which can be expressed as
nst
= 0
0
E
0
E
1
(1 + )(1 2)
(1 + )(1 2)
(1 + )(1 2)
(1 + )(1 2)
1
(1 + )(1 2)
(1 + )(1 2)
(1 + )(1 2)

(1 + )(1 2) nst
(18.87)
(1 + )(1 2)
391
This relationship is now expressed in terms of equivalent uniaxial strains as
E 0 0
nst
nst = 0 E 0
(18.88)
0 0 E
nst defined by
with the equivalent uniaxial strain vector
(1 + )(1 2) (1 + )(1 2) (1 + )(1 2)
2 =
(1
+
)(1
2)
(1
+
)(1
2)
(1
+
)(1
2)
1
(1 + )(1 2) (1 + )(1 2) (1 + )(1 2)
3
(18.89)
or
nst = P nst
(18.90)
This concept is also applied to the nonlinear material model implemented in

Diana. The stress vector in the principal coordinate system, (18.58), is evalu123 , and not in terms of
ated in terms of the equivalent uniaxial strain vector,
the principal strain vector, nst . The equivalent uniaxial strain vector is simply
determined when the principal strain vector and the (constant) Poissons ratio
are known.
The tangent stiffness sub-matrix Dnst is slightly modified due to the equivalent uniaxial strain concept. The matrix is given by
Dnst =
with the matrix
18.2.5
nst
nst
=
P
nst
nst
(18.91)
nst
nst substituted for nst .
given by (18.73) with
nst
Tensile Behavior
The tensile behavior of reinforced concrete can be modeled using different approaches, one resulting in a more complex description than the other. For the
Total Strain crack model, four softening functions based on fracture energy are
implemented, a linear softening curve, an exponential softening curve, the nonlinear softening curve according to Reinhardt et al., and the nonlinear softening
curve according to Hordijk [43], all related to a crack bandwidth as is usual
in Smeared crack models. Tensile behavior which is not directly related to the
fracture energy can also be modeled within the Total Strain concept. A constant tensile behavior, a multi-linear behavior, and a brittle behavior are also
implemented. Finally, a general user-supplied subroutine USRCRV for the tensile
behavior is implemented [ 11.3.1 p. 228].
392
Cracking
18.2.6
Shear Behavior
The modeling of the shear behavior is only necessary in the fixed crack concept
where the shear stiffness is usually reduced after cracking. For the current
implementation in Diana, only a constant shear stiffness reduction is modeled,
i.e.,
Gcr = G
(18.92)
with the shear retention factor, 0 1. For the rotating crack concept
the shear retention factor can be assumed equal to one.
18.2.7
Compressive Behavior
Concrete subjected to compressive stresses shows a pressure-dependent behavior, i.e., the strength and ductility increase with increasing isotropic stress. Due
to the lateral confinement, the compressive stressstrain relationship is modified to incorporate the effects of the increased isotropic stress. Furthermore, it
is assumed that the compressive behavior is influenced by lateral cracking. To
model the lateral confinement effect, the parameters of the compressive stress
strain function, fcf and p , are determined with a failure function which gives
the compressive stress which causes failure as a function of the confining stresses
in the lateral directions.
If the material is cracked in the lateral direction, the parameters are reduced
with the factor cr for the peak strain, and with the factor cr for the peak
stress. A possible relationship is given in 18.2.7.2 on page 396. It is tacitly
assumed that the base curve in compression is determined by the peak stress
value fp = cr fcf , and the corresponding peak strain value p = cr p . In
summary,
fp = cr fcf
(18.93)
p = cr p
(18.94)
The base function in compression, with the parameters fp and p , is modeled

with a number of different predefined and user-defined curves. The predefined
curves are the constant curve and the brittle curve. Also available are the linear
hardening curve and the saturation hardening curve. Figure 6.6 on page 110
shows the available hardening-softening curves in compression. For the curve
according to Thorenfeldt and the parabolic curve we give some background
theory.
Thorenfeldt et al. [102]
This curve [Fig. 18.10] is described by
f = fp
p
n
!
nk
1
p
(18.95)
393
f
p
fp
Figure 18.10: Thorenfeldt compression curve

with
n = 0.80 +
fcc
17
1
;
k=
if p < < 0
(18.96)
0.67 + cc
62
if p
Parabolic. The parabolic curve in Diana is a formulation based on fracture

energy, according to Feenstra [27]. The parabolic curve is described by three
characteristic values [Fig. 18.11]. The strain c/3 , at which one-third of the
f
c/3
1
f
3 c
Gc
h
fc
Figure 18.11: Parabolic compression curve

maximum compressive strength fc is reached, is
c/3 =
1 fc
3E
(18.97)
The strain c , at which the maximum compressive strength is reached, is

c =
5 fc
= 5 c/3
3E
(18.98)
Note that c/3 and c are determined irrespective of of the element size or compressive fracture energy. Finally, the ultimate strain u , at which the material
is completely softened in compression, is
u = c
3 Gc
2 h fc
(18.99)
394
Cracking
The parabolic compression curve in Diana is now described by
fc
fc
f=
1 j
3 c/3
1
3
fc
if c/3 < j 0

1+4

1
j c/3
c c/3
j c
u c

2
j c/3
c c/3
2 !
if c < j c/3
2 !
if u < j c
if j u
(18.100)
It could now easily be verified that the fracture energy Gc and the characteristic
element length h govern the softening part of the curve only:
Zu
f dj = fc
c
1
j
3
j c
u c
3 !u
Gc

=

h
(18.101)
The total compressive fracture energy which has been found in experiments
ranges from 10 to 25 [N mm/mm2 ] which is about 50 to 100 times the tensile
fracture energy [27].
18.2.7.1
Compressive Behavior with Lateral Confinement
The increase of the strength with increasing isotropic stress is modeled with the
four-parameter Hsieh-Ting-Chen failure surface which is defined as
J2
J2
fc1
I1
f = 2.0108 2 + 0.9714
+ 9.1412
+ 0.2312
1=0
(18.102)
fcc
fcc
fcc
fcc
with the invariants J2 and I1 defined in terms of the stress in the concrete ci
according to

(18.103)
J2 = 16 (c1 c2 )2 + (c2 c3 )2 + (c3 c1 )2
I1 = c1 + c2 + c3
(18.104)
and fc1 the maximum concrete stress

fc1 = max(c1 , c2 , c3 )
(18.105)
which is not the maximum tensile stress but the maximum principal stress [12].
The parameters in (18.102) are determined by fitting of the uniaxial tensile and
compressive strength, the biaxial compressive strength, and experimental data
of triaxial tests on concrete specimen.
395
The stress fc3 is assumed to result in failure and is determined by scaling the
linear elastic stress vector c = s E nst such that the equation (18.102) holds.
The compressive failure stress in multi-axial stress situation is then given by
fc3 = s min(c1 , c2 , c3 )
(18.106)
If the scaling factor s is negative, thus resulting in a positive failure stress fc3 ,
the stress vector is scaled to the tensile side of the failure surface and the failure
strength is set equal to a large negative value ( 30 fcc ). The failure strength
fcf is given by
fcf = fc3
(18.107)
The peak stress factor K is given by Selby [95, Eq. (2.7)]
K =
fcf
1
fcc
(18.108)
and the peak strain factor is assumed to be given by

K = K
(18.109)
In unconfined compression, the values at the peak are given by the uniaxial
values compressive strength, and the peak stress factor is equal to one. The
parameters of the compressive stressstrain function now become
fcf = K fcc
(18.110)
p = K 0
(18.111)
with the value of the initial strain 0 is given by the relationship

0 =
n
fcc
n1
E
(18.112)
The equations given above result in a gradual increase of the maximum strength
in confined compression, with an initial slope of the stressstrain diagram given
by the Youngs modulus. In a full triaxial stress situation the failure surface
cannot be reached and a linear stressstrain relation is obtained [Fig. 18.12].
The increased ductility of confined concrete is modeled by a linear adaption
of the descending branch of the Thorenfeldt curve according to

j p
fj = fp 1 (1 r)
rfp
(18.113)
u p
with r the factor which models the residual strength of the material [Fig. 18.13].
The ultimate strain in compression is assumed to be determined by the ratio
between the peak strength and the compression strength and the strain at peak
according to

fp
u =
p
(18.114)
fcc
396
Cracking
f
unconfined
low lateral confinement
medium lateral confinement

triaxial loading
Figure 18.12: Influence of lateral confinement on compressive stressstrain curve

f
u
r fp
fp
Figure 18.13: Compressive behavior under lateral confinement

with the scalar to be determined, currently = 3 is assumed. The residual
strength r fp also depends on the ratio between the peak strength and the
compressive strength according to

fp
r=
r0
(18.115)
fcc
with r0 an initial value, assume r0 = 0.1.
The linear compressionsoftening relationship is only applied for the Thorenfeldt curve if the peak value fp is considerably larger than the compressive
strength fcc , assume fp /fcc > 1.05. In case of lateral compression and lateral cracking resulting in fp /fcc < 1.05, will not increase the ductility of the
material.
18.2.7.2
Compressive Behavior with Lateral Cracking
In cracked concrete, large tensile strains perpendicular to the principal compressive direction reduce the concrete compressive strength. The compressive
strength fp is consequently not only a function of the internal variable j , but
also a function of the internal variables governing the tensile damage in the
lateral directions, l,1 and l,2 . The reduction factors due to lateral cracking
are denoted as cr = cr (lat ) and cr = cr (lat
q), which are functions of
2 + 2 .
the average lateral damage variable given by lat = l,1
l,2
The relationship for reduction due to lateral cracking is the model according
397
to Vecchio & Collins [108, model B] [Fig. 18.14]

cr =
in which
1
1
1 + Kc
(18.116)

lat
0.37
Kc = 0.27
0
(18.117)
The factor cr is equal to one.

cr
1.2
1.0
Vecchio and Collins
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
lat
Figure 18.14: Reduction factor due to lateral cracking
18.2.8
Combination with Thermal or Concentration Expansion
When the Total Strain based cracking model is combined with thermal or concentration expansion, it is no longer a Total Strain based model in the strict
sense. Use of thermal or concentration expansion introduces a strain decomposition of the form
tot = exp + mech
(18.118)
In which
exp = (T ) T
or
exp = (T ) T
(18.119)
After subtraction of the expansion strain from the total strain, Diana uses the
remainder to determine the tensile, shear, and compressive behavior according
to the user-specified parameters.
18.2.9
Basic Material Parameters via Code Regulations
The basic material properties of concrete, Youngs modulus, tensile strength,

and fracture energy, can be derived from the compressive strength according to
international code regulations.
398
Cracking
18.2.9.1
The European CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16] gives relationships between the
compressive strength and the tensile strength, but also between the compressive
strength and the fracture energy. In order to facilitate the usage of the Total
Strain crack models, you may input the concrete grade and the maximum aggregate size, and Diana derives the basic material properties from this input
according to the Model Code 1990 regulations. The concrete grade according to
the Model Code 1990 defines the characteristic compressive strength, e.g. C60:
fck = 60 [MPa].
The Youngs modulus is estimated from the mean compressive strength, fcm ,
according to the following CEB-FIP Model Code relationship,

Ec = Ec0
fcm
fcm0
1
[MPa]
(18.120)
with the value Ec0 equal to 2.15 104 [MPa]. The reference mean compressive
strength, fcm0 , is equal to 10 [MPa]. The mean compressive strength is given
by
fcm = fck + f
(18.121)
where f = 8 [MPa]. The mean tensile strength is related to the characteristic
compressive strength according to

fct,m = fctk0,m
fck
fck0
2
3
[MPa]
(18.122)
with fctk0,m equal to 1.40 [MPa] and fck0 equal to 10 [MPa]. The fracture
energy is related to the compressive strength and the maximum aggregate size.
The relationship according to the Model Code reads

Gf = Gf0
fcm
fcm0
0.7
(18.123)
with fcm0 equal to 10 [MPa] and the value of Gf0 related to the maximum
aggregate size [Table 18.1].
Table 18.1: Coefficients for determination of the fracture energy
Fracture energy
Gf0
8
25
dmax
16 32
30 58
mm
J/m2
Chapter 19
Viscoelasticity
Viscoelasticity is a type of material behavior with memory, that is to say the
strain history affects the current stresses. For this type of behavior creep and
relaxation experiments are used. In creep experiments a stress is applied at
time zero and the strains are recorded as a function of time, the creep function.
In relaxation experiments a strain is applied at time zero and the stresses are
recorded as a function of time, the relaxation function.
Based on the principle of superposition, the creep or the relaxation function
can be used respectively to calculate the strain as function of the stress history or the stress as function of the strain history. This principle reduces the
applicability of the formulation to linear viscoelasticity.
A vital part of the finite element implementation of the viscoelastic models
is to find an algorithm in which it is not necessary to remember the complete
strain or stress history, because this would require too much computer memory
for real structures.
19.1
Relaxation Function
The Maxwell Chain model is based on a relaxation function E(t, ). The relation
between stresses and strains follows from
Z t
d
(t) =
E(t, )D
(19.1)
400
Viscoelasticity
is a dimensionless matrix that relates the three-dimensional deformation
Here D
states to the one-dimensional relaxation function by using Poissons ratio .
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

1
0
0
0
1
=
1 2
(19.2)
D
0
0
0
0
(1 + )(1 2) 0
1 2
0
0
0
0
0
1 2
0
0
0
0
0
2
To get the Maxwell model, the relaxation function is expanded in a truncated
Dirichlet series, resulting in the following exponential series.
E(t, ) =
n
X
E ( )e
(19.3)
=0
For a one-dimensional situation this relaxation function can be physically interpreted as a parallel chain of springs and dampers as in Figure 19.1. In (19.3)
E1
E2
En
E0
Figure 19.1: Maxwell Chain

E ( ) indicates that the stiffness of the model can be time dependent, for instance due to temperature or maturity influences. The stiffness of the spring
E and the viscosity of the damper in the physical model determine the
relaxation time .
(19.4)
=
E
Often the first element in the Maxwell Chain is represented by one single spring
or equivalently with 0 = .
If we substitute (19.3) into (19.1) for time t and time t + t, interchange
the order of summation and integration, and assume that nothing has happened
19.2 Creep Function
401
from time t = until t = 0, we get
(t) = D
n Z
X
E ( )e
(19.5)
=0
(t + t) = D
n Z
X
t+t
E ( )e
t+t
(19.6)
=0
We can calculate the stress increment by subtracting (19.5) from (19.6) where
the integral from 0 to t + t is split into a part from 0 to t and a part from t to
t + t. The partial stress in every element of the Maxwell Chain is called .
Z t
t
(t) = D
E ( )e d
(19.7)
0
If we assume a constant strain rate from t to t + t the stress increment follows

from

n
X
t
E (t )
=
1 e
D (t)
(19.8)
t
=0
Here t is a sampling point, usually halfway the time increment. This is only
relevant if Youngs modulus E changes during the analysis.
19.2
Creep Function
Viscoelastic behavior can also be described by a creep (or retardation) function

J(t, ). The Kelvin Chain model and the Double Power law are examples of
creep functions, both are implemented in Diana. In a creep function, the
relation between stresses and strains follow from:
Z t
(
) d
(t) =
J(t, )C
(19.9)
The dimensionless matrix
1
1
C=
0
0
0
0
0
is set up as a function of Poissons ratio :

C
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
(19.10)
0 2(1 + )
0
0
0
0
2(1 + )
0
0
2(1 + )
402
Viscoelasticity
If we assume that nothing has happened from time t = to 0 we can calculate
the strain increment from t to t + t as follows.
Z t

(
) d
=
J(t + t, ) J(t, ) C
0
t+t
(
) d
J(t + t, )C
(19.11)
For implementation in a displacement based Finite Element Method, Equation

(19.11) is rearranged such that the stress increment is a function of the strain
increment and stress history, see De Borst & Van Den Boogaard [24]. Assuming
that the stress varies linearly over the time increment, utilizing a generalized
mid-point rule (t t t + t) and using the dimensionless stiffness matrix
=C
1 , the stress increment equals
D
)D
= E(t
+ (t)
with
1
1
=
)
t
E(t
and
Z
)
(t)
= E(t
(19.12)
t+t
J(t + t, ) d
(19.13)

) d
J(t + t, ) J(t, ) (
(19.14)
represents the equivalent stiffness.

From (19.12) it can be argued that E
19.2.1
Kelvin Chain Model
The creep function can be written as a Dirichlet series

J(t, ) =

t
1
1 e
E ( )
=0
n
X
(19.15)
E ( ) indicates that the stiffness of the model can be time dependent, for instance due to temperature or maturity influence. Physically the Dirichlet series
can be interpreted as a Kelvin Chain model [Fig. 19.2]. The stiffness and visE1
E2
En
E0
Figure 19.2: Kelvin Chain

cosity of the spring and damper in each part of the Kelvin Chain determine the
retardation time :
=
(19.16)
E
19.2 Creep Function
403
Substitution of (19.15) into (19.13) and (19.14) yields

n Z

t+t
1
1 X t+t 1
1 e
=
d
)
t =0 t
E ( )
E(t
(19.17)
and
)
(t)
= E(t
n Z
X
=0
t
t
1
) d
1 e e (
E ( )
(19.18)
If we take for E ( ) the value at time t we can integrate the remaining part of
the integrals analytically.

n

X
t
1
1

=
1
1e
)
E (t )
t
E(t
=0
and
)
(t)
= E(t
n
X

t
(t)
1 e
(19.19)
(19.20)
=0
with
(t) =
t
1
) d
e (
E ( )
(19.21)
(t) is fully determined at the start of the increment (time t). To

The value of
find the value at the start of the next increment we write
Z t
Z t+t
t+t
t+t
1
1
(t + t) =
) d +
) d
e (
e (
E ( )
0 E ( )
t

t
t

(t) +
e
1
e
(19.22)
E (t )t
19.2.2
Double Power Law
Another example of a creep function J(t, ) is the Double Power Law which
reads

1
J(t, ) =
1 + d (t )p
(19.23)
E( )
This relation is restricted to p > 0, therefore the momentary compliance at
1
time t is J(t, t) = E(t)
. To circumvent storage of the entire history, the part
p
f (t) = (t ) is expanded into a Taylor series around t = td . Truncating
the Taylor series to powers of 5 and collecting equal powers of results in
f (t ) =
5
X
hr (t td ) r
(19.24)
r=0
404
Viscoelasticity
With hr a function of t td , depending on the power p. The Taylor series
converges to the required creep function at the interval 0 < t < 2td . The
development point td should therefore be taken halfway the maximum analysis
time. Substitution of (19.23) and (19.24) into (19.13) and (19.14) yields
1
1
=
E(t )
E(t )
!
5
X (t + t)rd+1 trd+1
1+
hr (t + t td )
(19.25)
t r=0
rd+1
and
)
(t)
= E(t
5
X
r (t)
(hr (t + t td ) hr (t td ))
(19.26)
r=0
where
Z
r (t) =
1 rd
d
E( )
(19.27)
can be calculated by summation during the analysis as

The item
Z
r (t + t) =
r (t) +
t+t
1 rd
d
E( )
(t + t)rd+1 trd+1
r (t) +
E(t ) t
rd+1
19.3
(19.28)
Determination from Creep or Relaxation

Curves
Viscoelastic relations between strain and stress are generally available from experiments or Model Codes. Usage of creep curves is most common. Creep
curves describe the instantaneous and transient strain after a unit force loading. Occasionally also relaxation curves are used, they give the instantaneous
and transient stress after a unit deformation loading.
Diana uses curve fitting to determine the properties of viscoelastic chains.
Creep curves are fitted on Kelvin chains [Eq. (19.15) p. 402], and relaxation
curves are fitted on Maxwell chains [Eq. (19.3) p. 400]. A transformation from
creep to relaxation enables determination of the properties of Maxwell chains
from creep curves.
19.3.1
Curve Fit
The stiffness of the unit without dashpot can be determined directly, as is

clarified by the next two observations [Fig. 19.3].
19.3 Determination from Creep or Relaxation Curves
n
X
405
Ei
E0
i=0
n
X
1
1
E0
i=0
Ei
t
(a) Maxwell relaxation
(b) Kelvin creep
Figure 19.3: Curve fitting

Pn
In Maxwell chains [Fig. 19.3a], the sum of the stiffnesses i=0 Ei ( ) equals
the instantaneous stiffness, and the stiffness E0 ( ) of the unit without
dashpot represents the final stress after relaxation.
In Kelvin chains [Fig. 19.3b], the stiffness of the unit without dashpot
E0 ( ) represents
Pn the instantaneous stiffness, and the sum of the reciprocal
stiffnesses i=0 Ei1( ) equals the final strain after creep at t = .
The stiffnesses and relaxation or retardation times of the other units in the chain
are obtained by a nonlinear least squares method, developed by the Argonne
National Laboratory. The initial stiffnesses and relaxation or retardation times
are iteratively adapted by minimizing the sum of quadratic differences between
the given curve f and the approximated curve f at n discrete sampling ages.
error =
n
X
(fi fi )
(19.29)
i=1
For discrete curves, the sampling ages are input directly. For Model Code curves,
the sampling ages are logarithmic distributed.
19.3.2
From Creep to Relaxation
A uniaxial strain increment during a time interval t can be expressed in the

following incremental form, using two creep convolution integrals:
(t + t) (t) =
Z t+t
Z t
J (t + t, )(
) d +
(J (t + t, ) J (t, )) (
) d
t
(19.30)
The first integral is approximated using

Z
t+t
(t + t) (t)
t
J (t + t, ) d J (t , t )t
(19.31)
(19.32)
406
Viscoelasticity
with t a sampling age t t t + t. The relaxation curve E(t, ) can then
be obtained by putting (t + t) (t) = 0 and by solving the second integral
numerically. The total time interval to t is partitioned into n = 1, m time increments. Each time increment n the strain increments from the superposed creep
curves of previous stress increments are balanced by a new stress increment.
1 =
1
J (t1 , t1 )
(19.33)
n =
n1
X
1
(i (J (tn , ti ) J (tn1 , ti )))
J (t , t ) i=1
(19.34)
E(tn , t1 ) =
n
X
(19.35)
i=1
For the sampling age is used t = 100.5(log(tn1 )+log tn ) , assuming logarithmic

development of transient stress.
19.3.3
Concrete Aging
For materials like young concrete, the instantaneous and transient part of creep
or relaxation depend on the age at loading. Diana determines age-dependent
stiffnesses from the concrete Model Codes by scaling for Kelvin chains and by
independent fits for Maxwell chains.
One scaled fit. The aci and ceb-fip concrete Model Codes use a separate
scaling for the instantaneous part and the transient part of a creep curve.
J (t, ) =
1
E ( ) E ( = 28)
+
1
0 (RH, fcm , = 28) c (t) (19.36)
( ) E ( = 28)
The scaling functions E and are derived from the codes, and they are used
by Diana to scale the stiffnesses E0 and Ei of a Kelvin chain, fitted at = 28.
E0 ( ) = E ( )E0 ( = 28)
(19.37)
Ei ( ) = ( )Ei ( = 28)
(19.38)
Multiple fits. Relaxation curves which are derived from model codes via aging creep curves, are not scalable in the same way as the original creep curves
are. Therefore Diana determines age-dependent Maxwell stiffnesses by independent curve fits for each sampling age. The relaxation times are determined
during the fit at the first sampling age and they are fixed during the fits at the
next sampling ages. Stiffnesses at intermediate ages are obtained by multi-linear
interpolation.
Chapter 20
Time Effects on Concrete

Properties using Model
Codes
This chapter briefly describes the material properties that Diana deals with
when using model codes for modeling delayed deformations of concrete, such as
creep and shrinkage. The aim of this chapter is just to draw up a resume of the
related specifications of the various model codes available in Diana.
20.1
The CEB-FIP Model Code 1990 [16] discerns three cement types: RS for Rapid
Hardening High Strength, N&R for Normal and Rapid Hardening, SL for
Slowly Hardening. Table 20.1 gives the values for creep and shrinkage coefficients for each cement type.
Table 20.1: Coefficients for CEB-FIP Model Code
Creep
Shrinkage
Cement type
RS
N&R
SL
0.20
0.25
0.38
1
0
1
8
5
4
408
Time Effects on Concrete Properties using Model Codes
20.1.1
Development of Strength with Time
The compressive strength of concrete fcm at an age of t days depends on the

type of cement, temperature and curing conditions. It could be estimated as
fcm (t) = cc (t) fcm28
(20.1)
in which fcm28 is the mean compressive strength at the age of twenty-eight days
and cc is a time dependent coefficient whose expression is
s
!!
28
cc (t) = exp s 1
(20.2)
teq
Coefficient s depends on the type of cement [Table 20.1].
Parameter teq is the equivalent age of concrete, defined as
Z
teq =
cA
0
1
1
Tref
T ( )

dt
(20.3)
in which T ( ) is the temperature of concrete at an age of days, Tref is the

reference temperature equals to 293 K, cA is the Arrhenius constant equals to
4000 K1 . The characteristic value of the tensile strength ftk at an age of t
days may be estimated from

ftk (t) = ftko,m
fck (t)
fcko
23
(20.4)
with ftko,m = 1.4 MPa, fcko = 10 MPa and where fck is the characteristic
concrete compressive strength defined as
fck (t) = fcm (t) f
(20.5)
where f = 8 MPa and fcm is the mean compressive strength of concrete in

(20.1).
20.1.2
Development of Modulus of Elasticity with Time
The modulus of elasticity of concrete Ec at an age of t days may be estimated

from
p
Ec (t) = cc (t) Ec28
(20.6)
where Ec28 is the modulus of elasticity at the age of twenty-eight days and cc
is the time dependent coefficient in (20.2).
20.1 CEB-FIP Model Code 1990
409
20.1.3
Creep
20.1.3.1
Assumptions and Related Basic Equations
Within the range of service stresses |c | < 0.4fcm (t0 ), creep is assumed to be
linearly related to the stress. The creep function J(t, t0 ), also called the creep
compliance [Eq. (19.9) p. 401], may be formulated as
J(t, t0 ) =
(t, t0 )
1
+
Ec (t0 )
Ec28
(20.7)
where E(t0 ) is the module of elasticity at the concrete age of loading t0 (20.6),
and (t, t0 ) is the creep coefficient. The effects of the cement type and the
curing temperature may be taken into account by modifying the age at loading
according to
! !
9
t0,mod = max 0.5, t0,T
+1
(20.8)
2 + t1.2
0,T
where is a coefficient which depends and the cement type [Table 20.1], and
t0,T is defined as

Z t0
1
1
t0,T =
cA
dt
(20.9)
Tref
T ( )
0
20.1.3.2
Creep Coefficient
The creep coefficient may be calculated from

(t, t0 ) = 0 c (t t0 )
(20.10)
where 0 is the notational creep coefficient and c (t t0 ) is the coefficient

which describes the development of creep with time after loading. These two
coefficients are respectively defined in (20.11) and (20.16). The notational creep
coefficient may be calculated from
0 = RH (fcm28 ) (t0 )
with
RH
RH0
=1+
13
h
0.46
h0
(20.11)
RH
(fcm28 ) =
(t0 ) =
5.3
fcm28
fcm0
1
1
12
(20.12)
(20.13)
(20.14)
0.1 + t05
410
2Ac
(20.15)
u
where RH is the relative humidity of the ambient environment [%], RH0 =
100%, h is the notational size of the concrete member in mm (with Ac the
cross-section and u the perimeter in contact with the atmosphere) and h0 = 100
mm.
The development of creep with time is given by
h=

c (t t0 ) =
(t t0 )
H + (t t0 )
0.3
(20.16)
with
!

18 !
RH
h
H = min 1500, 150 1 + 1.2
+ 250
RH0
h0
20.1.4
(20.17)
Shrinkage
The total shrinkage strains s at an age of t days may be calculated from

s (t, ts ) = so s (t ts )
(20.18)
where so is the notational shrinkage coefficient in (20.19), (t ts ) is the coefficient to describe the development of shrinkage with time in (20.22), and ts
is the age of concrete in days at the beginning of shrinkage. The notational
shrinkage coefficient so may be obtained from
so = s (fcm28 ) RH
with
RH
(20.19)

fcm28
s (fcm28 ) = 160 + 10 9
106
fcmo

3 !
1.55 1 RH
for 40% RH < 99%
RH0
=
0.5
for RH 99%
(20.20)
(20.21)
where is a cement dependent shrinkage coefficient [Table 20.1].

The development of shrinkage with time is related to the notational size h
of the concrete member, defined in (20.15), by
12
s (t ts ) =
(t ts )
2
h
350
+ (t ts )
h0
(20.22)
20.2 ACI 209 Model Code
20.2
411
ACI 209 Model Code
The ACI 209 Model Code [1] discerns cement types I and III and two curing
methods: with moist or with steam. Table 20.2 gives the various coefficients to
determine the material properties.
Table 20.2: Coefficients for ACI Model Code
a
Strength
Shrinkage MC
20.2.1
Cement type
I
III
4.0
2.3
1.0
0.7
0.85
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.20
1.10
1.00
0.93
0.86
0.75
Curing
moist
steam
moist
steam
moist
moist
moist
moist
moist
moist
duration
ts [days]
1
3
7
14
28
90
For prediction of the compressive strength fc at any time t [days], the following
equation is indicated
t
fc (t) =
fc28
(20.23)
a+t
where a and are constants depending in curing and cement type [Table 20.2],
and fc28 is the compressive strength at the age of twenty-eight days. The direct
tensile strength may be calculated from the unit weight of concrete w [kg/m3 ]
according to
p
ft (t) = 0.0069 w fc (t)
(20.24)
20.2.2

from
p
Ec (t) = 0.043 w3 fc (t)
(20.25)
Using (20.23), the modulus of elasticity can be rewritten as:
r
t
Ec (t) = Ec28
a+t
(20.26)
412

where Ec28 is the modulus of elasticity of concrete at twenty-eight days, defined
as
p
Ec28 = 0.043 w3 fc28
(20.27)
20.2.3
Creep
20.2.3.1
Related Basic Equation
In the ACI 209 Model Code, the creep function J(t, t0 ) is expressed as
J(t, t0 ) =
1
( 1 + (t, t0 ) )
Ec (t0 )
(20.28)
where Ec (t) has been defined in (20.26) and (t, t0 ) is the creep coefficient with
t0 the age of loading.
20.2.3.2
Creep Coefficient
The creep coefficient (t, t0 ) is given by

(t, t0 ) =
(t t0 )0.6
u
10 + (t t0 )0.6
(20.29)
where u is the ultimate creep coefficient defined as

u = 2.35 LA RH VS SL FA AC
(20.30)
in which LA , RH , VS , SL , FA , AC are the creep correction factors given

respectively in (20.33), (20.34), (20.36), (20.38), (20.40), and (20.43).
20.2.4
Shrinkage
The total shrinkage strain at an age of t days may be calculated from
(t ts )
35 + (t ts ) su for moist curing (ts 7 days)

s (t ts ) =
(20.31)
(t ts )
su for steam curing (ts 1 day)
55 + (t ts )
where ts is the duration of the initial wet curing and su is given by
su = ( 780 MC RH VS SL FA CC AC ) 106
(20.32)
in which MC , RH , VS , SL , FA , CC , AC are the shrinkage correction factors

given respectively in Table 20.2, depending on the duration of the curing, and
in (20.35), (20.37), (20.39), (20.41), (20.42), and (20.44).
20.2 ACI 209 Model Code
413
20.2.5
Correction Factors
20.2.5.1
Non-standard Concrete Conditions
Loading age.
defined as
LA =
The correction factor LA is just applicable to creep and is
1.25 (t0 )0.118
for moist curing (t0 7 days)
1.13 (t )0.094
0
for steam curing (t0 1 day)
(20.33)
Initial moist curing. For shrinkage of concrete, cured with moist during a
period of time other than seven days, the shrinkage correction factors presented
in Table 20.2 are used.
Ambient relative humidity. The parameters RH and RH are related to
the relative humidity RH [%] of the ambient atmosphere according to
RH = 1.27 0.0067 RH
(
1.4 0.01RH for 40% RH 80%
RH =
3.0 0.03RH for 80% < RH 100%
(20.34)
(20.35)
Volumesurface ratio of the concrete member. The volumesurface ratio V /S of the concrete member, equal to half its notational size h in (20.15),
defines the parameters VS and VS according to

2
V
VS =
1 + 1.13 exp 0.0213
(20.36)
3
S

V
VS = max 0.2, 1.2 exp 0.00472
(20.37)
S
20.2.5.2
Concrete Composition
Slump. The parameters SL and SL are related to the observed slump s [mm]
according to
SL = 0.82 + 0.00264 s
(20.38)
SL = 0.89 + 0.00161 s
(20.39)
Fine aggregate percentage. The parameters FA and FA are related to

the ratio f [%] of the fine aggregate to total aggregate by weight according to
FA = 0.88 + 0.0024 f
(
0.30 + 0.014 f
FA =
0.90 + 0.002 f
(20.40)
for f 50%
for f > 50%
(20.41)
414

Cement content. The correction factor CC is just applicable to shrinkage
and is defined via the cement content c [kg/m3 ] according to
CC = 0.75 + 0.00061 c
(20.42)
Air content. The parameters AC and AC are defined via the air content a
[%] according to
20.3
AC = max(1, 0.46 + 0.09 a)
(20.43)
AC = 0.95 + 0.008 a
(20.44)
NEN 6720 Model Code
The NEN 6720 Model Code [76] just deals with non-aging material properties.
Thus, it is not possible to specify a time dependency for the strength and the
modulus of elasticity.
20.3.1
Creep
In the NEN 6720 Model Code, the creep function J(t, t0 ) is expressed as
J(t, t0 ) =
1
( 1 + (t, t0 ) )
Ec
(20.45)
where Ec is the concrete modulus of elasticity and (t, t0 ) is the creep coefficient
which can be expressed as
(t, t0 ) = min( kc kd kb kh kt , max )
(20.46)
Table 20.3 gives the dependency of the various coefficients. Factor kc depends
on the relative humidity RH of the ambient environment. Factor kd depends
on the age of loading t0 and on the cement class. Factor kb depends on the
characteristic compressive strength of concrete fck in (20.5). Factor kh depends
on the notational size of the concrete member h in (20.15). Factor kt depends
on the load duration t = t t0 and equals to
kt =
t + 0.04 h3
(20.47)
Finally, max is the expected maximum value of the creep coefficient which
depends on the characteristic compressive strength of concrete fck and on the
relative humidity of the ambient environment RH.
20.3 NEN 6720 Model Code
415
kc
Factors
kd
kb
Max. creep coeff.
kh
20.3.2
max
2.6 1.9 1.4 1.0 2.6

1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.5
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
1.20
1.00
0.85
0.75
0.70
4.2 3.1 2.3 1.7 4.2
3.6 2.7 2.0 1.4 3.6
3.2 2.4 1.8 1.2 3.2
2.8 2.1 1.5 1.1 2.8
2.4 1.8 1.3 0.9 2.4
2.2 1.6 1.2 0.8 2.2
Loading age
Compr. str.
Notat. size
100
85100
6085
060
100
Cement class
B&C
85100
6085
060
A
RH [%]
Rel. humid.
Table 20.3: Creep coefficients for NEN 6720 Model Code
t0
fck
[MPa]
h
[mm]
1.9 1.4 1.0

1.7
1 d.
1.4
3 d.
1.1
7 d.
0.9
14 d.
0.7
28 d.
0.5
90 d.
0.3
1 y.
15
25
35
45
55
65
50
100
200
300
500
3.1
2.7
2.4
2.1
1.8
1.6
2.3
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
1.2
1.7
1.4
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.8
15
25
35
45
55
65
Shrinkage
The total shrinkage strain at an age of t days may be calculated from

(t, ts ) = min( 0 kb kh0 kp kt , max )
(20.48)
where 0 is the basic shrinkage depending on the relative humidity RH of the

ambient environment [Table 20.4]. Factor kb depends on the characteristic compressive strength of concrete fck [Table 20.3]. Factor kh0 depends on the notational size of the concrete member h [Table 20.4]. Factor kp depends on the
416
Basic shrinkage
Factor
Max. shrinkage
0 [ ]
kh0
max
0.40 0.25 0.10

1.20
1.05
0.80
0.65
0.55
0.50
0.54 0.34 0.14
0.47 0.29 0.12
0.41 0.26 0.10
0.36 0.23 0.09
0.31 0.20 0.08
0.27 0.18 0.07
Compr. str.
Notat. size
100
85100
RH [%]
6085
Rel. humid.
060
Table 20.4: Shrinkage coefficients for NEN 6720 Model Code
fck
[MPa]
h
[mm]
0
50
100
200
300
400
500
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
25
35
45
55
65
reinforcement ratio w
0 such as
kp =
1
1 + 0.2 w
0
(20.49)
Factor kt depends on the time since shrinkage starts t = t ts as given in

(20.47). Finally, max is the expected maximum value of the shrinkage strain
depending on the characteristic compressive strength of concrete fck and on the
relative humidity RH of the ambient environment [Table 20.4].
20.4
JSCE Model Code
The JSCE Model Code [54] discerns three cement types: RS for Rapid Hardening High Strength, N&R for Normal and Rapid Hardening, SL for Slowly
Hardening. Table 20.5 gives the values for three coefficients for each cement
type.
20.4 JSCE Model Code
417
Table 20.5: Constants for JSCE Model Code
a
b
d
Strength
20.4.1
Cement type
RS
N&R
SL
2.9
4.5
6.2
0.97
0.95
0.93
1.07
1.11
1.15
For prediction of compressive strength at any time t [days], the following equation is indicated
t
fc91
(20.50)
fc (t) =
a + bt
where the constants a and b depend on the cement type [Table 20.5]. Parameter
fc91 is the concrete compressive strength at the age of ninety-one days. When
employing fc28 as the design compressive strength, one shall use the relationship
fc91 = d fc28
(20.51)
where d is a constant which also depends on the cement type [Table 20.5]. The
direct tensile strength may be calculated according to
p
ft (t) = 0.44 fc (t)
(20.52)
20.4.2

from
p
Ec (t) = 4700 (t) fc (t)
(20.53)
where fc is the concrete compressive strength (20.50), and is a modification
factor which may be calculated from
0.73
for 0 t < 3 days
(t) = 0.135 t + 0.325 for 3 days t < 5 days

(20.54)
1.00
for t 5 days
Using (20.50), the modulus of elasticity may be rewritten as
r
t
Ec (t) = Ec91 (t)
a + bt
(20.55)
where Ec91 is the modulus of elasticity of concrete at the age of ninety-one days,
defined as
p
Ec91 = 4700 fc91
(20.56)
418
20.5
JCI Model Code
See [52].
20.5.1
The compressive strength fc and the tensile strength ft are defined by the JCI
Model Code as
fc (t) = c (t) fc28
(20.57)
ft (t) = t (t) ft28
(20.58)
where fc28 and ft28 respectively are the compressive and the tensile strength of
concrete at the age of twenty-eight days. Parameters c (t) and t (t) are defined
as
c (t) = 0.2289 ln(teq ) + 0.235
(20.59)
t (t) = 0.2632 ln(teq ) + 0.275
(20.60)
where teq is the Japanese equivalent age defined as

Z
teq =
0
T ( ) Tref
d
T0 Tref
(20.61)
in which T ( ) is the temperature of concrete at an age of days, Tref is a

reference temperature and T0 is the datum temperature under which hydration
ceases.
20.5.2

from

p
Ec (t) = 1.4367 3 c (t) 0.4396 Ec28
(20.62)
where Ec28 is the concrete modulus of elasticity at the age of twenty-eight days
and fc is the compressive strength of concrete (20.57).
Chapter 21
Interface Nonlinearities
The modeling of geometric discontinuities like discrete cracks in concrete ,
joints in rock and masonry, and bond-slip layers in reinforced concrete is
most conveniently done with Dianas multipurpose structural interface elements. These elements relate the forces acting on the interface to the relative
displacement of the two sides of the interface as shown in Figure 21.1 for the
n
t
Figure 21.1: Two-dimensional interface element

two-dimensional configuration. See also Volume Element Library, for instance
the description of the L8IF element.
In this section we describe the relations for the two-dimensional configuration, i.e., the line interface elements, but in general the relations are also
valid for the three-dimensional case. The traction vector t is defined for the
two-dimensional case as

tn
t=
(21.1)
tt
and the vector which collects the relative displacements as

un
u =
dt
(21.2)
The linear constitutive relation between the traction vector and the relative
displacement vector is given by

tn
kn 0
un
=
(21.3)
tt
0 kt
dt
with kn and kt usually assigned large penalty values to model the initial continuous geometry. Application of a Gaussian integration scheme to interface
420
elements can lead to spurious kinematic element performance under certain conditions, see for instance Gens et al. [34], Rots [87], Hohberg [42] and Schellekens
[92]. It is therefore recommended to use a lumped integration scheme for interface elements with large dummy stiffnesses.
The general constitutive relation is assumed to be incrementally linear
t = D u
(21.4)
where t is the traction vector, u the vector with the relative displacements,
and D the tangential stiffness matrix defined as
"
#
D11 D12
D=
(21.5)
D21 D22
in which the stiffness coefficients generally depend on un , dt, tn , tt and possibly on other state parameters. The constitutive relations are discussed in the
following sections.
21.1
Discrete Cracking
The constitutive law for discrete cracking in Diana is based on a total deformation theory, which expresses the tractions as a function of the total relative
displacements, the crack width un and the crack slip dt [Fig. 21.2]. In Diana,
tn
ft
kn
un
Figure 21.2: Discrete cracking

both the relationships between normal traction and crack width and between
shear traction and slip are assumed as a nonlinear function:
(
tn = fn (un )
(21.6)
tt = ft ( dt)
21.1 Discrete Cracking
421
Differentiating (21.6) results in expressions for the tangential stiffness coefficients:
fn
D11 =
u
n
D12 = 0
(21.7)
D
=
0
21
ft
D
=
22
dt
In general, the normal traction tn is governed by a tension softening relation.
For structural interface elements, Diana-9.3 supports a brittle relation, a linear
softening relation and a nonlinear relation as outlined in the following.
21.1.1
Brittle Cracking
Brittle behavior is characterized by the full reduction of the strength after the
strength criterion has been violated [Fig. 21.3]. This behavior can be written as
tn
ft
un
Figure 21.3: Brittle cracking behavior
fn (un ) 1
=
ft
0
21.1.2
if un 0
(21.8)
if 0 < un <
Linear Tension Softening
In case of linear tension softening [Fig. 21.4], the relation of the crack stress is
given by
un
if 0 < un < un.ult

fn (un ) 1 u
n.ult
(21.9)
=
ft
0
if un.ult < un <
with the ultimate crack strain
un.ult = 2
GIf
ft
(21.10)
422
tn
ft
GIf
un.ult
un
Figure 21.4: Linear tension softening

Unloading and reloading can be modeled according to a secant approach or
an elastic approach. In the secant approach, the relation between the traction
and the relative normal displacement is linear up to the origin, after which
the initial stiffness is recovered. In the elastic approach, the initial stiffness is
recovered immediately after the relative normal displacement has become less
than the current maximum relative normal displacement [Fig. 21.4].
21.1.3
Nonlinear Tension Softening (Hordijk et al.)
Hordijk, Cornelissen & Reinhardt [17, 43] proposed an expression for the softening behavior of concrete which also results in a crack stress equal to zero at
a crack width un.ult [Fig. 21.5]. The function is defined by
tn
ft
GIf
un.ult
un
Figure 21.5: Nonlinear tension softening (Hordijk et al.)

3 !

un
un
1 + c1
exp c2
...
un.ult
un.ult
fn (un )

un
=
1 + c31 exp(c2 )
if 0 < un < un.ult
ft
u
n.ult
0
if un.ult < un <
(21.11)
21.2 Crack Dilatancy
423
with the parameters c1 = 3 and c2 = 6.93 and with the ultimate crack strain
defined by
GI
un.ult = 5.136 f
(21.12)
ft
Unloading and reloading can be modeled according to a secant approach,
an elastic approach or by application of hysteresis. In the secant approach, the
relation between the traction and the relative normal displacement is linear up
to the origin, after which the initial stiffness is recovered. In the elastic approach,
the initial stiffness is recovered immediately after the relative normal displacement has become less than the current maximum relative normal displacement
[Fig. 21.5]. The third possibility is to apply the hysteresis model of Hordijk
[43, 49] in which unloading and reloading follow different paths [Fig. 21.6].
tn
ft
un.ult
un
Figure 21.6: Hysteresis model (Hordijk)
21.1.4
Shear Retention
In general, the shear traction tt is reduced after cracking according to
ft
if un <
kt dt
kn
ft =
(21.13)
ft
kt dt if un
kn
with kt the reduced shear stiffness while 0 1.
21.2
Crack Dilatancy
The crack can be considered as open when its normal relative displacement
un has become greater than the ultimate magnitude of the normal relative
displacement un.ult of a softening model. For such an open crack, the constitutive model of a rough crack can be utilized. The constitutive relation of the
rough, open crack is mobilized when the displacement tangential to the crack
faces has become greater than zero, in the absolute sense. Consider an open
crack which is planar but microscopically rough [Fig. 21.7]. The global crack
424
tn
dt
tt
un
n
t
tt
tn
Figure 21.7: Rough crack

displacements un and dt are the relative displacements of the two parts of the
structure, separated by the crack. With this definition, the global crack width
is independent of the global crack sliding, but the local sliding and width will
vary along the crack, depending on the crack geometry.
Due to the complexity of the problem, the constitutive laws for crack dilatancy which have been proposed by various authors, are mostly based on a total
deformation theory. This theory expresses the tractions as a function of the
total relative displacements, see for instance Bazant & Gambarova [6],
tn = fn (un , dt)
(21.14)
tt = ft (un , dt)
Differentiating (21.14) results in expressions for the crack stiffness coefficients:
fn
D11 =
un
fn
D12 = dt
(21.15)
f
t
D21 =
un
D22 = ft
dt
The mathematical models for crack dilatancy can be classified into two categories. The first category is based on experimental results and has an empirical
formulation, we will denote it as empirical crack models. The second category
is based on an assumption of the shape of the crack surface and has a rational
formulation, we will denote this category as physical crack models. Although
425
there are many models which give good results, the ones supported by Diana
have been restricted to a few models that are characteristic of their class.
Empirical crack models. In this category Diana supports a Rough crack
model according to Bazant & Gambarova [ 21.2.1 p. 425], another Rough crack
model according to Gambarova & Karakoc [ 21.2.2 p. 426], and an Aggregate
interlock relation according to Walraven & Reinhardt [ 21.2.3 p. 427].
Physical crack models. In this category Diana supports a Two-phase model
proposed by Walraven [ 21.2.4 p. 428] and Contact density model proposed by
Li et al. [ 21.2.5 p. 429].
21.2.1
Rough Crack Model (Ba

zant & Gambarova)
Bazant & Gambarova [6] introduced a rough crack model by considering the
crack surface as a regular array of trapezoidal asperities. Figure 21.8 shows the
|ft |
10
un
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
| dt|
5
0.1
fn
10
Figure 21.8: Rough crack model (Bazant & Gambarova)

response diagram of this model which has been used merely in qualitative sense,
i.e., to introduce the general properties to be expected:
The wedging effects of the interface asperities make the shear stress primarily dependent on the displacement ratio r = dt/un .
For large values of the displacement ratio r, the shear stress must exhibit
an asymptote because of micro-cracking and crushing in the mortar close
to the aggregate particles.
For large values of the normal crack displacement, the contact at the
interface is lost, un > 12 Dmax , where Dmax is the maximum aggregate
size.
426
The constitutive model is determined by optimizing the fits of Paulay & Loebers
[82] test results at constant crack width. The relations are
ft = u r
a3 + a4 |r|3
1 + a4 r4
and
fn =
a1
p
(a2 |ft |)
un
(21.16)
with

0.231
p = 1.30 1
1 + 0.185un + 5.63(un )2
dt
un
0 a0
u =
a0 + (un )2
r=
2
a0 = 0.01Dmax
a3 =
2.45
0
a1 = 0.000534
a2 = 145.0

4
a4 = 2.44 1
0
0 = 0.245fc = 0.195fcc
The notation fc is used for the compressive cylindrical strength of the concrete,
and the more frequently used compressive cube strength is denoted by fcc . For
the tangential stiffness coefficients see Feenstra [26].
21.2.2
Rough Crack Model (Gambarova & Karako

c)
An improvement to the rough crack model of Bazant & Gambarova [ 21.2.1

p. 425] has been proposed by Gambarova & Karakoc [33]. Figure 21.9 shows
the response diagram for this model. The authors claim that their model gives
|ft |
10
un
0.1
0.5
1.0
fn
| dt|
2
1.0
0.5
0.1
10
Figure 21.9: Rough crack model (Gambarova and Karakoc)

427
a better formulation to the relation between the normal traction and the crack
displacements, because this relation is based on tests with a constant confinement stress by Daschner & Kupfer [19]. Further, this formulation takes the
effect of aggregate size in account. The relations are
!
r
2un
a3 + a4 |r|3
ft = 0 1
r
Dmax
1 + a4 r4
(21.17)
p
r
fn = a1 a2 un
ft
(1 + r2 )0.25
with
a1 a2 = 0.62
a3 =

4
a4 = 2.44 1
0
2.45
0
0 = 0.25fc = 0.2fcc
For the tangential stiffness coefficients see Feenstra [26].
21.2.3
Aggregate Interlock Relation (Walraven & Reinhardt)
Walraven & Reinhardt [111] have deduced linear relations which fit their experiments [112] on lightweight and gravel concrete. We only consider the relations
restricted to gravel concrete because the main subject of this section is the
analysis of crack dilatancy models for gravel concrete. Figure 21.10 shows the
|ft |
10
un = 0.1
0.5
1.0
| dt|
2
1.0
fn
10
0.1
0.5
Figure 21.10: Aggregate interlock relation (Walraven & Reinhardt)

response diagram for this model. The relations which fit the results with the
428
greatest accuracy are
ft =

fcc
+ 1.8u0.80
+ 0.234u0.707
0.20 fcc dt
n
n
30

fcc
1.35u0.63
+ 0.191u0.552
0.15 fcc dt
fn =
n
n
20
(21.18)
in which dt 0, ft 0 and fn 0. For the tangential stiffness coefficients see

Feenstra [26].
21.2.4
Two-phase Model (Walraven)
The two-phase model, proposed by Walraven [110], is based on the following

assumptions:
The concrete is regarded as a two-phase material, with perfectly stiff spherical inclusions and a perfectly plastic matrix.
The grading of the aggregate matches Fullers curve.
The active contact areas between the inclusions and the matrix are related
to interface displacements via geometric relations and take into account
the statistics of aggregate distribution.
The compressive contact strength of the matrix is related to the concrete
strength while the shear contact strength is related linearly to the compressive contact strength via a constant friction coefficient.
Walraven has developed this theoretical model for pure aggregate interlock,
i.e., aggregate interlock in cracks which are not intersected by reinforcing bars.
Figure 21.11 shows the response diagram for this model. Shear stress and normal
|ft |
10
un = 0.1
0.5
1.0
| dt|
2
1.0
5
0.5
fn
10
0.1
Figure 21.11: Two-phase model (Walraven)
429
stress are obtained from equilibrium when a given tangential and normal crack
displacement occurs. The formulation is given by
ft = pu (An + At )
and
fn = pu (At An )
(21.19)
where An and At are the averaged contact areas in the directions n and t
between the inclusions and the matrix. pu is the matrix compressive strength
and is the coefficient of friction between the inclusion and the matrix. The
tangential stiffness terms are functions of the crack displacement dt, the normal
crack displacement un and the distribution of the aggregate, see Feenstra [26].
21.2.5
Contact Density Model (Li et al.)
The Contact Density model is based on two proposals and three assumptions
by Li et al. [59] which can be summarized as follows.
A crack plane consists of a number of areas (contact units) with various
inclinations. These inclinations from 12 to 12 can be described by a
contact density probability function ().
The direction of each contact stress is proposed to be fixed and normal to
the initial contact direction denoted as .
The density function () is assumed as a trigonometric function which
is independent of the size and the grading of the aggregate, and of the
strength and kinds of coarse aggregates.
The contact force is computed with a simple elasto-perfectly plastic model
for the contact stress prediction con .
The effective ratio of contact area K(un ) expresses the loss of contact
when the normal crack displacement un is large enough compared with
the roughness of the crack surface.
Figure 21.12 on the next page shows the response diagram for this model. The
mathematical formulation is given by
Z
ft =
1
2
Z
fn =
1
2
1
2
1
2
con K(un )At () sin d

(21.20)
con K(un )At () cos d
in which the surface area of the crack At is 1.27 the sectional area of the crack
plane. For derivation of the stiffness coefficients of this model see Feenstra [26].
430
|ft |
10
un = 0.1
0.5
1.0
| dt|
fn
10
0.1
0.5
1.0
Figure 21.12: Contact density model (Li et al.)
21.3
Bond-slip
In reinforced concrete the interaction between the reinforcement and the concrete is highly complex. The interaction is governed by secondary transverse
and longitudinal cracks in the vicinity of the reinforcement. This behavior can
be modeled with a bond-slip mechanism where the relative slip of the reinforcement and the concrete is described in a phenomenological sense. The mechanical
behavior of the slip zone is then described by the interface element with a zero
thickness.
The constitutive laws for bond-slip which have been proposed are mostly
based on a total deformation theory, which expresses the tractions as a function of the total relative displacements. In Diana the relationship between
the normal traction and the normal relative displacement is assumed to be linear elastic, whereas the relationship between the shear traction and the slip is
assumed as a nonlinear function:
(
tn = kn un
(21.21)
tt = ft ( dt)
Differentiating (21.21) results in expressions for the tangential stiffness coefficients:
D11 = kn
D12 = 0
(21.22)
D21 = 0
ft
D
22 =
dt
21.3 Bond-slip
431
Diana offers two predefined curves for the relationships between shear traction
and slip: a Cubic function according to Dorr [ 21.3.1 p. 431], and a Power
Law relation proposed by Noakowski [ 21.3.2 p. 431]. Moreover, a user-defined
multi-linear diagram is available.
21.3.1
Cubic Function (D
orr)
Dorr [25] proposed a polynomial relation between shear traction and slip which
shows a limit if the slip is larger than a certain value dt0 [Fig. 21.13]. The
tt
1.9ft
ft
dt0
| dt|
| dt0 |
Figure 21.13: Cubic function for bond-slip (Dorr)

formulation of this relationship is given by a cubic function:

2

3 !

dt
dt
dt
if 0 dt < dt0
ft 5 dt0 4.5 dt0 + 1.4 dt0
(21.23)
ft =
1.9 ft
if dt dt0
Unloading and reloading of the interface shear behavior is modeled using a
secant approach.
21.3.2
Power Law (Noakowski)
The relationship between shear traction and slip proposed by Noakowski [80]
models a kind of stick-slip behavior [Fig. 21.14]. The initial shear stiffness is
kept linear to avoid an unrealistically high stiffness when the slip is smaller
than an initial value u0t . This relation is formulated with a Power Law:
a ( dt)b
if dt dt0
ft =
(21.24)
b1
a ( dt)
dt
if 0 dt < dt0
with b < 1. Unloading and reloading is modeled with a secant approach.
432
tt
| dt|
b1
b
| dt0 |
Figure 21.14: Power Law for bond-slip (Noakowski)
21.4
Coulomb Friction
In general, the interface between two parts of a structure is governed by a

frictional behavior. This behavior can be modeled with the Coulomb friction
model, which has close resemblance with the MohrCoulomb plasticity model
for continuum elements [ 17.1.3 p. 324]. The assumption of the decomposition
into a reversible part u e , and an
of the total relative displacement rate u,
p
irreversible part u is
u = u e + u p
(21.25)
which results in the traction rate vector
t = De u e
(21.26)
The basic unknown is the irreversible relative displacement rate u p which is

determined following the flow theory of plasticity.
The Coulomb friction model is basically given by the yield surface and the
plastic potential surface:
p
f = t2t + tn tan () c() = 0
(21.27)
p
g = t2t + tn tan
with tan () the friction coefficient as a function of the internal parameter ,
and c() the cohesion as a function of the internal parameter . The direction of
the irreversible displacements is given by the plastic potential function g where
the uplift is determined by the dilatancy angle , where
u p =
g
t
(21.28)
In Diana-9.3, this angle is assumed to be constant. During the process of

irreversible relative displacements the consistency condition f = 0 has to be
21.5 Combined CrackingShearingCrushing
433
fulfilled which can be elaborated to

f T f
f =
t+
= 0
t
(21.29)
which yields the expression of the multiplier

1 f T
1 f T
=
t=+
t
f t
h t
(21.30)
Finally, the evolution of the internal parameter is assumed to be given by the

irreversible relative displacement component in the t direction:
= |u pt |
(21.31)
The derivation of the tangent stiffness matrix is now straightforward,

g
t = De {u u p } = De u
t
T
e g f
e

D
D
1 g f
t t
u
t = De
u
f T e g
h t t
h+
D
t
t

= De
(21.32)
which reads in components

t =
h + kn tan tan + kt
kn (h + kt )
tt
kn kt tan
|tt |
kn kt tan
tt
|tt |
kt (h + kn tan tan )
(21.33)
It is obvious that the tangent stiffness matrix becomes nonsymmetric if the

friction angle is not equal to the dilatancy angle, i.e., 6= .
21.5
Combined CrackingShearingCrushing
This interface material model, also know as the Composite Interface model,
is appropriate to simulate fracture, frictional slip as well as crushing along material interfaces, for instance at joints in masonry. Usually the brick units are
modeled as linear elastic, or viscoelastic continua, while the mortar joints are
modeled with interface elements, which obey the nonlinear behavior described
by this combined crackingshearingcrushing model [Fig. 21.15b] (see Lourenco
434
joint/interface
joint/interface
interface
interface
mortar
brick
brick
potential brick crack
potential brick crack
(a) discrete
(b) simplified discrete
Figure 21.15: Modeling strategies for masonry

& Rots [63], and Van Zijl [106]). In some cases it is justified to model also
the mortar with continuum elements, and the interface elements and material
behavior are employed to capture the physical interface between bricks and mortar [Fig. 21.15a]. For general aspects of interface modeling in masonry, including
parameter determination and practical examples see Rots [88, 89].
21.5.1
Two-dimensional Interface Model
A plane stress interface model was formulated by Lourenco & Rots [63], and
enhanced by Van Zijl [106]. It is based on multi-surface plasticity, comprising
a Coulomb friction model combined with a tension cut-off and an elliptical
compression cap [Fig. 21.16]. Softening acts in all three modes and is preceded
| |
cap mode
Coulomb
friction
mode
tension
mode
intermediate
yield surface
residual yield surface

initial yield surface
Figure 21.16: Two-dimensional interface model

by hardening in the case of the cap mode. The interface model is derived in
terms of the generalized stress and strain vectors:

u
=
;
=
(21.34)
v
with and u the stress and relative displacement respectively in the interface
normal direction and and v the shear stress and relative displacement respecApril 25, 2008 First ed.
435
tively. In the elastic regime the constitutive behavior is described by

= D
(21.35)
D = diag [ kn ks ]
(21.36)
with the stiffness matrix
Shear slipping.
A Coulomb friction yield/crack initiation criterion

f = | | + c
(21.37)
describes the shear-slipping, with the friction coefficient equal to tan , the
friction angle and c the adhesion. Both adhesion softening and friction softening
are captured. The adhesion softening is described by
co
II
c(, ) = co e Gf
(21.38)
where co is the initial adhesion of the brickmortar interface and GII

f the shearslip fracture energy. The friction softening is coupled to the adhesion softening
via
co c
(, ) = o + (r o )
(21.39)
co
with o the initial and r the residual friction coefficient. The adhesion and
friction parameters are found by linear regression of the micro-shear experimental data, while the fracture energy is determined by the appropriate integration
of the stress-crack width response. Note that this integration produces the total energy dissipated by both the adhesion and the friction softening, which
amounts to

II
II
Gf = Gf 1 +
(r o )
(21.40)
co
The experimentally observed linear relation between the fracture energy and
the normal confining stress is captured by letting
(
a + b if < 0
II
(21.41)
Gf =
b
if 0
with a and b constants to be determined by linear regression of the experimental
data. If the contribution of the friction softening energy is significant, which is
revealed upon evaluation of the second term between the large parentheses of
(21.40), the regressed coefficients a and b should be adjusted to avoid a too high
energy dissipation at high compressive stresses.
436
Dilatancy. The flow rule

p =
u p
v p
g
=
(21.42)
provides a way of describing the dilatancy, by choice of a suitable potential

function

g
=
(21.43)
sign( )
= tan being the mobilized dilatancy coefficient. Following directly from the
flow rule
u p
sign( )
(21.44)
=
v p
By integration the shear-slip induced normal uplift is found to be
Z
up = d |vp |
(21.45)
There is experimental evidence that dilatancy depends on the confining stress

and the shear-slip. A dilatancy formulation of separate variables, i.e.,
= 1 () 2 (vp )
(21.46)
simplifies curve fitting and ensures convexity of the potential function g

T
Z
Z
g
g=
d = | | + 2 (vp ) 1 () d
(21.47)
Therefore, a description of the normal uplift upon

o

vp
1
e
up =

o 1 e vp
which yields after differentiation
e vp
= o 1
u
e vp
o
shear-slipping is chosen as
if < u
if u < 0
(21.48)
if 0
if < u
if u < 0
(21.49)
if 0
The dilatancy o at zero normal confining stress and shear slip, the confining
(compressive) stress u at which the dilatancy becomes zero, and the dilatancy
shear slip degradation coefficient are material parameters to be obtained by,
for instance, a least squares fit of (21.48) to experimental test data. Note that
for tensile stress a stress-independent dilatancy coefficient is assumed.
437
Softening. A strain softening hypothesis is employed, where the softening is

governed by shear-slipping, yielding
= |vp | =
(21.50)
upon substitution of (21.42) and (21.43). The stress-update can be cast in

the standard plasticity predictorcorrector fashion and the corrected stresses,
together with the plastic strain increment , or can be solved by a Newton
Raphson iterative scheme. A consistent tangent modulus is employed for the
global convergence iterations, which ensures quadratic convergence (see Van Zijl
[106]).
Tension cut-off. The yield function for the tension cut-off (criterion number
2 of the interface model) is:
f2 = t
(21.51)
with t the tensile, or brickmortar bond strength. The strength is assumed to
soften exponentially
ft
I 2
t = ft e Gf
(21.52)
with ft the bond strength and GIf the Mode-I fracture energy. The softening is
governed by a strain softening hypothesis:
2 = |up |
(21.53)
which, upon consideration of an associated flow rule

p = 2
f2
(21.54)
reduces to
2 = 2
(21.55)
Compression cap. The yield function for the compression cap, here referred
to as criterion number 3 (with 1 being the shear mode), is
f3 = 2 + Cs 2 c2
(21.56)
with Cs a parameter controlling the shear stress contribution to failure and c

the compressive strength. The latter is assumed to evolve according to the
strain hardening hypothesis:
q
3 = Tp p
(21.57)
which, upon consideration of an associated flow rule
p = 3
f3
(21.58)
438
becomes
q
2
2 + (Cs )
3 = 2 3
(21.59)
The yield surface hardens, as described by a parabolic hardening rule, followed by parabolic/exponential softening [Fig. 21.17]. The peak strength fc.x is
reached at the plastic strain p . Subsequently, the softening branch is entered,
governed by the fracture energy Gfc . For practical reasons, all stress values in
fc
Gfc
r
p
Figure 21.17: Hardeningsoftening law for interface compression cap

Figure 21.17 are related to the peak strengths fc as follows:
i = 13 fc ,
m = 21 fc ,
1
and
r = 7 fc . The three regions of this hardeningsoftening rule are given by
s
23
2
23
p
p

2
3 p
2 (3 ) = fc + (
m fc )
m p

m fc
3 m
3 (3 ) =
r + (
m
r ) exp 2
m p
m
r
1 (3 ) =
i + (fc
i )
(21.60)
Corners. At each of the intersections of the Coulomb friction criterion with

the tension cut-off and the compression cap the plastic strain increment is given
by
g1
gi
p = 1
+ i
(21.61)
where the subscript 1 refers to the shear criterion and i refers to tension cut-off
(i = 2) and to the compression cap (i = 3). Lourenco [61] describes this procedure in detail. The corners are treated consistently. In both the shear/tension
corner and the shear/compression corner the stress corrections can be written
in standard predictorcorrector fashion and solved for, together with the two
plastic strain increments 1 or i , by a NewtonRaphson iterative scheme.
439
Also here consistent tangent moduli are employed for the global convergence
iterations to ensure quadratic convergence.
21.5.2
Three-dimensional Interface Behavior
The two-dimensional interface model is extended to a three-dimensional (see

Van Zijl [106] ), which enables the description of delamination (tension cut-off)
and relative shear-slipping of two planes (Coulomb friction). No three-dimensional compression cap is implemented in Diana-9.3. Now the generalized stress
and strain vectors are:

u
v
= s
;
=
(21.62)

t
w
where the shear stresses s and t act in the local plane of the interface, v and
w are the relative shearing displacements in the interface plane and and u the
stress and relative displacement respectively normal to the plane. The stiffness
matrix is defined as
D = diag [ kn ks kt ]
(21.63)
Figure 21.18 shows the three-dimensional interface material law. Apart from the
s
co
t
ft
co
Figure 21.18: Three-dimensional interface yield function

added stress and strain component, the two-dimensional tension criterion f2 of
(21.51) remains unchanged. For the Coulomb friction part the yield function
becomes
q
f = s2 + t2 + c
(21.64)
As for the two-dimensional case adhesion softening and friction softening are
modeled as described by (21.38) and (21.39). A non-associated plastic potential
is chosen, giving the flow rule
p
g
2
2
p =
=
(21.65)
t
s
p 2
2
s + t
440
with the mobilized dilatancy defined as before by (21.49). However, now the
strain softening is governed by the equivalent shear displacement
q
2
2
= (vp ) + (wp ) =
(21.66)
Chapter 22
Modified Maekawa
Concrete Model
For the compression regime the Maekawa Concrete model assumes that the
damage-elasticity is being governed by the elastic part of the total strain alone.
Before determining the contribution of the damaged-elasticity part, the elastic
and the plastic components of the strain vector must first be determined by
means of plasticity analysis as proposed by Maekawa et al. [66, 67, 68].
22.1
Elasto-Plastic Damage Model
The Maekawa Concrete model is derived from two-dimensional and three-dimensional cyclic loading data. The derivation uses four material parameters
(K, F , H, and D) for concrete with normal aggregate and strength ranging
from 15 MPa to 50 MPa.
Once the elastic strain vector has been determined, then the so-called fracture parameter K is calculated as a function of the invariants of the elastic strain
tensor and a number of elastic parameters. Due to damage it is assumed that
the shear modulus will be reduced by a factor K, i.e., the initial shear modulus
G is multiplied with K. Factor K runs from 1 to 0, where 0 stands for complete deterioration and 1 for no damage. To determine the actual damage shear
modulus the actual stresses and the elastic-moduli matrix of damaged concrete
are formulated as a function of the damage parameter K, the invariants of the
elastic strain tensor, and a number of material parameters. These relations are
defined by Meakawa et. al [66, 67, 68] as:
442

F
F
K = K(F ) = exp
1 exp
3.25
0.8
(22.1)
F = F (I1e , J2e , J3e )
1
2 J2e
5
0.23 0 3 I1e
(22.2)
H = H(J2e ) =
9
b 0
10
J2e
0
3
D = D(I1e , K)
=
!

3
3 3 J3e
+6
2
J2e
1 + 2
4K 2 +
3 (1 + )
(22.3)
!

2 I1e + 0.38 0
2
1 4K
0.28 0
(22.4)
Scalars I1e , J2e , and J3e respectively are the first, second, and third elastic strain
invariants:
1
I1e = eii
(22.5)
3
r
1
J2e =
eeij eeij
(22.6)
2
r
3 1
eeij eejk eeki
(22.7)
J3e =
3
with
eeij = eij ij I1e
(22.8)
being the elastic deviatoric tensor and eij the elastic strain tensor. Equations
(22.1) to (22.4) include the material constant 0 which was adopted as a function
of the compressive strength fc , Youngs modulus E, and Poissons ratio :
0 = 1.6 (1 + )
fc
E
(22.9)
so that these material functions would be applicable to concrete of normal aggregate a1Gnd strength.
The fracture function K [Eq. (22.1)] represents the degradation of the shear
elastic strain energy of concrete including defects. The parameter F [Eq. (22.2)]
is the indicator (equivalent elastic strain) to express the macroscopic intensity
of internal stress which advances the damage under an arbitrary level of confinement (F = 0 and F > 0). The function H [Eq. (22.3)] indicates the plastic
hardening of the internal plastic element in the damaged concrete, with b being
the user-defined correction factor for plastic evolution, which has a default value
of 1.0. The derivative D [Eq. (22.4)] indicates the plastic dilatancy induced by
the shear plastic dislocation along the internal defects.
22.2 Cracked Concrete Model
22.2
443
Cracked Concrete Model
The Modified Maekawa concrete model checks in the principal strain directions
whether the tensile strength is reached. As soon as cracking occurs the Modified
Maekawa concrete model switches from the elasto-plastic damage model [ 22.1]
to the cracked concrete model as described in this paragraph. In this model the
stress is evaluated against the strain in each principle strain direction. In case
f
(c , c )
fc
1
11
10
compressive
stress
3
tensile
strain
(t , t )
compressive
strain
9
4
(p , 0)
ft
tensile
stress
Figure 22.1: Hysteresis for Maekawa model

of loading/unloading/reloading conditions the hysteresis behavior is defined as
follows [Fig. 22.1]:
Compressive loading ( c )
= KEc ( p )
K = exp(0.73 (1 exp(1.25 )))

c
c
20
p = ( (1 exp(0.35 )))c
c
7
c
fc
Ec = E
c
(22.10)
Compressive unloading ( > c , > 0 , < 0)
= KE ( p )

2

p
c
K2
= K2 +
KE (0 p )
0 p
(22.11)
444

Compressive reloading ( > c , 0 , < 0)
= c (c 0 )
c
c 0
(22.12)
Tensile loading ( t )
= KE ( p )
(22.13)
Tensile unloading ( < t , < 0 , > 0)
= E ( p ) + b

(t p ) E
b = ft 0.05 + 0.15
5 ft

3
0
p
=
E ( p
0 p
(22.14)
Tensile reloading ( < t , 0 , > 0)
= t (t b 0 )
t
+ b
t 0
(22.15)
With the actual total strain and the corresponding stress, p the plastic
strain, 0 the total strain at begin of increment and 0 the corresponding stress,
t the maximum tensile strain ever experienced and t the corresponding stress,
c the maximum compressive strain ever experienced and c the corresponding
stress, ft the tensile strength, E the Youngs modulus, K the damage parameter.
22.3
Crack-reclosing Option
The specific crack-reclosing behavior concerns both the compressive reloading

and the tensile unloading mode [Fig. 22.2]. During the tensile unloading mode
the strain decreases from the maximum tensile strain that has ever been felt, t ,
to the compressive plastic strain, p . During the compressive reloading mode
the strain decreases from the compressive plastic strain, p , to the maximum
compressive strain that has ever been felt, c .
Without the crack-reclosing option (the solid line in Figure 22.2), the stress
develops in the tensile unloading mode according to a cubic function with the
strain until the crack-bond stress, cb , when the strain equals the plastic strain,
p .

t p
cb = ft 0.05 + 0.15
E
(22.16)
5 ft
where ft is the tensile strength and E the Youngs modulus. Then, in the compressive reloading mode, the stress develops according to a linear function until
22.4 Non-orthogonal Crack Model
445
Tensile stress
t
cl
Compressive strain
tl
p
cct
Tensile
strain
cb
short-cut
c
Compressive stress
Compressive
reloading mode
Tensile unloading mode
Figure 22.2: Crack-reclosing

the maximum compression stress ever felt, c , at the maximum compression
strain ever felt, c .
With the crack-reclosing option the stress development around the transition
from tensile unloading mode to compressive reloading mode is different. In this
case a bi-linear short-cut is followed (the dashed line in Figure 22.2), starting
at the original curve at a strain of p + tl , going to point (p , cb cct ), and
joining the original curve at the strain p cl . Thus the crack-reclosing option
has three parameters: cct , tl , and cl . The value of cct depends on the tensile
strength ft and the difference t p of the maximum tensile strain ever felt and
the plastic strain [Fig. 22.3a]. The value of tl only depends on the difference
t p [Fig. 22.3b].
Finally, the value of cl is defined as:
cl =
22.4
5 cct
E
(22.17)
Non-orthogonal Crack Model
The enhanced Total Strain crack model is based on the assumption that the
crack directions n, s, and t are not necessarily mutually orthogonal. The
first crack direction n is determined according to the Orthogonal crack models
[ 18.2.1 p. 383]. The other two crack directions, s and t, are then determined
based on the actual principal directions of the strains as described below.
446
cct
ft
tl
0.7
1000
linear
cubic
0.2
0.1
0
0
0
3000
5000
t p
(a) for cct
2500
t p
(b) for tl
Figure 22.3: Parameter values for crack-reclosing

If there was only one crack at the previous step, then the new principal
directions matrix R0 is determined as
R0 = [ n0 , s0 , t0 ]
(22.18)
If the angle between n and n0 is within a certain predefined range, for

instance 60 120, then s = n0 and t = t = n n0 are replaced
such that now
R = [ n , n0 , t ]
(22.19)
If there were two cracks at the previous step, then the newest principal
direction matrix is determined as
R00 = [ n00 , s00 , t00 ]
(22.20)
If the angle between n00 and the surface spanned by the direction vectors
n and n0 is within the same range (60 120), then replace t = n00
so that now
R = [ n , n0 , n00 ]
(22.21)
22.5
Shear Transfer Models
Maekawa et al. [65, Ch. 6] proposed two shear transfer relations which are available in Diana for the Modified Maekawa Concrete model: a Contact Density
model and a Contact Density model with Decay of Shear Transfer.
22.5.1
Contact Density Model
The Contact Density model defines a nonlinear relation between the normalized shear strain and the crack shear stress for every crack shear direction
Crack shear stress
22.5 Shear Transfer Models
447
max
min
0.9 max max

Normalized shear strain
min
Figure 22.4: Contact Density shear transfer model

[Fig. 22.4]. The relation has various parameters and is different for loading and
unloading/reloading, depending on the value of :
fst
1 + 2
0.85 max
= max
0.15 max

9
3 max
0.9 max
if max
(loading)
if 0.9 max max (un-/reload.)
if < 0.9 max
(22.22)
(un-/reload.)
The normalized shear strain depends on the crack shear strain cr and the
crack opening t according to:
=
cr
t
Parameter fst is related to the compressive strength fc according to:

q
3.8 fc if fc in MPa,
fst =
q
18 3 f
if fc in kgf/cm2 .
c
(22.23)
(22.24)
Parameter max is related to fst according to:

max = fst
2
max
2
1 + max
(22.25)
448
22.5.2
Decay of Shear Transfer
With the Decay of Shear Transfer option, the crack shear stress will be modified
if the absolute value of the crack shear strain is greater than the ultimate shear
strain:

c
ult
dst =
if |cr | > ult
(22.26)
cr
Where
dst is the crack shear stress modified for Decay of Shear Transfer,
is the crack shear stress according to (22.22),
ult is the user-specified ultimate shear strain,
cr is the crack shear strain,
c is the user-specified shear softening parameter.
Chapter 23
Simple Soil Models

This chapter describes the background theory for the HardinDrnevich and
RambergOsgood soil models. Both models are elastic models with a nonlinear
shear stress-shear strain relationship. The contents of this chapter are based on
Jenning [53], Konder [56], and Hardin & Drnevich [37].
In a three-dimensional isotropic linear-elastic material model, the stressstrain relationship can be characterised as:
xx
c1 c2 c2 0 0 0
xx
c2 c1 c2 0 0 0
yy
yy
zz c2 c2 c1 0 0 0 zz
=
(23.1)
0 0 0 c3 0 0
xy
xy
0 0 0 0 c3 0
yx
yz
xz
0 0 0 0 0 c3
xz
where the parameters c1 , c2 , and c3 are constant. In the HardinDrnevich and
RambergOsgood models, the parameter c3 is dependent on the shear strain
as described in 23.1 and 23.2. The parameters c1 and c2 are dependent on the
Poissons ratio , and on either the initial Youngs modulus E or the current
shear state. In a bulk modulus formulation this reads, respectively
K=
or
K=
E
3 (1 2)
2 (1 + )
3 (1 2)
(23.2)
(23.3)
The models should behave according to the so-called extended Masing rules:
For the initial loading, the stress-strain relationship is prescribed by a
skeleton curve (or backbone curve).
450
Simple Soil Models

When reloading or unloading from the initial loading occurs, the stressstrain relationship forms a loop, which is obtained by scaling the skeleton
curve by a factor two.
If the previous maximum shear strain is exceeded, the stress-strain relationship again follows the skeleton curve.
If the hysteresis loop intersects a previous loading or unloading curve, the
stress-strain relationship follows that previous curve.
23.1
HardinDrnevich Model
In the HardinDrnevich model, the relationship between shear stress and shear
strain is defined by
Gmax
=
(23.4)
1 + r
with r the material parameter representing the characteristic shear strain. The
parameter Gmax representing the maximum tangent shear modulus is calculated
from:
E
Gmax =
(23.5)
2 (1 + )
where E and are the initial Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio, respectively.
23.2
RambergOsgood Model
In the Ramberg-Osgood model, the relationship between shear stress and shear
strain is defined by
1 !
1+
(23.6)
=
Gmax
f
with Gmax and f material parameters representing the maximum tangent shear
modulus and the characteristic shear stress, respectively. The characteristic
shear stress is defined by
f = Gmax r
(23.7)
where r is the characteristic shear strain. The maximum tangent shear modulus
Gmax is calculated from:
E
Gmax =
(23.8)
2 (1 + )
where E and are the initial Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio, respectively.
Chapter 24
Liquefaction
This chapter describes the background theory for the constitutive models for
liquefaction analysis that were developed on behalf of the Japanese Liquefaction
User Group [15].
24.1
Towhata-Iai Model
This section summarizes the background theory of the Towhata-Iai liquefaction model.1 The Towhata-Iai model is a constitutive model based on partial
decoupling of the shear and volumetric deformations.
The Towhata-Iai model is based on an undrained two-dimensional approach of the soil. Application under drained conditions or
application in three-dimensional models is not possible.
The constitutive model of Towhata-Iai is formulated by the following relationship for the stress:
0

1
cos i
I
xx
X
2
0
yy
1 +
= B p (xx + yy )
Qi (i ) i cos i
(24.1)

i=1
xy
0
sin i
with stress , total strain and volumetric plastic strain p . The stress components are described by two parts. The first term is the isotropic component
and the second the deviatoric component.
24.1.1
Isotropic Model
Diana derives the isotropic stress directly from the state variable S which is
defined as the ratio of the actual isotropic effective stress to the initial effective
1 For
comprehensive background theory and test results see [15, 101, 46, 48, 47].
452
Liquefaction
isotropic stress. The shear stress variable r is the shear stress divided by the
initial isotropic stress:
S=
0
m
0
m.0
r=
0
m.0
(24.2)
where
S0
sin f 13 sin p
S0 +
S=
sin f
2
1
2
r 23 sin p S0
3 sin p
S0 +
sin f
sin f
if r <
2
3
sin p S0
if r >
2
3
sin p S0
(24.3)
These expressions are governed by the angles f , the friction angle at failure, and
p , the friction angle determined by the phase transformation line. Parameter
S0 is defined by a function of the shear work.
p1
if w < w1
1.0
0.6
w1
S0 =
(24.4)
p
(0.4 S1 ) w1 2 + S1 if w > w1
w
In these expressions S1 , w1 , p1 , and p2 are material parameters characterizing the cyclic mobility of the cohesion-less soil. Parameter w represents the
normalized shear work.
Ws
(24.5)
w=
2
0
(m.0 sin f )
2G0
In this formula the subscript 0 represent the initial condition. The shear modulus is defined by:
s
0
m
G = Gref
(24.6)
0
m.ref
The shear modulus G is related to the reference shear modulus at the stress
0
. The increment of shear work is defined by:
m.ref

0

0

xx yy

dWs =
d (xx yy ) + xy dxy c1 d
(24.7)
2
Gm
The first term represents the total shear work increment. The second term
is a correction of this expression with the elastic work increment, it acts as
a threshold term for the total shear work. If the total shear work increment
becomes negative then the increment is set to zero. The parameter c1 is a
material parameter. The total shear work is the summation of the total shear
work increments.
24.1 Towhata-Iai Model
453
Stiffness contribution. Diana assumes the following elastic stress dependent isotropic stiffness contribution to the tangential stiffness.
2
B=
(0.5Kref )
0
|m.ref
|
(24.8)
0
The bulk modulus Kref is the modulus at the effective reference stress m.ref
. In
case of undrained analysis, the contribution of this bulk modulus to the effective
stiffness is marginal compared to the contribution of the bulk modulus of the
fluid.
24.1.2
Deviatoric Model
The deviatoric model is composed from several virtual shear mechanisms,

called springs. Each of these springs gives a contribution to the shear stress
components. This is described by the following equations for the normalized
virtual shear strain and normalized virtual shear stress in spring number i:
i =
i
v
and
i =
Qi
Qv
(24.9)
The normalization parameters are defined as

Qv =
m
2
and
v =
Qv
G
(24.10)
The variables for the shear stress m and shear modulus G are defined by
0
sin f ) S
m = (m.0
m
if S0 > 0.4 G =
m.0
m = m.0
0
m = (m.0
sin f ) S + m
Gm =
if S0 < 0.4
m
m.0
m = 1
0.4 S
(24.11)
In these expressions,
m.0 =
0
m.0
sin f
G0
m = (sin f sin p ) (0.4 S) (m.0 )
(24.12)
(24.13)
This implies that the normalization changes with the progress of the liquefaction
front.
454
Liquefaction
After decomposition of a strain increment into virtual strains increments,
Diana uses the following expressions to relate the normalized virtual shear
stress to the virtual shear strain (i) , depending on the state of loading.
(i) = cos i (xx yy ) + sin i xy
(24.14)
Initial loading. During this process the virtual stresses and strains are
described in the normalized space by the backbone curve:
1 + ||
while
|| = max ()
(24.15)
Unloading from initial loading. During this process the virtual stresses
and strains are described in the normalized space by:
B
2b
B
2a

=
B

1+
2a
while
|| < max()
sign(d) 6= sign(
(24.16)
ini.load )
In this formula (r , r ) represents the point from which unloading takes

place. Diana determines the parameters a and b such that the hysteresis
loop consumes an amount of energy that is consistent with laboratory
tests.
Reloading. During this process the virtual stresses and strains are described in the normalized space by:
r
=
2bc
r
2ac

r

1 +
2ac
while
|| < max()
sign(d) = sign(
ini.load )
(24.17)
The scaling factor c is determined such that the curve passes through the
most recent reversal point or its symmetrical image on the backbone curve.
In this formula (r , r ) represents the most recent reversal point.
The virtual shear mechanisms require max (), which determines the maximum previous loading. Furthermore (B , B ) and (r , r ) are defined and
stored for each virtual mechanism. The parameters a, b, and c are also
determined for each mechanism.
The model intrinsically incorporates the undrained conditions; it has been defined for processes in which the parameter S0 decreases monotonically. In cases
where S0 can increase as well as decrease, another scheme would be required
which can memorize the effect of the previous history of S0 .
24.2 Nishi Model
24.1.3
455
Initial Stress State
During the initial stress determination, the Towhata-Iai model is usually deactivated. The initial stress state can be derived from a K0 procedure and/or
a preceding (drained) phased analysis. In case of a phased analysis, usage of
Modified MohrCoulomb is advantageous as this model can use the same yield
surface and pressure dependent elastic stiffness as the Towhata-Iai model does.
At the instance of activating the Towhata-Iai model for the subsequent liquefaction analysis, Diana uses the present stress state to determine the initial
values of the state variables S0 , W and .
1. Assuming Sini = 1, Diana derives the initial values of S0 and W from
(24.3), (24.4) and (24.5).
2. The initial stress is decomposed into virtual stress

2 cos i
Qi =
(xx yy ) + sin i xy
(24.18)
and the initial virtual strain is determined by inversion of (24.15). The

factor 2 in (24.18) is determined by substitution of (24.18) in (24.1).
24.2
Nishi Model
This section summarizes the background theory of the Nishi liquefaction model.2
The Nishi model uses the relative shear stress level
ij =
ij m ij
m
(24.19)
where m = 13 kk . Two quantities related to the history of the relative shear

stress are defined:
0
ij
the initial shear stress level,
r
ij
the shear stress level at the last, so-called, reversal point. The occurrence
of a reversal point is discussed below.
Related to these two additional stress levels are the two invariants
q
0 )( 0 )
= (ij ij
ij
ij
and
r =
2 For
r )( r )
(ij ij
ij
ij
(24.20)
(24.21)
comprehensive background theory and test results see [15, 69, 79].
456
Liquefaction
Reversal point. At a reversal point the value of r has a relative maximum,
r
is replaced by the actual
that means r = 0 and decreasing. At that point ij
ij . In addition to the relative shear stress level at the reversal point, the mean
r
is also stored. Finally the maximum value of that has
effective stress m
.
been reached, is remembered as m
Strain.
The strain is split up in a (nonlinear) elastic and a plastic component:

ij = eij + pij
(24.22)
The deviatoric plastic strain tensor is defined:

epij = pij 13 pkk ij
(24.23)
and the rate of change of the second invariant of the deviatoric plastic strain
tensor
p
d = e ij e ij
(24.24)
With regard to the accumulated plastic strain, the following quantities are monitored: the volumetric plastic strain at the last reversal point
vdr = pkk
and the integral of d
Z
d=
(24.25)
) d
d(
(24.26)
The quantity d is an accumulated plastic shear strain, measured from the initial
state.
24.2.1
Elastic Component
The elastic stress and strain rates are related by the elastic stiffness matrix
written in the bulk modulus K and Poissons ratio . The bulk modulus is
0
related to m
via
1 + e0 0
(24.27)
K=
m
with e0 being the initial void ratio and the swelling parameter. The Poissons
ratio is assumed constant.
24.2.2
Plastic Components
The relation between the plastic rates of strain and the stress can be written
analogous to the elastic stress strain relation as
p
0
pij = Bijkl
kl
(24.28)
24.2 Nishi Model
457
Two states of stress, in which two different stress strain relations apply, can be
cast into the following formula

1
kl
p
+ ij
Bijkl =
kl mn mn

2 ij + Mm
3
3
+
0
m G 1
Mf
(24.29)
The two stress states are:
I. = m
and increasing (including the initial state).
In this state = 1, = 1, must be substituted for + and ij is

determined from
0
ij ij
ij =
(24.30)
II. < m
In this state, wherein a reversal has occurred, = 0.5, r must be substituted for + , ij is determined from
ij =
r
ij ij
r
(24.31)
and is determined from (24.32).

The variable is computed by
=1
vdr
vdf
0r r n
vdf = m m
( )
with
(24.32)
m and n are material parameters. Diana uses the current stress state to
determine the shear stress level under maximum volumetric compression Mm ,
and the shear stress level at failure Mf . Furthermore Mm and Mf are determined
MohrCoulomb surface
M
0 (loading)
r (un-/reloading)
Figure 24.1: Stress projection for determination of Mm and Mf

by projection of the tensors 0 (loading) or r (un/reloading) in the direction
of tensor on the MohrCoulomb surface belonging to respectively p and f
[Fig. 24.1]. Variables p and f are material parameters, describing respectively
the phase transformation angle and the friction angle.
458
Liquefaction
Shear strain. Diana determines the value of G as a function of equivalent
plastic shear strain according to
r
G0 exp(1 dm
)
if > Mm
G =
(24.33)
G exp( d r )
if < Mm
2 m
0
with
r
dm
= max

n
!

X

r
i+1
r
r
1 (di di1 ) , dm

i=1
(24.34)
r
dm
= d dnr
where dir denotes the value of d at stress reversal number i and with n the current
r
number of stress reversals. The variable dm
can be considered as the maximum
size of an equivalent plastic shear strain at the last stress reversal, measured
from the initial state. The variable d r can be considered as an equivalent
plastic shear strain, measured from the last reversal point.
G0 is a material constant. 1 is an attenuation parameter that has been
introduced for improved modeling of the failure behavior of dense sand. Initially
G = G0 and is kept constant. If in the first reversal point is larger than
Mm , then G is reduced according to the first part of (24.33) and kept constant
until the next reversal point, if it occurs. Equation (24.33) is evaluated again
and G is adapted for the next cycle, and so on.
Variable 2 is another attenuation parameter that has been introduced to
improve the influence of plastic strains on the pre-failure behavior. The second
part of (24.33) is active as long as is less than Mm . After each stress reversal,
G starts again with G0 after which it is reduced until the next stress reversal.
24.3
Bowl Model
This section summarizes the background theory of the Bowl liquefaction model.3
The Bowl model is not frame invariant. It assumes predominant
horizontal shearing, working in local x direction for two-dimensional
analysis and in local x or y direction for three-dimensional analysis.
Furthermore it assumes that dilatancy will only cause normal plastic strain in the vertical direction of gravity, where that direction is
assumed to be the local y axis in two-dimensional analysis and the
local z axis in three-dimensional analysis.
3 For
comprehensive background theory and test results see [15, 28, 30, 31, 29, 32].
24.3 Bowl Model
24.3.1
459
Deviatoric Behavior
The deviatoric behavior of the Bowl model is modeled with a modified Ramberg
Osgood model:

xy
1 + |xy |
(24.35)
xy =
G
where the shear strain in the xy direction is determined by the linear shear

strain xy /G, and the actual shear stress level through the factor 1 + |xy | .
The actual shear modulus G is given by

G = Gref
1
0
m
(24.36)
0
m.ref
where Gref is the reference shear modulus at the reference mean effective pres0
sure m.ref
. The coefficients and are given by

=
2
0.5 G
and
2hmax
2 hmax
(24.37)
Where hmax is the maximum damping ratio of the soil, and 0.5 the reference
shear strain at the value G/Gref = 0.5
Unloading and reloading is described by Masings rule which states that
if the original loading curve in the xy direction is given by (24.35) then the
unloading and reloading curves are given by

!
xy + rev
xy + rev
xy + rev

1 +
=
(24.38)

2
2G
2
in which (rev , rev ) are the coordinates of the current reversal point in the
stress-strain curve [Fig. 24.2].
ij
loading curve
rev
rev
rev
ij
hysteresis curve
rev
Figure 24.2: RambergOsgood model with Masings rule
460
Liquefaction
24.3.2
Volumetric Behavior
In the Bowl model the total volumetric strain vol is decomposed into a dilatancy
component svol due to cyclic shear loading, and an elastic component cvol due
to changes in the effective mean stress:
vol = cvol + svol
(24.39)
The elasticity component cvol is given by the compressive relationship

cvol =
Cs
1 + e0
10
log
0
m
0
m.0
(24.40)
in which e0 is the initial void ratio and Cs the swelling index. The initial
0
effective mean stress is denoted m.0
. The dilatancy component, svol , comprises
two components:
svol = vol + G
(24.41)
vol
The dilatancy component vol models the increasing volume due to shear loading
as a function of the equivalent shear strain according to
vol = A B
(24.42)
The dilatancy component G

vol describes the compaction of the material due to
shear loading as a function of the cumulative shear strain G according to
G
vol =
where
G
C + DG
Z
G (t) =
G d
(24.43)
(24.44)
with G the rate of the internal variable G . The governing rate equation is
given by
L if ||O ||L > Re

||||
2
2
G =
(24.45)
0
if ||O ||L2 Re
Where OT = {Ozx , Ozy } is the origin of the elastic area, and Re is the threshold
value of the shear increment at which no increase in the negative dilatancy
can occur. This threshold value reduces the dilatancy generation for small
amplitudes of shear strain and is defined as

0
Xlim m.0

0
1 + 0 |Xl m.0
|
Re =
(24.46)
G0
Xlim = xy /m.0 is lower limit of the liquefaction resistance which is considered
a material parameter. The radius of the elastic area is dependent on the initial
effective mean stress level through the parameter 0 and the initial shear stiffness G0 . Figure 24.3 on the facing page illustrates the definition of some strain
related quantities for a two dimensional shear loading.
24.4 Added Viscosity
461
zz
shear strain path
Re
O
zy
zx
Figure 24.3: Shear strain related variables for Bowl model
24.4
Added Viscosity
Liquefaction dependent viscosity is introduced in Diana via a stress decomposition, i.e., the effective stress is decomposed into an elasto-plastic part ep and
a liquefaction dependent viscous part v [Fig. 24.4]. The first part is supplied
ep ()
v = (re )
Figure 24.4: Stress decomposition

by the constitutive model and the pore pressure and it affects the isotropic
and shear stress components. The latter part only adds a strain rate dependent
shear stress contribution, via a viscosity , which can be a function of the excess
pore pressure ratio re .
re )
(24.47)
0 = 0ep + 0v (,
Diana derives the viscous stress contribution in (24.49) by using the assumption
of a constant strain rate within each time step:
=
(24.48)
462
Liquefaction
0
11
22
0
33
2
3
3
1
(re )
3
=
t 0
12
0
0
23
31 v
0
13
13
2
3
13
13
2
3
1
2
1
2
11
22
33
12
0
0
23
31
2
0
(24.49)
Part V
Appendix
Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library (V)
Appendix A
Available Element Types

This appendix is an alphabetically ordered list of all elements available in Diana. See Volume Element Library for a comprehensive description of these
elements, including input data and background theory.
B2AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow,
boundary line, 2 nodes, linear.
interface, 12 nodes,
quadratic-linear.
B2AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,

boundary line, 2 nodes, linear.
BQ24S8 Fluidstructure quadrilateral

interface, 16 nodes, quadratic.
B2GW
Groundwater flow, boundary line, 2

nodes, linear.
BQ4GW Groundwater flow, boundary

quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
B2HT
Potential flow, boundary line, 2

nodes, linear.
BQ4HT Potential flow, boundary

BC3AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow,

boundary line, 3 nodes, quadratic.
BT18S3 Fluidstructure triangular

interface, 9 nodes, quadratic-linear.
BC3AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,

boundary line, 3 nodes, quadratic.
BT18S6 Fluidstructure triangular

BC3GW Groundwater flow, boundary line,

3 nodes, quadratic.
BT3GW Groundwater flow, boundary

triangle, 3 nodes, linear.
BC3HT Potential flow, boundary line, 3

nodes, quadratic.
BT3HT Potential flow, boundary triangle, 3

nodes, linear.
BCL6S2 Fluidstructure line interface, 5

nodes, quadratic-linear.
CHX20G Groundwater flow, 3-D, brick, 20

nodes, quadratic.
BCL6S3 Fluidstructure line interface, 6

nodes, quadratic.
CHX20H Potential flow, 3-D, brick, 20

nodes, quadratic.
BCQ8GW Groundwater flow, boundary

quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic.
CHX60
Solid brick, 20 nodes, quadratic.
CHX64
Solid brick, 20 nodes, quadratic,

hyperelastic.
BCQ8HT Potential flow, boundary

CHX96
Solid brick, 32 nodes, cubic.
BCT6GW Groundwater flow, boundary

triangle, 6 nodes, quadratic.
CL10T
Curved truss bar, 2-D, 5 nodes,

quartic.
BCT6HT Potential flow, boundary triangle,

6 nodes, quadratic.
CL12B
Curved beam, 2-D, 4 nodes,

degenerated cubic.
BQ24S4 Fluidstructure quadrilateral
CL12I
Line interface, 2-D, 6 nodes,
466

quadratic.
CQ20A
CL12T

cubic.
Quadrilateral axisymmetric, 8
nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
CQ20E
CL15B
Curved beam, 2-D, 5 nodes,

degenerated quartic.
Quadrilateral plane strain, 8 nodes,

quadratic, hyperelastic.
CQ22A
CL15T

quartic.
nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
CQ22E
CL18B
Curved beam, 3 nodes, 3-D,

quadratic.

quadratic, hyperelastic.
CQ24C
CL18I
Curved line interface, 6 nodes,

quadratic, linesolid connection.
Quadrilateral contact interface,

3-D, 8 nodes.
CL20I
Curved line interface, 10 nodes,

quartic.
CL24B
Curved beam, 4 nodes, 3-D, cubic.
CL24I
CQ24GE Quadrilateral complete plane

strain, 8 nodes, quadratic.
CQ24P
Quadrilateral plate bending, 8

nodes, quadratic, Mindlin.
Line interface, to shell, 6 nodes,

quadratic.
CQ24T
Quadrilateral bounding, 8 nodes,

quadratic, 3-D.
CL30B

quartic.
CQ36GE Quadrilateral complete plane

strain, 12 nodes, cubic.
CL32I

cubic.
CQ36T

cubic, 3-D.
CQ40F
Quadrilateral flat shell, 8 nodes,

quadratic, Mindlin.
CL3CR Crack tip, 3-D, 3 nodes.

CL6CT
Line contact interface, 2-D, 3

nodes.
CQ40L
CL6TB
Line bounding, 3 nodes, quadratic,

2-D.
Quadrilateral curved shell, 8 nodes,

quadratic, layered.
CQ40S
CL6TR Curved truss bar, 2-D, 3 nodes,

quadratic.

quadratic.
CQ48F

cubic.

quadratic, Mindlin + z d.o.f.
CQ48I
CL9AX Axisymmetric shell, 3 nodes,

quadratic.
Quadrilateral interface, 3-D, 16

nodes, quadratic.
CQ60S
Quadrilateral curved shell, 12

nodes, cubic.
CL9BE

quadratic.
CL9PE
Infinite plane strain shell, 3 nodes,

quadratic.

quadratic.
CQ12C
Quadrilateral base for composed

solid, 12 nodes.
CQ16A
nodes, quadratic.
CQ16E

quadratic.
CQ16M Quadrilateral plane stress, 8 nodes,

quadratic.
CQ16O
Quadrilateral plane stress, 8 nodes,

quadratic, orthotropic.
CQ18M Quadrilateral plane stress, 9 nodes,

quadratic, Lagrange.
CQ8AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow,

CQ8AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,
CQ8CM Quadrilateral base for composed
solid, 8 nodes.
CQ8GW Groundwater flow, quadrilateral, 8
nodes, quadratic.
CQ8HT Potential flow, quadrilateral, 8
nodes, quadratic.
CQ8KD Layered groundwater flow,
CQ8RE Reynolds flow, quadrilateral, 8
nodes, quadratic.
CQ8TO Cross-section torsion, quadrilateral,
8 nodes, quadratic.
CT12A
Triangular axisymmetric, 6 nodes,

quadratic.
467
CT12E
Triangular plane strain, 6 nodes,

quadratic.
CT9CM Triangular base for composed solid,

9 nodes.
CT12M Triangular plane stress, 6 nodes,

quadratic.
CTE10G Groundwater flow, 3-D, pyramid,

10 nodes, quadratic.
CT12O
Triangular plane stress, 6 nodes,

quadratic, orthotropic.
CTE10H Potential flow, 3-D, pyramid, 10

nodes, quadratic.
CT18C
Triangular contact interface, 3-D, 6

nodes.
CTE30
Solid pyramid, 10 nodes, quadratic.
CTE48
Solid pyramid, 16 nodes, cubic.
CT18GE Triangular complete plane strain,

6 nodes, quadratic.
CTP15G Groundwater flow, 3-D, wedge, 15

nodes, quadratic.
CT18P
Triangular plate bending, 6 nodes,

quadratic, Mindlin.
CTP15H Potential flow, 3-D, triangular

prism (wedge), 15 nodes, quadratic.
CT18T
Triangular bounding, 6 nodes,

quadratic, 3-D.
CTP45
Solid wedge, 15 nodes, quadratic.
CTP72
Solid wedge, 24 nodes, cubic.
HX24L
Solid brick, 8 nodes, linear.
HX25L
Solid brick, 8 nodes, linear,

hyperelastic.
CT27GE Triangular complete plane strain,

9 nodes, cubic.
CT27T

cubic, 3-D.
CT30A

quartic, Lagrange.
CT30E

quartic, Lagrange, hyperelastic.
CT30F
Triangular flat shell, 6 nodes,

quadratic, Mindlin.
CT30L
Triangular curved shell, 6 nodes,

quadratic, layered.
CT30S

quadratic.
CT36F

quadratic, Mindlin + z d.o.f.
CT36I
Triangular interface, 3-D, 12 nodes,

quadratic.
CT45S

cubic.
HX8GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, brick, 8

nodes, linear.
HX8HT Potential flow, 3-D, brick, 8 nodes,
linear.
ICL6H
Potential flow, line interface, 6

nodes, quadratic.
ICQ16H Potential flow, quadrilateral

ICT12H Potential flow, triangular interface,
12 nodes, quadratic.
IL4HT
Potential flow, line interface, 4

nodes, linear.
IPT2H
Potential flow, point interface, 2

nodes.
IQ8HT
Potential flow, quadrilateral

interface, 8 nodes, linear.
IT6HT
Potential flow, triangular interface,

6 nodes, malinear.
L12BE
Bending beam, 2 nodes, 3-D,

Timoshenko or Bernoulli.
L13BE

isoparametric.
L16IF

linear.
L20IF
Line interface, to shell, 3+2 nodes,

quadratic/linear.
CT6KD Layered groundwater flow, triangle,

6 nodes, quadratic.
L2HT
Cooling pipe, 2 nodes, linear.
CT6RE Reynolds flow, triangle, 6 nodes,

quadratic.
L4CT
Line contact interface, 2-D, 2

nodes.
CT6TO Cross-section torsion, triangle, 6

nodes, quadratic.
L4HT
Cooling pipe, 4 nodes, linear,

nonsymmetric.
CT6AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow,

CT6AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,
CT6CM Triangular base for composed solid,
6 nodes.
CT6GW Groundwater flow, triangle, 6
nodes, quadratic.
CT6HT Potential flow, triangle, 6 nodes,
quadratic.
L2TRU Truss bar, 1-D, 2 nodes.
468

L4TB
Line bounding, 2 nodes, linear,

2-D.
L4TRU Truss bar, 2 nodes, 2-D

geometrically nonlinear.
L6BEN

Timoshenko or Bernoulli.
L6TRU Truss bar, 2 nodes, 3-D

geometrically nonlinear.
nodes, linear.
Q4TO
Cross-section torsion, quadrilateral,

4 nodes, linear.
Q56SPL Rectangular spline (strip), 10

nodes, 4 sections.
Q8AXI
nodes, linear.
Q8EPS

linear.
L7BEN

isoparametric.
L8IF
Line interface, 2-D, 4 nodes, linear.
Q8MEM Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes,

linear.
N4IF
Node interface, 2-D, 2 nodes,

linear.
Q8OME Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes,

linear, orthotropic geometry.
N6IF
Node interface, 3-D, 2 nodes,

linear.
SP12BA Base spring, 2 nodes, 3-D.
PT1CR Crack tip, 2-D, 1 node.
SP1RO
Rotation spring/dashpot, 1 node.
SP1TR
Translation spring/dashpot, 1
node.
PT3RO Point mass, rotation, 1 node.

PT3T
Point mass, translation, 1 node.
SP2RO
Rotation spring/dashpot, 2 nodes.
Q12CT
Quadrilateral contact interface,

3-D, 4 nodes.
SP2TR
Translation spring/dashpot, 2
nodes.
SP6BA
Base spring, 2 nodes, 2-D.
T15SF

linear, Mindlin.
Q12ME Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes,

linear, drilling d.o.f.
Q12PL
Quadrilateral plate bending, 4

nodes, linear, Mindlin.
T15SH
Q12TB

linear, 3-D.

linear.
T18IF
Q20SF

linear, Mindlin.
Triangular interface, 3-D, 6 nodes,

linear.
T18SF
Q20SH

linear.

linear, Mindlin + z d.o.f.
Q24IF
Quadrilateral interface, 3-D, 8

nodes, linear.
Q24SF

linear, Mindlin + z d.o.f.
Q48SPL Rectangular spline (strip), 8 nodes,

3 sections.
T3AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow,

T3AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,
T3CMP Triangular base for composed solid,
3 nodes.
T3GW
Q4AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow,

Groundwater flow, triangle, 3

nodes, linear.
T3HT
Q4AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,

Potential flow, triangle, 3 nodes,

linear.
T3KD
Q4CMP Quadrilateral base for composed

solid, 4 nodes.
Layered groundwater flow, triangle,

3 nodes, linear.
T3RE
Q4GW
Groundwater flow, quadrilateral, 4

nodes, linear.
Reynolds flow, triangle, 3 nodes,

linear.
T3TO
Q4HT
Potential flow, quadrilateral, 4

nodes, linear.
Cross-section torsion, triangle, 3

nodes, linear.
T6AXI
Q4KD
Layered groundwater flow,


linear.
T6EPS
Q4RE
Reynolds flow, quadrilateral, 4

linear.
469
T6MEM Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,
linear.
T9WME Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,

nonlinear wrinkling.
T6OME Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,

linear, orthotropic geometry.
TE12L
T9CT
Triangular contact interface, 3-D, 3

nodes.
T9MEM Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,

linear, drilling d.o.f.
Solid pyramid, 4 nodes, linear.
TE4GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, pyramid, 4

nodes, linear.
TE4HT Potential flow, 3-D, pyramid, 4
nodes, linear.
TP18L
Solid wedge, 6 nodes, linear.
T9PLA
Triangular plate bending, 3 nodes,

linear, Kirchhoff.
TP6GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, wedge, 6

nodes, linear.
T9TB

linear, 3-D.
TP6HT Potential flow, 3-D, wedge, 6

nodes, linear.
470
Appendix B
Material Properties Forms

This appendix describes the interactive input of material properties in the Design working environment of iDiana.1 There are two ways of properties specification: via commands on the iDiana command line or via so-called forms. In
both cases, the basic choice is for the aspect of the properties. This appendix
describes the input via forms with cross references to the appropriate section in
this volume.2
Depending on the model type that you specified with the FEMGEN command,
Diana offers you a selection out of the following aspects. You may activate an
aspect by clicking on its tab.
Model Code Libraries to apply predefined material properties for concrete and
steel from various Model Codes [ B.1].

Linear Elasticity to specify material properties for linear elasticity [ B.2].
Mass to specify mass parameters [ B.3].
Damping to specify damping parameters [ B.4].
Static Nonlinearity to specify material properties for static nonlinear analysis [ B.5].
Transient Nonlinearity to specify material properties for transient nonlinear anal-
ysis [ B.6].
Expansion to specify material properties for thermal or concentration expansion
[ B.7].
Woehler to specify W
ohler diagrams for fatigue failure analysis [ B.8].
Flow to specify material properties for potential flow analysis [ B.9].
1 See
Volume Pre- and Postprocessing for a description of the iDiana interface.

also Volume Pre- and Postprocessing for a general description of material properties
input via forms.
2 See
472

Groundwater Flow to specify material properties for detailed groundwater flow
analysis [ B.10].
Aquifer to specify material properties in an aquifer model for regional ground-
water flow analysis [ B.11].

Lubrication to specify material properties for lubrication elements in a model for
Reynolds flow analysis [ B.12].

Cross-section to specify material properties for cross-section elements in a model
for cross-section analysis [ B.13].

Pore Fluid to specify material properties for elements in a model for soilpore
fluid analysis [ B.14].

External to read data from an external file [ B.15].
B.1
On the Model Code Libraries aspect tab you may indicate predefined material properties for concrete and steel according to various Model Codes [Ch. 10 p. 207].
B.1.1
Concrete
Via the Concrete concept you may specify predefined concrete classes [ 10.1
p. 207]. Via subconcepts you may specify the code, class and other topics.
B.1.1.1
Dutch Code
The NEN 6720 concept indicates concrete according to the Dutch code [ 10.1.1
p. 207]. You must choose a class Bn [Table 10.1 p. 208], and indicate the analysis type Linear or Nonlinear. This requires the specification of the following
parameters.
Thermal expansion coefficient . . . .
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
THERMX
POISON
DENSIT
YOUNG
alpha
nu
rho
e
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 34]
p. 34]
p. 27]
p. 34]
For a nonlinear analysis you must further indicate the type (Static, Time dependent, or both), the applied phenomena (Creep, Shrinkage or both), and the
cement class (A, B, or C). Depending on the specified concepts iDiana shows
the predefined values for the various properties. Note that you still have to fill
in some non-predefined values.
B.1 Model Code Libraries
473
Nonlinear
Tensile strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft
Compressive strength . . . . . . . . . . . . fc
Shear retention factor . . . . . . . . . . .
TENSTR ft
COMSTR fc
BETA
beta
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.3
p. 100]
p. 100]
p. 107]
Creep
Youngs modulus at 28 days . . . . .
Charac. strength 28 dys (MPa) . .
Notational size (mm) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concrete age at loading (dys) . . . .
Relative ambient humidity (%) . . .
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCK28
H
LODAGE
RH
[ 7.4.2.3
[ 7.4.2.3
[ 7.4.2.3
[ 7.4.2.3
[ 7.4.2.3
[ 7.4.2.3
p. 140]
p. 140]
p. 140]
p. 140]
p. 140]
p. 140]
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
E28
fck
h
tlo
RH
Shrinkage
Lowest reinforcement % . . . . . . . . .
0
Concrete age end curing (dys) . . .
B.1.1.2
NN6720
e28
cstren
notsiz
tlo
humid
SHRINN NN6720
OMEGA reinpe
CURAGE ti0
European Code
The CEB-FIP concept indicates concrete according to the European code [ 10.1.2
p. 209]. For this code you must first choose Plain or Reinforced/prestressed concrete,
then the concrete class Cn [Table 10.2 p. 209], followed by the analysis type Linear
or Nonlinear. This requires the specification of the following parameters.
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
THERMX
POISON
DENSIT
YOUNG
alpha
nu
rho
e
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 34]
p. 34]
p. 27]
p. 34]
For a nonlinear analysis you must further indicate the type: Static, Time dependent, or both. You must also choose a crack model: Total Strain fixed crack or
Total Strain rotating crack [ 18.2.1 p. 383]. For the creep model [ 7.4.2.1 p. 137]
you must indicate the cement type (Slowly hardening, Normal and rapidly hardening, or Rapidly hardening for high strength cement) and also the application of
aging (Concrete age - loading days, or Concrete age to be generated for aging chains).
Finally you must indicate the application of Shrinkage [ 8.2.2 p. 145] or No shrinkage. Depending on the specified concepts iDiana shows the predefined values
for the various properties. Note that you still have to fill in some non-predefined
values.
Nonlinear
no parameters
Total strain fixed crack
Maximum aggregate size . . . . . . . .
TOTCRK
TENSTR
COMSTR
BETA
DMAX
FIXED
ft
fc
beta
dmax
[ 6.2
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.3.1
[ 6.2.1.1
p. 97]
p. 100]
p. 100]
p. 107]
p. 99]
474

Total strain rotating crack
TOTCRK
TENSTR
COMSTR
DMAX
ROTATE
ft
fc
dmax
[ 6.2
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.1.2
[ 6.2.1.1
p. 97]
p. 100]
p. 100]
p. 99]
Creep & Shrinkage

Mean comp str 28 days (MPa) . . .
Ambient temperature (C) . . . . . . . .
Age at element birth (days) . . . . . .
CREEPN
YOUN28
FCM28
H
RH
TEMPER
LODAGE
AGING
CURAGE
MC1990
e28
fcm28
notsiz
humid
tenv
tlo
tel
ti0
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 7.4.2.1
[ 8.2.2
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 137]
p. 145]
B.1.2
E28
fcm
h
RH
Tenv
tlo
tel
Steel
Via the Steel concept you may specify predefined steel classes [ 10.2 p. 211]. Via
subconcepts you may specify the code, the class and other topics.
B.1.2.1
Dutch Code
The NEN 6770 concept indicates steel according to the Dutch code [ 10.2.1
p. 211]. You must choose a class Sn and a Thickness range [Table 10.3 p. 211].
Depending on the specified concepts for elastic or plastic behavior iDiana shows
the predefined values for the various properties.
Linear
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
THERMX
e
nu
rho
alpha
[ 10.2.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 212]
p. 34]
p. 34]
p. 27]
p. 34]
Nonlinear
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YOUNG
POISON
DENSIT
THERMX
e
nu
rho
alpha
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 34]
p. 34]
p. 27]
p. 34]
[ 10.2.1.2
[ 5.1.1
p. 212]
p. 50]
Ideal plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YLDVAL sy
B.1 Model Code Libraries

Hardening plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1st term in hardening diagram . . .
2nd term in hardening diagram . . .
3rd term in hardening diagram . . .
4th term in hardening diagram . . .
B.1.3
475
y
y(1)
(1)
y(2)
(2)
y(3)
(3)
YLDVAL
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
sy
sy1
k1
sy2
k2
sy3
k3
[ 10.2.1.3
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 212]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
Reinforcement Steel
Via the Reinforcement steel concept you may specify predefined reinforcement
steel classes [ 10.3 p. 213]. Via subconcepts you may specify the code, the class
and other topics.
B.1.3.1
Dutch Code
The NEN 6720 concept indicates reinforcement steel according to the Dutch
code [ 10.3.1 p. 213]. You must choose a class FeBn for embedded steel [Table
10.4 p. 214], or FePn for prestress cables [Table 10.5 p. 215]. You must also
indicate whether or not the reinforcement is bonded to the surrounding material.
Furthermore, you may indicate the application of a hardening plasticity model.
Depending on the steel class and the specified concepts for elastic or plastic
behavior iDiana shows the predefined values for the various properties.
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
YOUNG e
THERMX alpha
Linear
no parameters
Nonlinear
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
1st term in hardening diagram . . .
2nd term in hardening diagram . . .
3rd term in hardening diagram . . .
YIELD
YLDVAL
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
HARDIA
Reinforcement bonded
no parameters
Reinforcement not bonded
no parameters
NOBOND
VMISES
sy
sy1
ky1
sy2
ky2
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 34]
p. 34]
[ 10.3.1.2
p. 214]
[ 10.3.1.3
[ 5.1.1
[ 10.3.1.4
[ 10.3.1.4
[ 10.3.1.4
[ 10.3.1.4
p. 214]
p. 50]
p. 215]
p. 215]
p. 215]
p. 215]
[ 10.3.1.1
p. 213]
[ 10.3.1.1
p. 214]
476
B.2
Linear Elasticity
On the Linear Elasticity aspect tab you may specify material properties for models
for linear elastic analysis [ 4.1 p. 33].
B.2.1
Isotropic
Via this concept you may specify properties for isotropic elasticity. Required
parameters depend on the element type [Table 4.1 p. 34].
Isotropic
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.2
YOUNG e
POISON nu
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 33]
p. 34]
p. 34]
Orthotropic
Via this concept you may specify properties for orthotropic elasticity. Required
parameters depend on the type of the elements or the type of the model [Table
4.2 p. 36].
Orthotropic
Youngs modulus x-direction . . . . .
Youngs modulus y-direction . . . . .
Youngs modulus z-direction . . . . .
Poissons ratio xy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poissons ratio yz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poissons ratio zx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shear modulus xy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shear modulus yz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shear modulus zx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.2.3
Ex
Ey
Ez
xy
yz
zx
Gxy
Gyz
Gzx
YOUNG
YOUNG
YOUNG
POISON
POISON
POISON
SHRMOD
SHRMOD
SHRMOD
ex
ey
ez
nuxy
nuyz
nuzx
gxy
gyz
gzx
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
p. 35]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
Reinforcement
Via this concept you may specify linear elastic properties for reinforcements.
You must also indicate whether or not the reinforcement is bonded to the surrounding material.
Reinforcement
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
File corrosion influence . . . . . . . . . . file
YOUNG e
CORROS t f
Reinforcement bonded
no parameters
Reinforcement not bonded
no parameters
NOBOND
[ 9.5.1
[ 9.5.1
[ 9.5.4.2
p. 184]
p. 184]
p. 189]
[ 9.5.4.1
p. 188]
[ 9.5.4.1
p. 188]
B.3 Mass
B.2.4
477
Interfaces
Via this concept you may specify elastic properties for interface elements.
Interfaces
Linear normal stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . D11
Linear tangential stiffness . . . . . . . . D22
B.2.5
DSTIF
DSTIF
d11
d22
[ 9.3.1
[ 9.3.1.1
[ 9.3.1.1
p. 161]
p. 161]
p. 161]
Spring
Via this concept you may specify elastic properties for spring elements.
Spring
Linear elastic spring stiff. . . . . . . . . K
B.3
SPRING k
[ 9.1.2.1
[ 9.1.2.1
p. 150]
p. 150]
Mass
On the Mass aspect tab you may specify properties for mass [ 3.1 p. 27].
B.3.1
Mass Density
Via this concept you may specify mass density of materials for continuum elements. The required parameters depend on the analysis type: structural or
coupled flowstress.
B.3.1.1
Structural Analysis
Mass density
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduced mass density . . . . . . . . . . . red
B.3.1.2
[ 3.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 3.1.1
p. 27]
p. 27]
p. 28]
[ 3.1.1
[ 3.1.1
[ 15.1
p. 27]
p. 27]
p. 296]
Mass density
Mass density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . f
B.3.2
DENSIT rho
DENSRE rhored
DENSIT rho
DENSFL rhof
Point Mass
Via this concept you may specify concentrated mass for point massdamping
elements. Furthermore you may indicate isotropic or orthotropic mass.
Point mass
no parameters
Isotropic
Point mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
MASS
[ 3.1.2
p. 28]
[ 3.1.2
p. 28]
478

Orthotropic
Point mass in X-direction . . . . . . . . MX
Point mass in Y-direction . . . . . . . . MY
Point mass in Z-direction . . . . . . . . MZ
B.4
MASS
MASS
MASS
mx
my
mz
[ 3.1.2
[ 3.1.2
[ 3.1.2
p. 28]
p. 28]
p. 28]
Damping
On the Damping aspect tab you may specify properties for damping [ 3.2 p. 29].
B.4.1
Viscous
Via this concept you may specify material parameters for viscous damping
[ 3.2.1 p. 29].
Viscous
Rayleigh damping factor a . . . . . . . a
Rayleigh damping factor b . . . . . . . b
B.4.2
RAYLEI a
RAYLEI b
[ 3.2.1
[ 3.2.1
p. 29]
p. 29]
Structural
Via this concept you may specify material parameters for structural damping
[ 3.2.2 p. 30].
Structural
Hysteretic damping factor . . . . . . .
B.4.3
HYSTER gamma
[ 3.2.2
p. 30]
Isotropic
Via this concept you may specify material parameters for isotropic continuous
damping [ 3.2.3 p. 30].
Isotropic
Damping coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . C
B.4.4
DAMP
cx
[ 3.2.3
p. 30]
Orthotropic
Via this concept you may specify material parameters for orthotropic continuous
damping [ 3.2.3 p. 30].
Orthotropic
Damping coeff. in X-direction . . . . CX
Damping coeff. in Y-direction . . . . CY
Damping coeff. in Z-direction . . . . CZ
DAMP
DAMP
DAMP
cx
cy
cz
[ 3.2.3
[ 3.2.3
[ 3.2.3
p. 30]
p. 30]
p. 30]
B.5 Static Nonlinearity
B.4.5
479
Strain Energy Based
Via this concept you may specify the element damping factors based on strain
energy [ 3.2.4 p. 31].
Strain energy based
Damping coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . he
B.5
DAMPSE he
[ 3.2.4
p. 31]
Static Nonlinearity
On the Static Nonlinearity aspect tab you may specify material properties for
static nonlinear analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
B.5.1
Via this concept you may apply a material model for concrete and brittle materials.
[ 2.1.1
Concrete and brittle materials

no parameters
B.5.1.1
p. 20]
Rankine Principle Stress
The Rankine Principle Stress model is available for two-dimensional models.

[ 5.1.3
Rankine Principle Stress

no parameters
p. 57]
Plasticity. Within the Rankine Principle Stress model you must choose a
plasticity model.
Simple Rankine
Rankine yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD RANKIN
YLDVAL sigy
[Fig. 5.1a
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 58]
Rankine/Von Mises
Von Mises yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD RANVMI
YLDVAL fct
YLDVAL fcc
[Fig. 5.1b
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 58]
p. 58]
Rankine yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin(friction angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin(dilatancy angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
[Fig. 5.1c
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 59]
p. 59]
p. 59]
p. 59]
y
c
sin
sin
RANDRU
fct
ch
sph
sps
Hardening/softening. Within the Rankine Principle Stress model you may

choose a hardening model [Fig. 5.2 p. 60]. Depending on your choice, iDiana
will ask you to fill in the appropriate parameter or to supply curve values via
480

an external file. Note that no hardening will be applied if you choose for ideal
plasticity for any of the previous plasticity models.
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
Work hardening in tensile
no parameters
HARDEN WORK
[ 5.1.3
p. 59]
Strain hardening
no parameters
HARDEN STRAIN
[ 5.1.3
p. 59]
Linear softening in comprs

Fracture energy comp. failure . . . . Gc
CMPNAM LINEAR
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2a
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Multi-linear soften comprs

File stress hardn in compres. . . . . . file
CMPNAM MULTLN
CMPVAL cv k
[Fig. 5.2b
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Exp. soften comprs

CMPNAM EXPONE
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2c
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Linear harden comprs

Hardening modulus in compres. . . Ehar
CMPNAM LINHAR
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2d
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Parab. hard/soften comprs

CMPNAM PARABO
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2e
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Hordijk soften in comprs

CMPNAM HORDYK
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2f
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Reinhardt soften in comprs

CMPNAM REINHA
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2g
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Linear soften in tensile

Fracture energy tensile fail . . . . . . . Gf
HARNAM LINEAR
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2a
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Mult-lin. softn in tensile

File stress harden in tensile . . . . . . file
HARNAM MULTLN
HARVAL tv k
[Fig. 5.2b
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Exp. soften in tensile

HARNAM EXPONE
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2c
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Linear harden in tensile

Harden modulus tensile regime . . . Ehar
HARNAM LINHAR
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2d
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
481
Parab. hard/soften tensile

HARNAM PARABO
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2e
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Hordijk soften in tensile

HARNAM HORDYK
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2f
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Reinhardt soften in tensile

HARNAM REINHA
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2g
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
B.5.1.2
Multi-directional Fixed Crack
The Multi-directional Fixed Crack model is also known as smeared cracking

[ 6.1 p. 87]. There are concepts for tension cut-off, tension softening, shear
retention, and plasticity as indicated below.
Tension cut-off. For smeared cracking you must indicate the tension cut-off
criterion [ 6.1.1 p. 88].
CRACK 1
CRKVAL ft
[Fig. 6.1a
[ 6.1.1
p. 88]
p. 88]

CRACK 2
CRKVAL ft
CRKVAL fc
[Fig. 6.1b
[ 6.1.1
[ 6.1.1
p. 88]
p. 88]
p. 88]
Tension softening. For smeared cracking you must indicate the tension softening criterion [ 6.1.2 p. 90].
Brittle cracking
no parameters
TENSIO 0
[Fig. 6.2a
p. 91]

no parameters
TENSIO 1
[Fig. 6.2b
p. 91]
Ultimate strain based

Ultimate strain of diagram . . . . . . . cr
u
TENVAL eu
[ 6.1.2
p. 91]
Fracture energy based

Fracture energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gf
Crack bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h
GF
gf
CRACKB h
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
p. 91]
p. 91]

File tension soften diagram . . . . . . file
TENSIO 2
TENVAL st et
[Fig. 6.2c
[ 6.1.2
p. 91]
p. 92]
482

Moelands tension softening
Softening tensile strength . . . . . . . . ft
TENSIO
TENVAL
TENVAL
CRACKB
3
ft
gf
h
[Fig. 6.2d
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
p. 91]
p. 92]
p. 92]
p. 92]
Hordijk tension softening

Softening tensile strength . . . . . . . .
Fracture energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crack bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tension softening factor c1 . . . . . .
Tension softening factor c2 . . . . . .
TENSIO
TENVAL
TENVAL
CRACKB
TENVAL
TENVAL
5
ft
gf
h
c1
c2
[Fig. 6.2e
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
[ 6.1.2
p. 91]
p. 92]
p. 92]
p. 92]
p. 92]
p. 92]
ft
Gf
h
c1
c2
Shear retention. For smeared cracking you must indicate the shear retention
criterion [ 6.1.3 p. 96].
Full shear retention
no parameters
TAUCRI 0
[ 6.1.3
p. 96]

Constant shear retention fct. . . . . .
TAUCRI 1
BETA
beta
[ 6.1.3
[ 6.1.3
p. 96]
p. 96]
Plasticity. You may suppress the application of a plasticity model within a

model for smeared cracking. Otherwise you may choose a specific plasticity
model with appropriate hardening.
No plasticity
no parameters
Von Mises plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Tresca plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD TRESCA
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Drucker-Prager plasticity
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
Sin(friction angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sin
Sin(dilatancy angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . sin
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
DRUCKE
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Mohr-Coulomb plasticity
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MOHRCO
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Hardening. You may specify the hardening model within a plasticity model
for smeared cracking. Note that no hardening will be applied if you choose ideal
483

Ideal plasticity
no parameters
Work hardening diagram
File hardening diagram . . . . . . . . . . file
HARDEN WORK
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
Strain hardening diagram

HARDEN STRAIN
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
Work Nadai hardening

Nadais stress shift factor . . . . . . . .
Nadais hardening constant . . . . . .
Nadais hardening exponent . . . . . .
Nadais strain shift factor . . . . . . . .
0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
WORK
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
Strain Nadai hardening

0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
STRAIN
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
Work Voce hardening

Voces initial yield stress . . . . . . . . .
Voces hardening constant . . . . . . .
Voces hardening exponent . . . . . . .
Voces yield plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
WORK
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
Strain Voce hardening

0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
STRAIN
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 54]
p. 54]
p. 54]
Strain hardening diagrams

File sin(friction angle) diag. . . . . . . file
File dilatancy diagram . . . . . . . . . . . file
B.5.1.3
HARDIA ch k
FRCDIA sph k
DILDIA sps k
Total Strain Cracking
There are three Total Strain crack models available [ 6.2 p. 97]. For each model
you may choose between specification according to the CEB-FIP Model Code
or direct input.
484

Total Strain fixed crack
no parameters
TOTCRK FIXED
[ 6.2
p. 98]
Total Strain rotating crack

no parameters
TOTCRK ROTATE
[ 6.2
p. 98]
CEB-FIP Model Code defn.

Concrete class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONCRE MC1990
DMAX
dmax
GRADE grade
[ 6.2.1.1
[ 6.2.1.1
[ 6.2.1.1
p. 99]
p. 99]
p. 99]
[ 6.2.1.2
p. 100]
Direct input
parameters as shown below
Direct input requires specification of the tension softening, the compression

behavior, and the shear behavior.
Tension softening. For direct input in a Total Strain crack model you must
specify the tension softening model [ 6.2.2.1 p. 101].
Elastic in tension
no parameters
TENCRV ELASTI
[Fig. 6.4a
p. 102]
Ideal in tension
TENCRV CONSTA
TENSTR ft
[Fig. 6.4b
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 102]
p. 102]
Brittle in tension
TENCRV BRITTL
TENSTR ft
[Fig. 6.4c
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 102]
p. 102]

TENCRV LINEAR
TENSTR ft
[Fig. 6.4d
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 102]
p. 104]
Ultimate strain based

Mode-I ultimate tensile strain . . . . u
EPSULT eu
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 103]
Fracture energy based

Mode-I tensile fracture energy . . . . GIf
GF1
gf1
CRACKB h
[ 6.2.2.1
[ 6.3
p. 104]
p. 116]
Exp. softening in tension

TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
CRACKB
[Fig. 6.4e
[ 6.2.2.1
[ 6.2.2.1
[ 6.3
p. 102]
p. 104]
p. 104]
p. 116]
EXPONE
ft
gf1
h
485
Hordijk soften in tension

TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
CRACKB
HORDYK
ft
gf1
h
[Fig. 6.4f
[ 6.2.2.1
[ 6.2.2.1
[ 6.3
p. 102]
p. 104]
p. 104]
p. 116]
Multi-lin. diag. in tension

File stress-strain diagram . . . . . . . . file
TENCRV MULTLN
TENPAR s e
[Fig. 6.4g
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 102]
p. 106]
Compressive behavior. For direct input in a Total Strain crack model you
must specify the compressive behavior [ 6.2.4.1 p. 109].
Elastic in compression
no parameters
COMCRV ELASTI
[Fig. 6.6a
p. 110]
Ideal in compression
COMCRV CONSTA
COMSTR fc
[Fig. 6.6b
[ 6.2.4.1
p. 110]
p. 110]
Thorenfeldt in compression
COMCRV THOREN
COMSTR fc
[Fig. 6.6c
[ 6.2.4.1
p. 110]
p. 110]
Linear hardening in compr.

Hardening modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ehar
COMCRV LINHAR
COMSTR fc
EHAR
ehar
[Fig. 6.6d
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.2.4.1
p. 110]
p. 111]
p. 111]
Multi-lin diagram in compr.

Compres. stress-strain diag. . . . . . file
COMCRV MULTLN
COMPAR s e
[Fig. 6.6e
[ 6.2.2.1
p. 110]
p. 106]
Saturation harden in compr.

Initial compressive strength . . . . . .
Ultimate compressive strength . . .
Hardening modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decaying factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMCRV
COMSTR
COMSTO
EHAR
GAMMA
SATURA
fc0
fcinf
ehar
gam
[Fig. 6.6f
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.2.4.1
p. 110]
p. 113]
p. 113]
p. 113]
p. 113]
COMCRV
COMSTR
GC
CRACKB
PARABO
fc
gc
h
[Fig. 6.6g
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.2.4.1
[ 6.3
p. 110]
p. 114]
p. 114]
p. 116]
fc0
fc
Ehar
Parabolic diagram in compr.

Compressive fracture energy . . . . . Gc
Lateral confinement behavior. For direct input in a Total Strain crack

model you must specify the lateral confinement behavior [ 6.2.5 p. 115].
Lateral confinement behavior
no parameters
No lateral confinement behav.
no parameters
CNFCRV VECCHI
[ 6.2.5
p. 115]
[ 6.2.5
p. 115]
486

Lateral cracking reduction behavior. For direct input in a Total Strain
crack model you must specify the lateral cracking reduction behavior [ 6.2.5
p. 115].
Lateral cracking reduction
no parameters
REDCRV VC1993
No lateral cracking reduction

no parameters
[ 6.2.5
p. 115]
[ 6.2.5
p. 115]
Shear behavior. For direct input in a Total Strain crack model you must
specify the shear behavior [ 6.2.3 p. 107].
SHRCRV CONSTA
BETA
beta
[ 6.2.3.1
[ 6.2.3.1
p. 107]
p. 107]
Multi-lin diagram in shear

File shear stress-strain diag. . . . . . file
SHRCRV MULTLN
SHRPAR tau gam
[ 6.2.3.2
[ 6.2.3.2
p. 108]
p. 108]
Beta diagram in shear.

File shear retention-strain d . . . . . . file
SHRCRV BEDIAG
SHRPAR bet gam
[ 6.2.3.2
[ 6.2.3.2
p. 108]
p. 109]
B.5.1.4
No Cracking
With this concept no crack model will be part of the material model for concrete
or brittle materials.
No cracking
no parameters
Plasticity. For concrete and brittle materials you may specify a model for
plasticity with appropriate hardening. If you choose for no plasticity then the
material will behave fully linear.
No plasticity
no parameters
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Tresca plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD TRESCA
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
DRUCKE
ch
sph
sps
487
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MOHRCO
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Hardening. For concrete and brittle materials you may choose a hardening
model. Note that no hardening will be applied if you choose ideal plasticity for
any of the previous plasticity models.
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
HARDEN WORK
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]

HARDEN STRAIN
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
WORK
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
STRAIN
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
Work Voce hardening

0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
WORK
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
STRAIN
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
B.5.1.5
Modified Maekawa Concrete
There are three Maekawa concrete models available: fixed crack, rotating crack,
and non-orthogonal crack. The crack model must be combined with a tension
softening model.
488

Mod. Maekawa Concrete model
Correction factor plastic eval . . . . . b
BFAC
b
COMSTR fc
[ 9.4.1
[ 9.4.1
p. 177]
p. 177]
Total Strain fixed crack

no parameters
MAEKAW FIXED
[ 9.4.1
p. 177]
Total Strain rotating crack

no parameters
MAEKAW ROTATE
[ 9.4.1
p. 177]
Non-orthogonal crack
Crack threshold angle . . . . . . . . . . .
MAEKAW NONORT
THETA theta
[ 9.4.1
[ 9.4.1
p. 177]
p. 177]
Tension softening. For the Maekawa concrete model you must specify one
of the following tension softening models.
Ideal in tension
TENCRV CONSTA
TENSTR ft
[Fig. 9.13a p. 179]

[ 9.4.1.1
p. 179]
Brittle in tension
TENCRV BRITTL
TENSTR ft
[Fig. 9.13b p. 179]

[ 9.4.1.1
p. 179]
Linear softening in tension

TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
CRACKB
LINEAR
ft
gf1
h
[Fig. 9.13c
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
p. 179]
p. 179]
p. 180]
p. 180]
Exp. softening in tension

TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
CRACKB
EXPONE
ft
gf1
h
[Fig. 9.13d
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
p. 179]
p. 179]
p. 180]
p. 180]
Hordijk soften in tension

TENCRV
TENSTR
GF1
CRACKB
HORDYK
ft
gf1
h
[Fig. 9.13e
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
[ 9.4.1.1
p. 179]
p. 179]
p. 180]
p. 180]
Mult-lin. diag. in tension

File stress-strain diagram . . . . . . . . file
TENCRV MULTLN
TENPAR s e
[Fig. 9.13f p. 179]

[ 9.4.1.1
p. 180]
Crack-reclosing. For the Maekawa model you may activate the crack-reclosing
option.
No crack-reclosing option
no parameters
[ 9.4.1
p. 177]

Crack-reclosing option
no parameters
489
[ 9.4.1
RECLOS
p. 177]
Shear behavior. For the Maekawa model you may specify the shear behavior.
[ 9.4.1
[ 9.4.1
p. 178]
p. 177]
SHRCRV MULTLN
SHRPAR tau gam
[ 9.4.1.2
[ 9.4.1.2
p. 181]
p. 181]
Beta-diagr. in shear.
File shear retention-strain d . . . . . . file
SHRCRV BEDIAG
SHRPAR bet gam
[ 9.4.1.2
[ 9.4.1.2
p. 181]
p. 181]
Contact density shear-transfer

no parameters
SHRCRV MEASHR
[ 9.4.1.2
p. 181]
Contact density + decay shear

Shear softening parameter . . . . . . . c
Ultimate shear strain . . . . . . . . . . . . ult
SHRCRV MAEDEC
SHRPAR c
SHRPAR gamult
[ 9.4.1.2
[ 9.4.1.2
[ 9.4.1.2
p. 182]
p. 182]
p. 182]

BETA
Multi-linear diagr. in shear

File shear stress-strain diag. . . . . . file
B.5.2
beta
Soil and Rock
Depending on the model type and dimensionality you may specify models for
soil or rock.
Soil
no parameters
[ 2.1.3
p. 21]
Rock
no parameters
[ 2.1.3
p. 21]
B.5.2.1
Drained or Undrained Soil
For soil models [ 9.6 p. 191], you must indicate whether the behavior is drained
or undrained.
Drained behavior
K-ratio vert. to horiz. stress . . . . . K0
K0
Undrained behavior
K-ratio vert. to horiz. stress . . . . . K0
Fluid bulk modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kf
UNDRAI
K0
k0
NUMBKF bulkf
B.5.2.2
k0
[ 9.6.2
[ 9.6.2
p. 193]
p. 193]
[ 9.6.3
[ 9.6.2
[ 9.6.3
p. 194]
p. 193]
p. 194]
Linear
For linear material behavior no further input is required.
490

Linear
no parameters
B.5.2.3
HoekBrown Rock Plasticity
The HoekBrown model is a special model for rock plasticity [ 5.1.6 p. 78].
HoekBrown rock plasticity
Unconfined compr. strength . . . . .
Constant mi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological strength index . . . . . . . .
Dilatancy angle (degrees) . . . . . . . .
Cap compressive stress . . . . . . . . . .
Tension cut-off value . . . . . . . . . . . .
ci
mi
GSI
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
HOEKBR
sci
mi
gsi
dilat
cap
tensio
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
[ 5.1.6
p. 78]
p. 78]
p. 78]
p. 78]
p. 78]
p. 78]
p. 78]
Plasticity. Within HoekBrown rock plasticity you must choose one of the
Rankine Principal Stress models [ 5.1.3 p. 57].
Simple Rankine
YIELD RANKIN
YLDVAL sigy
[Fig. 5.1a
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 58]
Rankine/Von Mises
Von Mises yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD RANVMI
YLDVAL fct
YLDVAL fcc
[Fig. 5.1b
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 58]
p. 58]
Rankine yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin(friction angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin(dilatancy angle) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
[Fig. 5.1c
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
[ 5.1.3
p. 58]
p. 59]
p. 59]
p. 59]
p. 59]
y
c
sin
sin
RANDRU
fct
ch
sph
sps
Hardening/softening. Within the HoekBrown model you may choose hardening and softening models [Fig. 5.2 p. 60]. Depending on you choice, iDiana
will ask you to fill in the appropriate parameter or to supply curve values via
an external file. Note that no hardening will be applied if you choose the ideal
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
Work hardening in tensile
no parameters
HARDEN WORK
[ 5.1.3
p. 59]
Strain hardening
no parameters
HARDEN STRAIN
[ 5.1.3
p. 59]
491
Linear softening in comprs

CMPNAM LINEAR
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2a
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Multi-linear soften comprs

File stress hardn in compres. . . . . . file
CMPNAM MULTLN
CMPVAL cv k
[Fig. 5.2b
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Exp. soften comprs

CMPNAM EXPONE
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2c
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Linear harden comprs

Hardening modulus in compres. . . Ehar
CMPNAM LINHAR
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2d
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Parab. hard/soften comprs

CMPNAM PARABO
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2e
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Hordijk soften in comprs

CMPNAM HORDYK
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2f
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Reinhardt soften in comprs

CMPNAM REINHA
CMPVAL cv1
[Fig. 5.2g
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 60]
Linear soften in tensile

HARNAM LINEAR
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2a
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Mult-lin. softn in tensile

File stress harden in tensile . . . . . . file
HARNAM MULTLN
HARVAL tv k
[Fig. 5.2b
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Exp. soften in tensile

HARNAM EXPONE
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2c
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Linear harden in tensile

Harden modulus tensile regime . . . Ehar
HARNAM LINHAR
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2d
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Parab. hard/soften tensile

HARNAM PARABO
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2e
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Hordijk soften in tensile

HARNAM HORDYK
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2f
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
Reinhardt soften in tensile

HARNAM REINHA
HARVAL tv1
[Fig. 5.2g
[ 5.1.3
p. 60]
p. 59]
492

B.5.2.4
Granular Material
For drained soil behavior you may choose one of the following nonlinear elasticity
models for granular materials [ 4.2.1 p. 41].
G1
K1
n
Et
t
ELAST
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
GRAINS
g1
k1
n
emtens
nutens
[ 4.2.1.1
[ 4.2.1.1
[ 4.2.1.1
[ 4.2.1.1
[ 4.2.1.1
[ 4.2.1.1
p. 41]
p. 41]
p. 41]
p. 41]
p. 41]
p. 41]
Nonlinear Boyce
Reference shear modulus . . . . . . . . . G1
Reference compression modulus . . K1
Degree nonlinear elasticity . . . . . . . n
ELAST
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
BOYCE
g1
k1
n
[ 4.2.1.2
[ 4.2.1.2
[ 4.2.1.2
[ 4.2.1.2
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
Nonlinear Jardine
Strain at maximum stiffness . . . . .
Strain at medium stiffness . . . . . . .
Strain at minimum stiffness . . . . . .
Maximum stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum strain boundary . . . . . . .
Maximum strain boundary . . . . . . .
ELAST
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
JARDIN
c
d
e
f
g
emin
emax
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
[ 4.2.1.3
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
p. 42]
Nonlinear Grains
Reference shear modulus . . . . . . . . .
Reference compression modulus . .
Degree nonlinear elasticity . . . . . . .
Linear Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . .
Linear Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . .
C
D
E
F
G
min
max
Plasticity. You may suppress the application of a plasticity model within a

Boyce model, or you may choose a specific plasticity model.
No plasticity
no parameters
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Tresca plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD TRESCA
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
DRUCKE
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MOHRCO
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]

B.5.2.5
493
Soil Plasticity
Depending on the specified drained/undrained behavior you may choose one of

the following plasticity models with appropriate hardening.
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
DRUCKE
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MOHRCO
ch
sph
sps
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
p. 53]
Hardening. Within a soil plasticity model you may specify the hardening.
Note that no hardening will be applied if you choose for ideal plasticity for any
of the previous plasticity models.
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
Strain hardening diagrams
File sin(friction angle) diag. . . . . . . file
File dilatancy diagram . . . . . . . . . . . file
B.5.2.6
HARDEN
HARDIA
FRCDIA
DILDIA
STRAIN
ch k
sph k
sps k
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
[ 5.1.2
p. 54]
p. 54]
p. 54]
p. 54]
Cam-clay Model
For clay-like materials the Cam-clay model is available [ 5.1.4 p. 63].

Cam-clay model
Initial porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n0
YIELD CLAY
POROSI n
[ 5.1.4
[ 5.1.4.1
p. 63]
p. 65]
You may choose one out of two Cam-clay models: Modified or Egg.
Modified Cam-clay model
Sine of friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . . sin
Hardening parameter lambda . . . .
Slope during reloading kappa . . . .
Overconsolidation ratio . . . . . . . . . . OCR
ELAST
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
ELAVAL
OCR
CLAY
sphi
lambda
k
ocr
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
p. 65]
p. 64]
p. 64]
p. 65]
p. 65]
Egg Cam-clay model

no parameters
ELAST
CLAY
[ 5.1.4
p. 63]
Depending on further choices for input and preconsolidation iDiana will ask
you to fill in the appropriate parameters.
494

Regular input
Sine of friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . . sin
CAP
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
ELAVAL
OCR
sphi
lambda
k
ocr
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
p. 65]
p. 64]
p. 64]
p. 65]
p. 65]
Extended input
Cap shape factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sine of friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . .
sin
CAP
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
ELAVAL
alpha
sphi
lambda
k
[ 5.1.4.2
[ 5.1.4.2
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
[ 5.1.4.1
p. 66]
p. 66]
p. 64]
p. 64]
p. 65]
sin
CAP
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
alpha
sphi
lambda
pshift
gamma
k
pt
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.2
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.3
[ 5.1.4.3
p. 67]
p. 66]
p. 67]
p. 67]
p. 67]
p. 67]
p. 68]
p. 68]
Initial stress
K-ratio of norm. consol. soil . . . . . Knc
Multip. fac. preconsol. stress . . . . OCRp
OCR
KNC
OCRP
ocr
knc
ocrp
[ 5.1.4.2
[ 5.1.4.2
[ 5.1.4.2
p. 67]
p. 67]
p. 67]
Expli. preconsolidation stress

Preconsolidation stress . . . . . . . . . . p0c
PRECON pc
[ 5.1.4.2
p. 67]
Enhanced input
Cap shape factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sine of friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape factor gamma . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.2.7
The Modified MohrCoulomb model is available for soil and rock [ 5.1.5 p. 68].
Modified Mohr-Coulomb
no parameters
YIELD
MMOHRC
[ 5.1.5
p. 69]
You must make choices for elasticity [ 5.1.5.1 p. 69], the shear yield surface
[ 5.1.5.2 p. 71], and the compression yield surface [ 5.1.5.3 p. 73].
Linear elasticity
no parameters
Exponential elasticity
Exponential elasticity para. . . . . . .
Pressure shift for elasticity . . . . . . .
Initial void ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constant shear stiffness . . . . . . . . . .
p0t
e0
G
ELAST
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
VOID
SHRMOD
EXPONE
k
pt
e0
g
[ 5.1.5.1
p. 69]
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
p. 69]
p. 70]
p. 70]
p. 70]
p. 70]
495
POWER
kref
pref
m
pt
g
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
[ 5.1.5.1
p. 70]
p. 71]
p. 71]
p. 71]
p. 71]
p. 71]
Ideal shear plasticity

Sine initial friction angle . . . . . . . . . sin 0
Pressure shift for plasticity . . . . . . . p0
SINPHI sphi0
PSHIFT dp
[ 5.1.5.2
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 72]
p. 76]
Shear plasticity + hardening

File sine friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . file
Pressure shift for plasticity . . . . . . . p0
FRCCRV MULTLN
FRCPAR sphi k
PSHIFT dp
[ 5.1.5.2
[ 5.1.5.2
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 72]
p. 72]
p. 76]
[ 5.1.5.2
p. 73]
Power Law Elasticity

Reference compression modulus . .
Reference pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure shift for elasticity . . . . . . .
Constant shear stiffness . . . . . . . . . .
Kref
pref
m
p0t
G
ELAST
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
ELAVAL
SHRMOD
Associated plasticity
no parameters
Constant dilatancy
Sine of dilatancy angle . . . . . . . . . . . sin
SINPSI spsi
[ 5.1.5.2
[ 5.1.5.2
p. 72]
p. 72]
Rowe dilatancy curve

Sine frict. angle of con. vol. . . . . . sin cv
DILCRV ROWE
SINPCV spcv
[ 5.1.5.2
[ 5.1.5.2
p. 73]
p. 73]
Explicit preconsoli. stress

Preconsolidation stress . . . . . . . . . . p0c0
PRECON pc
[ 5.1.5.3
p. 73]
Initial stress
K-ratio of norm. consol. soil . . . . . Knc
Multip. fac. preconsol. stress . . . . OCRp
OCR
KNC
OCRP
[ 5.1.5.3
[ 5.1.5.3
[ 5.1.5.3
p. 74]
p. 74]
p. 74]
Ideal cap plasticity

PRECON pc
[ 5.1.5.3
p. 73]
Cap plasticity+exp. harden

Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRECON pc
GAMMA gamma
[ 5.1.5.3
[ 5.1.5.3
p. 73]
p. 75]
Cap plasticity+power. hard.

Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference pressure Pref . . . . . . . . . . pref
M .............................. m
POWPAR gamma
POWPAR pref
POWPAR m
[ 5.1.5.3
[ 5.1.5.3
[ 5.1.5.3
p. 75]
p. 75]
p. 75]
CAP
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 76]
Default cap shape

no parameters
ocr
knc
ocrp
496

Spherical cap shape
no parameters
User-defined cap shape
Cap shape factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP
alpha
Mohr-Coulomb deviatoric shape

no parameters
Drucker-Prager deviator. shape
no parameters
User-spec. deviatoric shape
Beta 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Beta 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B.5.2.8
SHPFAC 0.
0.
SHPFAC beta1
SHPFAC beta2
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 76]
[ 5.1.5.4
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 76]
p. 76]
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 77]
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 77]
[ 5.1.5.4
[ 5.1.5.4
[ 5.1.5.4
p. 77]
p. 77]
p. 77]
Simple Soil Models
For drained soil behavior you may choose one of the following simple soil models:
HardinDrnevich or RambergOsgood [ 9.6.1 p. 191].
HardinDrnevich
Characteristic shear strain . . . . . . . r
SOIL
HARDRN
GAMMAR gammar
[ 9.6.1.1
[ 9.6.1.1
p. 191]
p. 192]
You may choose one out of two methods to determine the bulk modulus: initial
stiffness based bulk modulus, or current shear based bulk modulus.
Initial stiffness based bulk modulus
no parameters
BULKMO INISTF
[ 9.6.1.1
p. 191]
Current shear based bulk modulus

no parameters
BULKMO CURSHE
[ 9.6.1.1
p. 191]
RambergOsgood
Characteristic shear strain . . . . . . . r
Alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOIL
GAMMAR
ALPHA
BETA
[ 9.6.1.2
[ 9.6.1.2
[ 9.6.1.2
[ 9.6.1.2
p. 192]
p. 192]
p. 192]
p. 192]
RAOSGO
gammar
alpha
beta
You may choose one out of two methods to determine the bulk modulus: initial
stiffness based bulk modulus, or current shear based bulk modulus.
Initial stiffness based bulk modulus
no parameters
BULKMO INISTF
[ 9.6.1.2
p. 192]
Current shear based bulk modulus

no parameters
BULKMO CURSHE
[ 9.6.1.2
p. 192]

B.5.2.9
497
Liquefaction
Via the material form you may choose one of the following models for liquefaction of soil [ 9.7 p. 195].
Towhata-Iai liquefaction
Reference mean pressure . . . . . . . . .
Bulk modulus at ref. stress . . . . . .
Shear modulus ref. pressure . . . . . .
Sine shear resistance angle . . . . . . .
Normalized plastic shear work . . . .
Sine phase transform. angle . . . . . .
Threshold level C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limit value virtual damping . . . . . .
Number of springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
p0ref
Kref
Gref
f
w1
p
c1
p1
p2
s1
hv
LIQUEF
PREF
BLKREF
SHRREF
SINPHF
W1
SINPHP
C1
P1
P2
S1
HV
NSPRIN
TOWHAT
pref
kref
gref
sphif
w1
sphip
c1
p1
p2
s1
hv
nsprin
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
[ 9.7.1
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 197]
p. 198]
p. 198]
p. 198]
p. 198]
Nishi liquefaction
Modified swelling parameter . . . . .
Shear resist. angle (failure) . . . . . .
Shear resist angle max compr. . . .
M* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G0* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beta 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beta 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
p
m
n
G0
1
2
LIQUEF
KAPSTA
PHI
PHIM
MSTAR
NEX
G0STAR
BETA
BETA
NISHI
kapsta
phi
phip
mstar
n
g0star
beta1
beta2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
[ 9.7.2
p. 198]
p. 199]
p. 199]
p. 199]
p. 200]
p. 200]
p. 200]
p. 200]
p. 200]
Bowl liquefaction
Reference isotropic pressure . . . . . .
Reference shear modulus . . . . . . . . .
Reference shear strain . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum damping ratio . . . . . . . . .
Swelling parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A ...............................
B ...............................
C ...............................
D ..............................
Min. liquefaction resistance . . . . . .
0
m.ref
Gref
0.5
hmax
A
B
C
D
Xlim
LIQUEF
PREF
SHRREF
GAMMAR
HMAX
KAPPA
A
B
C
D
XL
BOWL
sigref
gref
gamref
hmax
kappa
a
b
c
d
xl
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
[ 9.7.3
p. 200]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
p. 201]
B.5.3
Masonry
For masonry you may choose a model for orthotropic plasticity. See also 2.1.4 on
page 22 for an overview.
Masonry
no parameters
[ 5.2
p. 80]
498

B.5.3.1
Hill
The Hill orthotropic plasticity model is available for masonry [ 5.2.1 p. 80].
When you have indicated the yield criterion iDiana will ask you to specify
appropriate yield stress parameters depending on this criterion and the model
type [Table 5.1 p. 81].
Hill orthotropic plastic
Yield stress in x-direction . . . . . . . .
Yield stress in y-direction . . . . . . . .
Yield shear stress xy . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yield shear stress yz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yield shear stress zx . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y,xx
y,yy
y,xy
y,yz
y,zx
YIELD
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
HILL
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
Yield stress-princip anisot

Yield stress in z-direction . . . . . . . . y,zz
YLDOPT MATAXI
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]
Yield stress-45deg off-axis

Yield stress at 45 degrees . . . . . . . . y,45
YLDOPT OFFAXI
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]
B.5.3.2
RankineHill
The RankineHill orthotropic plasticity model s available for masonry [ 5.2.3

p. 82].
RankineHill anisotropic plast
Tensile strength in x-direct. . . . . . .
Tensile strength in y-direct. . . . . . .
Alpha shear stress contrib. . . . . . . .
Alpha h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressive strength in x-dir . . . .
Compressive strength in y-dir . . . .
Beta coupling normal stresses . . . .
Gamma contrib. shear stress . . . . .
Hill fracture energy in x-dir . . . . . .
Hill fracture energy in y-dir . . . . . .
Equivalent plastic strain . . . . . . . . .
Crack bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crack rate (in)dependence.

crack rate (in)dependence.
ft.x
ft.y
h
fc.x
fc.y
Gfc .x
Gfc .y
p
h
RANHIL
ftx
fty
alt
alh
fcx
fcy
bet
gam
gfcx
gfcy
kap
h
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
p. 82]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
For the RankineHill model you must indicate
Crack rate independent

Rankine frac. energy in x-dir . . . . . Gft .x
Rankine frac. energy in y-dir . . . . . Gft .y
YIELD
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
CMPVAL
CMPVAL
TOPEPS
CRACKB
HARVAL gftx
HARVAL gfty
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
499
Viscous cracking
Rankine frac. energy in x-dir . . . . .
Rankine frac. energy in y-dir . . . . .
Viscosity contribution x-dir. . . . . . .
Viscosity contribution y-dir. . . . . . .
gft .x
gft .y
mx
my
HARVAL
HARVAL
CMORAT
CMORAT
gftx
gfty
mx
my
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
Wu and Bazant model

Rankine frac. energy in x-dir . . . . .
Rankine frac. energy in y-dir . . . . .
CMO rate parameter k0 . . . . . . . . .
CMO rate parameter k1 . . . . . . . . .
CMO rate par. dot-kappa-r . . . . . .
gft .x
gft .y
k0
k1
r
HARVAL
HARVAL
REFRAT
REFRAT
REFRAT
gftx
gfty
k0
k1
kapr
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
[ 5.2.3
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
p. 83]
B.5.4
Composites
For composites you may choose a model for orthotropic plasticity. See also
2.1.6 on page 23 for an overview.
[ 5.2
Composites
no parameters
B.5.4.1
p. 80]
Hill
The Hill orthotropic plasticity model is available for composites [ 5.2.1 p. 80].
When you have indicated the yield criterion iDiana will ask you to specify
appropriate yield stress parameters depending on this criterion and the model
type [Table 5.1 p. 81].
Hill orthotropic plastic
Yield stress in x-direction . . . . . . . .
Yield stress in y-direction . . . . . . . .
y,xx
y,yy
y,xy
y,yz
y,zx
YIELD
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
HILL
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]
p. 80]

Yield stress in z-direction . . . . . . . . y,zz
YLDOPT MATAXI
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]

YLDOPT OFFAXI
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.1
[ 5.2.1
p. 80]
p. 80]
B.5.4.2
Hoffmann
The Hoffmann orthotropic plasticity model is available for composites [ 5.2.2

p. 81]. When you have indicated the yield criterion iDiana will ask you to
specify appropriate yield stress parameters depending on this criterion and the
model type [Table 5.2 p. 82].
500

HOFMAN
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
sigy
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]

Yield tensile stress z-dirn . . . . . . . . y,zzt
Yield compr. stress in z-dirn . . . . . y,zzc
YLDOPT MATAXI
YLDSIG sigy
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
p. 81]
p. 81]
p. 81]

YLDOPT OFFAXI
YLDSIG sigy
[ 5.2.2
[ 5.2.2
p. 81]
p. 81]
Hoffmann orthotropic plastic

Yield tensile stress x-dirn . . . . . . . .
Yield compr. stress in x-dirn . . . . .
Yield tensile stress y-dirn . . . . . . . .
Yield compr. stress in y-dirn . . . . .
B.5.5
y,xxt
y,xxc
y,yyt
y,yyc
y,xy
y,yz
y,zx
YIELD
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
YLDSIG
Interfaces
Via this concept you may specify material models for interface elements.
[ 9.3
Interfaces
no parameters
p. 160]
With further concepts you may specify material parameters for nonlinear elasticity, friction, bond-slip, cracking, or combined cracking-shearing-crushing.
B.5.5.1
For interface elements you may specify models for nonlinear elasticity.
Nonlinear elasticity
File stiffness diag normal dir . . . . . file
File stiffness diag tangnt dir . . . . . file
B.5.5.2
SIGDIS tn un
TAUDIS tt ut
[ 9.3.1.3
[ 9.3.1.3
p. 163]
p. 163]
Friction
For interface elements you may specify a Coulomb friction criterion with optional
hardening and gapping [ 9.3.4 p. 172].
Frictional behavior
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
Tangent of friction angle . . . . . . . . . tan
Tangent of dilatancy angle . . . . . . . tan
FRICTI
FRCVAL ch
FRCVAL tph
FRCVAL tps
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
p. 173]
p. 173]
p. 173]
No hardening
no parameters

Hardening diagram
File cohesion hardening diag . . . . . file
File friction hardening diag . . . . . . . file
501
HARDIA ch up
FRCDIA tph up
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
p. 173]
p. 173]
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
No gap criterion
no parameters
Gap criterion
no parameters
Brittle gapping
MODE2 0
GAPVAL ft
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
p. 173]
Gapping+const shear retention

Reduced stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODE2 1
GAPVAL ft
MO2VAL mv2
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
p. 173]
p. 173]
Gapping+aggregate interlock
Compressive strength . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODE2 2
GAPVAL ft
MO2VAL mv2
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
[ 9.3.4
p. 173]
p. 173]
p. 173]
[ 9.3.3
p. 169]
B.5.5.3
Bond-slip
For interface elements you may apply a bond-slip model.

Bond-slip behavior
no parameters
Doerrs model
C ............................... c
Shear slip at plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . u0t
BONDSL 1
SLPVAL c
SLPVAL ut0
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
p. 170]
p. 170]
p. 170]
Noakowskis model
A ............................... a
B ............................... b
Shear slip - curve truncation . . . . . u0t
BONDSL
SLPVAL
SLPVAL
SLPVAL
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
p. 171]
p. 171]
p. 171]
p. 171]
Multi-linear model
File bond-slip diagram . . . . . . . . . . . file
BONDSL 3
SLPVAL tt ut
[ 9.3.3
[ 9.3.3
p. 172]
p. 172]
B.5.5.4
2
a
b
ut0
Cracking
For interface elements you may apply a discrete cracking or a crack dilatancy
model.
Discrete cracking. For a discrete cracking model you must specify the tensile
strength and the softening and unloading models.
502
DCRVAL ft
[ 9.3.2.1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 163]
p. 164]
Brittle cracking
no parameters
MODE1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 166]

MODE1 1
MO1VAL gf
[ 9.3.2.1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 166]
p. 166]
Nonlinear tension softening

MODE1 2
MO1VAL gf
[ 9.3.2.1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 166]
p. 166]

File tensile traction diagram . . . . . file
MODE1 3
MO1VAL tn un
[ 9.3.2.1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 167]
p. 167]
Secant mode I unloading

no parameters
UNLO1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 165]
Elastic mode I unloading

no parameters
UNLO1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 165]
Hysteresis mode I unload

no parameters
UNLO1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 165]
Zero shear stiffn.aft crack

no parameters
MODE2
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 165]
Const shear stiffn.aft crack

Shear modulus crack dev. . . . . . . .
MODE2 1
MO2VAL mv2
[ 9.3.2.1
[ 9.3.2.1
p. 165]
p. 165]
Discrete Cracking
Crack dilatancy. For two-dimensional interface elements you may choose a

model for crack dilatancy.
Crack dilatancy
no parameters
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
Lis model
Cube compressive strength . . . . . . . fcc
CRDILA
DILVAL
DILVAL
DMAX
0
fcc
ft
dmax
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
Walravens 2 phase model

CRDILA
DILVAL
DILVAL
DMAX
1
fcc
ft
dmax
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
503
Bazant&Gambarova rough crack

CRDILA
DILVAL
DILVAL
DMAX
2
fcc
ft
dmax
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
Walraven&Reinhardt interlck
CRDILA
DILVAL
DILVAL
DMAX
3
fcc
ft
dmax
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
Gambarova&Karakoc rough crk

CRDILA
DILVAL
DILVAL
DMAX
4
fcc
ft
dmax
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
p. 168]
Brittle cracking
no parameters
MODE1
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]

no parameters
MODE1
[ 9.3.2.2
p. 168]
B.5.5.5
For interface elements you may choose a model for combined cracking-shearingcrushing [ 9.3.5 p. 175].
Combined crack-shear-crush
Tensile strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fracture energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cohesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangent of friction angle . . . . . . . . .
Tangent of dilatancy angle . . . . . . .
Residual friction coefficient . . . . . .
Confining normal stress psi=0 . . . .
Exponential degradation coeff. . . .
Cap crit. compres. strength . . . . . .
Shear traction control factor . . . . .
Compressive fracture energy . . . . .
Equiv. plastic relative disp. . . . . . .
ft
Gf
c
tan
tan
r
u
fc
Cs
Gfc
p
COMBIF
GAPVAL
MO1VAL
FRCVAL
FRCVAL
FRCVAL
FRCVAL
FRCVAL
FRCVAL
CAPVAL
CAPVAL
MOCVAL
MOCVAL
ft
gf1
ch
phi
psi
phir
sigu
delta
fc
cs
gfc
kp
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
p. 175]
Constant Mode II fract. energy

Fracture energy factor b . . . . . . . . . b
MO2VAL gf2b
[ 9.3.5
p. 175]
Linear Mode II fracture energy

Fracture energy factor a . . . . . . . . . a
Fracture energy factor b . . . . . . . . . b
MO2VAL gf2a
MO2VAL gf2b
[ 9.3.5
[ 9.3.5
p. 175]
p. 175]
504
B.5.6
Metals
Via this concept you may apply a plasticity model with appropriate hardening
for metals.
[ 2.1.5
Metals
no parameters
B.5.6.1
p. 22]
Plasticity
For metals you may choose a plasticity model. Note that only ideal plasticity
requires the specification of the yield stress.
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
Tresca plasticity
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD TRESCA
YLDVAL sy
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
B.5.6.2
Hardening
Via the following concepts you may specify hardening in plasticity for metals.
Note that no hardening will be applied for ideal plasticity.
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
HARDEN WORK
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]

HARDEN STRAIN
HARDIA sy k
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
WORK
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
n
p0
HARDEN
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
NADAI
STRAIN
sig0
c
n
eps0
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
505
Work Voce hardening

0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
WORK
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]

0
C
p0
p1
HARDEN
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
VOCE
STRAIN
sig0
c
eps0
eps1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
[ 5.1.1
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
p. 50]
B.5.7
Rubbers
For rubber material various models for hyper elasticity are available [ 4.4 p. 45].
[ 4.4
Rubbers
no parameters
B.5.7.1
p. 45]
Deviatoric Strain Energy Function
For rubber you must choose a model for the deviatoric strain energy function
[ 4.4.1 p. 45].
Mooney-Rivlin model
K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K1
K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K2
RUBBER MOONEY
RUBVAL k1
RUBVAL k2
[ 4.4.1
[ 4.4.1
[ 4.4.1
p. 45]
p. 45]
p. 45]
Besseling model
K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K1
K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K2
Exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RUBBER
RUBVAL
RUBVAL
RUBVAL
[ 4.4.1
[ 4.4.1
[ 4.4.1
[ 4.4.1
p. 46]
p. 46]
p. 46]
p. 46]
B.5.7.2
BESSEL
k1
k2
alpha
Hydrostatic Strain Energy Function
For rubber you must choose a model for the hydrostatic strain energy function
[ 4.4.2 p. 46].
Incompressible
Penalty constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPRE INCOMP
BULK
k
[ 4.4.2
[ 4.4.2
p. 46]
p. 46]
Linear compressibility
Compression modulus . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPRE LINEAR
BULK
k
[ 4.4.2
[ 4.4.2
p. 46]
p. 46]
Simo-Taylor compressibility
COMPRE SIMOTA
BULK
k
[ 4.4.2
[ 4.4.2
p. 47]
p. 47]
506

Murnaghan compressibility
Beta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.5.8
COMPRE MURNAG
BULK
k
COMVAL beta
[ 4.4.2
[ 4.4.2
[ 4.4.2
p. 47]
p. 47]
p. 47]
Contact
For contact elements in a model for contact analysis you must specify specific
properties [Vol. Element Library].
Contact
no parameters
[Vol. Element Library]
Contacter
no parameters
CONTAC
Target
Relative maximum depth . . . . . . . .
Relative distance from face . . . . . .
Cut-off traction stress . . . . . . . . . . .
Coulomb friction coefficient . . . . . .
Cohesion pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TARGET
PENETR
DISTAN
TRACTI
COULOM
COHESI
B.5.9
[Vol. Element Library]
dv
eps
tpr
mu
cpr
[Vol.
[Vol.
[Vol.
[Vol.
[Vol.
[Vol.
Element
Element
Element
Element
Element
Element
Library]
Library]
Library]
Library]
Library]
Library]
Reinforcement
For reinforcements you may apply a plasticity model with appropriate hardening.
[ 9.5
Reinforcement
no parameters
B.5.9.1
p. 184]
Plasticity
You may specify a plasticity model for reinforcements. Note that only ideal
plasticity requires the specification of the yield stress.
Yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y
YIELD VMISES
YLDVAL sy
[ 9.5.2
[ 9.5.2
p. 186]
p. 186]
Monti-Nuti plasticity
no parameters
YIELD
[ 9.5.3
p. 188]
MONTIN
With Monti-Nuti plasticity, a hardening rule should be specified.
507
Monti-Nuti kinem. hard.

Initial yield stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Init. tang. slope rat. hard. branch
Initial curvature parameter . . . . . . .
Material constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y0
b0
R0
A1
A2
HARDEN
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
KINEMA
sy
b
r
a1
a2
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
Monti-Nuti isotr. hard.

y0
b0
R0
A1
A2
HARDEN
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
ISOTRO
sy
b
r
a1
a2
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
Monti-Nuti mixed hard.

Weighting coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . .
y0
b0
P
R0
A1
A2
HARDEN
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MIXED
sy
b
p
r
a1
a2
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
Monti-Nuti memory hardening

Weighting coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . .
y0
b0
P
R0
A1
A2
HARDEN
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
YLDVAL
MEMORY
sy
b
p
r
a1
a2
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
[ 9.5.3
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
p. 188]
B.5.9.2
Hardening
Via the following concepts you may specify hardening in a plasticity model for
reinforcements. Note that no hardening will be applied for ideal plasticity.
Ideal plasticity
no parameters
HARDEN WORK
HARDIA sy k
[ 9.5.2
[ 9.5.2
p. 186]
p. 186]

HARDEN STRAIN
HARDIA sy k
[ 9.5.2
[ 9.5.2
p. 186]
p. 186]
B.5.10
Springs
For spring elements you may specify a plasticity model.
508

Springs
Minimum Force/Moment . . . . . . . .
Maximum Force/Moment . . . . . . . .
B.6
FCRIT
FCRIT
fmin
fmax
[ 9.1.3
[ 9.1.3
[ 9.1.3
p. 153]
p. 153]
p. 153]
Transient Nonlinearity
On the Transient Nonlinearity aspect tab you may specify material properties for
transient nonlinear analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
B.6.1
Power Law Viscoelasticity
In a model for transient nonlinear analysis you may specify a Power Law viscoelasticity model [ 7.1 p. 121].
Power Law viscoelasticity
Power p of creep function . . . . . . . .
Development point (time) . . . . . . .
Creep coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power d of creep function . . . . . . . .
B.6.2
p
td
POWER
POWER
POWER
POWER
p
td
alpha
d
[ 7.1
[ 7.1
[ 7.1
[ 7.1
p. 121]
p. 121]
p. 121]
p. 121]
ACI 209 Model Code Creep
In a model for transient nonlinear analysis you may specify a creep model for
concrete according to the ACI 209 Model Code.
[ 7.4.2.2
ACI 209 Model Code creep

no parameters
B.6.2.1
p. 139]
Cement Class
For the ACI 209 Model Code creep model you must specify the cement class.
Class I cement
no shrinkage
shrinkage
CEMTYP I
CEMTYP I
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 139]
p. 146]
Class III cement

no shrinkage
shrinkage
CEMTYP III
CEMTYP III
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 139]
p. 146]
B.6.2.2
Curing
For the ACI 209 Model Code creep model you must specify the curing method.
Curing with moisture
no shrinkage
shrinkage
CURTYP MOIST
CURTYP MOIST
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 139]
p. 146]
B.6 Transient Nonlinearity
509
Curing with steam

no shrinkage
shrinkage
B.6.2.3
CURTYP STEAM
CURTYP STEAM
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 139]
p. 146]
Creep and Shrinkage
For the ACI 209 Model Code creep model you must specify the creep and
shrinkage model.
No shrinkage
Slump of concrete slurry (mm) . . .
Ratio fine:total aggregate (%) . . .
Air content (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cement content (kg/m3) . . . . . . . .
Shrinkage
Slump of concrete slurry (mm) . . .
Ratio fine:total aggregate (%) . . .
Air content (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cement content (kg/m3) . . . . . . . .
Mean comp str 28 days (MPa) . . .
B.6.3
E28
h
tlo
RH
E28
h
tlo
RH
fcm
CREEPN
YOUN28
H
LODAGE
RH
SLUMP
FINAGG
AIRCNT
CEMCNT
ACI209
e28
notsiz
tlo
humid
slmm
agg
air
cem
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
p. 139]
SHRINN
YOUN28
H
LODAGE
RH
SLUMP
FINAGG
AIRCNT
CEMCNT
FCM28
CURAGE
ACI209
e28
notsiz
tlo
humid
slmm
agg
air
cem
mcomp
ti0
[ 8.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 7.4.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
[ 8.2.2
p. 145]
p. 139]
p. 146]
p. 139]
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
p. 146]
Transient Creep
In a model for transient nonlinear analysis you may specify a model for transient
creep [ 8.1 p. 143].
Transient creep
Compliance matrix set-up value . .
Uniaxial compressive strength . . . . fc
Creep factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k
B.6.4
CREEP
CRPVAL
TRCRP
TRCRP
COMPLI
nu
fc
crpfac
[ 8.1
[ 8.1
[ 8.1
[ 8.1
p. 143]
p. 143]
p. 143]
p. 143]
Spring/Dashpot
In a model for transient nonlinear analysis you may specify a model continuous
damping for spring/dashpot elements [ 9.1.4 p. 153].
Spring/dashpot
Damping coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . C
DAMP
[ 8
p. 154]
510
B.7
Expansion
On the Expansion aspect tab you may specify material properties for thermal or
concentration expansion [ 4.1 p. 33]. You must choose between isotropic and
orthotropic. For orthotropic expansion the required parameters depend on the
model type and dimensionality [Table 4.2 p. 36].
Isotropic - constant params.
Concentration expansion coef . . . .
THERMX alpha
CONCEX gamma
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
[ 4.1.1
p. 33]
p. 34]
p. 34]
Orthotropic - constant params.

Thermal expansion coeff. x . . . . . .
Thermal expansion coeff. y . . . . . .
Thermal expansion coeff. z . . . . . .
Concentration expansion coeff x . .
Concentration expansion coeff y . .
Concentration expansion coeff z . .
THERMX
THERMX
THERMX
CONCEX
CONCEX
CONCEX
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
[ 4.1.2
p. 35]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
p. 37]
B.8
x
y
z
x
y
z
alphax
alphay
alphaz
gammax
gammay
gammaz
Woehler
On the Woehler aspect tab you may specify Wohler diagrams for fatigue failure
analysis [ 9.8 p. 203]. You must choose for one or three diagrams [Fig. 9.16
p. 204].
One Woehler diagram
Stress value for failure . . . . . . . . . . . S
Number of cycles to failure . . . . . . N
SWOEHL sig1
NWOEHL n1
[Fig. 9.16a p. 204]

[ 9.8
p. 203]
[ 9.8
p. 203]
Three Woehler diagrams

Tension-tension stress value . . . . . .
Pressure-tension stress value . . . . .
Pressure-pressure stress value . . . .
Tension-tension cycl to fail . . . . . . .
Pressure-tension cycl to fail . . . . . .
Pressure-pressure cyc to fail . . . . . .
SWOEHL
SWOEHL
SWOEHL
NWOEHL
NWOEHL
NWOEHL
[Fig. 9.16b
[ 9.8
[ 9.8
[ 9.8
[ 9.8
[ 9.8
[ 9.8
B.9
Stt
Spt
Spp
Ntt
Npt
Npp
sig1
sig2
sig3
n1
n2
n3
p. 204]
p. 204]
p. 204]
p. 204]
p. 204]
p. 204]
p. 204]
Flow
On the Flow aspect tab you may specify material properties for potential flow
analysis [Ch. 12 p. 255].
B.9.1
Isotropic
Isotropic material for flow analysis requires the specification of a single conductivity. Time dependency of the conductivity to simulate a time dependent
B.9 Flow
511
diffusion coefficient requires the specification of several parameters.

Isotropic - constant params.
Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k
Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c
CONDUC k
CAPACI c
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
p. 256]
p. 256]
Isotropic and timedep. diffus.

Diffusion coefficient t0 . . . . . . . . . . . t0
Diffusion coefficient n . . . . . . . . . . . n
Diffusion coefficient m . . . . . . . . . . . m
DIFPOW t0
DIFPOW n
DIFPOW m
[ 12.1.3
[ 12.1.3
[ 12.1.3
p. 261]
p. 261]
p. 261]
B.9.2
Orthotropic
Orthotropic material for flow analysis requires the specification of multiple conductivities. The kzz is only for three-dimensional models [ 12.1.1 p. 256].
Orthotropic
Conductivity xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity yy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity zz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.9.3
kxx
kyy
kzz
c
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CAPACI
kxx
kyy
kzz
c
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
Anisotropic
Anisotropic material for flow analysis requires the specification of multiple conductivities. The kzz , kyz and kzx are only for three-dimensional models [ 12.1.1
p. 256].
Anisotropic
Conductivity xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity yy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity zz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity xy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity yz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductivity zx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.9.4
kxx
kyy
kzz
kxy
kyz
kzx
c
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CAPACI
kxx
kyy
kzz
kxy
kyz
kzx
c
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
[ 12.1.1
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
p. 256]
Boundary
Via this concept you may specify convection and radiation properties for boundary elements [ 12.2 p. 262]
Convection only
Conduction coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . K
Convective power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
CONVEC k
CONPOW n
[ 12.2.1
[ 12.2.1
p. 262]
p. 262]
512

Radiation only
Emission coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONVEC k
EMISSI eps
[ 12.2.1
[ 12.2.2
p. 262]
p. 265]
Convection and radiation

Convective power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
Emission coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONVEC k
CONPOW n
EMISSI eps
[ 12.2.1
[ 12.2.1
[ 12.2.2
p. 262]
p. 262]
p. 265]
B.9.5
Interface
Via this concept you may specify conduction for interface elements [ 12.3 p. 266].
Interface
B.9.6
DFLUX
[ 12.3
p. 266]
Cooling Pipe
Via this concept you may specify material properties for cooling pipe elements
in three-dimensional models [ 12.4 p. 268].
Cooling pipe
Conduction coefficient . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid discharge * capacitance . . . .
Time at which cooling starts . . . . .
Time at which cooling stops . . . . .
B.9.7
K
Qf c
tb
te
CONVEC
CAPFLW
BEGINT
ENDTIM
k
qc
tb
te
[ 12.4.1
[ 12.4.2
[ 12.4.3
[ 12.4.3
p. 268]
p. 269]
p. 270]
p. 270]
Convective Field
In a model for potential flow analysis you may specify a convective field [ 12.7
p. 280].
Convective field
Diffusivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIFFUS alpha
Calculated convective field

no parameters
Specified convective field
Velocity component X . . . . . . . . . . . vc.X
Velocity component Y . . . . . . . . . . . vc.Y
Velocity component Z . . . . . . . . . . . vc.Z
Automatic upwinding
no parameters
CONVEL vcx
CONVEL vcy
CONVEL vcz
[ 12.7
p. 280]
[ 12.7
p. 280]
[ 12.7
[ 12.7
[ 12.7
p. 280]
p. 280]
p. 280]
[ 12.7
p. 280]
B.10 Detailed Groundwater Flow

User specified upwinding
Add. diff. in streamline dir . . . . . .
B.10
513
UPWIND tau
[ 12.7
p. 280]
Detailed Groundwater Flow
On the Groundwater Flow aspect tab you may specify material properties for
detailed groundwater flow analysis [ 13.2 p. 283].
B.10.1
Isotropic
Isotropic material for detailed groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of a single value for conductivity.
Isotropic
Saturated conductivity . . . . . . . . . . .
Elastic storativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turbulence (Forchheimer a) . . . . . .
Turbulence (Forchheimer b) . . . . . .
Effective porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.10.2
ks
ce
a
b
n
CONDUC
STORAT
FORCHH
FORCHH
POROSI
k
c
a
b
n
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.2
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 287]
p. 287]
p. 286]
Orthotropic
Orthotropic material for detailed groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of multiple conductivities. The kzz is only for three-dimensional models
[ 13.2.1 p. 284].
Orthotropic
Saturated conductivity xx . . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity yy . . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity zz . . . . . . . .
B.10.3
kxx
kyy
kzz
ce
a
b
n
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
STORAT
FORCHH
FORCHH
POROSI
kxx
kyy
kzz
c
a
b
n
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.2
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 287]
p. 287]
p. 286]
Anisotropic
Anisotropic material for detailed groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of multiple conductivities. The kzz , kyz and kzx are only for three-dimensional models [ 13.2.1 p. 284].
514

Anisotropic
Saturated conductivity zz . . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity xy . . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity yz . . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity zx . . . . . . . .
B.10.4
kxx
kyy
kzz
kxy
kyz
kzx
ce
a
b
n
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
STORAT
FORCHH
FORCHH
POROSI
kxx
kyy
kzz
kxy
kyz
kzx
c
a
b
n
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.1
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.3
[ 13.2.2
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 284]
p. 287]
p. 287]
p. 286]
Boundary
Via this concept you may specify the material property for boundary elements
in seepage faces [ 13.2.4 p. 288].
Boundary
Penalty conduction coeff. . . . . . . . . Kp
B.10.5
BOUNCO kp
[ 13.2.4
p. 288]
Interface
Via this concept you may specify the conduction for interface elements in detailed groundwater flow analysis [ 12.3 p. 266].
Interface
B.10.6
DFLUX
[ 12.3
p. 266]
Convective Field
In a model for detailed groundwater flow analysis you may specify a convective
field [ 12.7 p. 280].
Convective field
Diffusivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIFFUS alpha
Calculated convective field

no parameters
Specified convective field
Velocity component X . . . . . . . . . . . vc.X
Velocity component Y . . . . . . . . . . . vc.Y
Velocity component Z . . . . . . . . . . . vc.Z
Automatic upwinding
no parameters
CONVEL vcx
CONVEL vcy
CONVEL vcz
[ 12.7
p. 280]
[ 12.7
p. 280]
[ 12.7
[ 12.7
[ 12.7
p. 280]
p. 280]
p. 280]
[ 12.7
p. 280]
B.11 Aquifers
515
User specified upwinding

Add. diff. in streamline dir . . . . . .
B.11
UPWIND tau
[ 12.7
p. 280]
Aquifers
On the Aquifer aspect tab you may specify material properties in an aquifer
model for regional groundwater flow analysis [ 13.1 p. 281].
B.11.1
Isotropic
Isotropic material for regional groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of a single value for conductivity.
Isotropic
Saturated conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . ks
Elastic storativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ce
Effective porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n
B.11.2
CONDUC k
STORAT c
POROSI n
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
Orthotropic
Orthotropic material for regional groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of two values for conductivity.
Orthotropic
Saturated conductivity kxx . . . . . . .
Saturated conductivity kxx . . . . . . .
B.11.3
ks.xx
ks.yy
ce
n
CONDUC
CONDUC
STORAT
POROSI
kxx
kyy
c
n
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
Anisotropic
Anisotropic material for regional groundwater flow analysis requires the specification of multiple conductivities.
Anisotropic
Saturated conductivity xy . . . . . . . .
B.11.4
ks.xx
ks.yy
ks.xy
ce
n
CONDUC
CONDUC
CONDUC
STORAT
POROSI
kxx
kyy
kxy
c
n
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
[ 13.1.1
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
p. 282]
Interface
For interface elements in a model for regional groundwater flow you must specify
the conduction coefficient [ 12.3 p. 266].
516

Interface
B.12
DFLUX
[ 12.3
p. 266]
Lubrication
On the Lubrication aspect tab you may specify material properties for lubrication
elements in a model for Reynolds flow analysis [Ch. 14 p. 291].
Lubrication
Dynamic viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.13
VISCOS eta
Ch. 14
p. 291
Cross-section
On the Cross-section aspect tab you may specify material properties for crosssection elements in a model for cross-section analysis [ 4.1.1.1 p. 35].
Shear
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
Shear modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gxy
YOUNG e
SHRMOD gxy
[ 4.1.1.1
[ 4.1.1.1
p. 35]
p. 35]
Poisson
Youngs modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E
Poissons ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YOUNG e
POISON nu
[ 4.1.1.1
[ 4.1.1.1
p. 35]
p. 35]
B.14
Pore Fluid
On the Pore fluid-matrix interaction aspect tab you may specify material properties
for elements in a model for soilpore fluid (mixture) analysis [Ch. 15 p. 295]. You
must make a choice for hydraulic capacity, compressibility, and permeability.
Hydraulic capacity
POROSI n
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.2
p. 299]
p. 296]
No Hydraulic capacity
Biots parameter alpha . . . . . . . . . .
POROSI n
BIOTA alpha
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.2
[ 15.3.1.1
p. 299]
p. 296]
p. 299]
Bulk modulus input

Intrinsic compr bulk mod solid . . . Ks
Intrinsic compr bulk mod fluid . . . Kf
BULKS
BULKF
ks
kf
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
p. 298]
p. 299]
Biots parameter input

Biots parameter alpha . . . . . . . . . .
Biots parameter Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q
BIOTA
BIOTQ
alpha
q
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
p. 299]
p. 299]
B.15 External
517
Constant isotropic permeab.

Initial permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k0
PERMEA k
[ 15.3.1.1
p. 298]
Constant orthotro.
Initial permeability
PERMEA
PERMEA
PERMEA
PERMEA
PERMEA
PERMEA
kxx
kyy
kzz
kxy
kyz
kzx
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
[ 15.3.1.1
p. 298]
p. 298]
p. 298]
p. 298]
p. 298]
p. 298]
p. 298]
PORPER n k
SATPER s k
[ 15.3.1.2
[ 15.3.1.2
p. 299]
p. 299]
permeab.
xx . . . . . . . . . . . .
yy . . . . . . . . . . . .
zz (3D) . . . . . .
xy . . . . . . . . . . . .
yz (3D) . . . . . .
zx (3D) . . . . . .
0
kxx
0
kyy
0
kzz
0
kxy
0
kyz
0
kzx
Variable isotropic permeab.

File porosity permeability diag . . . file
File saturation permeab. diag . . . . file
B.15
External
Instead of specifying material property parameters via forms, you may let
iDiana read the data from an external file in Diana batch format. Therefore choose the External aspect. iDiana will then prompt you for a file name.
External data from file
External file name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . file
518
Bibliography
[1] ACI. Prediction of Creep, Shrinkage, and Temperature Effects in Concrete
Structures. Tech. Rep. ACI 209R-82, American Concrete Institute, 1982.
[2] Allaart, A. P. Design Principles for Flexible Pavements a Computational Model for Granular Bases. PhD thesis, Delft University of
Technology, 1992.
[3] Bathe, K.-J., and Koshgoftaar, M. R. Finite element free surface
seepage analysis without mesh iteration. Int. J. Num. and An. Meth.
Geomech. 3 (1979), 1322.
[4] Ba
zant, Z. P. Thermodynamics of solidifying or melting viscoelastic
material. J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE 105, 6 (1979), 933950.
[5] Ba
zant, Z. P., and Cedolin, L. Blunt crack band propagation in finite
element analysis. J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE 105, 2 (1979), 297315.
[6] Ba
zant, Z. P., and Gambarova, P. G. Rough crack models in reinforced concrete. J. Struct. Eng., ASCE 106, 4 (1980), 819842.
[7] Bear, J. Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media. American Elsevier, 1972.
[8] Besseling, J. F. A theory of elastic, plastic and creep deformations of
an initially isotropic material showing anisotropic strain-hardening, creep
recovery and secondary creep. J. Appl. Mech., ASME 25 (1958), 529536.
[9] Besseling, J. F. Finite element properties, based upon elastic potential
interpolation. In Hybrid and Mixed Finite Element Methods. John Wiley
& Sons, 1983, pp. 253266.
[10] Borja, R. Cam-Clay plasticity. Part II: Implicit integration of constitutive equations based on a nonlinear elastic stress predictor. Comp. Meth.
Appl. Mech. Eng., 88 (1991), 225240.
[11] Boyce, H. R. A non-linear model for the elastic behaviour of granular
materials under repeated loading. In Proc. Int. Symposium on Soils under
Cyclic and Transient Loading (Swansea, 1980).
520
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[12] Braa, H. Private communication, 1997.
[13] Britto, A. M., and Gunn, M. J. Critical State Soil Mechanics via
Finite Elements. John Wiley & Sons, 1987.
[14] Carranza-Torres, J., and Fairhurst, C. The elasto-plastic response
of underground excavations in rock masses that satisfy the HoekBrown
failure criterion. Int. J. of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences 36 (1999),
777809.
[15] Cazemier, W., Feenstra, P. H., Snijders, J. M. A., Visschedijk,
M. A. T., Bezuijen, A., Teunissen, J. M. A., van Kesteren,
W. G. M., and Meijer, K. TNO Liquefaction Project Definition
Study. Tech. Rep. 97-NM-R1449, TNO Building and Construction Research, 1998.
[16] CEB-FIP. CEB-FIP Model Code 1990. Comite Euro-International du
Beton, 1993.
[17] Cornelissen, H. A. W., Hordijk, D. A., and Reinhardt, H. W.
Experimental determination of crack softening characteristics of normalweight and lightweight concrete. Heron 31, 2 (1986).
[18] Crisfield, M. A., and Wills, J. Analysis of R/C panels using different
concrete models. J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE 115, 3 (1989), 578597.
[19] Daschner, F., and Kupfer, H. Versuche zur Schubkraft
ubertragung
in Rie von Normal- und Leichtbeton. Bauingenieur 57 (1982), 5760.
[20] de Borst, R. Smeared cracking, plasticity, creep and thermal loading
a unified approach. Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng. 62 (1987), 89110.
[21] de Borst, R., and Feenstra, P. H. Studies in anisotropic plasticity
with reference to the Hill criterion. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 29 (1990),
315336.
[22] de Borst, R., and Nauta, P. Non-orthogonal cracks in a smeared
finite element model. Engineering Computations 2 (1985), 3546.
[23] de Borst, R., and Peeters, P. P. J. M. Analysis of concrete structures under thermal loading. Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng. 77 (1989),
293310.
[24] de Borst, R., and van den Boogaard, A. H. Finite-element modeling of deformation and cracking in early-age concrete. J. Eng. Mech.
Div., ASCE 120, 12 (1994), 25192534.
rr, K. Ein Beitrag zur Berechnung von Stahlbetonscheiben unter
[25] Do
besonderer Ber
ucksichtigung des Verbundverhaltens. PhD thesis, University of Darmstadt, 1980.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
521
[26] Feenstra, P. H. Numerical Simulation and Stability Analysis of Crack

Dilatancy Models. Tech. Rep. BI-89-191, TNO Building and Construction
Research, Rijswijk, The Netherlands, 1989.
[27] Feenstra, P. H. Computational Aspects of Biaxial Stress in Plain and
Reinforced Concrete. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1993.
[28] Feenstra, P. H. Implementation Bowl Model. Tech. Rep. 98-NM-R0603,
TNO Building and Construction Research, 1998.
[29] Fukutake, K., and Matsuoka, H. A unified law for dilatancy under multi-directional shearing. Proc. Japan Society of Civil Engineers,
412/III-12 (1995), 143151.
[30] Fukutake, K., and Ohtsuki, A. Prediction of preventing liquefaction
of improved soil by three-dimensional analysis. In Proc. GEO-COAST
91, Yokohama (1991), pp. 447452.
[31] Fukutake, K., and Ohtsuki, A. Three-dimensional liquefaction analysis of partially improved ground. Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering
(1995), 851856.
[32] Fukutake, K., Ohtsuki, A., Sato, M., and Shamoto, Y. Analysis of
saturated dense sand-structure system and comparison with results from
shaking table tests. Earthquake Engrg. and Struct. Dynam. 19 (1990),
997992.
[33] Gambarova, P. G., and Karakoc
, C. A new approach to the analysis
of the confinement role in regularly cracking concrete elements. In Trans.
7th Struct. Mech. in Reactor Tech. (1983), vol. H, pp. 251261.
[34] Gens, A., Carol, I., and Alonso, E. E. An interface element formulation for the analysis of soilreinforcement interaction. Comp. Geotechnics
7 (1988), 133151.
[35] Groen, A. E. Elastoplastic Modelling of Sand Using a Conventional
Model. Tech. Rep. 03.21.0.31.34/35, Delft University of Technology, 1995.
[36] Groen, A. E. Two Elastoplastic Models for the Behaviour of Soils. Tech.
Rep. 03.21.0.31.12, Delft University of Technology, 1995.
[37] Hardin, B. O., and Drnevich, V. P. Shear modulus and damping in
soils: Design equations and curves. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div. ASCE 98,
SM7 (1972), 667692.
[38] Hill, R. A theory of the yielding and plastic flow of anisotropic materials.
Proc. Roy. Soc. London A193 (1947), 281297.
[39] Hoek, E., and Brown, E. T. Practical estimates of rock mass strength.
Int. J. of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences Geom. Abstr. 34 (1997),
11651186.
522
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[40] Hoek, E., Kaiser, P. K., and Bawden, W. F. Support of Underground
Excavations in Hard Rock. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1995.
[41] Hoffmann, O. The brittle strength of orthotropic materials. J. Comp.
Mat. 1 (1967), 200206.
[42] Hohberg, J. M. A note on the spurious kinematic oscillatons in FEM
joint elements. Earthq. Engrg. Struct. Dynamics 19 (1990), 773779.
[43] Hordijk, D. A. Local Approach to Fatigue of Concrete. PhD thesis,
Delft University of Technology, 1991.
[44] Hortns-Pedersen, A. G. I., Teunissen, J. A. M., and Best, H.
Groundwater Flow With Phreatic Line as a Non-stationary Process. Tech.
Rep. ??, Delft Soil Mechanics Laboratory, Delft, 1986.
[45] Huyakorn, P. S., Guvanasen, V., Wadsworth, T. D., and
Springer, E. P. Three-dimensional finite element techniqes for simulating unconfined flow with seepage faces. In Proc. VI Int. Conf. on
Finite Elements in Water Resources (Lisboa, 1986).
[46] Iai, S. Micromechanical background to a Strain Space Multiple Mechanism Model for sand. Soils and Foundations 32 (1993), 102117.
[47] Iai, S., Matsunaga, Y., and Kameoka, T. Parameter determination
for a Cyclic Mobility Model. Report of the Port and Harbour Research
Institute 29, 4 (1990), 5783.
[48] Iai, S., Matsunaga, Y., and Kameoka, T. Strain Space Plasticity
Model for cyclic mobility. Soils and Foundations 32, 2 (1992), 115.
[49] Janssen, J. G. Mode-I Fracture of Plain Concrete Under Monotonic and
Cyclic Loading. Tech. Rep. BI-90-110, TNO Building and Construction
Research, Rijswijk, The Netherlands, 1990.
[50] Jardine, R. J., Potts, D. M., Fourie, A. B., and Burland, J. B.
Studies of the influence of non-linear stressstrain characteristics in soil
structure interaction. Geotechnique 36, 3 (1986), 377396.
[51] Jardine, R. J., Symes, M. J., and Burland, J. B. The measurement
of soil stiffness in the triaxial apparatus. Geotechnique 34, 3 (1984), 323
340.
[52] JCI. A Proposal to the Computing Method of Crack Bandwidth due to
Temperatue Stress. Research committee of temperature stress for mass
concrete, Japan Concrete Institute (JCI), Sept. 1992, pp. 3738.
[53] Jenning, P. C. Periodic Response of a General Yielding Structure. Proc.
ASCE 80, EM2 (1963), 132163.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
523
[54] JSCE. Japan Concrete Specification. Tech. rep., Japan Society of Civil
Engineers, 1999. in Japanese.
[55] Koiter, W. T. Stressstrain relations, uniqueness and variational theorems for elastic-plastic materials with a singular yield surface. Q. Appl.
Mech. 11 (1953), 350354.
[56] Konder, R. B. Hyperbolic Stress-Strain Response: Cohesive Soils. J.
Soil Mech. Found. Div. ASCE 89, SM1 (1964), 115143.
[57] Krieg, R. D., and Krieg, D. B. Accuracies of numerical solution
methods for the elastic-perfectly plastic model. J. Pressure Vessel Techn.
99 (1977), 510515.
[58] Kupfer, H. B., and Gerstle, K. H. Behavior of concrete under biaxial
stresses. J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE 99, 4 (1973), 853866.
[59] Li, N., Maekawa, K., and Okamura, H. Contact density model for
stress transfer across cracks in concrete. J. of the Faculty of Engineering,
University of Tokyo XL, 1 (1989), 952.
[60] Litton, R. W. A Contribution to the Analysis of Concrete Structures
Under Cyclic Loading. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley,
1974.
[61] Lourenc
o, P. B. Computational Strategies for Masonry Structures. PhD
thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1996.
[62] Lourenc
o, P. B., de Borst, R., and Rots, J. G. A plane stress
softening plasticity model for orthotropic materials. Int. J. Num. Meth.
Eng. 40 (1997), 40334057.
[63] Lourenc
o, P. B., and Rots, J. G. A multi-surface interface model for
the analysis of masonry structures. J. Struct. Eng., ASCE 123, 7 (1997),
660668.
[64] Lourenc
o, P. B., Rots, J. G., and Blaauwendraad, J. Continuum
model for masonry: parameter estimation and validation. J. Struct. Eng.,
ASCE 124, 6 (1998).
[65] Maekawa, K. Nonlinear Mechanics of Reinforced Concrete. Spon Press,
2003.
[66] Maekawa, K., Takemura, J., Irawan, P., and Irie, M. Continuum fracture in concrete nonlinearity under triaxial confinement. Proc.
of JSCE 18, 460 (February 1993), 113122.
[67] Maekawa, K., Takemura, J., Irawan, P., and Irie, M. Plasticity in
concrete nonlinearity under triaxial confinement. Proc. of JSCE 18, 460
(February 1993), 123130.
524
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[68] Maekawa, K., Takemura, J., Irawan, P., and Irie, M. Triaxial
elastoplastic and fracture model for concrete. Proc. of JSCE 18, 460
(February 1993), 131138.
[69] Meijer, K. Implementation Nishi Model. Tech. Rep. 98-MIT-NM-M150,
TNO Building and Construction Research, 1998.
[70] Monti, G., and Nuti, C. Nonlinear cyclic behaviour of reinforcing bars
including buckling. J. Struct. Eng., ASCE 118, 12 (1992), 32683284.
[71] Mooney, M. A theory of elastic deformations. J. Appl. Physics 11
(1940), 582.
[72] Muir Wood, D. Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics. Cambridge University Press, 1990.
[73] Murnaghan, F. D. Finite Deformation of an Elastic Solid. John Wiley
& Sons, 1951.
[74] NAFEMS. Guidelines to Finite Element Practice. National Agency for
Finite Element Methods & Standards (NAFEMS), Glasgow, 1984.
[75] NAFEMS. A Finite Element Primer. National Agency for Finite Element
Methods & Standards (NAFEMS), Glasgow, 1992.
[76] NEN. TGB 1990 Regulations for concrete Structural requirements and
calculation methods. Tech. Rep. NEN 6720, Nederlands Normalisatieinstituut, 1995.
[77] NEN. TGB 1990 Steel structures Basic requirements and basic rules
for calculation of predominantly staticaly loaded structures. Tech. Rep.
NEN 6770, Nederlands Normalisatie-instituut, 1999. 2nd ed.
[78] Neuman, S. P., and Davis, L. A. Documentation and Users Guides
UNSAT2 Variably Saturated Flow Model. Tech. Rep. NUREG/CR-3390,
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commision, Washington DC, 1983.
[79] Nishi, K., and Kanatani, M. Constitutive relations for sand under
cyclic loading based on elasto-plasticity theory. Soils and Foundations 30,
2 (1990), 4359.
[80] Noakowski, P. Die Berechnung von Stahlbetonscheiben bei Zwangbeanspruchung infolge Temperatur. Deutscher Ausschu f
ur Stahlbeton
296 (1978).
[81] Ortiz, M., and Popov, E. P. Accuracy and stability of integration
algorithms for elastoplastic constitutive relations. Int. J. Num. Meth.
Eng. 21 (1985), 15611576.
[82] Paulay, T., and Loeber, P. J. Shear transfer by aggregate interlock.
ACISpecial Publication SP, 42 (1974), 115.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
525
[83] Reinhardt, H. W. Fracture mechanics of an elastic softening material

like concrete. Heron 29, 2 (1984).
[84] Reinhardt, H. W., Blaauwendraad, J., and Jongedijk, J. Temperature development in concrete structures taking account of state dependent properties. In Proc. Int. Conf. Concrete at Early Ages (Paris,
1982).
[85] Riggs, H. R., and Powell, G. H. Rough crack model for analysis of
concrete. J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE 112, 5 (1986), 448464.
[86] Rivlin, R. S. Large elastic deformations of isotropic materials, fundamental concepts. Phyl. Trans. Roy. Soc. London 240 (1948), 459490.
[87] Rots, J. G. Computational Modeling of Concrete Fracture. PhD thesis,
Delft University of Technology, 1988.
[88] Rots, J. G. Constructief Metselwerk Een Experimenteel/Numerieke
Basis voor Praktische Ontwerpregels. Tech. Rep. 171, CUR, Gouda, The
Netherlands, 1994.
[89] Rots, J. G., Ed. Structural Masonry An Experimental/Numerical Basis
for Practical Design Rules. Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, 1997.
[90] Rowe, P. W. The stress-dilatancy relation for static equilibrium of an
assembly of particles in contact. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A269 (1962),
500527.
[91] Saul, A. G. A. Principles underlying the steam curing of concrete at
atmospheric pressure. Magazine of Concrete Research (March 1951), 127
140.
[92] Schellekens, J. C. J. Computational Strategies for Composite Structures. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1992.
[93] Schellekens, J. C. J., and de Borst, R. The use of the Hoffmann yield criterion in Finite Element Analysis of anisotropic composites.
Comp. & Struct. 37, 6 (1990), 10871096.
[94] Schreyer, H. L., Kulak, R. F., and Kramer, J. M. Accurate numerical solutions for elastic-plastic models. J. Pressure Vessel Techn. 101
(1979), 226234.
[95] Selby, R. G., and Vecchio, F. J. Three-dimensional Constitutive
Relations for Reinforced Concrete. Tech. Rep. 93-02, Univ. Toronto, dept.
Civil Eng., Toronta, Canada, 1993.
[96] Simo, J. C., Kennedy, J. G., and Govindjee, S. Non-smooth multisurface plasticity and viscoplasticity. Loading/unloading conditions and
numerical algorithms. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 26 (1988), 21612185.
526
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[97] Simo, J. C., and Taylor, R. L. Penalty function formulations for
incompressible nonlinear elastostatics. Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng. 35
(1982), 107118.
[98] Simo, J. C., and Taylor, R. L. Consistent tangent operators for rateindependent elastoplasticity. Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng. 48 (1985),
101118.
[99] Simo, J. C., and Taylor, R. L. A return-mapping algorithm for plane
stress elastoplasticity. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 22 (1986), 649670.
[100] Sluys, L. J. Wave Propagation, Localisation and Dispersion in Softening
Solids. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1992.
[101] Teunissen, H. Implementation Towhata-Iai Model. Tech. Rep. 98-MITNM-M149, TNO Building and Construction Research, 1998.
[102] Thorenfeldt, E., Tomaszewicz, A., and Jensen, J. J. Mechanical properties of high-strength concrete and applications in design. In
Proc. Symp. Utilization of High-Strength Concrete (Stavanger, Norway)
(Trondheim, 1987), Tapir.
[103] Treloar, L. R. G. The Physics of Rubber Elasticity, 3rd ed. Oxford
University Press, 1975.
[104] van den Bogert, P. A. J. Computational Modelling of Rubberlike Materials. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1991.
[105] van Eekelen, S. J. M., and van den Berg, P. The Delft Egg Model,
a constitutive model for clay. In DIANA Computational Mechanics 94
(1994), G. M. A. Kusters and M. A. N. Hendriks, Eds., Kluwer, pp. 103
116.
[106] van Zijl, G. P. A. G. Computational Modelling of Masonry Creep and
Shrinkage. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 2000.
[107] Vecchio, F. J., and Collins, M. P. The modified compression field
theory for reinforced concrete elements subjected to shear. ACI Journal
83, 22 (1986), 219231.
[108] Vecchio, F. J., and Collins, M. P. Compression response of cracked
reinforced concrete. J. Str. Eng., ASCE 119, 12 (1993), 35903610.
[109] Vermeer, P. A., and de Borst, R. Non-associated plasticity for soils,
concrete and rock. Heron 29, 3 (1984), 364.
[110] Walraven, J. C. Aggregate Interlock: a Theoretical and Experimental
Analysis. PhD thesis, Delft University of Technology, 1980.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
527
[111] Walraven, J. C., and Reinhardt, H. W. Theory and experiments

on the mechanical behaviour of cracks in plain and reindorced concrete
subjected to shear loading. Heron 26, 1(a) (1981), 568.
[112] Walraven, J. C., Vos, E., and Reinhardt, H. W. Experiments on
Shear Transfer in Cracks in Concrete. Part I: Description of Results. Tech.
Rep. 5-79-3, Stevin Laboratory, Delft University of Technology, Delft,
1979.
[113] Willam, K. J., Pramono, E., and Sture, S. Fundamental issues of
smeared crack models. In Proc. SEM/RILEM Int. Conf. on Fracture of
Concrete and Rock, Houston 1987 (New York, 1989), S. P. Shah and S. E.
Schwartz, Eds., Springer-Verlag, pp. 142157.
[114] Wu, Z. S., and Ba
zant, Z. P. Finite element modelling of rate effect
in concrete fracture with influence of creep. In Creep and Shrinkage of
Concrete, Z. P. Bazant and I. Carol, Eds. E & FN Spon, London, 1993,
pp. 427432.
528
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Index
Page numbers. Bold face numbers
indicate pages with formal information
about the entry, e.g., a syntax description (36). Italic numbers point to an
instructive example of how the concept
in question might be used (132 ). Underlined numbers refer to theoretical
backgrounds on the subject (95).
Keywords. Sans serif type style refers to the interactive interface (EYE).
Typewriter style refers to the batch interface (YOUNG).
Symbols
1st term in hardening diagram, 475
2nd term in hardening diagram, 475
3rd term in hardening diagram, 475
4th term in hardening diagram, 475
property, 472, 473, 475

A
A, 497, 501
A input
cement, 140
liquefaction, 201
ACI 209 code, 20
concrete creep, 139
concrete maturity, 411
concrete shrinkage, 146
concrete tensile strength, 118
young hardening concrete, 125

ACI 209 Model Code creep property, 508
ACI209 input
concrete creep, 139
Add. diff. in streamline dir, 513, 515
ADIAB input, 271
Adiabatic hydration, 271
Age at element birth (days), 474
Aggregate interlock
crack dilatancy, 168, 427
friction, 173, 428
Aging, 21, 137
American Code, 139
Dutch Code, 140
European Code, 138
temperature influence, 129, 133
user-supplied creep model, 141
AGING input
American Code, 139
Dutch Code, 141
European Code, 138
AGINGF input, 141
AGTIME input, 141
Air content (%), 509
AIRCNT input
concrete creep, 139
Alpha, 496
Alpha h, 498
ALPHA input, 273
RambergOsgood model, 192
Alpha shear stress contrib., 498
ALPHAB input, 205
Ambient influence, 1, 2, 25
elasticity, 38
530
INDEX
interface elements, 162
Ambient temperature (C), 474
Anisotropic heat transfer, 255
Anisotropic plasticity, 22, 82, 362
Anisotropic property, 511, 513, 515
Aquiclude, 281
Aquifer, 281
Aquifer property, 515
ARRHEN input, 278, 279
Arrhenius constant, 270, 277, 278, 408
ARRTYP input, 277
Associated plasticity, 54, 59
Associated plasticity property, 495
Autogenous shrinkage, 144
Automatic upwinding property, 512, 514
AXFORC input
three-dimensional, 157
two-dimensional, 156
Axisymmetric elements
material, 25
B
B, 497, 501
B input
cement, 140
liquefaction, 201
Base spring elements
spring characteristics, 155
BASTIF input
Bazant rough crack model, 168, 425
Bazant&Gambarova rough crack property, 502
Beam elements
material, 25
temperature, 9, 12
Bedding, 162
BEDIAG input, 109, 181
BEGINT input, 270
BESSEL input, 46
Besseling hyperelasticity, 46, 312
Besseling model property, 505
Beta, 496, 506
Beta 1, 496, 497
Beta 2, 496, 497
Beta coupling normal stresses, 498
Beta diagram in shear. property, 486
BETA input
liquefaction, 200
Maekawa model, 178
Smeared cracking, 96
Total Strain cracking, 107
Beta-diagr. in shear. property, 489
BETA0 input, 124
BFAC input, 178
Biaxial stress state, 329
Biot material parameters, 298, 298
Biots parameter alpha, 516
Biots parameter input property, 516
Biots parameter Q, 516
BIOTA input, 299
BIOTQ input, 299
BLKREF input, 197
Bond-slip, 161, 169, 419, 430
Bond-slip behavior property, 501
BONDSL input, 170172
BOTH input, 266
BOUNCO input, 288
Boundary elements
convection, 262
groundwater flow, 288
potential flow, 262
radiation, 264
Boundary property, 514
BOWL input, 200
Bowl liquefaction, 200, 458, 459
customized, 249
Bowl liquefaction property, 497
BOWLIQ user-supplied subroutine, 249
BOYCE input, 42
Boyce nonlinear elasticity, 42, 307
BRITTL input, 103
Maekawa model, 179
Brittle cracking, 20, 90, 330, 377
discrete, 166, 421
friction, 173
Brittle cracking property, 481, 502, 503
Brittle gapping property, 501
Brittle in tension property, 484, 488
BULK input
hydrostatic strain energy, 46, 47
user-supplied hyperelasticity, 48
Bulk modulus, see Compression modulus
INDEX
531
fluid, 194
Bulk modulus at ref. stress, 497
Bulk modulus input property, 516
BULKF input
mixture, 299
BULKMO input
Soil models, 192
BULKS input, 298
C
C, 497, 501
C input
cement, 140
liquefaction, 201
C1 input, 197
C20 input, 99
C40 input, 99
Calculated convective field property, 512,
514
Cam-clay, 63, 334
Cam-clay model property, 493
Cap compressive stress, 490
Cap crit. compres. strength, 503
CAP input
Cam-clay, 65, 66
Modified MohrCoulomb, 77
Cap plasticity+exp. harden property, 495
Cap plasticity+power. hard. property,
495
Cap shape factor, 494, 496
CAPACI input
flow elements, 256
Capacitance, 255
Capacitance, 511
Capacity, 285
CAPART input, 275, 276
CAPATT input, 257, 258, 260
CAPFLW input, 269
CAPPRS input, 286
CAPREA input, 275
CAPVAL input, 175
CEB-FIP code, 20, 209
concrete cracking, 99, 398
concrete creep, 137
equivalent age, 408

CEB-FIP Model Code defn. property,
484
CEB-FIP property, 473
CEMCNT input
concrete creep, 139
Cement
concrete creep, 138140
concrete shrinkage, 145, 146
Cement content (kg/m3), 509
Cement type
concrete tensile strength, 117, 118
CEMTYP input
Central Difference, 241
Charac. strength 28 dys (MPa), 473
Characteristic shear strain, 496
Characteristic strength
concrete creep, 140
CL12I element
material, 161
CL18I element
material, 161
CL20I element
material, 161
CL24I element
material, 161
CL32I element
material, 161
Class I cement property, 508
Class III cement property, 508
Class-I beams
material, 25
Clay, 21, 24, 41
cap hardening, 74
Egg Cam-clay model, 63, 334
CLAY input
nonlinear elasticity, 65
plasticity, 64
CMO rate par. dot-kappa-r, 499
CMO rate parameter k0, 499
CMO rate parameter k1, 499
532
INDEX
CMORAT input, 83
CMPNAM input, 60
CMPVAL input
anisotropic plasticity, 83
isotropic plasticity, 60
CNFCRV input, 116
Code regulations for concrete, 99
COHCRV input
concrete plasticity, 63
DruckerPrager plasticity, 56
MohrCoulomb plasticity, 56
Cohesion
ambient dependent, 5456, 62
concrete plasticity, 49, 59, 61
DruckerPrager plasticity, 54, 329, 330
gradient characteristic, 57
MohrCoulomb plasticity, 54, 324,
326
position dependent, 56, 174
user-supplied, 56
user-supplied subroutine, 63, 228,
229
vs. internal state, 325, 328, 432
zero, 174
Cohesion, 479, 482, 486, 487, 490,
492, 493, 500, 503
Cohesion pressure, 506
COHGRD input
friction, 174
plasticity, 57
COMBIF input, 175
Combined crack-shear-crush property, 503
COMCRV input
Modified MohrCoulomb, 74, 76
Rankine/Von Mises, 62
COMPAR input, 112
COMPLI input, 143
Compliance matrix set-up value, 509
Compliance relation, 305
Composite Interface, 175, 433
Composites, 23, 82
Composites property, 499
COMPRE input
hydrostatic strain energy, 46, 47
Compres. stress-strain diag., 485
Compressibility, 46, 313
Compression modulus
hyperelasticity, 46
mixture, 298
nonlinear elasticity, 306, 336, 342
Compression modulus, 505, 506
Compression yield surface, 73, 343, 344
Compressive fracture energy, 485, 503
Compressive strength
concrete creep, 138, 140, 143
concrete plasticity, 62, 329, 330
crack dilatancy, 429
cracking, 20
Smeared cracking, 89, 90
Total Strain cracking, 109, 392
user-supplied cracking, 232
user-supplied subroutine, 236
Compressive strength, 473, 474, 481,
485, 488, 501
Compressive strength in x-dir, 498
Compressive strength in y-dir, 498
COMSTO input, 113
COMSTR input
Maekawa model, 178
COMVAL input
hydrostatic strain energy, 47
CONBET input
CONCEN input, 257, 259
boundary elements, 262, 264
interface elements, 267, 268
CONCEN table, 4
for elements, 7
for nodes, 10
Concentrated mass, see Mass elements
Concentration
concrete, 20
vs. time, 4
Concentration expansion
concentration dependent, 39
linear elasticity, 33, 34
orthotropic, 37
Concentration expansion coef, 510
Concentration expansion coeff x, 510
Concentration expansion coeff y, 510
INDEX
Concentration expansion coeff z, 510
Concentration influence
Discrete cracking, 164, 165
DruckerPrager plasticity, 54, 55
Kelvin Chain viscoelasticity, 132,
133
linear elasticity, 39
Maxwell Chain viscoelasticity, 128,
129
MohrCoulomb plasticity, 54, 55
Power Law viscoelasticity, 122
Smeared cracking, 89, 90, 9395
Tresca plasticity, 51, 52
Von Mises plasticity, 51, 52
CONCEX input
orthotropic elasticity, 37
CONCRE input, 99
Concrete, 20, 68, 87, 97
cracking, 419
creep, 137, 143
Maekawa model, 177
maturity, 123
plasticity cracking, 330
plasticity-based, 57, 61
shrinkage, 145
tensile strength, 117
young hardening, 123, 124
Concrete age at loading (dys), 473, 474,
509
Concrete age end curing (dys), 473, 474,
509
Concrete and brittle materials property,
479
Concrete class, 484
Concrete classes, 207
Concrete property, 472
CONCRK input, 89, 90, 164
CONCST input
Total Strain cracking, 111, 112,
114, 115
CONDIS input, 257259
CONDRT input, 275, 276
CONDUC input
flow elements, 256, 257
fluidstructure interaction, 204
groundwater flow, 282, 284
Conduction coefficient
533
cooling pipe elements, 268
Conduction coefficient, 511, 512, 514,
516
Conductivity
potential flow, 255, 256, 257
Conductivity, 511
Conductivity xx, 511
Conductivity xy, 511
Conductivity yy, 511
Conductivity yz, 511
Conductivity zx, 511
Conductivity zz, 511
CONEPU input
Confined aquifer, 281
Confining normal stress psi=0, 503
CONGAM input, 39
CONGF1 input, 94, 165
CONPOI input, 39
CONPOW input, 262
CONPRS input, 285
CONPTT input, 263, 264
CONREA input, 275
CONSAT input, 285
Const shear stiffn.aft crack property, 502
CONSTA input
Maekawa model, 179
111
Constant dilatancy property, 495
Constant isotropic permeab. property,
516
Constant mi, 490
Constant Mode II fract. energy property, 503
Constant orthotro. permeab. property,
517
Constant shear retention fct., 482
Constant shear retention property, 482,
486, 489
Constant shear stiffness, 494, 495
Constant stress cut-off property, 481
Contact density
534
INDEX
crack model, 429
Maekawa model, 182, 446
Contact density + decay shear property,
489
Contact density shear-transfer property,
489
Contact property, 506
Contacter property, 506
CONTEN input, 9395
CONTST input
106
CONVEC input, 266
Convection
boundary elements, 262
Convection and radiation property, 512
Convection only property, 511
Convective field property, 512, 514
Convective power, 262
Convective power, 511, 512
Convective velocity, 280
CONVEL input, 280
CONVTT input
cooling pipe elements, 268, 269
CONYLD input
CONYOU input
133
129
Cooling pipe elements
material input, 268
Cooling pipe property, 512
Correction factor plastic eval, 488
CORROS input, 189
Corrosion of reinforcement, 189
Coulomb friction, see Friction
Coulomb friction coefficient, 506
CQ48I element
material, 161
Crack bandwidth, 116, 375, 377
estimated, 91, 95
Maekawa model, 180
Rankine plasticity, 61
RankineHill plasticity, 83
Crack bandwidth, 481, 482, 484, 485,
488, 498
Crack dilatancy, 26, 168, 423
Crack dilatancy property, 502
Crack index
tensile strength input, 116
CRACK input, 88, 89
Crack rate independent property, 498
Crack threshold angle, 488
Crack width, 424
Crack-reclosing option, 178, 444
Crack-reclosing option property, 488
CRACKB input, 116
Rankine plasticity, 61
RankineHill plasticity, 83
Cracked concrete
Maekawa model, 443
Cracking, 20, 22, 24, 87, 371, 420
fracture energy, 60, 9193, 95,
233, 375377, 398
user-supplied compressive stress,
115
user-supplied subroutine, 228, 232
user-supplied tension cut-off, 90
user-supplied tension softening, 95,
96
CRDILA input, 168
Creep, 20, 143
transient, 143, 144
Creep & Shrinkage property, 474
Creep coefficient, 508
Creep curves, 404
Creep factor, 509
Creep function, 136, 240, 399, 401
CREEP input, 143
Creep property, 473
CREEPF input, 136
CREEPN input, 137
CRKVAL input, 88, 89
INDEX
535
Cross-section analysis
material properties, 35
Cross-section property, 516
CRPVAL input, 143
CRTEMP input, 136
CRTIME input, 136
Crushing, 20, 22, 98
masonry, 175, 433
CSOUND input, 204, 205
CT36I element
material, 161
Cube compressive strength, 502, 503
Cubic function for bond-slip, 170, 431
CURAGE input, 145147
Curing with moisture property, 508
Curing with steam property, 509
Current shear based bulk modulus property, 496
CURTYP input
concrete creep, 139
Curved shell elements
material, 26
Cut-off traction stress, 506
D
D, 497
D input, 201
DAMP input, 30, 154
DAMPFR input, 154
Damping, 29
continuous, 30, 30, 153
Rayleigh, 29
strain energy based, 31
structural, 30
viscous, 29
Damping coeff. in X-direction, 478
Damping coeff. in Y-direction, 478
Damping coeff. in Z-direction, 478
Damping coefficient, 478, 479, 509
Damping property, 478
DAMPSE input, 31
Darcys law, 287
Dashpots, see Damping, continuous
DATUMT input, 277
DCRVAL input, 164

Dead weight, see Weight load
Decaying factor, 485
Default cap shape property, 495
DEGREA subtable of MATURI, 5
Degree nonlinear elasticity, 492
Degree of reaction, 270, 272
conductivity and capacitance, 274,
275
Delamination, 23
DENSFL input
mixture analysis, 298
structural elements, 296
DENSIT input, 27, 28
Density
apparent, 298
DENSRE input, 28
Development point (time), 508
Deviatoric strain energy, 312
DFLUX input
DGRARR input, 278, 279
Diagram input for stressstrain, 159
DIFFUS input, 280
Diffusion, 280
Diffusion coefficient m, 511
Diffusion coefficient n, 511
Diffusion coefficient t0, 511
Diffusivity, 512, 514
DIFPOW input
flow elements, 261
Dilatancy, 54, 345
Dilatancy angle
Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity, 73
Dilatancy angle (degrees), 490
DILCRV input, 73
DILDIA input, 54
DILVAL input, 168
Direct input property, 484
Discontinuity, 419
DISCRA input, 164
536
INDEX
Discrete cracking, 22, 163, 420
Discrete Cracking property, 501
Displacement
large, 21, 23
DMAX input, 99
Doerrs model property, 501
D
orr bond-slip, 170, 431
Double hardening model, 343
Drained behavior property, 489
Drilling rotation, 25, 26
DRUCKE input, 53, 56
DruckerPrager plasticity, 20, 53, 326
Drucker-Prager deviator. shape property, 496
Drucker-Prager plasticity property, 482,
486, 492, 493
DSBOUN input, 205
DSTIF input, 162
DUVAUT input, 84
DuvautLions viscoplasticity, 84, 367
Dynamic viscosity, 516
E
Effective porosity, 513516
Egg Cam-clay, see Clay
Egg Cam-clay model property, 493
EHAR input, 112, 113
ELAST input
Boyce, 42
clay, 65
grains, 41
Jardine, 43
Modified MohrCoulomb plasticity, 70, 71
ELASTI input
compression, 110
tension softening, 102
Elastic in compression property, 485
Elastic in tension property, 484
Elastic mode I unloading property, 502
Elastic storativity, 513515
Elasticity, 33, 305
with MohrCoulomb, 69
Elasto-plastic damge
Maekawa model, 441
Elastoplasticity, 42, 351
ELAVAL input
Boyce, 42
clay, 65, 68
grains, 41
Jardine, 43
ELEMEN subtable of CONCEN, 4
ELEMEN subtable of MATURI, 5
ELEMEN subtable of PRESSU, 6
ELEMEN subtable of TEMPER, 3
Element types, 465
ELSEUS user-supplied subroutine, 226
ELSGUS user-supplied subroutine, 227
EMISSI input, 265
Emission coefficient, 512
EMISTT input, 265
ENDTIM input, 270
Enhanced input property, 494
ENTHAL input, 279, 280
Enthalpy, 279
EPS0 input, 150
EPSULT input, 104
EQUAGE input, 276
EQUAGE subtable of MATURI, 5
Equiv. plastic relative disp., 503
Equivalent age, 276
Equivalent plastic strain, 498
Euler Backward integration, 317
Evaporation, 279
EXCVIS input, 203
Exp. soften comprs property, 480, 491
Exp. soften in tensile property, 480,
491
Exp. softening in tension property, 484,
488
Expansion property, 510
EXPHAR input, 74
Expli. preconsolidation stress property,
494
Explicit preconsoli. stress property, 495
EXPONE input
Maekawa model, 180
Exponent, 497, 505
Exponential degradation coeff., 503
INDEX
537
Exponential elasticity para., 494

Exponential elasticity property, 494
Extended input property, 494
External data from file property, 517
External file name, 517
External property, 517
F
Fabric, 23
Fatigue failure, 203
FCK28 input
concrete creep, 140
FCK91 input, 118
FCM28 input
concrete creep, 138
FCRIT input, 153
FDUX input, 152
File bond-slip diagram, 501
File cohesion hardening diag, 501
File corrosion influence, 476
File dilatancy diagram, 483, 493
File friction hardening diag, 501
File hardening diagram, 483, 487, 493,
504, 507
File porosity permeability diag, 517
File saturation permeab. diag, 517
File shear retention-strain d, 486, 489
File shear stress-strain diag., 486, 489
File sin(friction angle) diag., 483, 493
File sine friction angle, 495
File stiffness diag normal dir, 500
File stiffness diag tangnt dir, 500
File stress harden in tensile, 480, 491
File stress hardn in compres., 480, 491
File stress-strain diagram, 485, 488
File tensile traction diagram, 502
File tension soften diagram, 481
FINAGG input
concrete creep, 139
Fixed crack model, 98
Maekawa model, 178
FIXED input, 98
Maekawa model, 178
Flat shell elements

material, 26
stressstrain diagram, 159
Flow analysis
material, 253
Flow elements
material, 255
Flow property, 510
Flow rule, 316
volumetric locking, 367
Flowstress analysis
material, 295
Fluid bulk modulus, 489
Fluid density
fluidstructure interface, 27
mixture, 298, 301
structural elements, 296
Fluid density, 477
Fluid discharge * capacitance, 512
Fluidstructure interaction analysis
material, 204
Fluidstructure interface
mass density, 27
FLUXTY input, 266
Forceelongation diagram
spring elements, 152
FORCHH input, 287
Forchheimers law, 287, 287
FRACTI input, 79
Fraction model, 23, 79, 349
Fracture, 175, 433
Fracture energy
Fracture energy, 481, 482, 502, 503
Fracture energy based property, 481, 484
Fracture energy comp. failure, 480, 491
Fracture energy factor a, 503
Fracture energy factor b, 503
Fracture energy tensile fail, 480, 481,
491
FRCCRV input, 72
FRCDIA input
FRCPAR input, 72
FRCVAL input
538
INDEX
composite interface, 175
friction, 173
Free vibration, 31
FRICTI input, 173
Friction, 172
Coulomb, 21, 22, 172, 173, 432
position dependent, 174
slip, 175, 433
Friction angle
clay, 64
plasticity, 345
Friction coefficient, 429
Frictional behavior property, 500
FT28 input, 119
FTMATU input, 117
FTMODL input, 117119
FTTIME input, 117
FTVALU input, 117
Full shear retention property, 482
Fullers curve, 428
GAPVAL input
friction, 173
GC input, 114
Generalized stressstrain diagram, 159
Geological strength index, see GSI
Geological strength index, 490
GEOMET command, 21, 23
Geometric nonlinearity, 23
Geotechnics, 43, 191, 194
GF input, 9193
GF1 input, 105
Maekawa model, 180
GRADE input, 99
GRAINS input, 41
Grains nonlinear elasticity, 41, 306
Granular material, 41, 305
GRAVAC input, 205
Gravity, 193
Groundwater flow, 281
detailed, 283
regional, 281
turbulence, 287, 287
Groundwater Flow property, 513
GSI, 78, 347
GTC subroutine, 177, 239
G
G0*, 497
G0STAR input, 200
Gambarova aggregate interlock, 168,
426
Gambarova&Karakoc rough crk property,
503
Gamma, 495
Gamma contrib. shear stress, 498
GAMMA input
GAMMAR input, 201
HardinDrnevich model, 192
Gap criterion property, 501
GAP input, 173
Gapping+aggregate interlock property,
501
Gapping+const shear retention property,
501
H
H input
HARDEN input
reinforcement plasticity, 186, 188
Tresca plasticity, 50
Von Mises plasticity, 50
Harden modulus tensile regime, 480, 491
Hardening, 23, 316
concrete plasticity, 59, 331
decaying factor, 229
fraction model, 349
HoekBrown rock plasticity, 79
metal, 23, 51
INDEX
reinforcement, 186, 188
steel, 212, 215
Hardening diagram property, 500
Hardening modulus, 485
Hardening modulus in compres., 480, 491
Hardening parameter lambda, 493, 494
Hardening plasticity property, 474
HARDIA input
reinforcement plasticity, 186
HardinDrnevich property, 496
HardinDrnevich soil, 191, 450
keywordHARDRN input, 191
HARNAM input, 59
HARVAL input
Heat production, 270, 270, 273
Heat transfer elements, see Flow elements
High performance concrete, 144
Hill fracture energy in x-dir, 498
Hill fracture energy in y-dir, 498
HILL input, 80
Hill orthotropic plastic property, 498,
499
Hill plasticity, 23, 80, 356
HMAX input, 201
HoekBrown rock plasticity, 78, 347
HoekBrown rock plasticity property, 490
HOEKBR input, 78
Hoffmann orthotropic plastic property,
499
Hoffmann plasticity, 23, 81, 360
HOFMAN input, 81
Hordijk concrete plasticity, 60
Hordijk soften in comprs property, 480,
491
Hordijk soften in tensile property, 481,
491
539
Hordijk soften in tension property, 484,
488
Hordijk tension softening
cracking, 20, 381
discrete cracking, 166
Maekawa model, 180
Hordijk tension softening property, 482
HORDYK input
Maekawa model, 180
HV input, 198
Hydration, 270
Hydraulic capacity, 299
Hydraulic capacity property, 516
Hydraulic head, 288
Hydrostatic pressure
grains, 306
plasticity, 340
Hydrostatic strain energy, 46, 313
Hyperelasticity, 23, 25, 26, 45, 310
Hypoelasticity, 305
HYSTER input, 30
Hysteresis
Maekawa model, 20
Hysteresis mode I unload property, 502
Hysteretic damping factor, 478
I
I input
concrete creep, 139
Ideal cap plasticity property, 495
Ideal in compression property, 485
Ideal in tension property, 484, 488
Ideal plasticity property, 474, 480, 483,
487, 490, 493, 504, 507
Ideal shear plasticity property, 495
III input
concrete creep, 139
540
INDEX
INCOMP input, 46
Incompressibility, 46
Incompressible property, 505
Init. tang. slope rat. hard. branch, 507
Initial compressive strength, 485
Initial curvature parameter, 507
Initial permeability, 517
Initial permeability xx, 517
Initial permeability xy, 517
Initial permeability yy, 517
Initial permeability yz (3D), 517
Initial permeability zx (3D), 517
Initial permeability zz (3D), 517
Initial porosity, 493
Initial stiffness based bulk modulus property, 496
Initial strain in spring, 150
Initial stress property, 494, 495
Initial stress ratio, 193
Initial void ratio, 494
Initial yield stress, 507
INITIM input, 135
Interface, 22, 23
Interface elements
cracking, 163
elasticity, 161
mass density, 27
material, 26, 160, 266
mixture, 300
Interface nonlinearities, 160, 419
Interface property, 512, 514, 515
Interfaces property, 477, 500
Intrinsic compr bulk mod fluid, 516
Intrinsic compr bulk mod solid, 516
ISOTRO input
Isotropic - constant params. property,
510, 511
Isotropic and timedep. diffus. property,
511
Isotropic elasticity, 33
Isotropic heat transfer, 255
Isotropic property, 476478, 513, 515

J
JARDIN input, 43
Jardine elastoplasticity, 42, 307
JCI code
JCI input
JSCE code
JSCE input
K
K-ratio of norm. consol. soil, 494, 495
K-ratio vert. to horiz. stress, 489
K0 input
clay, 66
soil, 193
K0DIR input, 193
K1, 505
K2, 505
KAPPA input
liquefaction, 199, 201
KAPSTA input, 199
Kelvin Chain model, 20, 130, 240
KELVIN input
creep curve, 135
Kelvin Chain model, 131
user-supplied material, 242
KINEMA input
Kinematic hardening, 79, 188, 349
KNC input
INDEX
541
clay, 67
Koiters rule, 316
KozenyKarman modified permeability, 299
KuhnTucker conditions, 316
L
L16IF element
material, 161
L20IF element
material, 161
L8IF element
material, 161
Laminates, 23
Lateral confinement behavior property,
485
Lateral cracking reduction property, 486
Layered elements
shell, 23, 29
Lis model property, 502
Limit value virtual damping, 497
Linear compressibility property, 505
Linear elastic spring stiff., 477
Linear elasticity, 33
spring, 150
Linear Elasticity property, 476
Linear elasticity property, 494
Linear harden comprs property, 480, 491
Linear harden in tensile property, 480,
491
Linear hardening in compr. property,
485
LINEAR input
hyperelasticity, 46
Maekawa model, 180
Linear Mode II fracture energy property,
503
Linear normal stiffness, 477
Linear Poissons ratio, 492
Linear property, 474, 475, 489
Linear soften in tensile property, 480,
491
Linear softening in comprs property, 480,

490
Linear softening in tension property, 488
Linear stress cut-off property, 481
Linear tangential stiffness, 477
Linear tension softening property, 481,
484, 502, 503
Linear Youngs modulus, 492
LINHAR input
LIQUEF command, 196
LIQUEF input, 195
Liquefaction of soil, 195, 451
user-supplied, 245
Load cycles to failure, 203
zero stress, 204
LODAGE input
American Code, 139
Dutch Code, 140
European Code, 138
Lodes angle, 344
Lowest reinforcement %, 473
Lubrication elements
Lubrication property, 516
Lubrication property, 516
M
M, 495
M*, 497
m diagram, 159
MAEDEC input, 182
MAEKAW input, 178
user-supplied, 183
input, 177
user-supplied shear, 233
MAESHR input, 182
Masings rule, 459
Masonry, 22, 82, 433
Masonry joints, 175, 419
Masonry property, 497
Mass
rotational, 29
translational, 29
542
INDEX
Mass correction
dead weight, 27
Mass density, 27
Mass density, 472474, 477
Mass density property, 477
Mass elements, 28
MASS input, 28
Mass property, 477
MATAXI input, 80, 81
MATBET input
MATCRK input, 89, 90, 164
MATCST input
114, 115
MATDSN input, 162
MATDST input, 162
MATEPU input
MATERI table, 1, 29, 30
Material constant, 507
Material models, 1, 24
Material properties, 1
specification, 471
MATGF1 input, 94, 165
MATPOI input, 39
MATSLP input, 171
MATTEN input, 9395
MATTST input
106
MATURI table, 5
for elements, 7
for nodes, 10
Maturity
concrete, 20, 123
shrinkage, 144
tensile strength, 117
vs. time, 5
Maturity influence
Dorr bond-slip, 171
133

129
Normal interface stiffness, 162
Tangential interface stiffness, 162
viscoelasticity, 402
MATYLD input
MATYOU input
133
129
MAXFOR input
Maximum aggregate size, 473, 474, 484,
502, 503
Maximum damping ratio, 497
Maximum Force/Moment, 508
Maximum stiffness, 492
Maximum strain boundary, 492
MAXPRD input, 273
MAXWEL input, 127
creep curve, 135
Maxwell Chain model, 20, 126, 127,
399
MC1990 input
concrete cracking, 99
concrete creep, 137
Mean comp str 28 days (MPa), 474,
509
Medium stiffness, 492
MEMORY input
Metal, 22
INDEX
Metal creep, 143
kinematic hardening, 79
Metal plasticity, 80
Metals property, 504
Min. liquefaction resistance, 497
Minimum Force/Moment, 508
Minimum strain boundary, 492
Mixed formulation, 369
MIXED input
Mixture analysis
MKAPXX input, 160
MKAPXY input, 160
MKAPYY input, 160
MMOHRC input, 69
MO1VAL input
discrete cracking, 164, 166, 167
MO2VAL input
friction, 173
Mobilized dilatancy angle, 54
MOCVAL input, 176
Mod. Maekawa Concrete model property, 487
Modal damping factor, 31
Mode-I tensile fracture energy, 484, 485,
488
Mode-I tension softening, 164
Mode-I ultimate tensile strain, 484
MODE1 input
discrete cracking, 164, 166, 167
MODE2 input
friction, 173
Model Code material libraries, 207
Modified Cam-clay model property, 493
Modified elasticity, 44
Modified MohrCoulomb, see Mohr
Coulomb
Modified Mohr-Coulomb property, 494
Modified swelling parameter, 497
Moelands tension softening, 20, 92, 380
543
Moelands tension softening property, 481
MohrCoulomb plasticity, 20, 53, 324
Modified, 24, 68, 77, 340
Mohr-Coulomb deviatoric shape property,
496
Mohr-Coulomb plasticity property, 482,
487, 492, 493
MOHRCO input, 53, 56
MOIST input
concrete creep, 139
MOMENX input, 158
MOMENY input, 158
MOMENZ input
MontiNuti plasticity, 188, 354
Monti-Nuti isotr. hard. property, 507
Monti-Nuti kinem. hard. property, 506
Monti-Nuti memory hardening property,
507
Monti-Nuti mixed hard. property, 507
Monti-Nuti plasticity property, 506
MOONEY input, 45
MooneyRivlin hyperelasticity, 45, 312
Mooney-Rivlin model property, 505
MSTAR input, 200
Mult-lin. diag. in tension property, 488
Mult-lin. softn in tensile property, 480,
491
Multi-lin diagram in compr. property,
485
Multi-lin diagram in shear property, 486
Multi-lin. diag. in tension property, 485
Multi-linear diagr. in shear property, 489
Multi-linear model property, 501
Multi-linear soften comprs property, 480,
491
Multilinear tension softening property,
481, 502
Multip. fac. preconsol. stress, 494,
495
MULTLN input, 112
544
INDEX
MURNAG input, 47
Murnaghan compressibility, 47, 313
Murnaghan compressibility property, 505
N
n, diagram, 159
N4IF element
material, 161
N6IF element
material, 161
Nadai hardening, 50
NADAI input, 50
Nadais hardening constant, 483, 487,
504
Nadais hardening exponent, 483, 487,
504
Nadais strain shift factor, 483, 487, 504
Nadais stress shift factor, 483, 487, 504
NAME input
material property, 2
NEN 6720 code, 20
concrete, 207
concrete creep, 140
reinforcement steel, 213
NEN 6720 property, 472, 475
NEN 6770 code, 211
NEN 6770 property, 474
Neo-Hookean deviatoric strain energy,
222, 312
NEPSXX input, 160
NEPSYY input, 160
NEX input, 200
NGAMXY input, 160
NISHI input, 198
Nishi liquefaction, 198, 455
customized, 248
Nishi liquefaction property, 497
NISLIQ user-supplied subroutine, 248
NN6720 input
concrete creep, 140
No crack-reclosing option property, 488
No cracking property, 486
No gap criterion property, 501
No hardening property, 500
No Hydraulic capacity property, 516
No lateral confinement behav. property,

485
No lateral cracking reduction property,
486
No plasticity property, 482, 486, 492
No shrinkage property, 509
Noakowski bond-slip, 171, 431
Noakowskis model property, 501
NOBOND input, 189
NODES subtable of CONCEN, 4
NODES subtable of MATURI, 6
NODES subtable of TEMPER, 4
NODES subtable of PRESSU, 7
Non-orthogonal crack property, 488
Non-orthogonal cracking, 445
input, 178
Nonassociated plasticity, 54, 59
NONE input, 116, 266
Nonlinear Boyce property, 492
Nonlinear elasticity, 24, 41, 194, 305
clay, 335
soil, 341
spring elements, 150, 152
user-supplied, 226
Nonlinear elasticity property, 500
Nonlinear Grains property, 492
Nonlinear Jardine property, 492
Nonlinear property, 472475
Nonlinear tension softening property, 502
NONORT input, 178
Normalized plastic shear work, 497
Notational size (mm), 473, 474, 509
NR input
concrete creep, 138
NSPRIN input, 198
Number of cycles to failure, 510
Number of springs, 497
NUMBKF input, 194
NUMSPR input, 151
NWOEHL input, 204
O
OCR input
clay, 65, 67
INDEX
545

OCRP input
clay, 67
OFFAXI input, 80, 81
OMEGA input, 147
One Woehler diagram property, 510
ORDER input, 151
Orthotropic - constant params. property, 510
Orthotropic elasticity, 23, 35, 305
Orthotropic heat transfer, 255
Orthotropic material layers, 37
Orthotropic plasticity, 23, 80, 356
Orthotropic property, 476478, 511,
513, 515
Orthotropic thickness, 25
Overconsolidation, 65
Overconsolidation ratio, 493495
P
P1, 497
P1 input, 198
P2, 497
P2 input, 198
Parab. hard/soften comprs property, 480,
491
Parab. hard/soften tensile property, 480,
491
PARABO input
Parabolic diagram in compr. property,
485
Parameter m, 495
Penalty conduction coeff., 514
Penalty conduction coefficient, 288
Penalty constant, 505
Penalty formulation, 194
PERMEA input, 298
Permeability, 298
PERZY1 input, 85
PERZY2 input, 85
Perzyna viscoplasticity, 84, 366
PHI input, 199

PHIM input, 200
Phreatic surface, 284
Plane strain elements
material, 25
Plane stress elements
material, 25
Plasticity, 24, 49, 315
concrete, 20, 57, 61
kinematic hardening, 79, 188, 349
metal, 80
spring, 153
user-supplied cohesion, 56, 63
user-supplied compressive strength,
62
user-supplied tensile strength, 62,
63
user-supplied yield stress, 53
Plate bending elements
material, 26
Point mass, see Mass elements
Point mass, 477
Point mass in X-direction, 478
Point mass in Y-direction, 478
Point mass in Z-direction, 478
Point mass property, 477
POISON input
clay, 65
cross-section analysis, 35
Jardine, 43
liquefaction, 199
Maekawa model, 183
modified elasticity, 45
Poisson property, 516
Poissons ratio
maturity dependent, 39
temperature dependent, 39
user-supplied (visco)elasticity, 219
546
INDEX
Poissons ratio, 472474, 476, 516
Poissons ratio xy, 476
Poissons ratio yz, 476
Poissons ratio zx, 476
Polymer material, 312
Pore fluid
Pore fluid-matrix interaction property, 516
Pore pressure, 194, 295
POROSI input
clay, 65
for buoyancy or weight, 295
mixture, 298, 301
staggered analysis, 296
Porosity, 41
clay, 65
mixture, 298, 301
PORPER input, 299
Position dependency
cohesion, 56, 174
elasticity, 34
friction, 174
plasticity, 56
POTENT input, 257, 259
Potential flow analysis, 255
Power d of creep function, 508
POWER input
Power Law
bond-slip, 431
Boyce, 42
grains, 41
viscoelasticity, 20, 121, 403
viscoplasticity, 367
Power Law Elasticity property, 494
Power Law viscoelasticity property, 508
Power p of creep function, 508
POWHAR input, 76
POWPAR input, 76
PRDKAR input, 273
PREBET input
PRECON input
clay, 67
Preconsolidation, 73, 344, 345
Preconsolidation stress, 494, 495
PRECST input
114, 115
PREEPU input
PREF input
Bowl liquefaction, 201
Towhata-Iai liquefaction, 197
PREGF1 input
PREPOI input
PRESSU table, 6
for elements, 7
for nodes, 10
Pressure
vs. time, 6
Pressure head, 285
Pressure shift, 494
Pressure shift for elasticity, 494, 495
Pressure shift for plasticity, 495
Pressure-pressure cyc to fail, 510
Pressure-pressure stress value, 510
Pressure-tension cycl to fail, 510
Pressure-tension stress value, 510
PRETST input
106
PREYOU input
PRSSAT input, 295
mixture, 300, 301
PSHIFT input, 76
PT3RO element, 29
INDEX
547
PT3T element, 29
Q
q diagram, 159
Q24IF element
material, 161
QPSIYZ input, 160
QPSIZX input, 160
R
RADIAT input, 266
Radiation
Radiation only property, 511
RambergOsgood property, 496
RambergOsgood soil, 192, 450
RANDRU input, 58, 59
user-supplied hardening, 63
RANHIL input, 83
RANKIN input, 58
Rankine frac. energy in x-dir, 498, 499
Rankine frac. energy in y-dir, 498, 499
Rankine plasticity, 20, 25, 330
concrete, 58
with DruckerPrager, 333
with Von Mises, 333
Rankine Principal Stress plasticity, 57,
330
Rankine Principle Stress property, 479
Rankine yield stress, 479, 490
RankineHill anisotropic plast property,
498
RankineHill plasticity, 22, 82, 362
Rankine/DruckerPrager property, 479,
490
Rankine/Von Mises property, 479, 490
RANVMI input, 58, 59
keywordRAOSGO input, 192
RATDEP input, 97
Rate-dependent cracking, 96
Ratio fine:total aggregate (%), 509
RAYLEI input, 29
Rayleigh damping, see Damping
Rayleigh damping factor a, 478
Rayleigh damping factor b, 478
REACTI input
conductivity and capacitance, 274,
275
heat production, 272
RECLOS input, 178, 183
REDCRV input, 116
Reduced mass density, 27
Reduced mass density, 477
Reduced stiffness, 501
Reference compression modulus, 492, 495
Reference isotropic pressure, 497
Reference mean pressure, 497
Reference pressure, 495
Reference pressure Pref, 495
Reference shear modulus, 492, 497
Reference shear strain, 497
Reference shift, 494
REFPOS input
friction, 174
plasticity, 57
REFRAT input, 83
Regular input property, 493
Reinforced concrete, 21, 430
Reinforcement
material, 26, 184
post-tensioned, 188
steel classes, 213
Reinforcement bonded property, 475, 476
Reinforcement not bonded property, 475,
476
Reinforcement property, 476, 506
Reinforcement steel property, 475
REINHA input
Reinhardt concrete maturity, 123, 124
Reinhardt concrete plasticity, 60
Reinhardt soften in comprs property, 480,
491
Reinhardt soften in tensile property, 481,
491
Relative ambient humidity (%), 473, 474,
509
Relative distance from face, 506
Relative maximum depth, 506
Relaxation curves, 404
Relaxation function, 136, 399
Relaxation time, 127, 400
548
INDEX
RELAXF input, 136
RELTIM input, 127
Residual friction coefficient, 503
Retardation time, 131
RETTIM input, 131
Return-mapping, 318
Reynolds flow, see Lubrication
Reynolds number, 287
RH input
Right CauchyGreen stretch, 311
Rivlin deviatoric strain energy, 312
RLXPAR input, 135
Rock, 21, 82, 330
plasticity, 78, 347
Rock joints, 419
Rock property, 489
ROTATE input, 98
Maekawa model, 178
Rotating crack model, 98, 383
Maekawa model, 178
ROTATX input, 158
ROTATY input, 158
ROTATZ input, 156
Rough crack model, 168, 425, 426
Rowe dilatancy curve property, 495
Rowes dilatancy rule, 68, 71, 73, 77,
345
RS input
concrete creep, 138
Rubber, see Hyperelasticity
RUBBER input, 45, 46
Rubbers property, 505
RUBMOD input, 48
RUBVAL input, 45, 46
S
S1, 497
S1 input, 198
Sand, 21, 68, 77, 340
cap hardening, 74
SATPER input, 299

SATURA input
staggered analysis, 296
Saturated conductivity, 513, 515
Saturated conductivity kxx, 515
Saturated conductivity xx, 513515
Saturated conductivity xy, 514, 515
Saturated conductivity yy, 513515
Saturated conductivity yz, 514
Saturated conductivity zx, 514
Saturated conductivity zz, 513, 514
Saturation
Saturation harden in compr. property,
485
Saul equivalent age, 277
SAUL input, 277
Secant conduction, 287
Secant mode I unloading property, 502
Seepage, 283
Seepage face, 288, 288
Shape factor gamma, 494
Shear modulus
Shear modulus, 516
Shear modulus crack dev., 502
Shear modulus ref. pressure, 497
Shear modulus xy, 476
Shear modulus yz, 476
Shear modulus zx, 476
Shear plasticity + hardening property,
495
Shear property, 516
Shear resist angle max compr., 497
Shear resist. angle (failure), 497
Shear retention
constant, 173, 209, 210
Maekawa model, 181
Shear retention factor, 473, 486, 489
Shear slip, 162
INDEX
Shear slip - curve truncation, 501
Shear slip at plateau, 501
Shear softening parameter, 489
Shear stiffness, 70, 71
Shear traction control factor, 503
Shell elements
layered, 29
temperature, 8
SHMATU input, 144
SHPFAC input, 77
SHRCRV input, 107
SHRINF input, 144
Shrinkage, 20, 144
Shrinkage property, 473, 509
SHRINN input
American Code, 146
Dutch Code, 146
European Code, 145
SHRMOD input
SHRPAR input, 108, 109, 181, 182
SHRREF input
Bowl liquefaction, 201
Towhata-Iai liquefaction, 197
SHTIME input, 144
SIGDIS input, 163
SIGEPS input, 44
SimoTaylor compressibility, 47, 313
Simo-Taylor compressibility property, 505
SIMOTA input, 47
Simple Rankine property, 479, 490
Simple Soil Models, 449
Sin(dilatancy angle), 479, 482, 486, 487,
490, 492, 493
Sin(friction angle), 479, 482, 486, 487,
490, 492, 493
Sine frict. angle of con. vol., 495
Sine initial friction angle, 495
Sine of dilatancy angle, 495
Sine of friction angle, 493, 494
Sine phase transform. angle, 497
Sine shear resistance angle, 497
SINPCV input, 73
SINPHF input, 197
SINPHI input
549
SINPHP input, 197
SINPSI input
SL input
concrete creep, 138
Slope during reloading kappa, 493, 494
SLPVAL input, 170172
SLS, 97
SLUMP input
concrete creep, 139
Slump of concrete slurry (mm), 509
Softening, 20
Softening tensile strength, 482
Soil, 21, 191
drained/undrained, 194
HardinDrnevich, 191, 450
RambergOsgood, 192, 450
submerged, 28
SOIL input, 191
Soil property, 489
Solid elements
material, 26
Solidification, 279
SP1TR element
forceelongation diagram, 152
SP2TR element
forceelongation diagram, 152
Specific volume, 70
Specified convective field property, 512,
514
Spherical cap shape property, 496
Spline elements, 26
Spring diagrams, 151
base spring, 156, 158
Spring elements, 26
550
INDEX
material, 149
SPRING input
nonlinear elasticity, 150, 151
Spring property, 477
Spring stiffness, 150
depending on axial force, 155
Spring/dashpot property, 509
Springs property, 507
Spurious modes, 367, 368
SQVCRV input
Staggered analysis
Static Nonlinearity property, 479
STEAM input
concrete creep, 139
Steel classes, 211
reinforcement, 213
StefanBoltzmann constant, 264
Stiffness modulus, 162
Interface elements, 162
STORAT input
detailed groundwater flow, 284
regional groundwater flow, 282
Storativity
detailed groundwater flow, 284
regional groundwater flow, 281,
282
Strain at maximum stiffness, 492
Strain at medium stiffness, 492
Strain at minimum stiffness, 492
Strain energy
damping, 31
Strain energy based property, 479
Strain hardening diagram property, 483,
487, 504, 507
Strain hardening diagrams property, 483,
493
Strain hardening property, 480, 490
STRAIN input

Strain Nadai hardening property, 483,
487, 504
Strain Voce hardening property, 483,
487, 505
Streamline upwind, 280
Stress value for failure, 510
Stressstrain diagram, 159
Stressstrain relation, 315
uniaxial, 44
Structural analysis
material, 17
Structural elements
pore fluid analysis, 295
Structural property, 478
SUPIST input, 127
Swelling parameter, 497
SWOEHL input, 203
Symbols, glossary of, xvii
T
T18IF element
material, 161
T9WME element
material, 25
Tangent conduction, 288
Tangent of dilatancy angle, 500, 503
Tangent of friction angle, 500, 503
Tangent stiffness
Target property, 506
TAUCRI input, 96
TAUDIS input, 163
TEMALP input
reinforcement, 185
TEMARR input, 278, 279
TEMBET input
TEMCRK input, 89, 90, 164
TEMCST input
114, 115
TEMEPU input
INDEX
TEMGF1 input, 94, 164
TEMP0 input, 124
TEMPER input, 257, 259
boundary elements, 262, 264, 265
concrete creep, 138
hydration heat, 275
solidification, 279, 280
TEMPER table, 3
for elements, 7
for nodes, 10
Temperature
concrete, 20
vs. time, 3
Temperature influence
aging, 129, 133
Discrete cracking, 164
133
129
reinforcement, 185
TEMPOI input, 39
TEMREF input, 277
TEMTEN input, 9395
TEMTST input
106
TEMYLD input
reinforcement, 187
TEMYOU input
133
551
129
reinforcement, 185
TENCRV input
Maekawa model, 179
TENPAR input, 106
Maekawa model, 180
Tensile strength
concrete, 101, 119, 391
Discrete cracking, 164
Smeared cracking, 8890, 375
user-supplied plasticity, 62, 63
user-supplied subroutine, 232, 234,
235
Tensile strength, 473, 474, 481, 484,
485, 488, 501503
Tensile strength in x-direct., 498
Tensile strength in y-direct., 498
TENSIO input, 9092
Tension cut-off, 88, 373
Tension cut-off value, 490
Tension softening, 20, 90, 375, 421
Tension softening factor c1, 482
Tension softening factor c2, 482
Tension-tension cycl to fail, 510
Tension-tension stress value, 510
TENSTR input, 104, 105
TENVAL input, 9193, 95
Thermal expansion
orthotropic, 37
reinforcement, 184
temperature dependent, 39, 185
Thermal expansion coeff. x, 510
Thermal expansion coeff. y, 510
Thermal expansion coeff. z, 510
552
INDEX
Thermal expansion coefficient, 472475,
510
THERMX input
reinforcement, 184
THETA input
Maekawa model, 178
Thin metal sheets, 23, 358
THOREN input, 111
Thorenfeldt hardening, 111, 392
Thorenfeldt in compression property, 485
Three Woehler diagrams property, 510
Threshold angle
Threshold level C1, 497
Time at which cooling starts, 512
Time at which cooling stops, 512
Time dependency, 375
ambient variables, 2
element variables, 7
nodal variables, 10
Time diagrams, 2
TIME input
cooling pipe elements, 268, 269
flow elements, 258, 259
132
129
solidification, 280
TOPEPS input, 83
Total Strain cracking, 97, 382, 483
predefined, 209, 210
Total Strain fixed crack property, 483,
488
Total strain fixed crack property, 473
Total Strain rotating crack property, 484,
488
Total strain rotating crack property, 474
Total stress
TOTCRK input, 98
TOWHAT input, 197
Towhata-Iai liquefaction, 197, 451
customized, 247
Towhata-Iai liquefaction property, 497

TOWLIQ user-supplied subroutine, 247
Transient creep, 143, 144
Transient creep property, 509
Transient flow analysis, 255
groundwater, 285, 289
Transient Nonlinearity property, 508
TRCRP input, 143
TRESCA input
Tresca plasticity, 23, 50, 319
Tresca plasticity property, 482, 486, 492,
504
Truss elements
material, 25
Turbulence, 287, 287
Turbulence (Forchheimer a), 513, 514
Turbulence (Forchheimer b), 513, 514
Two-phase crack model, 428
U
ULS, 97
Ultimate compressive strength, 485
Ultimate shear strain, 489
Ultimate strain based property, 481, 484
Ultimate strain of diagram, 481
Unconfined aquifer, 281
Unconfined compr. strength, 490
UNDRAI input, 194
Undrained behavior property, 489
UNIAXI input, 44
Uniaxial compressive strength, 509
Uniaxial stress state, 328
Units
Boyce, 42
concrete creep, 137
predefined material classes, 207
UNITS table
Boyce, 42
concrete creep, 137
UNLO1 input, 165
UPWIND input, 280
USER input
hyperelasticity, 47, 48
INDEX
liquefaction, 195
Maekawa model, 182
User specified upwinding property, 512,
514
User-defined cap shape property, 496
User-spec. deviatoric shape property,
496
User-supplied cracking, 106
User-supplied elasticity, 40
User-supplied hydration heat, 273
User-supplied hyperelasticity, 220
User-supplied interface, 161, 176
User-supplied liquefaction, 195, 245
User-supplied Maekawa model, 183
User-supplied material model, 238, 240
User-supplied reinforcement behavior,
189
User-supplied subroutines, 217
USRBET input, 108
USRBET user-supplied subroutine, 235
USRCRK input, 90
USRCRK user-supplied subroutine, 232
USRCRP input, 141
USRCRP user-supplied subroutine, 225
USRCRV input, 62
Maekawa model, 181
USRCRV user-supplied subroutine, 115,
228, 229
USRCST user-supplied subroutine, 236
USREPU input, 104
USREPU user-supplied subroutine, 234
USRGF1 input, 96, 106
USRGF1 user-supplied subroutine, 235
USRHTP input, 273
USRHTP user-supplied subroutine, 273
USRIFC input, 176
USRIFC user-supplied subroutine, 243
USRIND input
hyperelasticity, 48
liquefaction, 245
553
Maekawa model, 182
user-supplied reinforcement behavior, 190
USRLIQ user-supplied subroutine, 245
USRMAT input, 238, 242
user-supplied Maekawa model, 183
USRMAT user-supplied subroutine, 239,
241
USRMNL user-supplied subroutine, 183,
236
USRPAR input
Maekawa model, 181
USRPOI input, 40, 101
USRPOI user-supplied subroutine, 219
USRRUB user-supplied subroutine, 220,
222
USRSHR user-supplied subroutine, 182,
233
USRSTA input
hyperelasticity, 48
liquefaction, 245
Maekawa model, 182
USRTEN input, 95
USRTEN user-supplied subroutine, 232
USRTST input, 103, 104, 106
USRTST user-supplied subroutine, 234
USRVAL input
liquefaction, 245
Maekawa model, 182
user-supplied Maekawa model, 183
554
INDEX
USRYOU input, 101
Kelvin Chain viscoelasticity, 133
Maxwell Chain viscoelasticity, 129
USRYOU user-supplied subroutine, 219
V
Variable isotropic permeab. property,
517
VC1993 input, 116
VECCHI input, 116
Velocity component X, 512, 514
Velocity component Y, 512, 514
Velocity component Z, 512, 514
Viscoelasticity, 20, 24, 121, 399
user-supplied model, 240
VISCOP input, 84, 85
Viscoplasticity, 84, 366
VISCOS input
liquefaction, 203
lubrication, 291
Viscosity
dynamic, 291
kinematic, 287
Viscosity contribution x-dir., 499
Viscosity contribution y-dir., 499
Viscous cracking property, 498
Viscous property, 478
VMISES input
user-supplied plasticity, 231
Voce hardening, 50
VOCE input, 50
Voces hardening constant, 483, 487,
505
Voces hardening exponent, 483, 487,
505
Voces initial yield stress, 483, 487, 505
Voces yield plateau, 483, 487, 505
VOID input
compression yield surface, 75
elasticity, 70
Void ratio, 341
compression yield surface, 75
elasticity, 70
Volumetric locking, 367
Von Mises plasticity property, 482, 486,
492, 504, 506
Von Mises yield stress, 479, 490
Von Mises plasticity, 23, 50, 321
reinforcement, 186
VPLVAL input, 84, 85
Vulcanization, 270
W
W1 input, 197
Walraven aggregate interlock
friction, 173
Walraven two-phase model, 168, 428
Walravens 2 phase model property, 502
Walraven&Reinhardt interlck property,
503
Weight load, 193
Weighting coefficient, 507
Woehler property, 510
W
ohler diagram, 203, 203, 204
Work hardening diagram property, 483,
487, 504, 507
Work hardening in tensile property, 480,
490
WORK input
Work Nadai hardening property, 483,
487, 504
Work Voce hardening property, 483, 487,
504
Wrinkling, 23
material, 25
Wu and Bazant model property, 499
X
XAXIS input
layered shell elements, 38
INDEX
555
XL input, 201
Y
Yield compr. stress in x-dirn, 500
Yield compr. stress in y-dirn, 500
Yield compr. stress in z-dirn, 500
Yield condition, 315
YIELD input, 49
clay, 64
concrete plasticity, 58, 59, 62,
63
MohrCoulomb plasticity, 53, 56,
57
orthotropic plasticity, 80, 81
reinforcement plasticity, 186, 188,
354
Yield shear stress xy, 498500
Yield shear stress yz, 498500
Yield shear stress zx, 498500
Yield stress, 474, 475, 482, 486, 492,
504, 506
Yield stress at 45 degrees, 498500
Yield stress in x-direction, 498, 499
Yield stress in y-direction, 498, 499
Yield stress in z-direction, 498, 499
Yield stress-45deg off-axis property, 498
500
Yield stress-princip anisot property, 498
500
Yield tensile stress x-dirn, 500
Yield tensile stress y-dirn, 500
Yield tensile stress z-dirn, 500
Yielding, metal, 23
YLDOPT input, 80, 81
YLDSIG input, 80, 81
YLDVAL input
clay, 64, 68

reinforcement plasticity, 186, 188
YNGGRD input, 35
YOUHAR input, 124
American Code, 125
European Code, 124
Japanese Code, 125, 126
YOUN28 input
126
YOUN91 input, 125
YOUNG input
Jardine, 43
Kelvin Chain viscoelasticity, 131
Maekawa model, 183
128
reinforcement, 184
Youngs modulus
isotropic, 34
maturity dependent, 39
orthotropic, 37
reinforcement, 184
temperature dependent, 39, 185
Youngs modulus, 472476, 516
Youngs modulus at 28 days, 473, 474,
509
Youngs modulus x-direction, 476
Youngs modulus y-direction, 476
Youngs modulus z-direction, 476
556
INDEX
YOUNG0 input, 124
Z
Zero shear stiffn.aft crack property, 502
Zone in beam element
dynamic analysis, 29

Mat Lib

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Mat Lib

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

DIANA

Finite Element Analysis

April 25, 2008

First edition, April 25, 2008.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

2 Overview of Material Models for Structural Analysis

3 Mass and Damping

8 Creep and Shrinkage

10 Model Code Libraries

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Coupled FlowStress Analysis

15 SoilPore Fluid Properties

20 Time Effects on Concrete Properties using Model Codes

22 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model

23 Simple Soil Models

A Available Element Types

B Material Properties Forms

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

2 Overview of Material Models for Structural Analysis

3 Mass and Damping

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

8 Creep and Shrinkage

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

10 Model Code Libraries

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

11.3.10 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model USRMNL

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

14 Reynolds Flow Lubrication

Coupled FlowStress Analysis

15 SoilPore Fluid Properties

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

17.3.1 Perzyna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

20 Time Effects on Concrete Properties using Model Codes

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

22 Modified Maekawa Concrete Model

23 Simple Soil Models

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

A Available Element Types

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

April 25, 2008 First ed.

April 25, 2008 First ed.

Diana-9.3 Users Manual Material Library

A Area, cross-section [m2 ].

I Moment of inertia [m4 ].

B Bandwidth of matrix [].

J Creep function [m2 /N].

K Bulk or compression modulus

Residual force [N].

G Shear modulus [N/m2 ].

M Concentrated mass [kg].